| : ;

/ i _™ Le 4 — : ge .

ae a _ . ‘ ~ 7 - . Ly e M : J 4 vr, —

TT , | f = Fg ra & Le BE .

J ; a

-—_ | « a

, , ae Ss = i _

» *F = thw iw a | | _—_ J ee ae

® |

1 .

« i]

NL oe “— 2 ee, —— 7 ee = EEO —_ i

p 4 : q q | a ' _ ~ . " a , 4 4 \ | , my i | | , -— -

g ' . ae d |

»_ q } — _ = _— _ | = i — I 7 | | 7 = 5 4 | = + ] i

‘ ' | 4 - i

j | 7 . | | la a 1a ~J , » | | | i | rl ' . 7

' ae ae ~ - «(| - —_—_—

| ‘ . | Po 4 & | wh ) | F fl i q —= ; ni ' i

. gz | 4 ; _ . | - ; | q ¥ 4 ,

' | | ; —_ é | im ‘ : v ™ 5 : | q had £ | - a

\ " _ ‘ '

| \ A i | . | ' | ¥ | ! | ay - «Fl

Ne — } Y*, 3 * ( — + ‘

J ~Y i : | . ‘ = j . | J ; : i | ——

a r | " : | ' | |

| —, q = iam +4 a —_ ‘] = ge > . “a a _-— - a — —* ye ‘ i q | 4

SE = » —_—_—_ SS > = a = = :

rl Z ‘ a r a — -s cr a, = -e.

> +. ae Or —_ on ‘ | m= | P ' = f Bes A - ——_— a a” ing

J 4 ' ry 4 Fr 5 a nn { vf > a Be) ce-7 ~T , ‘i rc wi i vr ™ s | " ' a : a “ae

rA AULT I ite *re ; icofrik aT YO@LOTIiMGatit=s

ae =— i * ae se + . Sere nail . we | = & “= daa 2 Ss & Fe i

=y - —————— a ie at — or —— =_ — 7 _ - ——— —_—

f TTTT TT) a

HII

Hil

/ | ;

ent

— — —_— —_ ——_ 0 — — = — —— — — — —

—- - - _ = — : _ OO ——— = — — ——=— —_ = SS aaa — — — -

q » S gg

rs - —_ ‘pee’ wr =— =" .

— vata a LH | re /

ie ay —_*

I he

J ™

fT, .. - t la

ra # — -_— i “ “ 7 — = _ ‘i _ : + :

ig “ a. 7 , « Rn p= ' \. Ted ; 1 @ 1 a rt

alti =: — = . ges ;

— Ps or - ‘ i? q | Se a

a yee, %

! -

| if | 8

. 2 ee

Sal

- ae fe

> il

yon

™ POS

. (B\

/_ d -

{is

- AWS

“<

‘4

"Ou

Arm)

Ts oe bh F

zt op

a A

* ;

—— ' es

hc +

im Ww

= — Pe

oY —

sf.

_ - : : ,. _—s : 7 *

— . —_ | Pe — “a Fi a —. Z i = ° +. - a _" ow 4 —_ -— ~~ ’ = .

\onPA SE TrNneanT OF F AVITANnNMent an Fa

k q _ . 4 q | y ; | i . : 7 — - }

; ‘ WE LEW We ee EX ybre QGIima fim

— — =

AUSTROBHILEYA

A Journal of Plant Systematics

Queensland Herbarium

Queensland Department of Environment and Heritage

pes

Setter ten nme mgt tg

Pee eer Ee eile time dan kel ditaged

we he

ETE mb MANE MW NAR tase

Editorial Committee

E.M. Ross (editor)

R.J.F. Henderson (technical advisor)

Word Processing Cover design & Graphics

Y.C. Smith W.A. Smith

Austrobaileya

Vol. 1, No. | was published on | December 1977

Vol. 3, No. 3 was published on 27 September 1991

Austrobaileya is published once per year.

Exchange: This journal will be distributed on the basis of exchange.

Subscriptions: Orders for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price is

(1992) A$25 per issue for individuals, A$40 for institutions, including postage.

All correspondence relating to exchange, subscriptions or contributions to this journal

should be addressed to The Editor, Austrobaileya, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road,

Indooroopilly Qld 4068, Australia.

ISSN 0155-4131

©Queensland Government 1992

Austrobaileya is the journal of the Queensland Herbarium and is devoted to publication

of results of sound research and of informed discussion on plant systematics, with special

emphasis on Queensland plants.

_ Opinions expressed by authors are their own and do not necessarily represent the

policies or views of the Queensland Herbarium.

Austrobaileya 3(4): 569-766 (1992)

CONTENTS

A Taxonomic Revision of Cerbera L. alae in Australia and Papuasia

Paul I. Forster 5! , Ss te, Eee nee

A New Species of icine is Rich. c IRS ERaEE from North i eeasar einai

B, Gray..

Studies in Australian Grasses: 5* New Species of and New Combinations for

Queensland Panicoid Grasses

Bryan K. Simon .. ‘a

Perotis Aiton (Gramineae) in Australia and Southeast Asia

J.F. Veldkamp & H. van Steenbergen ro,

Studies in Euphorbiaceae A.L. Juss., sens. lat. 2*. A Revision of Neoroepera

Muell. Arg. & F. Muell, (Oldfieldioideae Kohler & Webster, Caletieae

Muell. Arg.)

Rodney J.F. Henderson

Taxonomic Studies on the Genus Hoya R. Br. (Asclepiadaceae) in Papuasia,

{-5

Paul I. Forster & David J. Liddle... ..

The Genus Leptospermum Forst. et Forst. f. (Myrtaceae) in Northern Australia

and Malesia

A.R. Bean... .. ....

The Circumscription of Adiantum diaphanum Blume (Adiantaceae), The filmy

Maidenhair Fern

Peter D. Bostock

Notes on Lycopodiella Holub in North-eastern Queensland

R.J. Chinnock ES win kis itd aay) Yael me eae

Studies in Australian Grasses 6*. Alexfloydia, Cliffordiochloa and Dallwatsonia,

three New Panicoid Grass Genera from Eastern Australia

BYvatt I SIMO . 5. se cud lee tn, de fate ete re Le fw et ala a

Review of the Genus Oldenlandia L. anneal) and Related Genera in Australia

AVA) PS -ETATOBEE lot cies ete phe nto eels miserseoe ote Lange com oma reine oa

A New Paspalum L. (Gramineae) from New Caledonia and Vanuatu

Bernard Toutain . en eee

Five New Species of Plectranthus L. Herit cL SACRE from Queensland

Paul I. Forster oe eek re ee ee ie el eee

Notes on Australian aaah cine eisai

J.F. Veldkamp ‘7

Acacia pedleyi (Fabaceae, Mimosoideae), A New Species from Central-Eastern

Queensland

Mary D. Tindale & Phillip G. Kodela

Chromosome numbers of Australian species of Ipomoea L. atuiiauante,

D.E. Yen, P.M. Gaffey & D.J. Coates J income 'y pes cunts tun sneuaed

569

581

385

609

615

627

643

661

665

669

683

723

7129

741

745

749

(continued)

sarang”

RRS yr ne ey inh re cry unt te hci Manat SE nage Scan mn Re oc amaaene ect nem rere AA

ee ne

NOTES

Lectotypification of Lepinia solomonensis Hemsley (Apocynaceae) with notes

on distribution

Paul I. Forster

Parsonsia alboflavescens (Dennst.) Mabb., (Apocynaceae), a new record from

Northern Territory, Australia

Paul I. Forster

Notes on the Naturalised Flora of Queensland, 2

Paul I. Forster 2 oa sabe oS outro Pesos

Book Review

757

159

76]

765

Austrobaileya 3(4): 569-579 (1992) 569

A TAXONOMIC REVISION OF CERBERA L. (APOCYNACEAE)

IN AUSTRALIA AND PAPUASIA

Paul I. Forster

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Summary

The genus Cerbera L. (Apocynaceae) is revised for Australia and Papuasia (Irian Jaya, Papua New Guinea and

Solomon Islands). Four species are recognised and described with a key for their identification given. C. manghas

L. and C. floribunda Schumann are widespread in the region whereas C, inflata S.T. Blake and C. durmnicola sp.

nov. are endemic to Australia. Ethnobotanical use of C. floribunda and C. manghas in the region is reviewed.

Introduction

The genus Cerbera was described by Linnaeus (1753) who recognised three species,

namely C. manghas L. C. thevetia L. and C. ahouai L. C. thevetia and C. ahouai are

now considered to be Cascabela thevetia (L.) Lippold (syn. Thevetia peruviana (Pers.)

Schumann) and Thevetia ahouai (L.) DC. respectively. Cerbera manghas 1s now widely

considered the lectotype of Cerbera (Lippold 1980; Boiteau 1981; Smith 1988). Subsequent

to Linnaeus, additional species have been added to Cerbera, and until recently eight or

nine species were considered to belong in the genus (Lippold 1980, Smith 1988). However,

Lippold (1980) in her review did not refer to Markgraf (1972) or Fosberg et al. (1977)

wherein several of these species were referred to Kopsia Blume or Neisosperma Raf. The

genus Cerbera up to now therefore comprises C. manghas, C. floribunda Schumann, C.

odollam Gaertner, C. dilatata Markgraf, C. inflata S.T. Blake, and C. micrantha (Kan-

chiru) Pichon.

As defined by Lippold (1980), Boiteau (1981) and Smith (1988), Cerbera is most

closely allied to genera such as Cerberiopsis Vieillard ex Pancher & Sebert from New

Caledonia and Thevetia L. and Cascabela Rafinesque from South America. It differs

from Cerberiopsis in the indehiscent, fleshy polycarpous fruit lacking albumen (Boiteau

1981), from Thevetia most noticeably in the lack of a floral disk, the indehiscent, fleshy

polycarpous fruit with a fleshy exocarp, reticulate spongy mesocarp and woody endocarp,

and from Cascabela in the hypocrateritorm corolla, lack of scales in the corolla throat,

lack of a floral disk and the woody endocarp (Lippold 1980).

The only previous taxonomic accounts of Cerbera in Australia have been by

Bentham (1869) and Bailey (1900) who both recognised only a single species from the

area, C. manghas (incorrectly as C. odollam Gaertner). C. floribunda Schumann and C.

manghas L. were both recognised for New Guinea by Markegraf (1926, 1927), and the

former for Australia by White (1933). Blake (1948) subsequently described a new species

from north-east Queensland, firstly under the illegitimate C. dilatata S.T. Blake but later

renaming it as C. inflata (Blake 1959). Up to the present there has been three described

species recognised for the region although in many Australian herbaria there existed

considerable undetermined material which has proved to contain collections of an

undescribed species from Queensland.

As a precursor to my treatment of the genus in Volume 28 of ‘Flora of Australia’,

the present revision 1s presented to enable description of the unnamed species from

Australia, describe and provide a key for identification of all recognised species, and to

typify the names of taxa where required. In addition, I have appended notes on local

common names and ethnobotanical use, primarily of C. floribunda and C. manghas in

Papuasia.

Materials and Methods

This revision is based on herbarium specimens in AD, BO, BRI, BSIP, CANB,

CBG, DNA, MEL and QRS (herbarium acronyms as in Holmeren ef a/. 1990), and on

plants observed in the field in north Queensland and Solomon Islands. The generic

description is largely adapted from Smith (1988) who gave a good overview of the

GSES

Su IA IESE cet ac une annaeA LA ttt tat date Nc ne dot tcnegNa Net ane ntact am ttt RUE a a

meme

570 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

important features. Species descriptions have been drawn up from dried material or

material reconstituted by boiling in detergent and water; however, the descriptions of C.

manghas and C. floribunda are supplemented by observations of fresh and spirit preserved

material. With the distribution maps, those for C. manghas and C. floribunda include

supplementary specimen data presented by Markgraf (1927).

Taxonomic Treatment

Cerbera L., Sp. ‘Pl. 208 (1753). Lectotype: C. manghas L. (fide Pichon, Notul. Syst.

(Paris) 13: 221 (1948)).

Seem., Fl. Vit. 157 (1866); Pichon, Notul. Syst. (Paris) 13: 221 (1948); Markgraf,

FI. Madagasc. fam. 169: 156 (1976): Lippold, Feddes Repert. 91: 51 (1980); Boit.,

Fl. Nouv.-Caled. et Dépend. 10: 212 (1981); A.C. Smith, Fl. Vit. Nov. 4: 89

(1988).

Perennial shrubs or trees, latex white; foliage glabrous, drying black. Leaves spirally

arranged on stems, clustered at stem apices, petiolate; lamina coriaceous, entire or

sinuate, secondary lateral nerves spaced, connected by a marginal nerve; lacking colleters

at lamina base. Inflorescences terminal, pedunculate, laxly cymose, glabrous, bracteate.

Flowers pedicellate. Calyx deeply divided, lobes + free, caducous, lacking colleters.

Corolla hypocrateriform; tube glabrous externally, internally with or without simple

indumentum, swollen about stamens, somewhat constricted above stamens; lobes ovate,

obovate, obtuse or emarginate, sinistrorse in bud. Stamens inserted in upper part of

tube; filaments short (1-2 mm long), slender, glabrous; anthers obliquely ascending,

lanceolate, contiguous to style-head with filiform apical appendages; disk lacking. Ovary

bicarpellate, each carpel usually with 4 biseriate ovules; style-head composed of 2 annular

swellings surmounted by 2 apical, conical, obtuse, thick, appressed stigmatic appendages.

Fruits apocarpous; mericarps drupaceous; exocarp fleshy: mesocarp reticulate-spongy with

numerous fibers independent of the endocarp: endocarp lignifed, smooth or rugose-

striate externally, with an apical wing; seeds | per locule, compressed, ellipsoid or obloid,

not or narrowly winged, hilum large, lacking a coma.

Seven species distributed in Madagascar, Indian Ocean islands, Asia, Malesia,

Melanesia and Australia. Four species in Papuasia and Australia.

Key to species of Cerbera in Australia and Papuasia

1. Leaf lamina with tertiary venation obscure below; flowers numerous in

cyme, generally more than 50... Rarer 2

Leaf lamina with tertiary venation reticulate and prominent below: flowers

few in cyme, generally less than 30... .... cme ce seas ee ees iy alae 18, GA 3

2. Leaf lamina with 13-20 secondary veins below; corolla tube 8-12 mm

long .... 1, C. floribunda

Leaf lamina with 33-37 } secondary veins below: corolla 15-18 mm

LONE? wou Vy ae . sige nt Voltn nes etn dy ES Inflate

3. Leaf lamina with 25-32 secondary veins below; corolla with red centre,

tube 25-35 mm long... . 3..¢. manghas

Leaf lamina with 14-18 secondary veins below: corolla lacking red centre,

tube 10-11 mm long ....... -...... 4, C, dumicola

1. Cerbera floribunda Schumann in Schumann & ‘Helleai. Fl. Kais. Wilh. Land 111

(1899). Type: Papua New Guinea. WeEsT SEPIK PROVINCE: Augusta fluss,

Hollrung 849 (lecto (here designated): K (photo! BRI); isolecto: BO!, L (photo!

Ban Papua New Guinea. 1887, A¢4. Hollrung 717 (lectopara: BO!, K. (photo!

BRI

|Cerbera odollam auct. non Gaertner: S. Moore, J. Bot. 61, suppl. 32 (1923)).

Schumann, Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin-Dahlem 2: 139 (1898): Boerl., Handl. FI.

Ned. Ind. 2(2): 394 (1899); Schumann & Lauterb., Fl. Schutzgeb. Sudsee 505

Forster, Cerbera 57]

(1901); Markeraf, Nova Guinea 14: 284 (1926); Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 61: 198 (1927);

C.T. White, Contr. Arnold Abor. 4: 92 (1933); van Royen et a/., Manual Forest

Trees Papua & New Guinea, Part 9. Apocynaceae 22-23 (1964); D. Foreman,

Checkl. Vasc. Pl. Bougainville. Bot. Bull. No: 5: 102-103 (1971).

Illustrations: van Royen et a/., Manual Forest Trees Papua & New Guinea, Part 9.

PPOs CLOT 23 (1964); Foreman, Checkl. Vasc. Pl. Bougainville. Bot. Bull. No.

5: 103 (1971).

Tree to 30 m high, latex white; foliage and inflorescence glabrous. Bark brown to black

erey; sap wood white, heart wood white. Leaf lamina lanceolate-elliptic, 9-24 cm long,

2-5 cm wide, discolorous, margins entire and not sinuate; upper surface dark glossy

green, venation obscure; lower surface pale green, secondary veins 13-20 per side of

midrib, tertiary venation obscure; tip acute to short acuminate; base cuneate; petiole

30-40 mm long, 1.8-—2.0 mm wide. Inflorescence a much branched cyme up to 17 cm

long; peduncle 4-6 cm long; flowers numerous with generally over 50 present. Flowers

18-20 mm long, c. 5 mm diameter, sweetly scented; pedicels 2-3 cm long. Sepals

lanceolate-ovate, 5.0~6.4 mm long, 3-5 mm wide. Corolla primarily white, but sometimes

pinkish-white internally towards tips of lobes and yellowish at bottom of lobes; tube 8—

12 mm long, 2.7-3.0 mm diameter, white, constricted above anthers, glabrous internally;

lobes lanceolate, 7-10 mm long, 1.8-—2.0 mm wide, light green, glabrous. Stamens inserted

in upper 3 mm of tube; anthers 1.2-1.3 mm long, c. 0.7 mm wide. Fruit obloid-globose,

9-11 cm long, 5.0-5.5 cm wide, 4.5—4<8 cm thick, pomted at end away from pedicel,

blue when ripe. Fig. 1D. as

Selected specimens: Irian Jaya. Sidei, c. 50 km W of Manokwari, Wwanggin BW5753 (CANB ex L); Japen Island,

Soemberbaba, Jul 1961, Koster BWI1159 (BO,BRI-ex L); Bernhard Camp, Idenburg River, May 1939, Brass

14109 (BO,BRI ex A). Papua New Guinea. MANUS PROVINCE: Rambutyo Island, Peninsula Admin. Centre, 2°18’S

147°47’E, Mar 1981, Kerenga & Croft LAE77382 (BRI). EAST Sepik PROVINCE: Kankanaman, 4°05’S, 144°0S’E

May 1969, Afillar NGF37518 (BRI). NEW BRiTAIN PROVINCE: Pirtloma Village, 6°06’S, 150°45’E, Mar 1965,

Sayers NGF29192 (BRI), NEw IRELAND PRoviNncE: Inland from Lavongai, c. 26 miles [43.3 km] from Kavieng,

2°46’S, 151°02’E, Jan 1967, Coode et al. NGF29603 (BO,BRI). WESTERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: 6 miles [10 km]

from Lake Kopiago on Paga Hill road, 5°22’S, 142°33’E, Nov 1968, Galore & Vandenburg NGF41029 (CANB).

EASTERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: Okasa, 10 miles [16 km] SW of Okapa, May 1967, Womersley NGF24924 (BRI).

MOROBE PROVINCE: Wagau, 6°50’S, 146°50’E, Jan 1965, Sayers NGF21566 (BRI,CANB). MADANG PROVINCE:

Near Usino Village, Ramu Valley, Jul 1955, Hoogland 5016 (BRI,CANB). WESTERN PROVINCE: Dagwa, Oriomo

River, Feb-Mar 1934, Brass 5991 (BO,BRI ex A). CENTRAL PROVINCE: Kagi Gap area, Kokoda trail, 9°09’S,

147°43’E, Sep 1973, Croft & Lelean NGF34727 (BRI). GULF PROVINCE: West bank, junction of Vailala & Lohiki

Rivers, Jan 1966, Schodde 4311 & Craven (BRI,CANB). NORTHERN PROVINCE: Lower W slopes of Topographers,

Aug 1954, Saunders 44 (BRI,CANB). MILNE BAY PROVINCE: Normanby Island, near Miadeba airstrip, 9°50’S,

1S0°55’E, Nov 1976, Croft et al. LAE68858 (BRI). Solomon Islands. Santa Ysabel, Bogotu Peninsula, near Koloajoa

Village, Mar 1964, Whitmore BSIP4110 (BSIP). Australia. Queensland. Cook District: Daintree, Jul 1943, Blake

14992 (BRI,CANB); V.C.L. Noah, Oliver Creek, 16°10’S, 145°25’E, Nov 1978, Gray 1095 (QRS); Porn. 62,

Alexandra, 16°10’S, 145°25’E, Dec 1972, Hyland 6606 (QRS).

Distribution and habitat: Widespread in New Guinea and Solomon Islands, but in

Australia it is restricted to a small area near Cairns (Map 1). Plants grow along creeks

or in marshy areas and are always found near permanent water.

Notes: C. floribunda is a distinctive species and the large blue fruits are often a feature

of the forest floor where this species may be locally common. In Australia it is only

likely to be confused with C. inflata, which is restricted to higher altitudes on the

Atherton Tableland region. I have selected Hol/rung 849 as lectotype from the two

syntypes, as it is more widely represented in herbaria and has a more precise collection

locality than Hollrung 717.

Local names and ethnobotanical use: A listing of local names with dialects and region

of origin 1s given in Table 1. The wood is used for mouldings and interior finishings in

Bougainville (Foreman 1971) and other parts of Papua New Guinea, but is susceptible

to blue stain fungal attack (van Royen et al. 1964). In Solomon Islands the wood is

used for carving and medicine (Henderson & Santalau 491 (BSIP)). Medicinal application

is for aches and sores with the leaves heated in a fire, after which they are rubbed on

the sore area or the person lies down on the warm leaf.

Conservation status: Not rare or endangered. Conserved in Cape Tribulation National

Park north of the Daintree River in north Queensland.

Ber ere Ene hh oes a ao ono eR REE ERT

372

Table 1. Local names for Cerbera floribunda.

Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Name Dialect & Region Voucher

Agar Onijob Hoogland 4603 (CANB)

Aimalua Kwara’ae; S.I. Gaful et al. BSIP16430 (BSIP)

Aitongatonga Kwara’ae; S.L Whitmore BSIP921 (BSIP)

Babal Biak; Irian Jaya Koster BW11159 (BRI)

Beembin Wagau™; Morobe Sayers NGF21566 (CANB)

Biegbau Haltam; Irian Jaya Moll BW15725 (BO)

Brebong Kemtoek; Irian Jaya Jwanggin BW9121 (BO)

Djokanabaiu Minufia; Northern Saunders 44 (BRI)

Ekwa Onjob; Northern Saunders 44 (BRI)

Grey Milkwood Australian; Cook Cause et al. (1989)

Iona Akuna; Madang Smith NGFI1088 (BRD)

Kartwi Pom; Irian Jaya Schram BW15046 (BO)

Milky Pine Atherton*; Cook personal obs.

Nibwafrim Amberbaken; Irian Jaya Koster BW6743 (BO)

Ocro-Oego Kapaukoe; Irian Jaya Vink & Schram BW8713 (BO)

Patega Usino; Madang Hoogland 5016 (BRI)

Pea,paa Maiama*™; Morobe Ridsdale NGF31684 (BRI)

Rubbertree Australian; Cook Cause et al. (1989)

Sebokko Manikiang; Irian Jaya Iwanggin BW5753 (CANB)

Sowoek Mooi; Irian Jaya Moll BW11727 (BO)

Sungwiau Waskuk; Sepik Hoogland 10064 & Craven (BRI)

Supuk Bembi; Madang Hoogland 5016 (BRI)

Tarau Subdidi*; New Britain Frodin NGF26589 (BRI)

Tero Rawa; Madang Hoogland 5016 (BRI)

Totongwala Kwara’ae; S.I. Whitmore BSIP4110 (BSIP)

Towl Jal; Madang Hoogland 5016 (BRI)

Vao Marovo; S.I. Chapman BSIP428 (BSIP)

* indicates locality name only, dialect not indicated. Abbreviation: S.I, = Solomon Islands.

2. Cerbera inflata S.T. Blake, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 70: 33 (1959). Cerbera dilatata

S.T. Blake, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 59: 161 (1948), nom. illeg.; non Markgraf

(1927). Type: Australia, Queensland. Cook DiIsTRicT: Near Goldsborough, Upper

Mulgrave River, 28 July 1943, S.7. Blake 15033 (holo: BRI!; iso: CANB)).

_ [Cerbera manghas auct. non L.: C.T. White, Contr. Arnold Arbor. 4: 92 (1933)].

Tree to 30 m high, latex white; foliage and inflorescence glabrous. Bark grey, pustular

with long fissures; sap wood white, heart wood white. Leaf lamina lanceolate-elliptic,

discolorous, margins entire and not sinuate; upper surface dull green, venation obscure;

lower surface pale green, secondary veins 33-37 per side of midrib, tertiary venation

obscure; tip short acuminate; base cuneate; petiole 20-37 mm long, c. 2 mm diameter.

Inflorescence a much branched cyme, up to 15 cm long; peduncles up to 5 cm long;

flowers numerous, with generally more than 50 present. Flowers 18-27 mm long, 10-

13 mm diameter, sweetly scented; pedicels 11-15 mm long. Sepals lanceolate, 4-8 mm

long, 1.5-3.0 mm wide. Corolla white to cream-pink; tube 15-18 mm long, 1-2 mm

diameter, slightly constricted above anthers, glabrous internally; lobes obovate, c. 6 mm

long, 3-4 mm wide, glabrous. Stamens inserted 2.2-2.5 mm from top of tube; anthers

2.5-2.8 mm long, 1.7—1.8 mm wide. Fruit ellipsoid, somewhat pointed at end away from

pedicel, 6-7 cm long, 3.0-3.2 cm wide, 2.0-2.5 cm thick, purple when ripe. Fig. 1A.

Selected specimens. Australia. Queensland. Cook Disrrict: Kulara, 15 miles [25 km] WNW of Atherton, May

1921, Hamilton [AQ212353] (BRI); Atherton, Jan 1950, Webb 5118 (CANB); Lake Eacham, 17°17’S, 145°37’E,

Forster, Cerbera

Maps 1-2. Distribution in Australia and Papuasia of Cerbera spp.: 1. C. floribunda. 2. C. manghas.

573

SOYA A bra commana end ala Se

wes tal i le)

mene ye

574 Austrobaileya 3(4); 1992

Feb 1956, Dansie C36 (CANB); Juara Creek area, Danbulla, Aug 1948, Smith 3734 (BRD); Danbulla, near Atherton,

Nov 1942, Blake {4749 (BRI,DNA); S.F.R. 185, Downfall L.A., 17°10’S, 145°35’E, Jul 1971, Sanderson 28 (QRS);

S.F.R. 185, Danbulla, 17°10’S, 145°37E, Apr 1971, Stocker 673 (BRI,CANB,QRS); Gadgarra Reserve, Atherton,

Jul 1929, Kajewski 1141 (BRI); S.F.R. 700, Gadgarra, Gillies L.A., 17°13’S, 145°42’E, Dec 1988, Hyland 13786

(QRS); S.F.R. 310, Caribou L.A., Dec 1981, Hyland 11414 (QRS); Yungaburra, Jan 1918, White [AQ212359]

(BRI); near Malanda, Sep 1943, Blake 15249 (BRI,CANB); Mt Bartle Frere, north peak, Aug 1943, Blake 15244

(BRI); Mt Toressa, 1904, Bailey [AQ212354] (BRI); S.F.R. 310, Windin L.A., 17°21’S, 145°45’E, Aug 1979,

Moriarty 2653 (QRS); S.F.R. 310, Bora L.A., 17°21’S, 145°46’E, Nov 1981, Gray 2267 (QRS); S.F.R. 755, Barong

L.A., 17°32’S, 145°52’E, 1980, Gray 1727 (QRS); Jago, near Innisfail, Sep 1943, Blake 15270 (BRI); Babinda, Jul

1943, Blake 15024 (BRI,CANB); Deeral, near Babinda, Jul 1943, Blake 14970 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Restricted to north-east Queensland (Map 3). Plants grow in

rainforest, generally away from permanent water.

Notes: As noted by Blake (1948), C. inflata is allied to C. floribunda but differs in the

somewhat narrower leaves with more lateral nerves, the smaller flowers and the smaller

ellipsoid fruit.

Local names: “Milky Pine” - Blake 14749 (BRD; “Joojooga” - Batley [AQ212354] (BRI);

“Grey Milkwood” or “Rubbertree” — Cause et a/. (1989).

Conservation status: Widespread in north-east Queensland and not considered rare or

endangered by the current author, despite the listing in Thomas and McDonald (1989).

Map 3. Distribution of Cerbera inflata @ and C. dumicola ©.

Forster, Cerbera S75

3. Cerbera manghas L., Sp. Pl. 208 (1753); Tanghinia manghas (L.) G. Don, Gen. hist.

4: 98 (1838). Type: description of Osbeck (Dagbok 6fwer en Ostindisk Res.,

ca 91 (1757)), cited in L., Sp. Pl. 208 (1753); fide Fosberg in Boiteau

(1981).

J. Forster, Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 19 (1786); Schumann, Notizbi. Bot. Gart. Berlin-

Dahlem 1: 55 (1895); Merr. Interpret. Rumph. Herb. Amb. 432 (1917); Markeraf,

Nova Guinea 14: 284 (1926); Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 522 (1928); Markeraf,

Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 61: 197 (1927); Guillaumin, J. Arnold Arb. 13: 18 (1932); Boit.,

Fl. Nouv.-Caléd. et Dépend. 10: 214 (1981); Fosb. & Sach. in D.J. Carr, Sydney

Parkinson 186 (1983); A.C. Smith, Fl. Vit. Nov. 4: 89 (1988).

Cerbera odollam var. mugfordii Bailey, Queensland Agric. J. 3: 282 (1898) (as

‘mugforar), C. manghas var. mugfordii (Bailey) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 522

(1928). Type: [Mourilyan Harbour, W. Mugford| [?4Q332823] (holo: BRI).

[Cerbera odollam auct. non Gaertner: Benth., Fl. Austral. 4: 306 (1869): Bailey,

Queensland fl. 3: 981 (1900)).

Illustrations: Sims, Bot. Mag. 43: t. 1845 (1816); K.A.W. Williams, Native PI.

Queensland 1: 67 (1979), 3: 63 (1987); Fosb. & Sach. in D.J. Carr, Sydney

Parkinson pl. 177 (1983); A.C. Smith, Fl. Vit. Nov. 4: 90, fig. 38 (1988).

Small tree to 12 m high; latex white; foliage and inflorescence glabrous. Bark light grey,

scaly; sap wood white, heart wood white. Leaf lamina elliptic-obovate, 15-25 cm long,

4-7 cm wide, discolorous, margins entire and not sinuate; upper surface dark glossy

green, venation + obscure; below pale green, secondary veins 25~32 per side of midrib,

tertiary venation reticulate and prominent; tip acute, short acuminate or long acuminate;

base cuneate; petiole 15-62 mm long, c. 1 mm wide. Inflorescence a little-branched cyme

to 20 cm long; peduncles up to 8 cm long; flowers few, with generally less than 30

present. Flowers 30-40 mm long, 20-35 mm diameter, sweetly scented; pedicels 10-20

mm long. Sepals lanceolate to lanceolate-ovate, 12-25 mm long, 4-9 mm wide. Corolla

white with red ‘eye’ at top of tube; tube 22—35 mm long, 2.0-2.5 mm diameter, constricted

above anthers near top, with sparse to dense indumentum internally; lobes ovate to

obovate, 18-26 mm long, 6-10 mm wide. Stamens inserted c. 2 mm below top of tube;

anthers 1.8-2.0 mm long, 1.0-1.2 mm wide. Fruit ovoid-globose, 6-7 cm long, 3.5-4.0

cm wide; 3.5-4.0 cm thick, red when ripe. Fig. 1B, E-G, J-L.

Selected specimens. Irian Jaya. Batanta Island, W of Sorong, Marchesa Bay, Amdoei Village, Apr 1954, var

Royen 3545 (BO,BRI ex L); Adi Island, Feb 1961, Afo// BW9827 (BRI, CANB). Papua New Guinea. MANUS

PROVINCE: Pelikawa, 2°07’S, 146°44’E, Jun 1971, Stone & Streiinann LAE53788 (BRI). NEw BRITAIN PROVINCE:

Torlu River, 6°00’S, {51°02’E, Mar 1965, Sayers NGF24208 (BRI). NEw IRELAND PROVINCE: Kavieng, Oct 1964,

Millar NGF23816 (BRI). BOUGAINVILLE PROVINCE: Karngu, Buin, Oct 1930, Kajewski 2239 (BRI ex A). EAST

SEPIK PROVINCE: Cape Wom International Park, c. 8 km NW of Wewak town, 3°35’S, 143°35’E, Nov 1976,

Wiakabu & Yefle LAE70329 (BRI). MOROBE PROVINCE: Markham River mouth, W of Lae, 6°45’S, 147°00’E, Aug

1964, van Royen NGF20068 (BRI). MADANG PROVINCE: Tukai, 50 miles [83.3 km] N of Madang, Mar 1968,

Coode & Katik NGF32749 (BRI). WESTERN PROVINCE: Daru Island, Mar 1936, Brass 6272 (BO,BRI ex A). GULF

PROVINCE: Keuru, Mar 1926, Brass 1191 (BRI). MILNE BAY Province: Near Tapio Village, Cape Vogel Peninsula,

Jul 1954, Heogland 4332 (BRI,CANB). Solomon Islands. Guadalcanal, Mbokokimbo River, logging road, c. 2

km SE of main road, 9°28’S, 160°22’E, Jun 1991, Forster 8652 & Lidd/e (BISH,BRI,K,L,MEL); Santa Cruz Islands,

Tomotu Noi Island, 10°47’S, 166°04’E, Apr 1972, Powell et al. BSIP19891 (BSIP,CANB). Australia. Northern

Territory. Wessel Islands, 11°19’S, 136°36’E, Oct 1972, Latz 3500 (BRI,DNA). Queensland. CooKx District:

Mutee Head, Cape York, 10°55’S, 142°1S’E, Mar 1990, Forster 6430 (BRI,CANB,DNA,K,L,MEL,PERTH,QRS);

Kennedy Hill Gorge, 12°28’S, 143°16’E, Jun 1989, Forster 5404 & Kenning (BRI,L,MEL,QRS); Claudie River

(tidal reaches), 12°50’S, 143°20’E, Jul 1972, Hyland 6207 (BRI,QRS); Ella Bay, near Innisfail, Jul 1943, Blake

mane (BRI,CANB). WipE BAY DISTRICT: Freshwater Creek, S of Double Island Point, Aug 1964, Everist 7639

RI).

Distribution and habitat: Widespread in Malesia and Melanesia. Common in New Guinea

and Solomon Islands; in Australia relatively common in north Queensland with one

locality in Northern Territory (Map 2). Plants at the Freshwater Creek locality in south-

east Queensland have been collected numerous times since the 1920s and comprise 2

or 3 trees which must have resulted from a chance establishment long ago. This colony

does not seem to have expanded over a period of 70 years and is not considered native

to south-east Queensland.

Plants are generally found in the littoral zone behind the mangroves, often in

monsoon vinethicket along the shore or may extend inland in lowland rainforest

communities.

SET REARS

Mee ON te Ua Bet He a eS eA A tt tw ummm ei EA oN Ee ee Wa ML LH EE Ne ed a at tt MEE tt a AE I te i ade La

576 | Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Notes: Smith (1988) discussed the typification of this species’ name and supported

Fosberg’s (in Boiteau 1981) lectotypification directly from the Osbeck description based

on a Javan specimen, that was cited by Linnaeus.

Boiteau (1981) recognised several varieties and forms under C. manghas; however,

apart from C. manghas f. manghas, most of these are probably referable to C. odollam

Gaertner (Smith 1988).

In a red type folder at BRI is a specimen dating from Bailey’s time that is probably

the type of C. odollam var. mugfordii. Despite the lack of label data that agrees with

the protologue, there are no other specimens at BRI that could be the Mugford collection

and it seems reasonable to assume that this is the type.

Local names and ethnobotanical use: A listing of local names, the dialects of origin, and

the relevant vouchers are given in Table 2. In Solomon Islands, the crushed leaves are

used on boils or polio with accompanying prayers, and the wood for carving paddles

and bowls (Powell BSIP19891 (BSIP), Henderson & Oimae 175 (BSIP)). In Torres Strait,

the fruit is used by children as a ball (Lawrie [AQ004029] (BRI)).

Conservation status: Not rare or endangered. Conserved in Cape Wom International

Park, East Sepik in Papua New Guinea, but not known with certainty to occur in any

Conservation Reserves in Australia.

Table 2. Local names for Cerbera manghas.

Name Dialect & Region Voucher

Aikikira Kwara’ae; S.I. Kere BSIP5S094 (BSIP)

Aimalua Kwara’ae; S.1. Boraule et al. BSIP9318 (BSIP)

Aitu Laukana; Morobe White NGF11155 (BRI)

Babai Biak; Irian Jaya Moll BW9827 (CANB)

Bulo Tasia®; S.L. Brass 3284 (BRI)

Dalovi Manukiki; S.I. Griffith 4/24 (BRI)

Gingum Oomsis*; Morobe White NGF11170 (BRI)

Grey Milkwood Australian; Cook Cause et al. (1989)

Kaiohto Gabobora; Milne Bay Hoogiand 4332 (BRD

La Toto Rapurt; New Britain Floyd NGF6451 (BRI)

Ngambako Nanegu; S.I. Powell et al, BSIP19891 (BSIP)

Papoea Aniaeri; Irian Jaya Aet & Idjan 614 (BO)

Rubbertree. Australian; Cook Cause ef al. (1989)

Sas Biak; Inan Jaya van Royen 3545(BRD)

Soto Manukiki; S.J. Griffith 4/24 (BRI)

To Santa Ana™; S.I. Yen BSIP18113 (BSIP)

To’o Are’are; S.I. de Coppet 146 (BSIP)

Toto Kulumo; New Britain Barker & Vinas LAE66541 (BRI)

Totongwala Kwara’ae; S.I. Gafui ef al. BSIP17448 (BSIP)

Totora Karngu*: Bougainville Kajewski 2239 (BRI)

Vao New Georgia; S.I. Waterhouse 303 (BRI)

Wal Dauan Is; Cook Lawrie [AQ004029] (BRI)

* indicates locality name only, dialect not indicated. Abbreviations: S.J. = Solomon Islands.

Forster, Cerbera S77

- 43 int

* ifay

= ,ty _i a a 3 1

BA BRU

= 4 +

. Rica ty fof *:

2 ee = = Fats

i tell

NN fdt att

{En

iasers

= weer v= ik aa y

Spe “EE

at ate ia

eee ¢ ‘

% z

ah sss Pat *>

Pepa

best Steg

5 ao

fat

: tree < aA

aE AS

ee ee a

Fig. 1. A-D. lower leaf surfaces showing venation, X 5. A. Cerbera inflata. B. C. manghas. C. C. dumicola. D.

C. floribunda. E-G. C. manghas: E. inflorescence X 0.5. F. face view of flower x 1. G. side view of flower X 1.

H-l. C. dismicola: H. side view’of flower x 1. I. face view of flower < 1. J-L. C. manghas: J. longitudinal section

of flower showing disposition of anthers in tube X |. K. intact fruit xX 0.5. L. half fruit showing interior x 0.5.

A, Smith 3734; B,E~G,J-L, Forster 6430; C,H-I, Batianoff 11705b, D, Blake 14992. Del. W. Smith.

TaN att tH ER MN UA RR Heh ima Te et ,

Cn COLCA COLOR CCL CAO COCO Gn ha ork ran Ekta ak

$78 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

4. Cerbera dumicola P. Forster sp. nov. ad Cer beram manghas L. affinis, a qua habitu

fruticoso, venis lateralibus laminae folii paucioribus (14-18), tubo corollae 10-

11 mm longo, et lobis corollae 8-9 mm longis, differt. Typus: Queensland. PORT

CuRTIS Districr: Howard Point, Middle Percy Island, 55 km NE of Arthur

Point, Shoalwater Bay, 21°40’S, 150°16’E, 31 October 1989, G.N. Batianoff 11705B,

I, Champion, P. Thompson & H.A. Dillewaard (holo: BRI; 1s0: MEL!, QRS!).

Shrub or small tree to 4 m high, latex white; foliage and inflorescence glabrous. Bark

light grey, fissured longitudinally, somewhat scaly on taller plants; sap wood white, heart

wood white. Leaf lamina elliptic-lanceolate to elliptic-oblong, 5-17 cm long, 1.5-—6.0 cm

wide, discolorous, margins often variously lobed and sinuate; upper surface glossy light

green, venation obscure; lower surface pale green, secondary veins 14-18 per side of

midrib, tertiary reticulate venation prominent; tip obtuse, acute or short acuminate; base

cuneate; petiole 5-12 mm long, 0.7-0.8 mm wide. Inflorescence a little branched cyme

up to 8 cm long; peduncle up to 5 cm long; flowers few, with generally less than 30.

Flowers 15-18 mm long, 14-20 mm diameter, sweetly scented; pedicels 31-45 mm long.

Sepals lanceolate-ovate, 8-9 mm long, 3.5-5.0 mm wide. Corolla white; tube 10-11 mm

long, 1.8-2.2 mm diameter, slightly constricted above anthers, with dense indumentum

internally; lobes ovate to obovate, 8-9 mm long, 4.5-5.0 mm wide. Stamens inserted c.

2mm from top of tube; anthers 1.0-1.2 mm long, 0.6-0.7 mm wide. Fruit globose-

ovoid, c. 5.5 cm long, 4 cm wide, 4 cm thick, colour unknown. Fig. 1C, H, I.

Specimens examined. Australia, Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Barrabas Scrub, 20°10’S, 146°45’E, May

1972, Hyland 6097 (QRS). Port Curtis District: West Bay, Middle Percy Island, 55 km NE of Arthur Point,

Shoalwater Bay, 21°40’S, 150°16’E, Nov 1989, Batianoff 11627 et al. (BRI. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: [400- 500

miles inland from Rockham pton], 1886, Govt. Surveyor [MEL 1515485] (MEL); range between the Dawson &

Mackenzie, [MEL 1515808] (MEL); c. 80 km NE of Emerald, 10 km SSE of “Booroondara”’, 22°54’S, 148°31’E,

Oct 1978, Jones 6 (CBG); Blackwater, Jun 1942, Flowers [AQ212427] (BRI); 5 km NW of Wowan, Banana Shire,

23°50'S, 150°10'E, Feb 1990, Gillespie 4837 (BRI); 23°55’S, 148°48’E, Dec 1985, Thompson [AQ399095] (BRI):

Portion 130, Gogango Shire, Parish of Fleetwood, Dec 1983. Heppell [A 398635] (BRI); Below Blackdown

Tableland, Nov 1975, Williams [AQ113486] (BRD); Duaringa, Oct 1943, Blake 15360 elt ditto, Oct 1943,

Murray [AQ212426] (BRI): ditto, Nov 1943, White 12460 (BRI); Baralaba, Feb 1943, Maclean [AQ212430) (BRI);

‘Coolum’, Baralaba on eastern slope of Dawson Range, Nov 1943, Maclean [AQ212429 ] (BRD; near Stanwell,

Apr 1876, O’Shanesy 1829 (MEL). MITCHELL DISTRICT: Romulus Tableland, 57 km SE of Blackall on the top

of Enniskillen Range, 24°44’S, 145°52’E, Jul 1975, Beeston 1430c (BRI); Ravensbourne-Mount Edinburgh area,

Blackall/Tambo Shire, Jul 1990, Roche [AQ472683] (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Central coastal and subcoastal Queensland (Map 3). Plants

occur primarily in lancewood (Acacia shirleyi Maiden) thickets away from the coast but

may also be found in semi-evergreen vine thickets near the coast.

Notes: C. dumicola was discovered in 1876 by R. O’Shanesy who sent material (a sterile

leafy stem) to von Mueller in MEL. Although collected sporadically since (collections

in MEL), its distinctiveness was only recognised by the late S.T. Blake who made or

organised a number of collections of the plant in the 1940s. Despite having fertile

material (scrappy flowers only), Blake did not describe the plant and sporadic and nearly

always sterile collections were made up until 1990, when good flowering material procured

by G. Batianoff and associates allowed for its description. The fruit description is based

on a single old sectioned fruit [MEL 1515485] (MEL) and further collections are still

required for assessment of variation in the taxon.

C. dumicola is a distinctive species by virtue of the shrubby to small tree habit

and the foliage often having sinuate margins. It is most closely allied to C. manghas

but differs from that species in the shrubby habit, fewer lateral veins in the leaf lamina

(14-18 per side of midrib); corolla lacking a red centre, the corolla tube 10-11 mm long

and the corolla lobes 8-9 mm long.

ony The specific epithet alludes to the common occurrence of this species in

thickets.

Conservation status: Not known to occur in any conservation reserves. The various

populations in central Queensland must be considered under threat from agriculture and

mining activities. Urgent survey work is required to determine the status of this taxon.

A relevant conservation coding 1s 3RC (cf. Briggs & Leigh 1988).

Forster, Cerbera $79

Acknowledgements

Assistance with field work in north Queensland and Solomon Islands was given

by G. Kenning, D. Liddle and M.C. Tucker. G. Batianoff (BRI) collected fertile material

of C. dumicola. The illustrations were prepared by W. Smith (BRI) with funding from

the Australian Biological Resources Study (ABRS). P.R. Sharpe translated various German

texts. A.S. George (ABRS) translated the diagnosis into latin. The herbaria AD, BO,

BRI, BSIP, CANB, CBG, DNA, K, L, MEL and QRS allowed access to collections either

at their institutions or on loan. Loans staff at these institutions and BRI expedited rapid

processing. G. Leach (DNA) while Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew, U.K.,

located and photographed type material. The author was funded for this project by

ABRS during 1991-92. This assistance is gratefully acknowledged.

References

BAILEY, F.M. (1900). Apocynaceae. Queensiand Flora 3: 974-995. Brisbane: Government Printer.

BENTHAM, G. (1869). Apocynaceae. Flora Australiensis 4: 301-324. London: L. Reeve.

BLAKE, S.T. (1948). Studies in Australian Apocynaceae and Asclepiadaceae, |. Proceedings of the Royal Society

of Queensland 59: 161-168.

BLAKE, S.T. (1959). New or noteworthy plants, chiefly from Queensland, |. Proceedings of the Royal Society of

Queensland 70: 33-46.

BOITEAY, P. (1981). Flore de la Nouvelle-Calédonie et Dependances, 10. Apocynacées. Paris: Muséum National

d’Histoire Naturelle.

BRIGGS, J.D. & LEIGH, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Australian

pahone Parks and Wildlife Service Special Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks and

Wildlife Service.

CAUSE, M.L., RUDDER, EJ. & KYNASTON, W.T. (1989). Queensland Timbers, their nomenclature, density

and lyctid susceptibility. Technical Pamphlet No. 2. Brisbane: Queensland Department of Forestry.

FOREMAN, D.B. (1971). A Check List of the Vascular Plants of Bougainville, with descriptions of some common

forest trees. Botany Bulletin No. 5. Lae: Department of Forests, Division of Botany.

FOSBERG, F.R., BOTTEAU, P. & SACHET, M.-H. (1977). Nomenclature of the Ochrosiinae (Apocynaceae): 2.

Synonymy of Ocirosia Juss. and Netsosperma Raf. Adansonia, ser. 2, 17; 23-33.

HOLMGREN, P.K., HOLMGREN, N.H. & BARNETT, L.C. (eds) (1990). Index Herbariorum. Part I: The

Herbaria of the World. New York: New York Botanical Garden.

LINNAEUS, C. (1753). Species Plantarum. Stockholm: Laurenti, Salvii.

LIPPOLD, H. (1980). Die gattungen Thevetia L., Cerbera L. und Cascabela Rafin. (Apocynaceae). Feddes

Repertorium 91: 45-55.

MARKGRAF, F. (1926). Apocynaceae. Nova Guinea 14(2): 278-291.

MARKGRAF, F. (1927). Die Apocynaceen von Neu-Guinea. Botanische Jahrbticher ftir Systematik, Pllanzenges-

chichte und Pflanzengeographie 61: 164-222.

MARKGRAF, F. (1972). Florae Malesianae Praecursores LIII. Apocynaceae IH. 6. Urnularia, 7. Willughbeia, 8.

Kopsia. Blumea 20: 407-425.

SMITH, A.C. (1988). Flora Vitiensis Nova. Vol. 4. Lawai: Pacific Tropical Botanical Garden.

THOMAS, M.B. & MCDONALD, W.J.F. (1989). Rare and Threatened Plants of Queensland. 2nd Edition.

- Brisbane: Queensland Government.

VAN ROYEN, P., WOMERSLEY, J.S., WHITE, K.J., COLWELL, S.J. & PEARCE, D. (1964). Manual of the

Forest Trees of Papua and New Guinea. Part 9. Apocynaceae. Port Moresby: Department of Forests.

WHITE, C.T. (1933). Ligneous plants collected for the Arnold Arboretum in north Queensland by S.F. Kajewski

in 1929. Contributions from the Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University 4. 1-113.

Accepted for publication 7 February 1992

Austrobaileya 3(4): 581-583 (1992) 581

A NEW SPECIES OF LIPARIS RICH. (ORCHIDACEAE) FROM

NORTH QUEENSLAND

B. Gray

Australian National Herbarium, CSIRO, Division of Plant Industry, PO Box 780

Atherton, Qid 4883, Australia

Summary

Liparis collinsit B. Gray, a new species of Liparis Rich. section Liparis, is described and illustrated. In addition

notes on its taxonomic affinities, habitat, distribution and conservation status are given.

Taxonomy

Liparis collinsii B. Gray, sp. nov. Differt a L. simmondsio Bailey pseudobulbis

brevioribus validioribus et foliis angustioribus lanceolatis epetiolatis basi vaginantibus.

Typus: Cult. Atherton ex Queensland, Timber Reserve 14, Parish of Kesteven, 13°46’S,

143°21/E. 740 m, 13 September 1990, B. Gray 5269 (holo: ORS: iso: BRI, CANB, NSW).

Erect terrestrial herb, deciduous, glabrous, 25-50 cm tall. Pseudobulb fleshy, + elliptic

in cross section, broadest near the base, tapering to the apex, 6-10 cm long, 2-3 cm

diameter; bracts 2- 4, ovate, ee strongly ribbed, apex acute; new shoot arising

from the base of the old. Leaves (3-4)-6; lamina lanceolate, 10-13 cm long, 4-5 cm

wide, somewhat plicate, with 4 or § reddish purple ribs below, margin undulate, apex

acute. Petiole broad, sheathing, 5-7 cm long. Inflorescence terminal, erect, a {0-20-

flowered raceme, 25-35 cm long; peduncle 4-angled, slightly winged, about as long as

the rhachis; bracts 1 or 2, linear-triangular, 6-9 mm long, 2.0-2.5 mm wide; floral bracts

linear, 2-6 mm long, c. i mm wide, acute; pedicel with ovary 10-16 mm long. Flowers

spreading widely, 2.0-2.5 cm diameter. Dorsal sepal linear to narrowly ovate, 12-14

mm long, 3.0-3.5 mm wide, pale purplish green, margin revolute. Lateral sepals elliptic,

somewhat falcate, 9-10 mm long, 3.0-3.5 mm wide, pale purplish cream, revolute. Petals

filiform, 11-14 mm long, 1.4-1.5 mm wide, purple, strongly revolute (rolled into a very

narrow tube). Labellum obovate, c. 13 mm long, 8-10 mm wide, greenish to greenish

cream at the base, suffused with maroon towards the apex, ventral surface with a narrow

maroon central line from the base to apex; base cuneate; apex truncate to + emarginate;

margin denticulate near the apex; semierect in the basal third, and channelled then

decurved through 90° and spreading, with 2 calli on the ventral surface; calli c. 2 mm

long, 0.5 mm diameter. Column arcuate, c. 7 mm long, 2 mm diameter, sreenish cream.

ries: es cap 1.3-1.4 X 1.3 mm. Pollinia 4, in 2 pairs.

Distribution and habitat: This species is at present known only from the Mcllwraith

Range on Cape York Peninsula in Queensland. It grows among granite boulders in

relatively open areas in rain forest above 700 m altitude. Plants occur in loose colonies

and are leafless throughout the dry season. (June to November or December).

Flowering period: Time of flowering in nature is not known but probably occurs soon

after the onset of the wet season. In cultivation flowering occurred from November to

January, while the plants were in full growth. Individual flowers last 7-10 days.

Notes: L. collinsii is most closely related to L. simmondsii Bailey but can be readily

distinguished from that by its shorter, stouter pseudobulbs and the narrower, lanceolate

non-petiolate leaves which are sheathing at the base. The two species have distinct

geographic ranges. L. simmondsii has not been recorded north of the Mossman River,

which is 350 km south of the MclIlwraith Range.

The widespread L. habenarina (F. Muell.) Benth. which occurs in open forest and

grassland situations of north and eastern Australia differs from ZL. collinsii in having

narrower leaves and pseudobulbs which are produced below ground level.

Of the several species eo New Guinea, L. oligantha Schltr. and L. finnisterrae

Schltr. appear to be related to L. collinsii but are quite distinct.

582 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Fig. 1. Liparis collinsii: A. habit. B. flower from side. C. flower from front. D. column from side. E. column from

front. F. section through column and labellum. G. anther from front. H. anther from side. I. pollinia. J. labellum

flattened. K. section through base of labellum. L. dorsal sepal flattened. M. lateral sepal flattened. N. sepal

flattened. All from Gray 5269.

Gray, Liparis collinsti 583

Conservation status: This species is poorly known and its distribution, even within the

Mcliwraith Range area is uncertain.

Etymology: It gives me great pleasure to name this orchid after the late Rev. R.D. (Ron)

Collins of Atherton. Ron had a great interest in orchids, was a good friend and

accompanied me on many field trips to Cape York Peninsula.

References

DOCKRILL, A.W. (1969). Australian Indigenous Orchids. Volume 1. Sydney: The Society for Growing Australian

Plants.

SCHLECTER, R. (1982). The Orchids of German New Guinea. Translated by R.S. Rogers, H.J. Katz & J.T.

Simmons, edited by D.F. Blaxell. Melbourne: Australian Orchid Foundation.

Accepted for publication 18 March 1992

Syste oven yc eanone nt mm tee

Austrobaileya 3(4): 585-607 (1992) 585

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN GRASSES: 5* NEW SPECIES OF

AND NEW COMBINATIONS FOR

QUEENSLAND PANICOID GRASSES

Bryan K. Simon

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Summary

New species, Arthragrostis clarksoniana, Cyrtococcum capitis-york, Panicum bombycinum, Panicum chillagoanum,

Panicum robustum, Paspalum batianoffii, Paspalum multinodum and Yakirra websteri, are described. New combinations

made are Brachiaria atrisola, based on Urechloa atrisola and Brachiaria holosericea subsp. velutina, based on

Urochloa holosericea subsp. velutina. An overview of the current situation regarding the taxonomy of Brachiaria

and allied genera is given. The occurrence of Brachiaria distachya (L.) Stapf in Australia, New Caledonia and

Fiji is established.

Introduction

There are a number of new Queensiand grasses, first drawn attention to in ‘A

Key to Australian Grasses’ (Simon 1990), that require formal description. Of these, the

panicoid species are treated in this paper, with nine new species described and two new

combinations made in the genus Brachiaria for taxa already described under Urochloa

by Webster (1987). For each new species there is a Latin diagnosis, a full botanical

description, a listing of specimens examined, a section on etymology, a section on

conservation status, following the system used by Briggs and Leigh (1988), and some

additional notes.

Arthragrostis Lazarides

A panicoid grass with distinctive tubercle-based hairs on the upper glume and

lower lemma was collected from York Downs, near Weipa on Cape York Peninsula, in

1981 by Anne Morton (now Gunness). More recently, two more collections of this grass

have been made, one from Meripah in 1987 and the other from Batavia Downs in 1990.

In my Australian grass key (Simon 1990) I indicated this species by Panicum sp. Morton

191, although the collector’s number should have been cited as 1191. The distinctive

character of the absolute disarticulation of the panicle at the base of all the branches as

well se beneath the spikelets, necessitates the species be placed in the genus Arthragrostis

Lazarides.

Arthragrostis clarksoniana B. Simon, sp. noy. A. deschampsioidi (Domin) Lazarides

affinis, sed gluma supera et gluma inferno in longitudine aequali plus minusve

et pilis tuberculatis differt. Typus: Queensland. Cook District: 16 km from

7h pas homestead on road to the south, 13°49’S 142°22’E, 11 May 1987, JR.

Clarkson 7149 & B.K. Simon (holo: BRI(AQ 452649); iso: MBA,NSW). Fig. 1.

Weak annual. Culms erect or basally decumbent, weakly tufted, 40-60 cm tall, sparingly

branched at base, 2-4-noded, terminated by a solitary, large and open inflorescence

about half the length of the culm. Internodes longer than the associated leaf sheaths

which are rounded on the back. Ligule a fringed membrane c. 0.5 mm long. Leaf blades

lanceolate, flat, 3-10 cm X 20 mm, pilose, margins smooth with scattered tubercle-based

hairs. Inflorescence a panicle with main axis 23-30 cm long and smooth. Primary

branches spreading, not whoried, 10-21 cm long, scabrous on the margins. Pedicels 2-

12 mm long, distinctly angled, straight, scabrous although with glabrous apices. Callus

not differentiated. Spikelets abaxial, 15-25 on a typical lowermost primary branch,

dorsiventrally compressed, ovate or elliptic 1n outline, 3.5-4.0 X c. 1.5 mm. Glumes +

equal, 3.5~4.0 mm long: lower glume, ovate or elliptic in outline, acuminate, 5-7-nerved,

membranous, hairy with tubercle-based cilia scattered over the back on the lower two-

*continued from Austrobaileya 3(1): 79-99 (1989)

586 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

i {

‘ 7.

‘ i i P

Vila.

\ i

i é

z ES

bs i, Ap a

ae £3

cs * 2 F

\ ; :

Pi al r -

ae z

i =

_—, ae: .

co i

‘ a s 3 F o =

34 Fs

Fig. 1. Arthragrostis clarksoniana: A. plant X 0.5. B. base of primary branch, showing disarticulation. C. spikelet

D. lower glume, back view. E. upper glume, back view. F. lower floret with minute palea within lemma. G. upper

floret, back view. H. upper floret, front view. (B-H x 8). L caryopsis, view of side with embryo. J. caryopsis,

view of side with hilum. (I,J < 16). From type specimen.

Simon, Australian Grasses 5 587

thirds; upper glume narrowly elliptic in outline, 7-9-nerved, membranous, hairy with

tubercle-based cilia scattered over the back on the lower two-thirds. Rachilla conspicuous

between the glumes. Lower lemma elliptic in outline, acute, membranous, glabrous, 3.0-

3.5 mm long. Palea of lower floret vestigial, apically truncate. Upper floret ‘perfect, elliptic

in outline, shorter than the lower floret. Upper lemma c. 1.5 mm long, yellow, chartaceous,

smooth and shiny, rounded on the back, glabrous. Palea of upper floret chartaceous,

smooth. Caryopsis c. 1.5 mm long with hilum about half as long as caryopsis.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: York Downs on Myall Creek, 12°45’S, 142°18E, mg Pl

4QE,

tetrodonta — E. confertiflora grassy open forest, May 1981, Aforton 1191 (BRI); Batavia Downs, 12°40’ S. 142

fenced areas around homestead and yards, Apr 1990, Clarkson 8590 & Neldner (BRI,MBA).

Conservation status: 3K (Briggs & Leigh 1988).

Etymology: The species is named for John Clarkson, Queensland Herbarium Senior

Botanist at Mareeba. He has enthusiastically collected much interesting botanical material

from north Queensland and who has provided me hospitality, facilities and access to

remote areas of Cape York on a number of occasions.

Notes: Although the presence of a lower palea for this genus was originally recorded by

Domin (1915, under Panicum deschampsioides), it has not been mentioned in more

recent papers (Lazarides 1984; Simon 1986). However it 1s present as a very small

vestigial membrane in specimens of both Arthragrostis clarksoniana and A. deschamp-

sioides. The glumes in A. clarksoniana differ from those in the other species in being of

more or less equal length, although previously reported as having the lower glume longer

than the upper (Simon 1990). In some spikelets the lower glume may be slightly longer

than the upper glume, but in others the lower glume may be slightly shorter than the

upper.

Brachiaria (Trin.) Griseb.

A state of instability exists regarding the taxonomic status of the genera Urochloa

P. Beauv. and Brachiaria (Trin.) Griseb. The classical difference between these genera

is whether the spikelet orientation is adaxial (with the lower glume adjacent to the

inflorescence axis), the general situation in Brachiaria and some panicoid genera, or

abaxial (with the lower glume remote from the inflorescence axis) in Urochioa and most

other panicoid genera. To a lesser extent, the possession of a racemose inflorescence

distinguishes Brachiaria from other panicoid genera. Both these characters cannot be

universally applied, however, and the position regarding the taxonomic value of these

characters is summarised in the relevant literature (Chase 1911, 1920; Hughes 1923;

Gardner & Hubbard 1938; Blake 1958; Hsu 1965; Parodi 1969; Sendulsky 1978; Zuloaga

& Soderstrom 1985; Clayton & Renvoize 1986).

Blake (1958) presented a good summary of the taxonomic history of this group

of genera.

“Bentham (1878, 1883) treated under Panicum several groups that had been

proposed as distinct genera by earlier authors, including all Brachiaria and

Urochloa. Later Chase (1906-11) investigated the diagnostic value of the texture

of the upper lemma and the nature of its margins as well as the orientation of

the spikelets; she showed that these characters were so correlated with others that

some of the groups previously proposed as genera could be sharply redefined as

such. Most botanists soon accepted Chase’s principles for generic discrimination

and new genera were described by Stapf (1917-1930) and others. Some of these

genera (Paspalidium, Entolasia, and Ottochloa among others) were not accepted

by Chase (1939, 1951 etc.), Hitchcock (1936a, 1936b etc.) or Reeder (1948), all

of whom referred the species they dealt with to Panicum. These authors and

Pilger (1940) treated under Panicum (Panicum sect. Fasciculata Hitch. & Chase

or Panicum subgen. Urochloides Pilger) a group of species referred partly to

Brachiaria and partly to Urochloa by Stapf (1917-1930) and Hughes (1923), and

to Brachiaria by Gardner and Hubbard (1938).”

Pel Lette AA ENS I EB Se east

588 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

In a manuscript of the Paniceae for A. Engler’s Pflanzenreich, recently distributed

from Berlin (B), Mez placed Brachiaria, Urochloa and Eriochloa in Panicum subgenus

Brachiaria (Griseb.) Benth. & Hook.

Brachiaria was originally described as a section of Panicum by Trinius (1826)

and elevated to generic rank by Grisebach (1853), but neither author indicated the

characters by which the taxon could be distinguished. In Trinius’s section were four

species with reversed (adaxial) spikelets among others with normal (abaxial) spikelets.

As Grisebach only mentions Brachiaria ucts in his treatment, the type of this

name is the nomenclatural type of the generic name. He specifically describes the

racemose primary branches but not the adaxial spikelets.

Further taxonomic history of the genus is documented by Webster (1987).

“In 1903 Nash, working on the grasses of the southeastern United States,

recognised the adaxial orientation of the spikelets and transferred some Panicum

species to Brachiaria. Stapf (1919) in ‘Flora of Tropical Africa’ used the presence

of racemose primary branches as the distinguishing feature of Brachiaria and

transferred numerous species from Panicum. The American authors, Chase and

Hitchcock made additional combinations in Brachiaria, whereas [Gardner and|

Hubbard (1938) and Hughes (1923) named many of the Australian species in

Brachiaria. These various authors used the racemose primary branches and spikelet

orientation to distinguish Brachiaria from Panicum. Chase (1920) states that

Brachiaria spikelets are adaxial whereas Panicum is abaxial and this character

appears in the various keys produced by Hitchcock and Chase.”

Blake (1969) transferred four American species of Panicum sect. Fasciculata to

Brachiaria; two of these, however, had also been transferred to Brachiaria by Parodi

(1969) and the combination published only days before Blake’s account (Blake 1973).

Butzin (1970), in a paper proposing a new subtribal classification of the tribe Paniceae,

placed Brachiaria in the subtribe Brachiariinae, together with nine other genera, on the

basis of the abaxial lower glume, whereas Urochloa was placed in the subtribe Paspalinae

with 13 other genera on the basis of the adaxial lower glume. Shaw and Siemens (1980)

point out the strong affinity between Brachiaria, Eriochioa and Urochioa on the basis

of their all possessing the PEP-ck subtype of C, photosynthesis (Gutierrez, Gracen &

Edwards 1974), and that Urochloa differs from the other two by the abaxial orientation

of the lower glume and a basic chromosome number of x = 10 as opposed to x = 9 in

Eriochloa and Brachiaria. However they also add the rider that the latter two characters

may not be as significant in the classification of the Paniceae as previously thought.

There appears some dispute whether the lower glume in Brachiaria is universally

adaxial. Establishing whether the lower glume is adaxial or abaxial in species with long

pedicels is difficult, but Gardner and Hubbard (1938) explained a method to overcome

this which was summarised by Zuloaga and Soderstrom (1985).

“They suggested that the spikelet just below the terminal one on the axis or on

a branch of the panicle be examined to determine the position of the lower glume,

because the spikelet 1s generally short-pedicelled and appressed to the rachis.

They commented that the orientation is still occasionally unclear due to suppres-

sion or rudimentary development of the lower spikelet of the pair, in which case

the terminal spikelet appears to be solitary and in an abaxial position.”

Webster (1987), however, implied that this anomaly of spikelet orientation in

some of the spikelets of Brachiaria reptans is sufficient for the character to lose its

significance. It is a reason, considered with other characters, for his placing all Australian

species of Brachiaria, excluding B. eruciformis, in Urochloa. However Clayton and

Renvoize (1986), while accepting the taxonomic proximity of Brachiaria, Urochloa,

Eriochloa and Panicum, did not emphasise spikelet reversal in their comparisons but

mentioned arbitrary characters such as ‘spikelet plumpness’ in Brachiaria and ‘plano-

convex shape, cuspidate tip and mucronate upper lemma’ in Urochloa. However, under

Urochloa, they stated that “when the spikelets are paired their orientation becomes

ambiguous and diagnosis then rests upon their facies. Unfortunately orientation and

facies are not wholly correlated, some intermediates being noted under Brachiaria, and

it is a moot point whether generic rank is justified.”

Simon, Australian Grasses 5 589

However, the recent transfer of most species of Brachiaria and Panicum maximum

to Urochloa by Webster (1987, 1989) and Webster ef a/. (1988, 1989) on the basis of

morphological (the possession of rugose rather than smooth fertile lemmas, the spikelet

disarticulating at the spikelet base as opposed to above the glumes, and the apex of the

upper floret being mucronate to awned rather without mucros or awns) and anatomical

(leaf anatomy associated with the PEP-ck biochemical variant of C, photosynthesis)

characters, is probably premature as Ellis (1988) pointed out “the correlation between

PEP-ck type anatomy with centrifugal chloroplasts and panicoid grasses with rugose

lemmas 1s not perfect and that some species with smooth shiny lemmas also belong to

this complex.” Furthermore the placing of Eriochloa, on the basis of its similar leaf

anatomy and the lemmas being finely pitted or ridged (Chippindall 1955), in the same

eroup as Brachiaria, Urochloa and Panicum maximum is not followed by Webster. The

transfer of most Australian species of Brachiaria to Urochloa has been accepted by some

botanists (Kenneally 1989; Wheeler, Jacobs & Norton 1990; Hnatiuk 1990; Wheeler in

press) and the transfer of Panicum maximum to Urochioa has been accepted by Hnatiuk

(1990) and Wheeler (in press) but not by Wheeler, Jacobs and Norton (1990). Watson

and Dallwitz (1988), although appearing to agree with the transfer, do not actually accept

it. Under Brachiaria they made the comment “all but the type species arguably best

referred to Urochloa,” and under Urochloa “unsatisfactorily delimited from other close

allies of Panicum, in particular Brachiaria.’ However, in terms of their ‘nearest neigh-

bours’ analysis, Urochioa is listed as only the fourth closest relative to Brachiaria under

the treatment of Brachiaria, although Brachiaria is listed as the closest to Urochloa

under the treatment of Urochloa. Thompson and co-workers (Thompson & Estes 1986:

Thompson 1988; Thompson, Tyrl & Estes 1990) have refrained from making generic

transfers but indicate that within the Brachiaria group of Brown (Gutierrez, Edwards &

Brown 1976; Brown 1977), Brachiaria (ncluding Panicum sect. Fasciculata), Eriochloa

and Urochloa appear to constitute a monophyletic group. However they did not mention

Panicum maximum as a member of the Brachiaria group, although included there by

Brown and regarded by others as a candidate for generic transfer to the Brachiaria group

on the basis of its rugose lemmas and PEP-ck anatomy (Ellis 1977; Hattersley 1987;

Zuloaga 1987). Until a complete cladistic analysis is undertaken on all member species

of the group it 1s probably better to leave the classification as it is.

Prior to Webster’s work a few species of Brachiaria had been placed in or

transferred to Urochloa. Names provided for them in Urochloa are U. reptans (L.) Stapf

(Stapf 1920), U. gilesii (Benth.) Hughes and U. praetervisa (Domin) Hughes (Hughes

1923), and U. mutica (Forssk.) Nguyen, U. kurzii (J.D. Hook.) Nguyen and U. ramosa

(L.) Nguyen (Nguyen 1966). The latter two combinations were superfluously made again

by Webster. Thompson (1988) retained in Brachiaria the Australian species transferred

by Webster to Urochloa except Urochiloa gilesit and U. reptans, but I am retaining both

se ce in Brachiaria as the lower glume in both of these species is for the most part

adaxial.

Iam recognising Brachiaria in the classical sense pending results of cladistic work

on the whole complex. Names are thus required in Brachiaria for taxa described by

Webster for the first time in Urochloa.

Brachiaria atrisola (R. Webster) B. Simon, comb. nov.

Urochloa atrisola R. Webster, The Australian Paniceae (Poaceae) 232 (1987). Typus:

Northern Territory. Barkly Tableland, 17°20’S, 135°45’E, undulating Astrebla

grassland, grey pedocalcic soil, 14 May 1947, S.7. Blake 17776 (holo: BRI(BRI

186629)(AQ 256724); iso: BRICBRI 065747), CANB,DNA,K,MO),. Fig. 2.

Additional specimens examined: Northern Territory. BARKLY TABLELANDS: SW of Brunette Downs, dry bed of

Lake Sylvester, May 1947 Blake 17830 (BRI,DNA). Queensland. BURKE District: 30 miles [48 km] S of Julia

Creek, Mitchell grass downs, Mar 1959, Sillar 8 (BRI); Galway Downs, Hughenden, Mar 1933, Kirby s.n.

(BRI,K,L,NSW).

Conservation status: Although the species does not appear threatened, I am aware of

only four collections of it and therefore 1t should be placed in the category 3K (Briggs

& Leigh 1988).

mt ck HH Hs HANNAN I wim I omni Ann fy own Be wn 1 mB omni fron wn mn Hm Bn Bs Banat tt ont ht an a

590 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

a A

att

rattae 4 t

+ |

Fig. 2. Brachiaria atrisola: A. habit X 0.7. B. spikelet showing adaxial position of lower glume X 8. C. lower

glume, back view. D. upper glume, front view. E. lower lemma, back view. F, upper floret, front view. G. upper

floret, back view. H. caryopsis, view of side with hilum. I. caryopsis, view of side with embryo. J. lodicule. (C-

J, X {2). K. anther X 25. From type specimen.

Simon, Australian Grasses 5 591

Etymology: Named for the black soils from which this species has been collected.

Notes: This species 1s represented only by four collections from the black-soil region of

the Barkly Tableland of the Northern Territory and the adjacent parts of Queensland.

According to Webster (1987) “it 1s morphologically similar to the glabrous form of

Urochloa (Brachiaria) piligera but has a rounded apex on the second glume and lower

lemma, turgid spikelets, relatively larger spikelets and lacks the distinct callus at the

base of the spikelet.”

Brachiaria holosericea subsp. velutina (R. Webster) B. Simon, comb. nov.

Urochloa holosericea Webster subsp. velutina R. Webster, The Australian Paniceae

(Poaceae) 240 (1987). Typus: Northern Territory. CENTRAL NORTH DISTRICT:

Yeundumu Aboriginal Reserve, 22°10’S, 131°48’E, P.K. Latz 1979 (holo: CANB,

n.v., fide Webster foc. cit.)

Specimens examined (All BRI; other herbaria cited where there are duplicates there): Northern Territory. DARWIN

AND GULF: Near Balbirini Creek, May 1947, Blake 17740; Katherine, Feb 1947, Miles sn. CENTRAL NoRTH: Mt

Doreen Station, Jan 1972, Latz 2046 (DNA). BARKLY TABLELAND: 35 miles [56 km] N of Newcastle Waters, Feb

1969, Afust 406 (DNA). Queensland. Cook District: 22 km W of Georgetown, Apr 1973, Henderson H1747;

The Lynd, Feb 1968, Horsup 6; near Lynd Station, Feb 1954, Lazarides 4163. BURKE DISTRICT: Paroo Range N

of Mt Isa, Jan 1990, Harris 434; Chudleigh Park, Feb 1931, Hubbard 7608 & Winders (K); ditto, Hubbard 7674

& Winders (K); Setthkement Creek, Mar 1923, Brass 312; Poison Creek N of Hughenden, Apr 1935, Blake 8609;

Adel’s Grove, Camooweal, Mar 1947, de Lestang 302, 355; 14 miles [22.4 km] N of Mt Sturgeon, Jun 1953,

Lazarides 3666 (CANB),; 88 miles [141 km] E of Camooweal, Feb 1937, Everist 189 & Smith; Normanton, May

1935, Blake 9044. NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Warrigal Creek, Jun 1980, Rebgetz 422, near Burdekin and Bogie

Rivers, Oct 1950, Blake 18690; Heathfield, Aug 1942, Smith T78; Milray, Oct 1935, Blake 9964: Pentland, Apr

1935, Blake 8375; Ayr Beach, Michael s.n. MITCHELL DISTRICT: Prairie, Feb 1931, Hubbard 7034 & Winders

(K); Aramac-Torrens Creek Road, Jun 1977, AdcDonald 2622; Geera, Nov 1935, Blake 10330; E of Jericho, Feb

1931, Hubbard 7834 (K).

Etymology: Named for the velutinous leaves.

Notes: Webster (1987) stated that this subspecies “occurs in the arid and semiarid areas

of north central Australia, whereas subspecies Holosericea occurs north of this area in

tropical and subtropical subhumid woodlands. Morphologically, it differs from the typical

subspecies in possessing velutinous leaves, fewer and shorter hairs on the inflorescence

branches and pedicels, and generally longer awned lower lemmas.” Examination of the

Queensland Herbarium material revealed that about half the material previously placed

unsorted under Brachiaria holosericea actually belongs in B. holosericea subsp. velutina.

Brachiaria distachya (L.) Stapf

For some time confusion has existed concerning the correct application of the

names Brachiaria distachya (L.) Stapf, B. miltiformis (Presl) Chase and B. subquadripara

(Trin.) Hitche. Although these names have been regarded as applying to one species in

the Malaya Peninsula (Gilliland 1971), the entity with smaller spikelets and a shorter

inflorescence axis with fewer racemes, has been generally recognised as B. distachya

(Jansen 1953; Bor 1960; Morat 1981; Clayton & Renvoize 1982). Regarding the other

two names some authorities (Henrard 1950; Jansen 1953; Morat 1981) have synonymised

B. miliiformis with B. subquadripara while others (Bor 1960; Blake 1948; Vickery 1961)

have recognised both as applying to separate species. The case presented by Jansen

(1953) for uniting these species is convincing to me in that a comparison of the drawing

of a spikelet of B. subquadripara in Henrard (1950) with that of a spikelet on the type

of Panicum miliiforme (the basionym of B. miliiformis) in Lamson-Scribner (1899)

shows them to be almost identical. The drawing of a spikelet on the type of Panicum

subquadriparum (the basionym of B. subquadripara) in Trinius (1829) also seems very

similar to that of Panicum miltiforme in Lamson-Scribner (1899). As described and

illustrated the types of both these names are annuals. Both types also show the presence

ofa eee palea, whereas it appears to be absent in many other specimens of this species

examined.

In tropical Australia and Asia there is a decumbent species, referred to in Simon

(1990) as B. sp. Everist 5112, which has for some time been confused with B. subquadripara

due to its very similar, but smaller spikelets. Because of its habit and the possibility

that it could have some economic potential as a sward grass, I had been of the opinion

it should be formerly recognised. All the specimens of this species have the lower palea

592 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

present and I was of the opinion this could be used as a supplementary morphological

character to differentiate it from B. subquadripara till my recent discovery of the presence

of a lower palea in some specimens of the latter, including the types of both Panicum

miliiforme and P. subquadriparum. An examination of the microfiche of the type of

Panicum distachyon 10 the Linnean herbarium (LINN) and specimens of Brachiaria

distachya from India matched by C.E. Hubbard with the type (Gamble 17629 and

Drummond 21156, both K with cibachrome photographs in BRI), has brought me to

the conclusion that the decumbent sward-forming species referred to above, is in fact

this species, although the inflorescence tends to be larger in some of the Australian

material than the Indian specimens seen. Whereas the names Panicum distachyum

(Bentham 1878), or Brachiaria distachya (Hughes 1923) have been used in earlier times’

for an Australian grass species, they have been used for a broad concept of it that

includes Brachiaria subguadripara. This 1s similar to what was done for the taxon on

the Malaya Peninsula more recently (Gilliland 1971). C.E. Hubbard was of the opinion

in 1933 that “true B. distachya does not occur in Australia” in a memorandum on

Brachiaria subquadripara sent to the Queensland Herbarium and Webster (1987) did

not include B. distachya in his treatment of the Australian Paniceae. However there are

a fairly large number of specimens in BRI which can be referred to Brachiaria distachya.

There are a few records of this species from outside Australia in BRI, including some

from New Caledonia and Fiji, where it has previously been thought not to occur (Morat

1981; Toutain 1989; Parham 1979) but the specimens cited below belong to this species

rather than B. subguadripara, where they were previously placed.

Specimens examined (Ali BRI; other herbaria cited where there are duplicates there): Sri Lanka. Chenkaladi, Dec

1974, Davidse 8997 & Sumithraarachchi (MO); Paranthan, Dec 1974, Davidse 9129 & Sumithraarachchi (MO).

New Guinea. PoRT MORESBY PROVINCE: Nebiri Quarry, Apr 1970, Gebo UPNG 96. WESTERN PROVINCE:

Mabaduan, Jun 1973, Henty NGF 49601. BOUGAINVILLE PROVINCE: Kieta, Oct 1969, Henty NGF 42711. Australia.

Northern Territory. DARWIN AND GULF: Vanderlin Island, Aug 1988, Latz 11063 (CANB,DNA); Adelaide River,

Aug 1946, Blake 16704. Queensland. Cook Disrrict: Thursday Island, Apr 1931, Hockings [AQ 255899]; Cairns,

Jun 1930, Hifi [AQ 255903]: Low Isiand, Great Barrier Reef, Jun 1969, Done [AQ 8175]; Mareeba, Apr 1983,

Clarkson 4593 (QRS,DNA,PERTH), Jun 1963, Veurman [AQ 255900]; Bamaga, May i981, Af/corn 8144, 8145;

Yorkeys Knob, Apr 1962, McKee 9024, Gordonvale, Oct 1935, Blake 9853; Babinda, Mar 1973, Henderson H532;

Cooktown, Apr 1973, Henderson H1602; South Johnstone, Apr 1938, Langdon 23; ditto, Jun 1963, Bailey 1;

Daradgee, Jun 1936, Goodman s.n.; Kamarunga, May 1952, Everist 5112; Mornington Island, Sep 1981, Fosberg

62164; Freshwater, Mar 1938, Blake 13349; Bizant, Lakefield National Park, May 1987, Clarkson 6953 & Simon;

Clifton Beach, Feb 1985, Lear s.n. [AQ 396685]; Corduroy Creek, Feb 1983, Steel 355. NoRTH KENNEDY DISTRICT:

Dingo Beach, Apr 1978, Simon 3386; Trebonne, Hinchinbrook, May 1986, Stee/ [AQ 440235], Clark River

Telegraph Station, Jul 1954, Blake 19436; Euramo, Mar 1961, Saint-Smith s.n.; Townsville, Jun 1975, Burmeister

s.n.; Little Crystal Nationa! Park, May 1975, Simon 2621 & Andrews, Pettrides Bridge, May 1975, Simion 2644

& Andrews, Saunders Beach, Apr 1975, AfcDonald 1444 & Batianoff. SOUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Mackay, Apr

1975, AdcDonald 1301 & Batianoff. PoRT Curtis DISTRIcT: Emu Park, May 1975, Simon 2559 & Andrews.

Vanuatu. Erromanga, May 1928, Kajewski 278; Tanna, Jun 1978, Morat 6011, 6022. New Caledonia. La Roche

percee, Apr 1967, Schmid 1995 (NOU); Lifou, May 1969, Schinid 2829 (NOU); LF.O. Anse Vata, Jun 1963,

Blanchon 179 (NOU). Fiji. Naitonitoni, Serua, Aug 1954, Shradha Nand 8652.

Cyrtecoccum Stapt

Cyrtococcum is a genus of 12 species native to the Old World tropics and its

diagnostic features include the lateral compression of the spikelets, a crested apex on

the upper lemma and a gibbous second glume and upper lemma. Until now only one

species, C. oxyphyllum (Steudel) Stapf, has been recorded from Australia and that from

the rainforests of north Queensland with a range extending to the tropics of Malesia,

Melanesia and Asia. However John Clarkson and John Neldner, Queensland Herbarium

Senior Botanists stationed at Mareeba, recently conducted a survey of the Batavia Downs

region of Cape York Peninsula and among their collections was a delicate new species

of Cyrtococcum.

Cyrtococcum capitis-york B. Simon, sp. nov. C. deccanensi Bor affinis sed spiculis

parvioribus, C. patenti (L.) A. Camus affinis, sed spiculis grandioribus et pau-

cioribus differt. Typus: Queensland. Cook District: 10.8 km S of Batavia Downs

on Peninsula Development Road, 21 April 1990, J.R. Clarkson 8477 & VU.

Neldner (holo: BRI(AQ 463916); iso: B,BRILDNA,NSW). Fig. 3.

Culms stoloniferous, basally decumbent, not tufted, 15-30 cm tall, 7—9-noded, sparingly

branched, terminated by a solitary inflorescence. Internodes longer than the associated

leaf sheaths. Sheaths slightly compressed and markedly ribbed. Ligule a membrane, c.

0.4 mm long. Leaf blades flat, lanceolate, 2.5-7.0 cm X 3-5 mm, glabrous, sparsely

Simon, Australian Grasses 5 593

Fig. 3. Cyrtococcum capitis-york: A. habit X 0.6. B. spikelet, lateral view x 16. C. lower glume, back view. D.

upper glume, front view. E. lower lemma, back view. F. upper lemma, lateral view. G. upper palea, lateral view.

(D-G, X 25). From type specimen.

594 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

pubescent adaxially, with scabrous margins. Inflorescence a panicle with main axis 2-8

cm long, smooth or rough. Primary branches spreading, not whorled, c. 4 cm long,

smooth on the margins. Pedicels 2-5 mm long, distinctly angled, smooth, straight or

twisted. Disarticulation at the base of the spikelet. Spikelets abaxial, c. 10 on a typical

lowermost primary branch, laterally compressed, obliquely obovate in outline, 1.5-1.7

x 0.8-1.0 mm. Lower glume triangular or ovate, 0.6-0.8 mm long, 3-nerved, membranous,

scabrous, setose with hairs tubercle-based. Upper glume obovate, c. 1. 5 mm long, 3-

nerved, rounded on the back, membranous, hairy with tubercle-based hairs. Rachilla

not conspicuous between the glumes. Lower lemma obovate, membranous, hairy, over-

topping the spikelet, acute or rounded apically. Palea of lower floret absent. Upper floret

perfect, shorter than the lower floret. Upper lemma white, softly cartilaginous smooth,

gibbous, navicular, rounded on the back, glabrous, apically rounded. Palea of upper

floret softly indurate, smooth. Anthers c. | mm long. Caryopsis not seen.

Conservation status: 1K (Briggs & Leigh 1988).

Etymology: Named for Cape York.

Notes: Cyrfococcum capitis-york is very close to C. deccanense Bor, itself a distinctive

species with local distributions in India and Sri.Lanka (Bor 1960), but has slightly smaller

spikelets (1.5-1.7 mm long compared to 1.8-2.0 mm long in C. deccanense) in which

its hairs are tubercle-based. Both these species have a sparse inflorescence of relatively

few spikelets compared to that of C. patens (L.) A. Camus with a dense inflorescence

of many spikelets, a species relatively widespread in southeast Asia with which C.

ica ioigid was compared when it was described. These three species all have hairy

spikelets

Panicum L..

Panicum is the largest genus in the grass family with recent estimates figures

ranging from + 470 species (Clayton & Renvoize 1986) to + 600 species (Zuloaga 1987).

As circumscribed last century the genus was even larger, but it was divided into smaller

genera on the basis of well-defined morphological characters in the early part of this

century by Chase (1906-1911) for the New World species and by Stapf (1917-1930) for

the African species. Hughes (1923), working on the Australian species and following the

example set by Stapf for Africa, divided Bentham’s genus Panicum in his Flora Aus-

traliensis (1878) into 14 genera, leaving 22 species in Panicum. However Panicum is

still a very variable genus and, together with its allied genera, is in need of critical

revision at world level to make sense of this variability (Brown 1977). Nevertheless three

Australian species of Panicum, two of them recognised in Simon (1990) as Panicum

species and one as a species of Yakirra, require formal description.

Panicum bombycinum B. Simon, sp. noy. P. decomposito R. Br. affinis, sed glumis inferis

multis longioribus et foliis bombycinis, P. gueenslandico Domin affinis, sed spiculis

brevioribus et foliis bombycinis differt. Typus: Queensland. SouUTH KENNEDY

DISTRICT, 27 km W of Mirtna HS, 21°18’46”S, 145°57’47”E, open savanna

woodland, recently burnt, dominated by Eucalyptus whitei, with E. papuana and

FE. brachycarpa on sandy soil, 6 April 1992, E./. Thompson BUC 1418 & B.K.

Simon (holo: BRI{AQ560012); 1so: AD,B,BRI,CANB,DNA,K,L,MEL,MO,

NSW,PERTH, US).

Plants perennial. Culms erect, tufted, to 35 cm tall, 2-4-noded, unbranched, terminated

by a solitary inflorescence. Internodes shorter than the associated leaf sheaths. Sheaths

rounded on the back. Ligule a fringe of hairs c. 1.5 mm long. Leaf blades linear, flat or

involute, 9-21 cm * 2-4 mm, hairy, sericeous with scaberulous margins. Inflorescence

a panicle with main axis to 12 cm long, scabrous. Primary branches spreading, to 6 cm

long, scabrous on the margins. Pedicels 5-20 mm long, distinctly angled, scabrous,

straight. Disarticulation at the base of the primary branches. Spikelets abaxial, 3-5 on

a typical lowermost primary branch, dorsiventral compressed, ovate in outline, 3.0—3.5

x 1.0-1.5 mm. Lower glume triangular, acute, 1.7-2.0 mm long, 5- sub 7-nerved,

membranous, smooth, glabrous. Upper glume ovate, 3.0-3.5 mm long, 9- sub 1 1-nerved,

rounded on the back, membranous, glabrous. Rachilla not conspicuous between the

tot

Simon, Australian Grasses 5

mo ot et mmm mt tM a a eH tat ae

. or 4th tg 9 EF * Se ads be 8D oth, PROT

fr yh Ww rabyc Erbin F : 3 Pay ee aa ae rere er ae .

Sion thie |

EG GO HEE EE OO Ga He

pe.

Sansa

toe eet

aie

f Hf ee = he A te SU ee see ih ee pees ere : . :

at :

Seats

wy =

ee ee

Me eee Senta

cere

ea ee ge ot aS

- ,

Ee ey beh

EE pT EE eee: =F

Fig. 4. Panicum bombycinum.

596 Austrobaileya 3(4); 1992

glumes. Lower lemma ovate, 3.0-3.5 mm long, membranous, glabrous, acuminate. Palea

of lower floret vestigial, ovate, acute. Upper floret perfect, shorter than the lower floret.

Upper lemma elliptic, 2.0-2.3 mm long, apically rounded, brown, coriaceous, smooth,

rounded on the back, glabrous. Palea of upper floret coriaceous, smooth. Anthers c. 1.5

mm long. Caryopsis not seen. Fig. 4.

Additional specimens examined. Queensland. BURKE DISTRICT: near head of Poison Creek, about 90 mi [144 km]

N of Hughenden, on compact sand in Eucalyptus forest, Apr 1945, Blake 8540 (Fig. 4); SourH KENNEDY

District: 14.5 km SW of Mirtna on shot-line 35 km NW of Mirtna-Yarromere road, Apr 1992, Thompson BUC

146 & Simon (BRI,MBA).

Conservation status: 3K (Briggs & Leigh 1988).

Etymology: Named for the silky, velvety hairs covering the leaf sheaths and blades.

Notes: Panicum bombycinum 1s distinctive of the Australian species of Panicum in that

its leaf sheaths and blades have a dense covering of silky, velvety hairs. It differs also

from P. decompositum by its longer lower glume (1.7-2.0 mm long compared to 0.5-

1.0 mm long in P. decompositum) long and differs from P. queenslandicum by its shorter

spikelets (3.0-3.5 mm long compared to 3.5-5.0 mm long in P. queenslandicum). The

spikelets thus appear plumper as they have the same width as the spikelets of P.

queenslandicum (1.0-1.5 mm wide).

Because this species was originally thought to have an appendage at the base of

the fertile, upper floret it was placed with Yakirra (as Yakirra sp. Blake 8570) in Simon

(1990), but closer examination (Fig. 4) revealed it to have no such appendage. Furthermore

the rachilla between the glumes is not conspicuous as in species of Yakirra, so the

placement of this species in Panicum seems logical on the present evidence.

Panicum chillagoanum B. Simon, sp. nov. P. seminudo Domin affinis, sed spiculis

brevioribus, P. mitchellio Benth. affinis, sed habitu annuo, habitans terram

calcaream differt. Typus: Queensland. CooK DISTRICT: Chillagoe-Almaden road

8 km from Chillagoe, limestone outcrop, 8 March 1980, B.K. Simon 3556 & JR.

Clarkson (holo: BRI(AQ 381541); iso: BRI,CANB,DNA,K,L,MBA,NSW). Fig. 5.

Plants annual. Culms erect, tufted, 15-60 cm tall, 2-3-noded, unbranched, terminated

by a solitary inflorescence. Internodes shorter than the associated leaf sheaths. Sheaths

slightly compressed. Ligule a fringed membrane c. 1 mm long, with marginal tubercle-

based hairs at the sheath blade junction. Leaf blades flat, linear or triangular, 2-12 cm

x 2-5 mm, hairy with a few tubercle-based hairs along nerves, especially the midrib,

with scaberulous margins. Inflorescence a panicle with main axis 4-25 cm long and

smooth. Primary branches spreading, 3-14 cm long, scabrous on the margins. Pedicels

3-12 mm long, distinctly angled, scabrous, straight. Disarticulation at the base of the

spikelet. Spikelets abaxial, 15-20 on a typical lowermost primary branch, dorsiventral

compressed although laterally compressed at apex, lanceolate in outline, 2.1-2.7 mm X

0.8-1.0 mm. Lower glume triangular, 0.9-1.2 mm long, 5-nerved, acute, membranous,

smooth, glabrous. Upper glume ovate, 2.1-2.7 mm long, 5-nerved, apically acuminate,

rounded on the back, membranous, glabrous. Lower lemma ovate, slightly shorter than

upper glume, membranous, glabrous, apically acuminate. Rachilla conspicuous between

the glumes. Palea of lower floret vestigial, apically truncate. Upper floret perfect, shorter

than the lower floret. Upper lemma oblong, c. 1.5 mm long, brown, chartaceous, smooth,

rounded on the back, glabrous. Palea of upper floret chartaceous, smooth. Anthers c.

1.5 mm long. Caryopsis not observed.

Conservation status: 1K (Briggs & Leigh 1988).

Etymology: Named for the Chillagoe area, where it appears restricted.

Notes: Panicum chillagoanum differs from P. seminudum Domin by its smaller spikelets

(2.1-2.7 mm long compared to 3.1-3.7 long in P. seminudum) and it differs from P.

mitchellii Benth. by its annual habit and by its being restricted to limestone habitats of

the Chillagoe area as opposed to P. mitchellii being perennial and occurring in non-

calcareous wet sclerophyll forests and woodlands of north Queensland. This species has

been collected only once, from a limestone outcrop in the Chillagoe area where it was

597

Simon, Australian Grasses 5

PPS eTeeeeeereeeerirte cere ee eee ere ee eet er TT ere

fed

‘

Pad

ALA &

HEEEA

ihtaAt

Rape rnte ean

EHILE

but

LO ee OR ew eh oe oe

llagoanum.

Cu Cit

Fig. 5. Holotype of Pan

598 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

locally fairly common. In its endemicity to this region of Queensland resembles other

species such as Atalaya calcicola Reyn. (Sapindaceae) and Glossocarya calcicola Domin

(Verbenaceae).

Panicum robustum B. Simon, sp. nov. P. trachyrhachidi Benth. affinis, sed spiculis

longioribus, glumis inferis longioribus quam glumis superis differt. Typus: Queens-

land. NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Brandy Creek road, 12 km from its source, 13

April 1978, B.K. Simon 3370, J.R. Clarkson & N.B. Byrnes (holo: BRI(AQ

344285); iso: BRI,CANB,DNA,K,L,MO,NSW). Fig. 6.

Plants robust annuals. Culms erect or sometimes basally decumbent, weakly tufted, 80-

180 cm tall, 3-5-noded, sparingly branched or rarely unbranched. Internodes longer than

the associated leaf sheaths. Sheaths rounded on the back. Ligule a fringed membrane c.

2 mm long. Leaf blades flat, linear, 10-35 cm X 5-10 mm, with a distinctive white

midrib, hairy, hispid with tubercle-based hairs, and scaberulous on margins. Inflorescence

a panicle with main axis 25-40 cm long, very lightly scabrous. Primary branches spreading,

10-18 cm long, scabrous on the margins. Pedicels 2-4 mm long, distinctly angled,

scabrous, straight. Disarticulation at the base of the spikelet. Spikelets abaxial, dorsiventral

compressed, lanceolate in outline, 4.5-5.0 X c. | mm. Lower glume lanceolate, 4.5-5.0

mm long, 5-7-nerved, membranous, smooth, glabrous, acuminate. Upper glume lanceo-

late, 3.5~4.0 mm long, 5-7-nerved, rounded on the back, membranous, glabrous. Lower

lemma lanceolate, 3.5-4.0 mm long, membranous, glabrous, apically acute. Rachilla

conspicuous between the glumes. Palea of lower floret vestigial, cleft at the apex. Upper

floret perfect, shorter than the lower floret. Upper lemma elliptic, c. 2 mm long, pale

yellow, chartaceous, smooth, rounded on the back, glabrous, apically rounded. Palea of

pone floret chartaceous, uniformly striate. Anthers c. 1.5 mm long. Caryopsis c. 2 mm

ong.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: Laura River, Peninsular Development road, Apr 1983, Clarkson

4719 (BRI,CANB,K,QRS); Mareeba, Mar 1938, Blake 13479 (AD, BRI,CANB,DNA,K,L,MO,NSW,PERTH,PRE);

Log Creek, 22 km W of Georgetown, Apr 1973, Henderson H1734 (BRI); Gilbert River crossing, 84 km WNW

of Georgetown, Apr 1973, Henderson H1757 (BRI); Welcome Creek plateau, 13 km SSW of Battle Camp, via

Cooktown, Jul 1990, Bean 1920 (BRI), BURKE DISTRICT: Poison Creek, near Mt. Sturgeon Station, Feb 1931,

Hubbard 7726 & Winders (BRI,K). NoRTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Burdekin River, 30 km NW of Charters Towers,

Apr £978, Simon 3453 (BRI).

Conservation status: Not threatened (Briggs & Leigh 1988).

Etymology: Named for the large culm and spikelet dimensions.

Notes: Panicum robustum is a robust annual species of rainforest clearings and margins

and wet sclerophyll forests and woodlands has been collected a number of times from

north Queensland. Like P. trachyrhachis it has large spikelets at least 4 mm long, differing

in this respect from P. mindanaense with its spikelets up to 3 mm long. It is distinguished

from P. trachyrhachis by its spikelets being more than 4.5 mm long and by its lower

slume being longer than the upper one.

Paspalum L.

Paspalum is a tropical to subtropical genus of + 330 species (Clayton & Renvoize

1986), occurring mainly in the New World where they form an important component

of the native grasslands. Of the 18 species recorded for Australia there are four fairly —

common native species (although the two hydrophytic species P. distichurm and P.

vaginatum are considered by Webster (1987) to be introduced) and two native species

known from very limited material and which are described here.

Paspalum batianoffii B. Simon, sp. nov. P. notato Fluegge affinis, sed stolonibus, spiculis

angustioribus, P. multinodo B. Simon affinis, sed stolonibus, spiculis longioribus,

P. vaginato Sw. affinis, sed racemis et spiculis longioribus, rachidibus latioribus,

differt. Typus: Queensland. PORT CuRTIS District: Statue Bay Beach, 6.5 km

SE of Yeppoon, very narrow foredune with open woodland of Casuarina, Hibiscus

and Excoecaria spp. and groundcover of Panicum maximum, Ipomoea pes-caprae

and Zoysia macrantha; performing sand binding function just above high water

Simon, Australian Grasses 5 599

Fig. 6. Panicum robustum: A. plant X 0.4. B. spikelet x 8. C. lower giume, front view. D. upper glume, front

view. E. lower lemma, front view. F. lower palea x 12. G. upper floret, front view. H. caryopsis, view of side

with embryo. I. caryopsis, view of side with hilum. (C-I, x 12). From type specimen.

600 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

mark, 8 September 1977, G.N. Batianoff 651 & T.J. McDonald (holo: BRI(AQ

294456; 3 sheets BRI 294250, BRI 245882 and BRI 245883)). Fig. 7.

Plants. perennial. Culms stoloniferous, basally decumbent, to 40 cm tall, 2—3-noded,

sparingly branched, terminated by a solitary inflorescence. Internodes shorter than the

associated leaf sheaths. Sheaths rounded on the back. Ligule a membrane c. | mm long,

entire. Leaf blades linear, flat or convolute, 8-16 cm X 2-4 mm, glabrous, with smooth

margins, with marginal tubercle-based hairs at blade-sheath junction. Inflorescence of 2

or 3 spicate branches, with the main axis 1.5-2.5 cm long and smooth. Primary branches

spreading, 6-9 cm long, smooth on the margins, rachis flattened, + 2 mm broad. Pedicels

extremely short, c. 0.5 mm long, distinctly angled, smooth. Disarticulation at the base

of the spikelet. Spikelets dorsiventral compressed, elliptic in outline, c. 4.5 * 1.5 mm.

Lower glume absent. Upper glume elliptic, c. 4.5 mm long, 2- nerved, rounded on the

back, coriaceous, glabrous. Lower lemma elliptic, coriaceous, the surface glabrous, acute,

c. 4.2 mm long. Palea of lower floret absent. Upper floret perfect, slightly shorter than

the lower floret. Upper lemma c. 3.5 mm long, yellow, coriaceous, smooth, elliptic,

rounded on the back, glabrous, acute. Palea of upper floret coriaceous, smooth. Anthers

c. 2 mm long. Caryopsis not observed.

Conservation status: This species is known only from the type and has been known

about for a number of years by its inclusion in Thomas and McDonald (1987) as

Paspalum sp. ‘Statue Bay’ (G.N. Batianoff 651) and in Briggs and Leigh (1988) as

Paspaium sp. | (Statue Bay). In both these publications the designation 1K was assigned

to it. Two further attempts to locate and collect the species at the type locality have not

been successful so there is a possibility it should be designated 1X.

Etymology: The species is named for George Batianoff, a member of the staff of the

Queensland Herbarium, who has shown great enthusiasm 1n collecting plants from coastal

Queensland and associated islands.

Notes: Paspalum batianoffii differs from P. notatum Fluegge by its stoloniferous culms,

longer and narrower spikelets (c-4.5 X 1.5 mm compared to 2.8-3.7 * 2.0-2.8 mm in

P, notatum). It differs from P. multinodum B. Simon by its stoloniferous culms, fewer

nodes (2-3 nodes compared to 10-13 nodes in P. multinodum) and longer spikelets (c.

4.5 mm long compared to c. 3.5 mm long in P. multinodum). It differs from P. vaginatum

Sw. by its longer inflorescence branches (6-9 cm long compared to 2-5 cm long in P.

vaginatum) and its longer spikelets (c. 4.5 mm long compared to 2.5-3.7 mm long in

P. yaginatum) and by its broader rachis (c. 2 mm broad compared to c. | mm broad

in P. vaginatum).

Paspalum multinodum B. Simon, sp. noy. P. wotato Fluegge affinis, sed habitu caespitosis

et spiculis angustioribus, P. batianoffio B. Simon affinis, sed habitu caespitosis,

spiculis brevioribus, P. vaginato Sw. affinis, sed habitu caespitosis, rachidibus

latioribus, P. scrobiculato L.. affinis, sed. culmis elatioribus, rachidibus latioribus

differt. Typus: Queensland. Cook District: Aurukun, collector unknown s.n.,

(holo: BRI(AQ 540191); iso: CANB,K,L). Fig. 8.

Plants perennial. Culms erect, tufted, 1.5-2.0 m tall, 10-13-noded, unbranched, terminated

by a solitary inflorescence. Internodes longer or shorter (distally) than the associated leaf

sheaths. Sheaths keeled and compressed. Ligule a membrane 1.0-1.5 mm long. Leaf

blades flat, linear, to 38 cm X 5 mm, glabrous, with smooth margins. Inflorescence

spiciform with 2-6 racemes on main axis 0.5-1.0 cm long and smooth. Primary branches

spreading, 3-8 cm long, smooth on the margins, rachis flattened, + 2 mm broad. Pedicels

extremely short, c. 0.5 mm long, smooth, straight. Disarticulation at the base of the

spikelet. Spikelets dorsiventral compressed, elliptic in outline, c. 3.5 X 1.5 mm. Lower

slume absent. Upper glume elliptic, c. 3.5 mm long, 3-nerved, rounded on the back,

membranous, glabrous. Lower lemma elliptic, membranous, glabrous, subacute. Palea

of lower floret absent. Upper floret perfect, shorter than the lower floret. Upper lemma

elliptic, c. 3 mm long, white or yellow, coriaceous, smooth, rounded on the back, glabrous,

a er aa Palea of upper floret coriaceous, smooth. Anthers and caryopsis not

observed.

Additional specimen examined: Queensland, CooK DISTRICT: Mapoon Plain S of Cullen Point, N of Weipa, 11°5-

’S, 141°5’E, seasonally cracking clay plain, Sep 1980, Godwin A52 (BRI).

Simon, Australian Grasses 5

EN,

“i

rte P

ened doa.

++ @

egos

‘hl

= ap

a ygiply

Seta all antl

waned let aa: atu

”

at Nw

ta]

a oe

ai hy

wn i

Pal

Se ti em

ee we

= eee

ae ™

apres

601

Fig. 7. Paspalum batianoffit: A. base of culm X 0.7. B. apex of culm with inflorescence X 0.5. C. portion of rachis

of a spike X 4. D, spikelet X 8. E. upper glume, front view. F. lower lemma, front view. G. upper lemma, front

view. H. upper palea, front view. J. anthers. (E-I, X 12). From type specimen.

602 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Conservation status: 2K (Briggs & Leigh 1988).

Etymology: The name 1s derived from the many-noded culms.

Notes: P. multinodum is similar to P. batianoffii B. Simon in having a broad rachis, but

differs from that species by its smaller spikelets (c. 3.5 mm long compared to c. 4.5 mm

long in P. batianoffii) and its tufted habit. It differs from P. notatum Fluegge by its

narrower spikelets (c. 1.5 mm wide compared to 2.0-2.8 mm wide in P. notatum) and

its tufted habit. It differs from P. vaginaturm Sw. by its broader rachis (c. 2 mm broad

compared to c. | mm broad in P. vaginatum) and tufted habit. It differs from P.

scrobiculatum L. by its taller culms (1.5 to 2 m tall compared to less than 1.5 m in P.

scrobiculatum) and its broader rachis (c. 2 mm broad compared to c. | mm broad in

P. scrobiculatum). Only two collections of this species are known. One is from a plant

grown from seed collected at Aurukun by a collector not designated and with the name

of ““Moonpoon Grass’, according to a note attached to the specimen by S.T. Blake. This

has been selected as the type, despite the scanty field information associated with it, as

it has a number of duplicates that will be distributed to other herbaria. The other is a

unicate specimen from the Mapoon Plain south of Cullen, and presumably the source

of the name ““Moonpoon” in “Moonpoon Grass”’.

It was originally thought that P. batianoffii and P. muitinodum may be naturalised

New World species but material of them could not be matched from the American

collections of Paspalum in the Kew herbarium (S.A. Renvoize pers. comm.), nor were

fragments and photographs of them recognised by Dr Fernando Zuloaga, a recognised

authority of the genera Paspalum from the herbarium of the Instituto de Botanica

Darwinion, Buenos Aires (SJ). It is on the basis of these communications that I decided

to name them as new species.

Yakirra Lazarides & R. Webster

Diagnostic features of Yakirra include a straight, swollen rachilla between the

florets, a conspicuous rachilla between the glumes and a smooth surface on the upper

floret. All species except Y. nulla Lazarides & R. Webster also have two appendages

from the apex of the stipe of the fertile, upper floret There are two specimens of a new

species of Yakirra from western Queensland which have these stipe appendages but they

are short and hard compared to the appendages in all other species of this genus which

have them. Superficially this entity resembles Panicum effusum var. effusum.

Yakirra websteri B. Simon, sp. nov. Y. mue//eri (Hughes) Lazarides et R. Webster, Y.

majusculae (F. Muell. ex Benth. ) Lazarides et R. Webster, Y. australiensi (Domin)

Lazarides et R. Webster et Y. pauciflorae (R. Br.) Lazarides et R. Webster affinis,

sed stipitis flosculi fertili appendicibus brevibus et duris, flosculo supero brunneo

vel luteo et habitu perenni differt. Typus: Queensland. MITCHELL DISTRICT: 93

k N of Langlo Crossing, 20 May 1975, G.R. Beeston 1361C, (holo: BRI(AQ

268164); 1s0: BRI,CANB,K,NSW) Fig. 9

Plants perennial. Culms erect, tufted, 25-80 cm tall, 2-3-noded, unbranched, terminated

by a solitary inflorescence. Internodes shorter than the associated leaf sheaths. Sheaths

rounded on the back. Ligule a fringe of hairs c. 0.5 mm long. Leaf blades linear, flat,

7-12 cm X 2-5 mm, pubescent with tubercle-based hairs; margins scaberulous. Inflo-

rescence a panicle with main axis 12-20 cm long, hairy with tubercle-based hairs. Primary

branches spreading, to 10 cm long (longest at base of rachis), scabrous on the margins.

Pedicels 2-8 mm long, distinctly angled, scabrous, straight. Disarticulation at the base

of the spikelet. Spikelets abaxial, dorsiventral compressed, ovate in outline, 2.5 * 1.5

mm. Lower glume triangular, c. 1.5 mm long, 3- sub 5-nerved, membranous, scabrous

on nerves, glabrous, acute. Upper glume ovate, c. 2.5 mm long, 9-nerved, rounded on

the back, membranous, glabrous. Rachilla conspicuous between the glumes. Lower lemma

ovate, membranous, slabrous, acuminate. Palea of lower floret ovate, acute. Upper floret

perfect, shorter than the lower floret. Basal stipe producing two small hard appendages.

Upper lemma elliptic, c. 1.8 mm long, brown with white nerves or yellow, chartaceous,

rounded on the back, glabrous, apically rounded. Palea of upper floret chartaceous,

Tei tie vil mmm tac emda meine tela bmn ithe rian pane atc ae ume IN EINE une ct tt nena

603

ere er niTivennoes

—_

IEF

ee ee ee ee

EMSEAHD HE.

RRARAIAS

[

Simon, Australian Grasses 5

Fig. 8. Holotype of Paspalum multinodum, Sheet 1.

604 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

uniformly striate. Anthers not observed. Caryopsis c. 1.5 mm long with hilum less than

half as long as caryopsis.

Additional specimen examined. Queensland. MARANOA DiSTRICT: 39 km from Roma on Injune road, May 1975,

Simon 2859 & Clarkson (BRI).

Conservation status: 3K (Briggs & Leigh 1988).

Etymology: The species 1s named for Robert Webster, U.S.D.A. at Beltsville, who studied

the Australian taxa of the tribe Paniceae at the Research School of Biological Sciences,

A.N.U., using DELTA and is currently editor of the DELTA Newsletter.

Notes: Yakirra websteri differs from Y. muelleri (Hughes) Lazarides et R. Webster, Y.

majuscula (F. Muell. ex Benth.) Lazarides et R. Webster, Y. australiensis (Domin)

Lazarides et R. Webster and Y. pauciflora (R. Br.) Lazarides et R. Webster by the stipe

of the upper, fertile floret having shorter and hardened appendages by the fertile floret

being brown to yellow in colour and by the plant having a perennial habit.

Acknowledgements

I extend my gratitude to colleagues on the staff of the Queensland Herbarium for

preparing the figures, Will Smith for the fine illustrations of Arthragrostis clarksoniana,

Brachiaria atrisola, Cyrtococcum capitis-york, Panicum robustum, Paspalum batianoffii

and Yakirra websteri, and Hans Dillewaard for the photographs of the types of Panicum

bombycinum, Panicum chillagoanum and Paspalum multinodum. I thank Rod Henderson

for a critical scrutiny of and improvement to the manuscript. I also thank Greg Leach,

Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew, 1990-1991, for providing me with a copy

of Neuyen (1966) and Gerrit Davidse, Senior Curator of the herbarium at the Missouri

Botanical Garden for working facilities during my visit to St. Louis in 1991.

References

BENTHAM, G. (1878). Flora Australiensis 7: 463-491. London: L. Reeve & Co.

BENTHAM, G. (1883). In G. Bentham & J.D. Hooker, Genera Plantarum 3: 1100-1103. London: L. Reeve &

Co.

BEA S.T. (1948). Studies in Queensland grasses, II]. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 59: 153-

160.

BLAKE, S.T. (1958). New criteria for distinguishing genera allied to Panicum (Gramineae), Proceedings of the

Royal Society of Queensland 70: 15-19.

BLAKE, S.T. (1969). Taxonomic and nomenclatural studies in the Gramineae, No, 2. Proceedings of the Royal

Society of Queensland 81: 1-26.

BLAKE, S.T. (1973). Taxonomic and nomenclatural studies in the Gramineae, No. 3. Proceedings of the Royal

Society o Queensland 84: 61-70.

BOR, N.L. (1960). The grasses of Burma, Ceylon, India and Pakistan. London: Pergamon Press.

BRIGGS, J.D. & LEIGH, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Australian

serra Parks and Wildlife Service Special Publication Ne. 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks and

Wildlife Service.

BROWN, W.YV (1977). The Kranz syndrome and its NYO in grass systematics. Mfemoirs of the Torrey Botanical

Club 23: 1- 97, 126-130.

BUTZIN, F. (1970). Die systematische Gliederung der Paniceae. Willdenowia 6: 179-192.

CHASE, A.S. (1906-1911). Notes on genera of Paniceae, J-lV. Proceedings of the Biological Seciety of Washington.

(1906: I, 19: 184-192; 1908: II, 21: 1-10; IIL, 21: 175-188; 1911: TV, 24: 103-160).

CHASE, A.S. (1920). The North American species of Brachiaria. In A.S. Hitchcock & A. Chase, Revisions of

North American grasses. Contributions of the United States National Herbarium ( Washington) 22(1): 33-43

(Uchnanthus, Lasiacis, Brachiaria, Cenchrus).

CHIPPINDALL, L.K.A. (1955). A guide to the identification of grasses in South Africa, pp. 5-527. In D. Meredith

(ed.), The Grasses and Pastures of South Africa. Cape Town: C.N.A.

Simon, Australian Grasses 5 605

wat

“

as Ng

bein Had a a a

ee yy *

ri ; - =

—

* uo

x en : =

a Fe Fé 4a* iE

3a r +*

sj ¥ e UP tts

ta iy ahi tb

ts + s a at?

ts bal 1 i

¥i 5 ‘ e+

tis i. Pel 4%

i = +r

ait « at pee F

+ t '

Se ed * thagtae

i = = « z* = ; rye

lee

_“

a «

“

‘

tee .

Neg

Fig. 9. Yakirra websteri: A. plant X 0.33. B. spikelet, lateral view X 16. C. lower glume, front view. D. upper

glume, front view. E. lower floret, front view, showing lemma enclosing palea. F. upper floret, front view, showing

the two basal appendages. G. caryopsis, view of side with embryo. H. caryopsis, view of side with hilum. (C-H,

x 25). From type specimen.

DYN ec NI a ec DAM ANA AC DANAE ERMA

gg one nimim men nen neg romney tN

606 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

CLAYTON, W.D. & RENVOIZE S.A. (1982). Flora of Tropical East Africa, Gramineae 3: 575-600 (Brachiaria).

Rotterdam: A.A. Balkema.

CLAYTON, W.D. & RENVOIZE S.A. (1986). Genera graminum — Grasses of the World. Kew Bulletin Additional

Series XII, 389 pp. London: Her Majesty’s Stationery Office.

ELLIS, R.P. (1977). Distribution of the Kranz syndrome in the southern African Eragrostoideae and Panicoideae

according to bundle-sheath anatomy and cytology. Agroplantae 9; 73-110.

ELLIS, R.P. (1988). Leaf anatomy and systematics of Panicui: (Poaceae: Panicoideae) in southern Africa.

Monographs of Systematic Botany of the Missouri Botanical Garden 25: 129-15

GARDNER, C.A. & HUBBARD, C.E. (1938). Brachiaria occidentalis C.A. Gardner & C.E. Hubbard. In W.T.

Thiselton-Dyer (ed.), Hooker’s Icones Plantarum t. 3361-3363.

GILLILAND, H.B. (1971). Flora of Malaya 3. Grasses of Malaya. Singapore: Government Printer.

GRISEBACH, A.H.R. (1853). Brachiaria. In C.F. Ledebour (ed.), Flora Rossica 4. Stuttgart: Schweizerbart.

GUTIERRWZ, M., EDWARDS, G.E. & BROWN, W.V. (1976). PEP carboxykinase containing species in the

Brachiaria eroup of the subfamily Panicoideae. Biochemical Systematics and Ecology 4: 47-49.

GUTIERREZ, M., GRACEN., V.E. & EDWARDS, G.E. (1974). Biochemical and cytological relationships in C4

plants. Planta (Berlin) 119: 279-300.

HATTERSLEY, P.W (1987). Variations in photosynthetic pathway. In T.R. Soderstrom, K.W. Hilu, C.S. Campbell!

& M.E. Barkworth (eds), Grass Systematics and Evolution. Washington D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press.

HENRARD, J.T. (1950). Monograph of the Genus Digitaria. Leiden: Univeristaire Pers.

HITCHCOCK, A.S. (1936). The genera of grasses of the United States, revised edition. United States Department

of Agriculture Bulletin 772.

HITCHCOCK, A.S. (1951). Manual of grasses of the United States, second edition revised by Agnes Chase.

United States Department of Agriculture Miscellaneous Publication 200.

HNATIUK, R.J. (1990). Census of Australian Vascular Plants. Australian Flora and Fauna Series Number 11.

Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service.

HSU, C.C. (1965). The classification of Panicum (Gramineae) and its allies, with special reference to the characters

of lodicule, style-base and lemma. Journal of the Faculty of Science, University of Tokyo, section 3 (Botany),

9: 43-150.

HUGHES, D.K. (1923). The genus Panicum of the Flora Australiensis. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Bulletin of

Miscellaneous Information {1923}: 305-332.

JANSEN, P. (1953). Notes on Malesian grasses. J. Reinwardtia 2: 225-350.

KENNEALLY, K.F. (1989). Checklist of Vascular Plants of the Kimberley, Western Australia. Western Kudiralian

Naturalists’ Club Handbook 14, Nedlands: Western Australian Naturalists’ Club Inc.

LAMSON-SCRIBNER, F. (£899). Notes on the grasses in the Bernhard: herbarium, collected by Thaddeus

Haenke, and described by J.S. Presl. Reports of the Missouri Botanical Garden 10: '35- 59, with 54 plates.

LAZARIDES, M. (1984). New taxa of tropical Australian grasses (Poaceae). Nitytsia 5: 273-303.

LAZARIDES, M. & WEBSTER, R.D. (1984). Yakirra (Paniceae, Poaceae), a new genus for Australia. Brinonia

7: 289-296.

MORAT, P. (1981). Note sur les Graminées de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. III. Candollea 36: 203-213. (Brachiaria).

NASH, G.V. (1903). Brachiaria Ledeb. In J.K. Small (ed.), Flora of southeastern United States. New York: J.K.

Small,

NGUYEN, T. (1966). Notulae Criticae de Gramineis Florae Vietnamensis, 1. Novitates Systematicae Plantartim

Vascularium 1966: 10-14.

PARHAM, J.W. (1979). Poaceae. In A.C. Smith, Flora Vitiensis Nova, A new flora of Fii 1: 290-391. Lahai,

Kauai, Hawai Pacific Tropical Botanical Garden.

PARODI, L.R. (1969). Estudios sistematicos sobre las Gramineae-Paniceae argentinas y uruguayas. Darwinia 15:

if.

PILGER, R. (1940). Gramineae II]. In A. Engler & K. Pranti (eds), Die naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien |4e, 208

pp. Leipzig: Engelmann.

REEDER, J.R. (1948). The Gramineae-Panicoideae of New Guinea. Journal of the Arnold Arboretum 29; 257-

392.

SENDULSKY, T. (1978). Brachiaria: Taxonomy of cultivated and native species in Brazil. Hoelinea 7: 99~139.

Simon, Australian Grasses 5 607

SHAW, R.B. & SIEMENS, F.E. (1980). Some anatomical and morphological characteristics of the North American

species of Eriochloa (Poaceae: Paniceae). Botanical Gazette 142: 534-544.

SIMON, B.K. (1986). Studies in Australian grasses: 2. Austrobaileya 2: 238-242.

SIMON, B.K. (1990). A key to Australian grasses. Brisbane: Queensland Department of Primary Industries.

STAPF, O. (1917-1930). Gramineae. In D. Prain (ed.), Flora of Tropical Africa, 9, 1132 pp. London: L. Reeve

& Co.

THOMAS, M.B. & MCDONALD, W.J.F. (1987). Rare and threatened plants of Queensland. Brisbane: Queensland

Department of Primary Industries.

THOMPSON, R.A. (1988). Studies in the Paniceae: Generic boundaries in the Brachiaria complex (Poaceae).

Oklahoma State University, Ph.D Thesis.

THOMPSON, R.A. & ESTES, J.R. (1986). Anthecial and foliar micromorphology and foliar anatomy of Brachiaria

(Poaceae: Paniceae). Arnerican Journal of Botany 73: 398-408.

THOMPSON, R.A., TYRL, R.A. and ESTES, J.R. (1990). Comparative anatomy of the spikelet callus of Erioch/oa,

Brachiaria and Urochloa (Poaceae: Paniceae: Setarlinae). American Journal of Botany 77: 1463-1468.

TOUTAIN, B. (1989). Guide @identification des principales Graminees de Nouvelle-Caledonie. Etudes et Synthesis

de l’'LE.M.V.T. No. 35. Paris: Institut d’Elevage et de Médecine Vétérinaire des Pays Tropicaux.

TRINIUS, C.B. (1826). De graminibus Paniceis. Petropoli: Impensis Academiae Imperialis Scientiarum.

TRINIUS, C.B. (1829). Species graminum iconibus et descriptionibus illustravit: 2. Petropoli: Impensis Academiae

Imperialis Scientiarum.

VICKERY, J. Bett Gramineae. Contributions from the New South Wales National Herbarium, Flora Series

19(1); 1-124.

WATSON, L. & DALLWITZ, M.J. (1988). Grass Genera of the World. Illustrations of Characters, Descriptions,

Classification, Interactive Identification, Information Retrieval. Canberra: Research School of Biological

Sciences, Australian National University.

WHEELER, D.J.B., JACOBS, S.W.L. & NORTON, B.E., (1990). Grasses of New South Wales, second edition.

Armidaie: University of New England.

WHEELER, J.R. (in press). Flora of the Kimberley Region. Perth: Western Australian Herbarium, Western

Australian Department of Conservation and Land Management.

WEBSTER, R.D. (1987). The Australian Paniceae (Poaceae). Berlin-Stuttgart: J. Cramer.

WEBSTER, R.D. (1989). Genera of the North American Paniceae (Poaceae: Panicoideae). Systematic Botany 13:

576-609.

WEBSTER, R.D. (1991). Specific near lke in the generic relationships of the Paniceae. American Journal of

Botany 78 (6), Supplement, Paper 592, p. 228.

WEBSTER, R.D. & REYNA, J.V. (1988). Genera of Mesoamerican Paniceae (Poaceae: Panicoideae). Sida 13:

187-221.

WEBSTER, R.D., KIRKBRIDE, J.-H. & REYNA, J.V. (1989). New World genera of the Paniceae (Poaceae:

Panicoideae). Sida 13: 393-417.

ZULOAGA, F. 0. & SODERSTROM, T.R. (1985). Classification of the outlying species of New World Panicum

(Poaceae: Paniceae). Smithsonian Contributions to Botany 59.

ZULOAGA, F. O (1987). Systematics of New World species of Panicum (Poaceae: Paniceae). In T.R. Soderstrom,

. WwW,

Hilu. C.S. Campbell & M.E. Barkworth, (eds), Grass systematics and evolution. Washington D.C.:

Smithsonian Institution Press.

Accepted for publication 12 February 1992

SS RL an Cod coon ec Can Dad ent Ca oan ard ave ten Ta

Austrobaileya 3(4): 609-614 (1992) 609

PEROTIS AITON (GRAMINEAE) IN AUSTRALIA AND

SOUTHEAST ASIA

J.F. Veldkamp and H. van Steenbergen

Rijksherbarium, P.O. Box 9514, 2300 RA Leiden, The Netherlands

Summary

A survey of the 3 species of Perotis Aiton (Gramineae) in Australia and Southeast Asia is given. One species, P.

clarksonii is described as new, while P. rara is recorded from Southeast Asia for the first time.

Introduction

Perotis Aiton (Gramineae) is a small genus of about 10 Old World tropical species.

By some (Hubbard in Bor 1960) it has been regarded as belonging to a separate tribe,

Perotideae, while others have included it in the Lappagineae (Pilger 1956), Zoysieae

(Jacques-Felix 1962), or Cynodonteae-Zoysiinae (Clayton & Renvoize (1986).

Until about 10 years ago only one species, P. rara R. Br., was known to occur in

Australia. Simon (1981) mentioned the presence of P. indica (L.) Kuntze in Queensland,

and a third species, new and closely related to P. rara, also from Queensland, is described

here.

Perotis

Perotis Aiton, Hort. Kew. 1: 85 (1789). Type: Perotis latifolia Aiton, nom. superfl. (based

on Saccharum spicatum L. = Perotis indica (L.) Kuntze).

Xystidium Trin., Fund. Agrost. 102, t. 2 (1820). Type: Xystidium maritimum Trin.

(= Perotis rara R. Br,).

Annuals (in Australia). Ligules collar-shaped, membranous. Blades broadest at the

rounded to amplexicaul base. Inflorescence a spike-like raceme. Spikelets 1-flowered,

solitary, falling entire at maturity, pedicels persistent. Glumes enclosing the floret, dorsally

rounded, l-nerved, long-awned. Rachilla process absent. Lemma membranous, 3-nerved,

acute, muticous. Anthers 3. x = 10.

Distribution: About 10 species in the Old World tropics, 3 in Australia.

Anatomy: See Clayton and Richardson, Kew Bull. 27: 44 (1973).

Key to the species

1. Racemes laxly spikeled; spikelets at maturity reflexed; lower glume grad-

ually passing into awn, body not distinct from awn; callus up to 1.5

mm long, obconical, slightly flattened, laterally pubescent ee he tons 2

Racemes densely spikeled: spikelets at maturity patent; lower glume with

the body distinct from awn; callus up to 0.3 mm nies terete, stipe-

like, puberulous all over. Caryopses FEveTC! vishal BS ar, we ee: 2. Perotis indica

2. Leafblades stiffly patent, distichous at short intervals; glumes smooth,

glabrous to shortly pubescent; awns at base with c. 1 mm long, spirally

twisted hairs along the infolded margins; caryopses flattened,

sulcate .... 1. Perotis clarksonii

Leafblades more or less erect, rather flaccid, not distinctly distichous:

glumes more or less scaberulous to setulose: awns rarely setulose at

base, bristles then at most 0.5 mm long, Vileaast caryopses

terete Ae esse Se eR ear ee ......... 3 Perotis rara

1. Perotis clarksonii Veldk., sp. nov.

Planta annua, ad 40 cm alta; foliorum laminae patentes, |.7—2.5 cm longae, 1.7-2,.3 mm

latae, planae ad involutae; racemi laxi, 12~27 cm longi, incomplete exserti; spiculae

patentes sub anthesi, (35-47. 5-55 mm longae (callo 0.75-1.5 mm longo, obconico leniter

complanato, saltem lateraliter pubescenti excluso), glumae gradatim in aristis transientes

laeves glabrae ad tote breviter pubescentes, costa scaberula; aristae longe pilosae ad basin

pilis lenibus spiraliter tortis ad | mm longis argenteis; caryopsides complanatae sulcatae.

610 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Typus: Australia, Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: 0.8 km South of the Laura River crossing

on the Peninsula Development road, 15°35’S, 144°27’E, 90 m altitude, 7 March 1987,

Clarkson & McDonald 6802 (holo: L!; iso: BRI,CANB fragm.!, DNA,NSW!,PERTH,QRS).

Annual, up to 40 cm high. Leaf blades patent, 1.7-2.5 cm * 1.7-2.3 mm, flat to infolded,

bristly at base and along the throat of the sheaths. Racemes lax, 12- 27 cm long, not

completely exserted. Spikelets patent at anthesis, (35—)47.5-55.0 mm long (excluding the

0.75-1.50 mm long, obconical, slightly flattened, at least laterally pubescent callus).

Glumes passing gradually into the awns, smooth, slabrous to shortly pubescent all over,

midrib scaberulous, awns long-hairy at base, hairs soft, becoming spirally twisted, up to

1 mm long, silvery. Caryopsis flattened, sulcate. Fig, 1

Specimens examined: Australia, Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: 30-40 miles [48- 64 km] S of Coen, 14°15’S,

143° 10°E, A 4843 (ADW,AHUC, CANB!, K, L!); Koolburra Station, 15°18’S, 143°587E, Clarkson 3152

(BRI, CANBI, L!); Clarkson & McDonald 6802, the type (see above); 15 km W of Battle Camp Road, 29 km NE

of Laura, 15° 32'S, 144°27’E, Forster 4017 (BRI, L fragm.!); Chillagoe-Wrotham Park Road, 16°45’S, 144° S’E, STHi0n

& Clarkson 3584 (BRI, CANBI, Li); 3 miles E of Mareeba, Thorne 21162 (BI,L fragm.!).

Distribution and habitat: Far north-eastern Australia, grows in savannah woodland with

a grassy understorey, at low altitude.

Collector’s notes: Small, tufted grass; nodes red; underside of leaves dark wine red, dark

sreen above; scape and inflorescence pale green.

Note: The awns of the glumes in P. rara exceptionally have rather long bristles up to

0.75 mm long, which then also have a tendency to become spirally twisted. An example

from the Cook District is /4cKee 9241 (BRI,CANB!) from 5 miles (8 km) S of Dimbulah

(c. 17°14’S, 145°6’E), where not only are the awns long-hairy but the glumes and rachis

are as well. I (JFV) am not too sure whether this should or should not be regarded as

a hairy form of P. rara or of P. clarksonii. A similar specimen is Thorne 21162 (BRI,L

fragm.!,RSA) from 3 miles (4.8 km) E of Mareeba (Fig. 2A & B). In their leafblades

they resemble P. clarksonii.

From the Northern Territory I have seen a few specimens with the P. rara type

of leaf blades, very rough glumes, and awns with such long hairs. J am inclined to retain

these in P. rara: Latz 564, Frew River, 3 miles (5 km) ENE of Epemarra Homestead,

c. 20°30’S, 135°30°E (CANBI,NT), a mixture of ‘typical’ P. rara, suggesting that the hairy

plant is just a form of that; Perry 3258, 9 miles (14.4 km) S of Undoolya Station, 23°41’S,

owe Winkworth 815, 15 miles (24 km) SW of Alcoota, 22°50’S, 134°27’E

(CANB!).

Etymology: Named after Mr John Richard Clarkson, Mareeba, who collected three out

of the six known representatives of this new taxon, in recognition of the many important

collections he has made in northern Queensland.

2. Perotis indica (L.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2 787 (1891); Anthoxanthum indicum L.,

Sp. Pl. 1: 28 (1753). Type: Hermann s.n. (holo: LINN).

Saccharum spicatum L., Sp. Pl. 1 54 (1753); Perotis latifolia Aiton, Hort. Kew. 1:

85 (1789), nom. superfl., Perotis spicata (L.) Dur. & Dur., Syll. Fl. congol. 628

(1909); Perotis latifolia var. typica Domin., Bibl. Bot. 85: 285 (1915), nom. inval.

Lectotype: Hb. Linn. 77.5 (holo: LINN).

Alopecurus bengalensis Houtt., Nat. Hist. 2/13: 206, t. 90, f. 4. (1782) Type: not

indicated (not found in Hb. Houttuyn in G or L).

Perotis hordeiformis Nees in Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beechey Voy. 248 (1838); Fl. Afr.

Austr. 1: 139 (June 1841). Type: Royle 280 (holo: K; iso: LIY).

Perotis glabrata Steud., Syn. 1: 186 (1854). Type: Cuming 1399 (holo: P; iso: L).

Perotis birmanica Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 66: 301 (1920). Type: Mokin 560

(holo: P).

Perotis chinensis Gand., Bull. Soc, Bot. France 66: 301 (1920). Type: Chanet 14

(syn: P), 137 (syn: P US) (Jisosyn: an unnumbered Chanet collection in L).

Perotis perrottetii Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 66: 301 (1920). Type: Perrottet 1290

(‘1390’) (holo: P; iso: ‘L).

Veldkamp & van Steenbergen, Perotis 611

| —

jp =.

—\ |

WV .

WA,

7 _

a Lb : |

| r

— ' ~ SA

i Ss, ~

2“

’

\\Fra

a >»

/ i

- a, -_ -

- a a

. P >_<.

" “1 7 = 4

- ; ; . —

> ™ _- , . :

“$-

* “4 — 7

Fig. 1. Perotis clarksonii: A. Habit < 0.67. B. Spikelet x 4. C. Area at base of awns X 16. D. Caryopsis, ventral

view X 16. A-D, Clarkson 3152, iso at BRI.

This content downloaded from 136.154.20.124 on Wed, 12 Jul 2023 05:26:19 +00:00

All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms

612 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Annuals, up to 75 cm high. Leafblades 1-3 cm X 2-10 mm, base more or less cordate

to amplexicaul, usually bristly along the basal margins. Spike 2-20 cm long. Spikelets

patent at maturity, 6.5-30.0 mm long (excluding the up to 0.3 mm long, terete, stipe-

like, puberulous callus). Glumes scaberulous all over, with midrib scabrous; lower glume

1.5-2.5 mm long, not gradually passing into the up to 16 mm long awn. Caryopsis

terete. 2n = 20, 40

Distribution and habitat: India to E China (Hopeh), throughout Malesia to Australia

(Queensland, Cook District, Walsh River); introduced elsewhere in tropical countries. It

srows in sandy soil near the coast, under Casuarina sp., 1n coconut plantations, dry

grasslands, usually at low altitudes, ‘rarely as high as 1065 m in Malesia.

Note: In most works P. indica and P. hordeiformis are regarded as distinct and are

distinguished as follows:

Callus acute, 0.2-0.5 mm long; glumes not conspicuously ciliolate on the

keel; lower glume obscurely lobed, evenly and closely hairy all over,

with hairs very short, white, appressed to spreading Ter . P. indica

Callus truncate, up to 0.2 mm long; glumes conspicuously Siolate on. 1 the

keel: lower glume abruptly acute to more or less obtuse, with haus in

close lines, especially at base Ce ee ee Se P. hordeiformis

In fact the length and shape of the callus are variable, and the hairs may be both

irregular and in rows on the same specimen. Thus both names are taken to refer to only

one species here.

3. Perotis rara R. Br., Prod. 172 (1810); Perotis rara var. typica Domin., Bibl. Bot. 85:

285 (1915), nom. inval. Type: R. Brown (holo: BM; iso: NSW).

Xystidium ils Trin.,, Fund. Agrost. 102, t. 2 (1820); Mem. Acad. Sc. St.

Petersb. VI, 6: 266 (1915); Perotis rara var. maritima (Trin.) Domin., Bibl. Bot.

85: 285 (1915). Type: Chamisso s.n., Eschscholtz s.n. (syn: LE).

Xypstidium barbatum Presi, Rel. Haenk. 1: 228 (1830). Type: Haenke s.n. (holo: PR;

iso: MO).

Perotis longiflora Nees in Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beechey Voy. 247 (1838); Perotis

latifolia var. ones (Nees) Domin.., Bibl. Bot. 85: 285 (1915). Lectotype:

Vachell 38 (holo: K; iso: GCE).

Perotis patula Nees = Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beechey Voy. 248 (1838). Type: Meyen

s.n. (holo: K).

Perotis rara var. euryphylla Domin., J. Linn. Soc. 41: 274 (1912). Type: Clement

s.n. (holo: K).

Perotis macrantha Honda, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 41: 638 (1927). Type: Yamazaki s.n.

A® 1923 (holo: TT).

Annuals, up to 40 cm high. Blades 1-5 cm X 1-4 mm, rounded at base, bristly along

the margins at base and in the throat. Spike 8-30 cm long. Spikelets reflexed at maturity,

(7-)13-35 mm long (excluding the up to 1.5 mm long, obconical, slightly flattened,

laterally pubescent callus). Glumes scaberulous all over, with midrib scabrous, gradually

passing into the awns. Caryopsis terete. x = ?. Fig. 2C-F.

Distribution and habitat: Asia (Vietnam, Taiwan, SE China) to Australia (excluding

Victoria, Tasmania). Grows on beach; eucalypt savanna; sandy river banks; locally

common, 0-275 m altitude.

Uses: Decorative in flower; cattle are said not to like it but it might supply some slight

grazing for sheep (Vickery, Fl. N.S.W. 19/2: 305 (1975)).

Vernacular name: Comet grass (E).

Note: This species is here first reported for continental Asia based on the following

specimens from Vietnam present in L: d’Alleizette 2033 (Hanoi), Balansa s.n. (27 Oct.

Veldkamp & van Steenbergen, Perotis 613

WASMITH

Fig. 2. Intermediate specimen between Perotis rara and Perotis clarksonti: A. Spikelet_X 4. B. Area at base of

awns X 16, C-F. Two specimens of Perotis rara. C,E. Spikelets X 4. D,F. Area at base of awns < 16, A,B, Thorne

21162, BRI; C,D Clarkson 5453, BRI; E,F Clarkson 5707, BRI.

1876, Quinhon), Balansa 378 (Baie de Fi-tsi-long), and Robinson 1039 (Natrang). It is

also recorded for Taiwan (as P. macrantha) and China (as P. longiflora and P. patula).

Acknowledgements

This research was based on material present in L, CANB, and NSW; the latter

two institutes were visited during a period of study at the Research School of Biological

Sciences, Australian National University (A.N.U.), on A.N.U. and the Nederlandse

Organisatie voor Wetenschappelijk Onderzoek (N.W.O.) grants, which are gratefully

acknowledged. Mr B.K. Simon’s valuable advice on the specimens present in BRI and.

the status of the present taxa were much appreciated. The synonymy of P. indica and

P. hordeiformis 1s based on research undertaken during a course in Angiosperm Taxonomy

at the Rijksherbarium by HvS. The figures of Mr William A. Smith, illustrator at BRI,

are acknowledged.

References

CLAYTON, W.D. & RENVOIZE, S.A. (1986). Genera graminum: 255. Kew Bulletin Additional Series XIII.

London: Her Mayjesty’s Stationery Office.

HUBBARD, le in N.L. BOR. (1960). The grasses of Burma, Ceylon, India and Pakistan: 611. Oxford: Pergamon

Press Ltd.

614 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

JACQUES-FELIX, H. (1962). Les graminees d’Afrique tropicale. I: 230. Paris: Institut de Recherches Agronomiques

Tropicales et des cultures Vivrieres.

PILGER, R. (1956). Das System der Gramineae. Botanische Jahrbticher fiir Systematik, Pflanzengeschichte und

Pflanzengeographie 76: 349.

SIMON, B.K. (1981). Annual Report Queensland Herbarium 1979/1980: 23. Brisbane: Queensland Department

of Primary Industries.

Accepted for publication 6 February 1992

Austrobaileya 3(4): 615-625 (1992) 615

STUDIES IN EUPHORBIACEAE A.L. JUSS., SENS. LAT. 2*.

A REVISION OF NEOROEPERA MUELL. ARG. & F. MUELL.

(OLDFIELDIOIDEAE KOHLER & WEBSTER, CALETIEAE

MUELL. ARG.)

Rodney J.F. Henderson

Queensland Herbarium, Meters Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Summary

Neoroepera is endemic in central-eastern and north-eastern Queensiand, Australia. It contains two species, namely

N. banksti Benth. and N. buxifolia Muell. Arg. & F. Muell. A lectotype is chosen for N. duxtfolia. Placement of

the genus in Caletieae Muell. Arg. rather than Phyllantheae Dumort. is justified on grounds of its spinulose pollen

and attributes of flowers, fruit and seed. Comments on dates of publication of parts of Adansonia 6 (1865-6) are

siven in Appendix I.

Introduction

The genus Neoroepera was established by Johannes (Jean) Mueller (Mueller

Argoviensis) and Ferdinand Mueller in the former’s contributions on Euphorbiaceae to

the de Candolles’ great ‘Prodromus’ (Mueller 1866). It was accepted as containing only

one species, NV. buxifolia, which was based on two specimens collected in central-eastern

Queensland by Edward McArthur Bowman (1826-1872) for the latter Mueller, in

Melbourne. By 1863, these specimens had reached the de Candolle herbarium in Geneva,

Switzerland (G-DC), in time for the former Mueller’s study.

Since publication of Neoroepera and N. buxifolia, only one other species belonging

to the genus has been recognised; that was named N. banksti and dealt with by Bentham

in his ‘Flora Australiensis’ (1873).

Origin and author of name Neoroepera

The two specimens on which N. buxifolia is based are both mounted on the one

sheet in G-DC. Duplicates of these collections are in MEL where again they are mounted

on the one sheet (MEL 697068). A note by Bowman on that sheet indicates, however,

the most likely course of events in relation to his material is as follows. To Mueller, in

Melbourne, he sent flowering twigs with both copious male and a few female flowers

(but no fruit or seed) from plants he found in central eastern Queensland. Mueller

thought these specimens were from a new species of F/ueggea Willd. so labelled them

‘Flueggea buxifolia F.M.’ Later, Bowman sent fruiting and seed material of these plants

to Mueller which then convinced him they were from a new species of Roeperia Sprengel,

or possibly of a new genus (he tentatively named ‘Flueggella’), so annotated them either

mon buxifolia J. & F. Mueller’ (MEL) or ‘Roepera (oder Flueggella) buxifoliad (G-

DC).

Bowman’s note at MEL reads “55./Princhester./I sent this in flower in a former

collection.” My experience with plants of this species growing in the Marlborough area

is that ones copiously flowering do not have many fruit with mature seed at the same

time and vice versa. Thus the material on sheets at G-DC and MEL must have been

collected on two different occasions as Bowman indicated. Mueller, in his usual fashion,

distributed material to Geneva, Paris and to Kew in London, and probably other places

too, to assist workers then writing up groups of the Euphorbiaceae. In publishing

Neoroepera, based on the material in Geneva, Johannes accorded Ferdinand joint

authorship, though there is no evidence the latter was involved in selecting the name

or preparing the protologue. Indeed, Bentham (1873), working with Kew material,

accorded Mueller Argoviensis sole authorship of both the generic and species names and

(r90n) number 1, a revision of Aniperea Adr. Juss., was published in Australian Systematic Botany 5: 1-27

(1992).

616 Austrobatleya 3(4): 1992

cited F. Mueller’s manuscript “Roepera buxifolia’ in the synonymy of N. buxifolia when

dealing with the species. Hutchinson (1969) and Webster (1975) followed Bentham in

accepting only Mueller Argoviensis as author of the generic name, but this seems contrary

to the latter’s wishes. As Johannes Mueller appears responsible for the generic name (he

treated Roeperia Sprengel as a synonym of Ricinocarpos Dest. when publishing Neoroe-

pera) and Ferdinand Mueller for the specific epithet, their wishes for joint authorship

should be respected.

History of Classification

When formally describing Neoroepera with Ferdinand Mueller, Mueller Argoviensis

(1866)! grouped the genus with Hemicyclia Wight & Arn. and Cyclostemon Blume within

his subtribe Cyclostemoninae? in tribe Phyllantheae Dumort. Though Cyclostemon and

Hemicyclia are now considered congeneric with Drypetes Vahl and in the distinct tribe

Drypeteae (Griseb.) Hurusawa, Mueller considered Drypetes belonged in his subtribe

Securineginae (“‘Securinegeae’) within tribe Phyllantheae. To him, this tribe fundamentally

contained euphorbs with the lobes of the male perianth imbricate, anthers erect in bud,

ovaries with 2-ovulate locules, and cotyledons two or more times wider than the radicle.

Subtribe Cyclostemoninae was attributed flowers without petals and commonly in clusters,

and with stamens inserted round and from below a central disc. While this gave Mueller

a practical, rather simplistic grouping of relevant genera, it failed to take into account

several other attributes now considered critical for indicating relationships of the genus

Neoroepera. Besides, the anthers in Neoroepera are transverse on the apex of the filaments,

somewhat similar to those in Mic ‘antheum Desf. and Beyeria Miq. (though held vertical

in bud), but not like the erect ones in Phyllanthus and its allies.

From Stafleu and Cowan (1976, p. 97), it could be inferred that Baillon (1866)

was the first to provide a name for the taxon here treated as genus Neoroepera when he

described it as section Neoroepera of genus Securinega Juss. and named its sole species

S. muelleriana, Though it seems this publication dates from July 1866, the relevant

pages of ‘Adansonia’ probably appeared in September of that year (Appendix 1), some

weeks after Mueller’s publication. Thus, his Sauropus sect. Neoroepera is a new com-

bination of the Muellers’ Neoroepera, and his S. muelleriana is an illegitimate name

(Greuter et a/. 1988) provided for Bowman’s Princhester Creek specimens.

Bentham (1873) maintained Neoroepera, on the basis of flowers of both sexes

with a perianth, embryo with broad cotyledons and a narrow radicle, and two ovules in

each ovary locule, in tribe Phyllantheae but did not recognise subtribes within that. He

later (Bentham 1883) maintained Neoroepera within Phyllantheae but there associated

it with several genera such as Phyllanthus L. (in a very broad sense), Sauropus Blume

and Securinega Juss., none of which is now considered closely related to it.

The association of Neoroepera with Phyllanthus and its allies in the Phyllantheae

persisted apparently until Hutchinson (1969) segregated it into the Drypeteae (Pax)

Hutchinson (correctly Drypeteae (Griseb.) Hurusawa according to Webster 1975). As

Hurusawa (1954) did not name Neoroepera anywhere in his account of the Euphorbiaceae,

it is not clear where he intended it to be placed though presumably it remained within

tribe Phyllantheae and covered by the ‘etc.’ in his list of genera included in that tribe.

Hutchinson’s segregation was prompted, no doubt, by Pax’s inclusion of Neoroepera in

subtribe Drypetinae of Phyllantheae in 1890 (Pax & Hoffman 1931) based, seemingly,

principally on the disc in male flowers in Neoroepera being central. This genus invariably

has carunculate seeds and N. banksii is a dioecious species. Pax apparently did not know

that pollen of Neoroepera is spiny, fundamentally different from the non-spiny pollen of

Drypetes. Thus this genus’ association with Drypetes, persisting from 1866 when the

Muellers first described it, was perpetuated by Hutchinson even though he dissociated

it from Phyllanthus.

With his different approach to classification within Euphorbiaceae, Webster assessed

more than the traditional attributes used to divide the family and produced a new

' Published in late August 1866 according to Stafleu & Cowan 1976, p. 447.

2 “Cyclostemoneae’ Muell. Arg. (1865), equivalent to “Cyclostémonées’ of Batllon (1858).

Henderson, Neoroepera

classification of it (Webster 1975) based primarily on ovule numbers per ovary locule,

morphology of poilen and other data from such fields as wood anatomy, cytology and

biochemistry. Thus, based on the paired ovules in each ovary cell, the spiny pollen and

carunculate seed, Webster grouped Neoroepera with Micrantheum Desf., Pseudanthus

Sprengel and Stachystemon Planchon in Caletieae within sub-family Oldfieldioideae,

totally dissociating it from Phyllanthus and Drypetes which he retained in subfamily

Phyllanthoideae. Webster later admitted (1987) that his classification is by no means

definitive or wholly satisfactory, for much information to test the robustness of his

cheme is lacking. However, in the case of Neoroepera it seems logical to associate it

with at least Micrantheum wherever that is placed, because, besides sharing the attributes

tee

pata

ete

¥ Sean

Peet aes

fer ms"

sia

A TnLNAeLL Ue

Frets

amin nh,

Fre eae

at es

ne cee ee

bela

etre

matte

soe

ll : es

aon

Sue

otis

Pea,

rei. irs:

ree a

TER

mens

cre

Saupe

Sonal ine:

oe ef allgtette ron et

atta

La pet faced Ve ena ag eee

Pra a peed Bere

ne a

prea ee

ee :

Sa en et

aa Pee

eet one here

ee EEE ee eee bcd ee

Sp er Pre ee ee eit

SiN needs SASS aS CARPE PRS AE ES

yong rte tert er rd nd perce

— —

= = if

Stes

Pepe tr eaen na Lecce

eee

TE IRo i pte ae aerial peo ae

sie

a os,

eee

prance

tant

Veer

porthalirs

avis =

rae

see

ayes

Tas

SEE eves gee aE Baan i ea

eran ee

eae

meee

Tey

aE THA 7 =

SOST IE

nee

A eae

me ie

SPER

TeNEREES

SEERA EE

ernie

Freee

cer

yet Sevy oer =

Sane ; ais SE ee er nr eT

‘‘anespeoee

eee

phe fal ee ee ted OE

Pei e

grok.

Eres sie

Weert ee,

Mea

7) RS

hesepcny

eeoiea

a zt

a a eae

tah

See

see

Ware

een

Sines

sittin

ser tinL

SAH

marr,

cis

Be nee

Basie

paren an

ESS Sineiiis

Sees Lee

> ws

27 Bees

Sete

The

iss

= erty

cee eet

2 See

Wri pece a teats

Se etree

dette iris ates ar Baw sary

ahi ee: Src

imation

Portier

ig. 1. Scanning electron micrographs of Neoroepera and Micrantheum pollen and seed: A. seed of N. buxifolia.

. seed of N. banksii. C, seed of M. ericoides. D. pollen grain of M. hexandrum. E.

. pollen grain of N. buxifolia. A, Bowman 55, MEL; B, Staples 2213, BRI; C, SW slopes of Mt Coolum, Qld,

Johnson 1459A, BRI; F, Anderson 2361, BRI. Scale bar A-

= | mm, D-F = 10 pm,

ollen grain of N. banksii.

987, Henderson H 3111, BRI; D, Prosser River, Tas, Sep 1972, Jarman [AQ380673], BRI; E, Scarth-

eee ee ec eee eee cc cee creer ee errr ree errr re eee r ere eT eee eT eee eee re eee. Lee er ee ee ee er eee eee ere ee eee ee eee ee rere ere Te ee Tre eer ee

Hed tet tata

Bo Wa Wa a eat a att th at

mg a a Sac Hae Hac tt tn nS tS Sot HSS

wh SE NT aad

618 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

of two ovules per locule, spiny pollen (Fig. 1), and carunculate seed (Fig. 1) with that

genus, it has a petaloid, single-whorled perianth, bilocular anthers transverse on the

filaments, a central, gland-like disc lobed between the stamen filaments in male flowers,

styles that are entire (though somewhat dorsi-ventrally expanded rather than more or

less terete), and seeds somewhat tumid proximally about the hilum (at least in N. banksii)

as do Micrantheum species. Thus, Webster’s transfer of Neoroepera to Caletieae seems

fully justified and is accepted here.

This close relationship of Neoroepera with Micrantheum was noticed by F. Mueller

who annotated a Walter specimen of N. banksii from Lizard Island in 1871 (MEL

697066) as ‘Neoroepera micrantheoides’ and commented that the plant was “similis

Micrantheum hexandrum’”’, though he (? later) incorrectly accepted that the plants

represented N. buxifolia ‘J. M. & F. M.’.

Whether or not the Oldfieldioideae warrants family status (as Paivaeusaceae) as

suggested by Meeuse (1990), will have to wait till a more detailed study of the

Euphorbiaceae sens. /at. 1s undertaken.

Origin of central structure in male flowers

The finding of a flower with a pistilode in a specimen of male N. banksii (Gittins

1833, in BRI and NSW), an attribute that occasionally occurs in the family (Baillon

1858: Webster 1984) but not to my knowledge recorded for Neoroepera before, helps

clarify the nature of the central structure in male flowers. In this particular flower, the

ovary, complete with three typical styles and stigmas but with the ovules abortive, arises

from the centre of a gland-like, lobed structure otherwise typical of male flowers of this

genus, that is, internal to the stamens and lobed with the lobes protruding between the

filaments. Thus, the central structure found in male flowers of Neoroepera is homologous

with the disc that subtends the ovary in female flowers and as such confirms traditional

thought that it is a disc internal to the stamens, not a vestigial gynoecium as suggested

by Baillon (1866).

Taxonomy

Neoroepera Muell. Arg. & F. Muell. in DC., Prodromus 15(2): 488 (August 1866);

Securinega section Neoroepera (Muell. Arg. & F. Muell.) Baillon, Adansonia 6:

333 (September 1866). Type: NV. buxifolia Muell. Arg. & F. Muell.

Derivation of name: Named from Greek neos, new, and ‘Roepera after the generic name

Roeperia Sprengel (a later synonym of Ricinocarpos Desf. also in the Euphorbiaceae)

which honours Johann August Christian Roeper, German botanist, who, in the 1860s,

was a professor at Basel (then Rostock) and who published on the Euphorbiaceae of

Germany and Hungary (Baines 1981).

Shrubby monoecious or dioecious perennials with stems erect or ascending, branching,

the branches leafy throughout. Leaves alternate, stipulate, shortly petiolate, persistent or

caducous. Stipules entire. Flowers pedicellate, solitary or paired or in clusters or short

spikes (reduced branchlets) in leaf axils, subtended by minute bracts; perianth lacking a

corolla, petaloid, of several imbricate lobes; lobes dimorphic, usually a small sepal-like

one alternating with a larger, petal-like one, + free. Male flowers 6(rarely 4, 5, 7 or 8)-

merous; perianth lobes entire, emarginate, ciliate or shortly erose; a whorl of few to

many, discrete, finger-like glands present between tepals and stamens; stamens exserted;

anthers of two, separate, obloid, parallel but contiguous locules each transverse on the

apex of a reduced lobe of the shortly bifid filament, dehiscing by longitudinal slits; disc

a central, squat, + sessile, lobed structure embracing base of filaments. Female flowers

6(~8)-merous; perianth persistent, of + distinct, imbricate lobes; lobes appressed to ovary

but spreading in fruit, entire or somewhat ciliate or erose on upper margins; glands in

two whorls, the outer of few, discrete finger-like lobes, the inner of discrete, flattened,

irregular lobes on a continuous rim. Ovary 3(rarely 4)-celled with two pendant ovules

from an enlarged placenta in each locule; styles 3(rarely 4), + free from the base, sulcate

adaxially, horizontally spreading at first but becoming erect or ascending with age, entire,

the distal portion expanded and dorsi-ventrally flattened into a large stigmatic zone.

Henderson, Neoroepera 619

io, 2, Neoroepera banksii: A. apical portion of stem from male plant showing axillary flower clusters xX 2. B.

le flower x 6. C. apical aoean of ‘stent with long narrow leaves, from female piant x 2. D. female flower

from side showing solitary pedicel, perianth lobes and bracts X 4. E. ovary from above showing styles and distally

flattened, broad, stigmatic portions X 8. F. sub-mature fruit viewed from the side showing pedicel and persistent

styles and perianth X 2. G. apex of stem with short broad leaves x 2. A,B, Gittins 1833; C-E, Ross [AQ473929];

F, Scarth-Johnson 1271A; G, Isbell [AQ204124]. All BRI.

eral ieexba mel een aut oaterat Tat wathtediinis tracer imre oe

HAAG UMA OSA Sa Gm mH A a A em

620 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Fruit capsular, separating septicidally into three 2-valved cocci. Seeds somewhat curved,

becoming dorsi-ventrally flattened at maturity, smooth or minutely pitted, carunculate,

pale to dark brown when mature (and containing embryo); caruncle whitish to reddish,

waxy-fleshy; endosperm copious; cotyledons several times broader than the radicle.

A genus of 2 species endemic in tropical eastern Australia.

Key to species of Neoroepera

1. Plants dioecious; leaves broadest above the middle; perianth lobes of male

flowers virtually smooth on margins; stamen filaments spreading hairy

to above the middle; stigma limb much wider than long; far north

Queensland ...... ae 1. N. banksii

Plants monoecious: leaves broadest at or ec below the niiddle perianth lobes

of male flowers ciliate on margins; stamen filaments glabrous, smooth

or sparsely papillose peta nee limb + longer than wide;

central Queensland .... , oe ete te ue... .. 2, .N. buxifolia

1, Neoroepera banksii Benth., Flora Australiensis 6: 117 (1873). Type: Queensland, sandy

ridges, north shore, Endeavour River, A.Cunningham (holo: ?K. n.v.; iso: MEL).

Dicecious shrubs (0.15~)0.5—2 m high. Stems smooth, rounded, shortly spreading-hairy

when young, later glabrescent. Leaves evenly spaced along stems and branches, spreading;

petiole 1.0-1.2 mm long, shortly curved hairy adaxially and abaxially; blade oblanceolate

to very narrowly obovate or + spathulate, broadly obtuse or emarginate at tip and

shortly attenuate to base, 6-16 mm long, 1.0-6.8 mm wide, smooth except for raised

nervation, and glabrous except for short curved hairs proximally on midrib and around

recurving ‘tip above, smooth and glabrous below; midrib produced as a short, recurving,

usually reddish subula from the emarginate tip: margins entire, a little thickened and

recurving. Stipules dark red at least distally, narrowly triangular with tip acute, 0.3-1.0

mm long and to c. 0.3 mm wide; margins glabrous to densely hairy. Flowers single or

in few-flowered clusters, subtended by numerous bracts similar to but smaller than

stipules. Male flowers solitary or in pairs or threes, shortly pedicellate, 6-8-merous;

pedicels 6.0-9.5 mm long in flower to c. 18.0 mm long in fruit. Perianth spreading: lobes

ovate to obovate with tips rounded and entire or erose, and margins entire or few

toothed, sepal-like ones 0.8-1.3 mm long and 0.6-0.8 mm wide, somewhat concave, the

petal-like ones 2.0-2.3 mm long and 1.7-1.9 mm wide, dished; glands of the outer whorl

to c. 0.15 mm long. Stamens 6-8; filaments stout, 1.9-2.4 mm long, spreading long hairy

in the lower three quarters; anthers 0.85-1.00 mm long; glandular disc c. 0.9 mm across

and 0.3 mm high; pistilode rarely present. Female flowers solitary, pedicellate; pedicels

9-15(-25) mm long in flower, to c. 30 mm long in fruit. Perianth spreading, persistent

and reflexed beneath fruit; lobes semi-elliptic to oblong to obovate, with margins entire,

the sepal-like ones 1.4—2. 4 mm long and 0.8-1.3 mm across and rounded or acute at

the apex, smooth or ciliate on margins, the petal-like ones 2.5-3.4 mm long and 1.2-

1.6 mm across, and cucullate acute at the apex, smooth or ciliate distally on margins:

glands of the inner disc forming a continuous, flattened, 3-lobed ring at base of the

ovary, the lobes + triangular and to c. 0.7 mm long. Ovary ovoid, c. 1.5 mm high and

1.75 mm across; styles stout, with column 0.5-0.7 mm long, and flattened limb +

reniform in outline, c. 1.6-2.2 mm across. Fruit ovoid, to c. 6.5 mm long, at first

conspicuously crowned with the 3 (or 4) long-persisting styles, reddish green when mature.

Seed + obloid, a little tumid proximally (around hilum), 4. 0-4.7 X 2.2-2.7 X 2.2-2.7mm,

longitudinally striate with lines of minute fovea, later smooth; caruncle irregularly shaped

and + coralloid (dried state). Figs 1, 2.

Selected specimens (63 Peri Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: 5 km NE of Bamaga airstrip, Aug 1978, Paijnians

3020 (2) (BRI,CANB); 11°35’/S, 142°27’E, vicinity of McDonnell, Jul 1970, Isbell [AQ204125] (8) (BRD: ditto,

Isbell i4 (sterile) (BRD, 11° 36'S, 142°46'E, between Heathlands homestead and Captain Billy beach, May 1980,

Morton 638 (2) (BRI,MEL); 12°07'S, 143°0S’E, Olive River, near mouth, Sep 1974, Tracey 14494 @) (BRD): c. 34

km from ‘Bromley’ along road to Bolt Head, 11 km from Olive River crossing. turnoff, Jul 1990, Ross [AQ473929]

(2) (BRI); 14°08’S, 143°21’E, c. 48 miles (77 km] N of Musgrave Telegraph Station, Gittins 1833 ($) (BRI) (6 &

2) (NSW); Lizard Island, in 1871, Waiter (MEL); ditto, May 1975, Byrnes 3146 a(@) & b(d) (BRI); ditto, Jul 1990,

Batianoff 12186 (8) (BRD: Hopevale, Jul 1977, ‘Scarth-Johnson 545A (2) (BRI: 15°17’S, 145°19’E, 3 km SW of

South Cape Bedford, Aug 1978, Kanis 1928 (2) (BRI,CANB); Cooktown, mouth of Endeavour River, Jun-Aug

Henderson, Neoroepera 621

Fig. 3. Neoroepera buxifolia: A. apical portion of a flowering branch X 0.33. B. portion of a twig showing clusters

of male and female flowers x 2. C. partial cluster of flowers showing central female and surrounding male flowers

— note 5- and 6-merous male flowers < 4. D. ovary from above showing styles with distal, flattened, stigmatic

portions x8. = portion of a stem showing sub-mature fruit with persistent styles X 4. A-E, Batianoff MC9108001

& Robins, BRI.

Sec ee ny ein amaretto inna heetan ntti et gS OSEANNNNNN LANAI COR RINE SOMME CUMS a

re rere ine a

622 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

1770, Banks & Solander [AQ450766/MEL 515923} (@) gris ,MEL); ditto, May 1970, Blake 23311 (2 & &)

(BRL MEL); 15°34’S, 147°34’E, approximately | km S Annan River mouth, Aug 1974, Tracey 14734 (8)

(BRILMEL,QRS).

Distribution and habitat: Confined to far north-eastern Queensland north of about

Cooktown (Map 1). Commonly occurs in sandy soils on or close to the coast, in dune

communities or Eucalyptus forest on the landward side of coastal sand-dunes.

Notes: The variability in leaf shape suggests that at least two infraspecific taxa can be

recognised so distinctive are the extremes. The most northerly material generally has

remarkably small, narrow leaves, e.g. Isbell [AQ204125], whereas that from around

Cooktown mostly has comparatively longer, quite broad leaves, e.g. Kanis 1928. However,

since small-leaved forms can also occur near Cooktown, e.g. ‘Scarth-Johnson S45A, and

broader leaved ones near Cape York, e.g. Isbe// 14 (Fig. 2G), and forms that cannot be

grouped with either the above with certainty, e.g. Tracey 14494, occur throughout the

species’ range, no attempt has been made to formally recognise this variability. The

MEL isotype has leaves within the range of small/narrow to large/broad somewhat closer

to the large than small end of the range. There seems no qualitative differences between

leaves of the different forms.

| Notes accompanying Batianoff 12186 indicate this species has horticultural poten-

tial as it is in cultivation on Lizard Island where it is described as a spectacular

ornamental because of its striking red mature fruits.

Risk coding: This species is evenly distributed throughout its range and can be classed

as common. It is conserved in at least the Lizard Island National Park and is not at

risk,

2. Neoroepera buxifolia Muell. Arg. & F. Muell. in DC., Prodromus 15 (2): 489 (August

1866). Type: In New Holland at ‘Prenchestic’ [= Princhester] Creek [Queensland],

Bowman (lecto chosen here: G-DC n.y. [BRI-microfiche IDC 800-74. 2508: I, 2],

twig bearing male and (?)female flowers; 1solecto: MEL).

Securinega muelleriana Baillon, Adansonia 6: 333 (September 1866), nom. illeg.

Based on Neoroepera buxifolia Muell. Arg. & F. Muell. |

Monoecious shrubs or small trees to c. 6 m high. Stems smooth, at first shortly antrorsely

ferruginous pubescent later glabrescent, rounded, robust, many-branched with branches

spreading or ascending. Leaves evenly spaced along stems; petiole 1.0-2.0 mm long;

blade narrowly to broadly ovate to elliptic (or occasionally orbicular), with margins

slightly thickened and a little recurving, tapered to broadly obtuse and a little emarginate

tip and also to base, 10.0-40.0 mm long, 6.5-20.0 mm wide, smooth above and below;

midrib produced as a spreading, microscopic subula from the emarginate tip; margins

entire, smooth. Stipules subulate, to c. 0.3 mm long, glabrous, reddish, caducous. Flowers

clustered along short axis, subtended by numerous microscopic, semi-circular to trian-

gular, externally appressed-hairy bracts. Male flowers several in each cluster, pedicellate,

(4, 5 or) 6 (or 7)-merous; pedicels 4.5-8.0 mm long. Perianth + crateriform: lobes ovate

to obovate with tips rounded and entire, emarginate or erose, and margins regularly

ciliate, sepal-like ones 0.75-1.8 mm long and 0.65-1.2 mm wide. somewhat cupular, the

petal-like ones 2.2—3.2 mm long and 1.5-2.5 mm wide, dished; disc of many, spreading

filiform, entire or bifid or secondarily lobed lobes up to 1.5 mm long. Stamens (4, 5 or)

6 (or 7); filaments straight, glabrous, smooth or sparsely papillate, 1.7-3.6 mm long,

incipiently bifid distally; anthers ellipsoidal, 0.7-1.2 mm long. Female flowers solitary,

apical on a short axis with several male flowers below it, pedicellate; pedicels to c. 8.5

mm long in flower, to c. 18 mm long in fruit, stouter than that of males, shortly

antrorsely hairy throughout but denser distally, glabrescent, bracteolate near or below

middle; bracteoles + ovate, to c. 0.5 mm long. Perianth + crateriform, persistent and

somewhat reflexed beneath fruit; lobes narrowly ovate to oblong, rounded at the apex,

and with margins shortly ciliate, the sepal-like ones 1.2-1.5 mm long, 0.75—1.1 mm

across, the petal-like ones 2.5-2.8 mm long and 1.7-1.9 mm across. Ovary + ovoid, to

c. 1.5mm long; styles stout, adnate only near base, ascending, with column c. 0.5 mm

long, and flattened limb + narrowly ovate in outline, c. 1 mm long, its margins revolute.

Fruit obloid to obovoid, 5-8 mm long, at first conspicuously crowned with the 3 long-

persisting styles, olive green (?) at maturity. Seed + obloid to ovoid becoming dorsiven-

Henderson, Neoroepera 623

trally flattened with maturity, 4.2-5.1 x 2.1-3.3 x 1.7-2.3 mm, smooth but with

contiguous minute fovea visible below surface of testa; caruncle reduced to a small, red-

coloured flap or cone-shaped outgrowth of tissue from testa that abutted the hook-like

placenta. Figs 1, 3.

Specimens examined: Queensland. PoRT CURTIS DISTRICT: between Marlborough and Yaamba, Oct 1937, White

12095 (BRI); Livingstone Shire, about 11 km S of Marlborough homestead, at Marlborough Creek crossing, Nov

1981, Anderson 2361 (BRI); 22°58’S, 149°52’E, Marlborough Creek Crossing, Mar 1989, Reeves 630 (BRI); ditto,

May 1991, Batianoff & Franks (BRI); 23°04’S, 150°15’E, gut W of Canoona, c. 45 km NW of Rockhampton, on

road to Mona Vale, Nov 1990. Henderson H3490 & Robins (BRIL.K,MEL,NSW)

Distribution and habitat: Known only from a few creek-side localities north-west of

Rockhampton in the Port Curtis pastoral district, in areas of serpentinite soils (Map 1).

Notes: As explained above, the sheet of type material at G-DC, as well as that at MEL,

contains material of Neoroepera buxifolia collected on two different occasions. Thus each

of the two specimens on the G-DC sheet is a syntype while those at MEL are isosyntypes.

To be sure of the application of the name, Bowman’s flowering specimen at G-DC, as

opposed to the fruiting material there, is selected as its lectotype.

The duplicate material distributed to K was cited by Bentham (1873). That loaned

to Baillon in Paris was obviously examined and reported on to Mueller prior to Baillon’s

publication of 1866, for annotation on the MEL sheet reads ‘Securinega muellerii Baill’.

That name was not published but Securinega muelleriana was. However, as it was

proposed as a later alternative for Neoroepera buxifolia it is not a legitimate name.

This species appears restricted to the bed and banks of creeks in areas of

outcropping ultramafic (serpentine) rock which itself is, in central Queensland, restricted

largely to the Yaamba to Marlborough area, with a second, though somewhat smaller,

occurrence between Rockhampton and Yeppoon. Thus the species could be expected to

be found at other creek-side situations where serpentinite soils occur in this area.

142° 448°

14°

O O

'@) tr

20-

ie nt

ts a ee en ah ge a

a ls ty

—_— = =_— = = SOE - i

— she

— =

| en atin a ge eee ee, te le Ae son 0

Map 1. Distribution of Neoroepera species: ON. banksii. @N. buxifolia.

HN Gg “4 Lk hl AN at MAH Ma yt

SUE AA EE 2

1 a HH A

ROL ee L RE

14 Na Na PA UNA mnt KG MEAN MNGIE OE Oa

624 : Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Risk coding: Though this plant is quite common in the riparian habitat it is confined

to, It is restricted in occurrence at any one site. None of the known sites of occurrence

is within any declared conservation reserve though the plant is known to occur within

one State Forest. Most sites are subject to roadside clearing and/or grazing, and none

of them is more than 50 km from the others. The species must, therefore, be considered

vulnerable. A risk coding of 2V, as recorded by Briggs and Leigh (1988), is thus still

appropriate.

Acknowledgements

The Directors of MEL and NSW are thanked for loan of their holdings of

Neoroepera (including types from MEL) to BRI for study. I am grateful to Will Smith

for producing the illustrations and maps, and to Andrew Franks and Hans Dillewaard

for the SEM photomicrographs. George Batianoff, Paul Robins and Andrew Franks

collected pickled material of N. buxifolia for me for illustration purposes. Support by

grants from the Australian Biological Resources Study (ABRS) for my ‘Stenolobeae’

studies since 1988 is gratefully acknowledged.

References

BAILLON, H.E. (1858). Etude générale du groupe des Euphorbiacées p. 561. Paris: Victor Masson.

BAILLON, H.E. (1866). Species Guohorbineesram Euphorbiacées Australiennes. Adansonia 6: 282-345.

BAINES, J.A. (1981). Australian Plant Genera. Society for Growing Australian Plants.

BENTHAM, G. (1873). Neoroepera. Flora Australiensis 6: 116-117. London: L. Reeve.

BENTHAM, G. (1883). Euphorbiaceae. In G. Bentham & J.D. Hooker, Genera Plantarum 3: 239-340. London:

L, Reeve.

BRIGGS, J.D. & LEIGH, J.H. (1988), Rare or Threatened Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Australian

ae Parks and Wildlife Service Special Publication [14]. Canberra: Australian National Parks and

Wildlife Service.

GREUTER, W. ET AL. (1988). International Code of Botanical Nomenclature. Articles 62.1, 63.1 & 63.2. Regnum

Vegetabile 119: 63 & 64.

HURUSAWA, I. (1954). Eine nochmalige Durchsicht des herkommlichen Systems der Euphorbiaceen im weiteren

Sinne. Journal of the Faculty of Science University of Tokyo Section HI Botany 6: 209-344.

HUTCHINSON, J. (1969). Tribalism in the family Euphorbiaceae. Atmerican Journal of Botany 56(7): 738-758.

MEEUSE, A.D.J. (1990). The Euphorbiaceae auct. p/ur., an Unnatural Taxon. Delft: Eburon.

MUELLER, J. (1865). Euphorbiaceae. Vorlaufige Mittleilungen aus dem fiir De Candolle’s Prodromus best immten

manuscript uber diese Familie. Linnaea 34: 64.

MUELLER, J. (1866). Euphorbiaceae. In A.L.P.P. de Candolle (ed.), Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni

Vegetabilis 15(2): 189-1260. Paris: Masson.

PAX, F. . pee ec, K. (1931). Euphorbiaceae. In A. Engler & K. Prantl (eds), Die Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien

Band i9c: 11-233.

STAFLEU, F.A. & COWAN, R.S. (1976). Taxonomic Literature edn 2, 1{A-G): 97, 447. Regnum Vegetable 94.

WEBSTER, G.L. (1975). Conspectus of a new classification of the Euphorbiaceae. Taxon 24: 593-601.

WEBSTER, G.L. (1984). A revision of Flueggea (Euphorbiaceae). Allertonia 3(4). 259-312.

WEBSTER, G.L. (1987). The saga of the spurges: a review of the classification and relationships in the Euphorbiales.

Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 94: 3-46.

Appendix 1]

It is reasonable to assume from Stafleu and Cowan (1976) that Baillon’s publication

dealing with Neoroepera in Adansonia appeared in July 1866, before that of Mueller

Argoviensis. However, Dr Grady Webster (pers. comm.) has pointed out that since

Baillon cited actual page numbers in his reference to de Candolle’s Prodromus under

Securinega muelleriana, and considering the personal relationship between Mueller and

himself, it is likely his publication appeared after Mueller’s (ate August 1866).

Henderson, Neoroepera 625

Despite what may be inferred from the title page and from Stafleu and Cowan,

it seems clear that for Volume 6 of ‘Adansonia’, the publication schedule slipped beyond

August 1866. Though parts comprised of 32 pages may have appeared monthly in early

volumes, it is clear that the journal was produced in fascicles of 16 pages which were

numbered consecutively in each volume in the bottom right-hand corner of the first

page of that fascicle, and did not necessarily appear two per month. In Volume 6, though

fascicles | to 11 are undated, fascicles 12 to 24 carry a date (presumably of publication)

in the bottom left-hand corner as follows.

Fascicle Pages Date Fascicle Pages Date

12 177-192 07 Oct 1865 19 289-304 30 Aug 1866

13 193-208 11 Mar 1866 20 305-320 Sep 1866

14 209-224 li Mar 1866 21 321-336 sep 1866

15 229-240 18 May 1866 22 337-352 Sep 1866

16 241-256 12 Jun 1866 23 353-368 Oct 1866

17 297-272 12 Jul 1866 24 369-384 Oct 1866

18 273-288 30 Jul 1866

Thus fascicles 18 to 22 of this volume, covering Baillon’s paper on Australian

euphorbs, apparently appeared over two months with the critical fascicle (number 21)

appearing in (probably) mid to late September 1866, indeed later than Mueller’s.

Incidentally, though Volume 7 fascicle 1 is undated, Volume 7 fascicle 2 is also dated

September 1866.

Accepted for publication 17 March 1992

a td tat RU Hoyo gong ! Ak 9 a a fo wt PPRTERTR TEEPE T RETR TCT TTL Oe MT TEEN TER TERCR PRT CITTCIT TET CTTOMICCFTOTTTIT CORTE ELT Trt PTTTE TT TT TTT rahe ere TTT TT] Perr Hea ae AG Ma

PRCA ME hin h GAC RD DGLOOs COCCCCELCOR TCE ALO SS GH Ooh ROL CCE O coi Dee ACME ecco R EOC. OOK RTE Per ce eC ELD yer Por UR RRER RIN Bah Spe tana TEE Ne HI g SRNR aie td ieee naa

Austrobaileya 3(4): 627-641 (1992) 627

TAXONOMIC STUDIES ON THE GENUS HOYA R

(ASCLEPIADACEAE) IN PAPUASIA, 1-5

Paul I. Forster

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

and David J. Liddle

P.O. Box 794, Mareeba, Qid 4880, Australia

Summary

i. The group of species of Hoya, known colloquially as ‘New Guinea Whites’, is revised. This group includes H.

albiflora (Zipp. ex Blume) Boerl., H. magnifica P. Forster & Liddle sp. nov., H. naumanii Schitr., H. australis

subsp. tenuipes (K, Hill) P. Forster & Liddle and H. calycina Schitr. Two subspecies are recognised for H. calycina

with subsp. glabrifolia P. Forster & Liddle newly described. 2. H. pottsit Traill is lectotypified and H. nicholsoniae

F.Muell., H. hellwigiana Warb. and H. sogerensis S. Moore are placed in synonymy. 3. H. anulata Schltr, is found

to be the earliest name for the taxon described as H. schlechteriana S. Moore, H. poolei C.White & Francis, H.

pseudolittoralis C., Norman or H. alata K. Hill. 4. H. reveluta Wight ex J.D. Heok. is found to be the earliest

name for the taxon described as H. litoralis Schitr., H. inconspicua Hemsley or H. dodecatheiflora Fosb. 5. H.

sussuela (Roxb.) Merr. is the earliest name for a widespread taxon to which the name A. lauterbachit Schumann

oro abd ae misapplied. H. hAollrungii Warb. and H. coronaria var. papuana Bailey are placed in synonymy

of Hi. sussuela,

Introduction

Approximately eighty published names have been applied to species of Hoya R.

Br. in Papuasia (rian Jaya, Papua New Guinea, Solomon Islands). An account of the

genus in German New Guinea (now part of Papua New Guinea) was provided by

Schlechter (1913) who utilised mainly his own field collections. There is no overall

account of the genus in Papuasia and many species have been subsequently described

without reference to previously described taxa (e.g. Moore 1916).

Despite this early taxonomic activity, there is considerable confusion as to the

identity of the taxa present in the region. A large number of unidentified collections

have accumulated in herbaria, mainly as a result of the collecting activities of officers

of the Department of Forests, Lae (NGF and LAE series) and the Archbold expeditions.

The primary set of the NGF-LAE collections 1s at the National Herbartum of Papua

New Guinea (LAE), with the second set at the Rijksherbarium, Leiden (L), the third set

at the Queensland Herbarium (BRI), and minor sets at other herbaria such as the

Australian National Herbarium (CANB). The collections of L.J. Brass (Archbold expe-

ditions) are distributed in several herbaria with primary sets mainly at the Arnold

Arboretum, Harvard (A), New York Botanic Gardens (NY) and L, with minor sets of

some numbers at BM and BRI.

While there are many collections of Hoya available, few have been identified fully.

This is undoubtedly a result of the lack of a comprehensive revision and key to the

species. Also, it has been assumed that the types for many of the species described by

Schlechter were destroyed in the firebombing of the Berlin Herbarium (B) in 1942.

However, this is not the case and most are still extant in B (B. Leuenberger, pers. comm.

1988). Unfortunately, the same cannot be said for the species named by Engler, Schumann

or Warburg. Very few duplicates of type collections relevant to taxa named by these

workers have been located. Although the large number of published names does not

give an accurate picture of the actual number of species of Hoya present in Papuasia,

the region, nevertheless, does have a rich diversity of taxa comprising approximately 70

species.

From examination of Papuasian holdings at the herbaria A, BO, BM, BISH, BRI,

CANB, L, LAE, MEL, NY and SING, and relevant type material at K, P and WRSL,

it is evident that some of the taxa collected and named by Schlechter, often from single

collections, have not been recollected in more recent times. Conversely there are

628 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

collections, particularly from Inan Jaya and southern Papua New Guinea that represent

undescribed taxa not seen by him.

A comprehensive revision of the genus in this region will require extensive field

work and cultivation of field-collected material which will take many years. In the

interim we believe we have been able to match a significant proportion of existing

herbarium collections with the types from various taxa. These identifications have

represented significant changes to known distribution records of the taxa concerned in

the Papuasian region and beyond. We believe it to be of some importance to progressively

publish these findings, if only to stimulate curation in other herbaria, and to encourage

further fieldwork and study. In the long-term we hope to produce a revision of the genus

in the region.

At this preliminary stage of our investigations, some comment on nomenclatural

priority is necessary. We have previously stated (Forster & Liddle 1990) that for certain

widespread taxa, it is possible that earlier legitimate names exist than the ones we

previously accepted. Such has proved to be the case with H. revoluta Wight ex J.D.

Hook., AH. anulata Schlitr., H. sussuela (Roxb.) Merr. and H. pottsii Traill. which have

been found to be earlier names for species previously known by more familiar names.

Notes on Terminology

Indumentum cover is described using the terminology of Hewson (1988), except

that ‘scattered’ is used instead of ‘isolated’. In previous papers we have described the

glandular structures at the base of the leaf lamina as ‘extrafloral nectaries’ and those at

the sepal sinus bases as ‘glands’. However, following the excellent review of the mor-

phology and evolution of the corona and related structures in Asclepiadaceae and allied

families by Kunze (1990), we are now calling both these structures ‘colleters’.

1. Revision of the ‘New Guinea Whites’

In Hoya horticulture, there is a group of taxa originating from Papuasia that have

been known colloquially as the ‘New Guinea Whites’. These taxa have large, showy,

usually totally white flowers. Naming of cultivated material of these plants has been

hopelessly confused and generally based on ill-informed conjecture of horticulturalists

attempting to match original descriptions to live plants without recourse to the types.

Much of this confusion has centred on the definition of H. australis R. Br. ex Traill,

(see Forster & Liddle 1991), Hoya albiflora (Zipp. ex Blume) Boerl. and H. calycina

Schltr. (e.g. Burton 1989). The existence of two undescribed taxa in the group has also

added to the confusion.

The present study is based both on live and herbarium specimens.

Key to taxa of ‘New Guinea Whites’ Hoya

1. Flower campanulate; corolla not red under coronal lobes; corolla lobes

triangular ...... ee 2

Flower akapaniilatesotate: cored ved ander doteiial Bbes! eaveia lobes

IAHCCOTESOVATE: 0. One ley beet veins Sewn «Gye e toe eee oveg ter kh 3

2. Corolla 40-45 mm diameter; lobes horizontal or reflexed, 15-18 mm

long ...... Br H. magnifica

Corolla 20-25 mm deartietor’ Idlies iriflexed: Aly mm viows ...... H. albiflora

3. Staminal column elongated with staminal corona raised well above

corolla ....... a again H. naumanii

Staminal column not Siosinled: rae af veucettial ¢ corona Siaated more

or less flush with corolla .. 2... 0... ee eae 4

Forster & Liddle, Hoya in Papuasia, 1-5 629

4. Corolla internally with dense puberulous indumentum of short white

hairs; staminal corona lobes 1.2-3.5 mm long ........ .. H. australis

Corolla internally glabrous or with only scattered puberulous indumentum

of short white hairs; staminal corona lobes 3.4-4.8 mm long .. H. calycina

Note: H. naumanii Schltr. 1s restricted to Bougainville and Solomon Islands and will be

dealt with in detail in a later publication when recently collected material (June 1991)

has been grown on and flowered. H. australis subsp. tenuipes (K. Hill) P. Forster &

Liddle, the only subspecies of H. australis present in Papuasia, has been covered previously

(Forster & Liddle 1991).

1. Hoya magnifica P. Forster & Liddle, sp. nov. a H. albiflora (Zipp. ex Blume) Boerl.

corolla 40-45 mm diametro eius lobis 15-18 mm longis reflexis vel horizontaliter

portatis differt. Typus: Papua New Guinea. MOROBE PROVINCE: Palenkwa, Golden

Pines, 7°06’S, 146°35’E, 24 April 1969, H. Strelmann & A. Kaitro NGF39381

(holo: CANBI!; iso: A!, BO!, BRI, L!, LAE!; K 7...)

Liane to several metres long, latex white. Stems cylindrical, with dense indumentum

when young, becoming sparse with age; internodes up to 270 mm long and 5 mm

diameter. Leaves petiolate, held erect or at angle of 10-20° from vertical; lamina elliptic-

ovate to narrow-ovate, up to 190 mm long and 100 mm wide; upper surface with sparse

indumentum, venation obscure; lower surface with dense indumentum, venation obscure;

tip acute, shortly acuminate to somewhat apiculate; base cordate to rounded; petiole 14-

43 mm long, 2.3-2.5 mm diameter, with dense indumentum; colleters 4 at lamina base.

Cymes racemiform, up to 90 mm long, held horizontally to pendulous; peduncles 9~10

mm long, 5-6 mm diameter, with dense indumentum; bracts triangular, 1.4-1.5 mm

long, 1.2-1.3 mm wide, with sparse to dense indumentum. Flowers 10-15 mm long,

40-45 mm diameter; pedicels 20-50 mm long, 1.1-2.6 mm diameter, with dense

indumentum, Sepals ‘lanceolate- ovate, 13-16 mm long, 7-10 mm wide, with dense

indumentum externally; colleters 5 large and 5 small (minute) at base of each SINUS,

each large colleter subulate, 2-3 mm long, 0.7-0.8 mm diameter, with dense indumentum.

Corolla campanulate, cream to white; tube 10-14 mm long, 22-25 mm diameter, glabrous;

lobes triangular, held horizontally or reflexed, 15-18 mm long, 15-18 mm wide, glabrous.

Staminal corona cream to white, 4-5 mm long, 10-16 mm diameter; each lobe 4.8-7.0

mm long, 4.0-4.5 mm high, 2. 84. Q mm wide at base and c. 0.5 mm wide at upper tip,

outer edge rounded and upturned, inner tip lanceolate, not extending beyond style-head.

Staminal column 4-7 mm long, 4.6-5.0 mm diameter: anther appendages lanceolate,

1.7-2.0 mm long, 1.3-1.7 mm wide; alar fissure 2.0-2.5 mm long. Style-head depressed-

globose, 6.5-7.0 mm long, 4.5-5. QO mm diameter. Ovaries c. 4 mm long and 2 mm

diameter, with sparse indumentum. Pollinartum 1.3-1.4 mm long, 1.2-1.3 mm wide;

pollinia oblong, 1.12-1.15 mm long, 0.35-0.42 mm wide, with pellucid germination

mouth on outer edge; corpusculum ovate, 0.8-0.9 mm long, 0,55-0.58 mm wide; caudicles

0.30-0.35 mm long, 0.13-0.14 mm wide, not winged. Fruit fusiform, c. 190 mm long

and 12 mm diameter, glabrous. Seed not seen. Fig. 1.

Specimens examined. Papua New Guinea, MOROBE PROVINCE: Moikisung — Manga track, c. 2 km above Moikisung,

Huon Peninsula, 6°37’S, 147°38’E, Sep 1976, Clunie et al. LAE63319 (BRI,L,LAE); Mapos, Snake River, 6°55’S,

146°45’E, Mar 1971, Streimann & Kairo NGF25879 (BRLCANB,L,LAE); Bulolo - Watut Divide, Rd 46, 9 km

SW of Bulolo, 7: 15S, 146°35’E, Dec 1980, Kairo 691 (A,L; K a.y.); Wantoat, Feb 1940, Clemens 11126

(A, BISH,BRI L): Patep, Mumeng, Mar 1979, Rau 482 (LAE). Cultivated. Lae Botanic Gardens (origin not stated),

1957, Millar NGF9213 (A, BRI); Arawa Plantation, Bougainville (origin not stated), Apr 1970, Millar & Vandenberg

NGF48503 (BRI,LAE); Emerald Creek, Mareeba (ex Lukins Rubber Estate near Sogeri, Central Province,

USDA354244), Apr 1990, Liddle IML76 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Known with certainty only from the Morobe and Central

Districts of Papua New Guinea (Map 1). Plants grow as hanes in lowland rainforests at

altitudes of 650 -— 2000 m.

Notes: This species has been confused with H. albiflora (Zipp. ex Blume) Boerl. in

cultivation. It is probably closely related to H. albiflora but is immediately distinguishable

by the much larger flowers of which the corolla lobes are held horizontally or reflexed

at anthesis, as opposed to the smaller flowers with corolla lobes inflexed at anthesis in

the latter species.

Etymology: The specific epithet alludes to the magnificent white flowers of this species.

. atta ade ae MA BEM CC 8 tm a aa A GOAN A tat tach kn teetat cama DEAT Ott dd ttt td fet tatoo atte ede ais ie gy eee a nt an sti geen . .

i RE i ea RE ty Ne eee eee eRe eee Ry En Ee PLB DE CTA oP ae TG TL LE FE de acd BO aa PgR eI nS Sate ARE en A PUN eee RENE «

630 : Austrobaileya 3(4); 1992

Fig. 1. Hoya magnifica: A. habit of flowering stem X 0.5. B. side view of flower X 0.5. C. face view of flower X

0.5. D. side view of staminal column and corona X 2.5. E. face view of staminal column and corona X 2.5. F.,

face view of calyx X 2.5. G. verticai cross-section of flower X 2.5. H. pollinarium (inverted) X 16. All from Liddle

IML76. Del. D.J. Liddle.

Forster & Liddle, Hoya in Papuasia, 1-5 631

2. Hoya albiflora (Zipp. ex Blume) Boerl., Handi. Fl. Ned.-Ind. 2(2): 440 (1899);

Pterostelma albiflora Zipp. ex Blume, Rumphia 4: 33, t. 188 (1849). Type: Nov.

| ile [New Guinea], Zipp. [Zippelius| (holo: L! [898168-96, 898168-95, 898168-

— 94)).

Blume, Fl. Ned. Bat. 1: 513 (1856).

Liane to several metres long, latex white. Stems cylindrical, up to 6 mm diameter, with

Sparse indumentum when young, becoming sparse to glabrous with age; internodes up

to 180 mm long. leaves petiolate; lamina elliptic, up to 180 mm long and 90 mm wide:

upper surface glabrous, venation obscure; lower surface glabrous, secondary venation of

6-7 veins per side of midrib nearly obscure, tertiary venation obscure; tip acute to

shortly acuminate; base cuneate, truncate or cordate; petiole 18-30 mm long, 1.4—-3.0

mm wide, glabrous or with scattered indumentum; colleters 4 at lamina base. Cymes

racemiform, up to 70 mm long, held pendulously; peduncles 4-6 mm long, 2-3 mm

diameter, with scattered to dense indumentum; bracts triangular to lanceolate-ovate, 0.8—

1.6 mm long, 0.6-1.0 mm wide, with scattered to dense indumentum. Flowers 15-18

mm long, 20-25 mm diameter; pedicels 25-50 mm long, 1.0-1.6 mm diameter, with

scattered to dense indumentum. Sepals lanceolate-ovate, 13-15 mm long, 6-7 mm wide,

with sparse to dense indumentum externally; colleters 5 at base of each sinus, each gland

-subulate, 3-7 mm long, c. 1 mm diameter, with sparse indumentum. Corolla campanulate,

cream to white; tube 8-10 mm long, 15-17 mm diameter, glabrous; lobes triangular,

inflexed, 7-!1 mm long, 5.5-12.0 mm wide, glabrous. Staminal corona cream to white,

4-5 mm long, 7-8 mm diameter; lobes 3-4 mm long, 4.5-5.0 mm high, 2.7-2.8 mm

wide at outer edge, c. 0.5 mm at inner tip, outer edge upturned and sharply rounded,

inner tip subulate and reflexed from style-head. Staminal column c. 4 mm long, 5.0-5.4

mm diameter; anther appendages lanceolate, obscuring style-head, 1.5-1.8 mm long, 0.9-

1.4 mm wide; alar fissure 1.5-2.5 mm long. Style-head depressed-globose, 1.8-2.0 mm

diameter. Ovaries 2.6-3.0 mm long, 1.9-2.0 mm diameter, glabrous. Pollinarium 1.15-

1.20 mm long, 1.0-1.1 mm wide; pollinia oblong, 1.15-1.20 mm long, 0.44-0.45 mm

wide, with pellucid germination mouth on outer edge; corpusculum ovate, 0.80-0.85

mm long, 0.32-0.50 mm wide; caudicles unwinged, 0.35-0.37 mm long, 0.12-0.13 mm

wide. Fruits and seeds not seen. Fig. 2.

Specimens examined, Papua New Guinea. MOROBE PROVINCE: Patep III, 6°20’S, 146°45’E, Aug 1969, Adillar

Eons fa (BRLL,CAE; K n.yv.). Cultivated. Emerald Creek, Mareeba (from unknown origin), Apr 1990, Liddle

IML299 (BRI). |

Distribution and habitat: H. a/biflora is known only from the Morobe Province in Papua

New Guinea (Map 2) where it grows as a liane in rainforest.

Notes: There are few collections of H. albiflora, either in herbaria or in cultivation.

While there are several differently numbered clones of H. albiflora in cultivation, none

have collection data, and all are probably from the same original plant.

3. Hoya calycina Schltr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 50: 125 (1913). Type: Papua New Guinea.

MT BRI PROVINCE: Kani Geb., Mar 1908, R. Schlechter 17510 (holo: B (photo

at BRI)).

[Hova albiflora auct., non (Zipp. ex Blume) Boerl.: Burton, Hoyan 11(2): 57-58

(1989)].

Liane to several metres long, latex white. Stems cylindrical, up to 6 mm diameter,

glabrous or with scattered to dense indumentum when young, becoming corky with age;

internodes up to 160 mm long. Leaves petiolate; lamina elliptic to elliptic-ovate, up to

170 mm long and 90 mm wide; upper surface glabrous or with scattered indumentum,

venation obscure; lower surface glabrous or with scattered to dense velutinous indu-

mentum, venation obscure; tip acute, acuminate, or apiculate: base rounded, cuneate,

or slightly cordate; petiole 12-30 mm long, 1.5-—3.5 mm diameter, with scattered to dense

indumentum; colleters 4 at lamina base. Cymes racemiform, up to 70 mm long; peduncles

6-25 mm long, 3~7 mm diameter, glabrous or with scattered to dense indumentum;

bracts triangular to lanceolate, 0.8-1.0 mm long, 0.5-1.0 mm wide. Flowers 9-10 mm

long, 18-28 mm diameter; pedicels 24-44 mm long, 1.6-2.0 mm diameter, glabrous or

with scattered to dense indumentum. Sepals lanceolate to lanceolate-ovate, 2.8-5.0 mm

632 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Fig, 2. Hoya albiflora: A. habit of flowering stem X 0.5. B. face view of flower X 0.5. C. side view of staminal

column and corona X 3. D. face view of staminal column and corona x 3. E. face view of calyx X 0.75. F.

vertical cross-section of flower X 3. G. pollinarlum (inverted) X 8. All from Liddle IML299. Del. D.J. Liddle.

Forster & Liddle, Hova in Papuasia, 1-5 633

long, 1.2-3.0 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered to dense indumentum; base of each

sinus with an irregular glandular ridge. Corolla campanulate-rotate, cream to white, red

to purple under coronal lobes and around gynostegium; tube 3.0-5.4 mm long, 8-14

mm diameter, glabrous; lobes lanceolate-ovate, 7-13 mm long, 4-9 mm wide, glabrous

or with scattered to sparse indumentum on the edges and externally. Staminal corona

4.0-4.3 mm long, 7-13 mm diameter; lobes 3.4-4.8 mm long, 4.0-4.3 mm high, 1.8-

2.5 mm wide. Staminal column 3.6-4.0 mm long, 2.5—-3.5 mm diameter; anther appen-

dages lanceolate, 1.6-—2.0 mm long, 1.7-1.8 mm wide; alar fissure 1.3—2.0 mm long. Style-

head depressed-globose, 1.5-1.9 mm diameter. Ovaries 2.3-2.4 mm long, 1.8-1.9 mm

wide, glabrous. Pollinarium c. 1.1 mm long, 0.85-0.90 mm wide; pollinia oblong, 1.05-

1.10 mm long, 0.35-0.40 mm wide, with pellucid germination mouth on outer edge;

corpusculum ovate, 0.60-0.65 mm long, 0.35-0.40 mm wide; caudicles unwinged, 0.25-

0.30 mm long, 0.06—0.07 mm wide. Fruit and seed not seen. Fig. 3.

Notes: H. calycina is a distinctive species that has been confused with H. australis and

H. albiflora, mainly because of its superficially similar flowers. It differs most markedly

‘from H. australis in the more-or-less internally glabrous corolla and the much larger

staminal corona and from H. albiflora in the rotate corolla. Like H. australis, H. calycina

* variable in terms of indumentum and two subspecies can be recognised on this

character,

Key to subspecies of Hoya calycina

1. Lamina with dense velutinous indumentum below, calyx and corolla with

sparse to dense indumentum externally ................ subsp. calycina

Lamina glabrous or with scattered indumentum below, calyx and corolla

glabrous or with scattered indumentum externally ...... subsp. glabrifolia

3a. Hoya calycina subsp. calycina

Lamina with dense velutinous indumentum below. Calyx and corolla with sparse to

dense indumentum externally.

Specimens examined. Papua New Guinea, NEw IRELAND: Wanup near Lossuk, 2°45’S, 151°04’E, Jan 1967, Coode

et al. NGF29625 (L). MOROBE PROVINCE: S of Boana, 6°30/S, 146°50’E, Feb 1977, Conn et al. 86 (K,L); Patep

Creek, 6°35’S, 146°25’E, May 1959, Millar NGF9967 (A,BRI,CANB,LAE), Zenag, 7°00’S, 146°35’E, Jul 1968,

Millar NGF12115 (A,BRIL.CANB,L,LAE); Kwatmengu, Aseki Patrol Area, Apr 1966, Craven & Schodde 1459

(A,L,LAE). SOUTHERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: Mt Bosavi, northern side, N of the Mission Station, 6°26/S,

142°50'E, Oct 1973, Jacobs 9496 (L,LAE). NORTHERN PROVINCE: c. 2 km W of Popondetta along road near

airstrip, Jui 1953, Hoogland 3379 (A,BM,BRI,CANB,K,L,LAE). MILNE BAY PROVINCE: SW of Nowata airstrip,

9°59’S, 149°44’E, Jul 1969, Kanis 1104 (CANB,LAE). Cultivated. Emerald Creek, Mareeba (ex plant collected

MOoOROBE PROVINCE: Patep II Village, [USDA354236]), Apr 1990, Liddle IML201 (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: Widespread in Papua New Guinea (Map 3). Plants grow in

rainforest at altitudes of 20-1400 m.

3b. Hoya calycina subsp. glabrifolia P. Forster & Liddle subsp. noy., a H. calycina Schltr.

subsp. calycina lamina foliorum glabra vel infra pilis dispersis praedita, calyce

corollaque glabra vel extus pilis non nisi sejunctis praedita differt. Typus: Irian

Jaya. 4 km SW of Bernhard Camp, Idenburg River, Mar 1939, L.J. Brass 13465

(holo: BRI}; iso: A!, BO!, L!).

Lamina glabrous or with scattered indumentum below; calyx and corolla glabrous or

with scattered indumentum externally.

Specimens examined. Papua New Guinea. WESTERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: Jimmi Valley, near Karap, Jun 1955,

Womersley & Millar NGF7648 (BRI,LAE). EASTERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: Kassam, Nov 1959, Brass 32470

(LAE). MOROBE PROVINCE: Bupu Village, Wampit, 6°50/S, 146°55/E, Jul 1967, Millar NGF22936 (BRI,L,LAB).

CENTRAL PROVINCE: Isuarava, 9°00’S, 147°44’E, Mar 1936, Carr 16107 (BM,CANB,L,NY,SING; EK #.1.).

Distribution and habitat: Widespread but rarely collected in Papua New Guinea (Map

4). Plants grow as lianes in rainforest at altitudes of 1500-1900 m.

634 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Fig. 3. Hoya calycina subsp. calycina: A. habit of flowering stem x 0.5. B. face view of flower X 12.5. C. side

view of stamina! column and corona X 3. D. face view of calyx X 3. E. vertical cross-section of flower X 3. F.

pollinarium (inverted) X 28. All from Liddle IML201. Del. D.J. Liddle.

Forster & Liddle, Hoya in Papuasia, 1-5 635

2. Typification and synonymy of Hoya pottsti Traill

Hoya pottsii Traill, Trans. Hort. Soc. 7: 25 (1827). Type: based on plant in cultivation.

(lecto (here designated): Traill, Trans. Hort. Soc. 7: 25. fig 1 (1827)).

Hoya nicholsoniae F. Muell., Fragm. 5: 159 (1866). [October, not specified to day],

synon. noy. Type: ‘In arboribus ad sinum litoreum Rockingham’s Bay, Dallachy

(holo: MEL 72.¥.).

Hoya hellwigiana Warb. in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. Reg. Veg. 3: 342 (1907).

synon. nov. Type: ‘Kaiser Wilhelms-Land: Bussum bei Finschhafen’, O. Warburg

21313 (holo: B n.v., destroyed).

Hoya sogerensis S. Moore, J. Bot. 52: 293 (1911). synon. nov. Type: Papua New

Guinea. CENTRAL PROVINCE: River side Sogere, 1885-6, H.O. Forbes 691 (holo:

BM!}).

Additional selected specimens, Celebes, Sulawesi Selatan, Soroako, S. shore of Lake Matano, de Vogel 5793 (BRI).

Irian Jaya. Sorong, Roefei River N of the town, Mar 1954, van Royen 3007 (L); Mamberamo, Oct 1914, Feurlletau

de Bruyn 130 (BO,L); Rouffaer River, Aug 1926, Docters vy. Leeuwen 10122 (BO,L,SING; K u.¥.); Waigeo Is,

Lupintol Village on SW coast of Majalibit Bay, Feb 1955, van Royen 5483 (L); Mairipi, near Andai, SW of

Manokwari, Nov 1961, Vink BW12104 (L). Papua New Guinea. EAsT SEPIK PROVINCE: Ramu fluB, Tappenbeck

37 (WRSL).

Distribution and habitat: Widely distributed in Celebes, New Guinea and Australia

(Forster & Liddle 1990).

Notes: Since the publication of our account of H. nicholsoniae F. Muell. (Forster &

Liddle 1990), we have been able to examine a much greater range of material, particularly

from L, that is referrable to this taxon. From this it is clear that H. nicholsoniae F.

Muell., AH. hellwigiana Warb. and H. sogerensis 8. Moore are all conspecific, based on

the examination of type collections, original descriptions and collections from the areas

where these taxa originated. However, it 1s evident that H. pottsii Traill 1s also conspecific

with these taxa as suggested by Burton (1983) and hence, due to priority, its name is

the correct one to be used for the aggregate taxon.

H. pottsii has been newly named in most geographic regions where it has been

collected, and although there is wide variation in flower colour and to some extent leaf

size and shape, which are both dependent on environment (Forster & Liddle 1990),

there are no valid reasons for upholding any of the later names.

The status of H. samoensis Seem. described from Samoa, H. neocaledonica Schltr.

described from New Caledonia, H. neoebudica Guill. described from Vanuatu and H.

cominsii Hemsley, described from Solomon Islands, with respect to H. pottsii is unclear

at this stage. We have examined a wide range of collections from these areas (holdings

at BSIP, P and NOU) and recently collected (June 1991) a range of material from

Solomon Islands of A. cominsii, however, further comparisons with H. pottsii from

Australia and New Guinea must wait until this recent material has been grown and

flowered under similar conditions.

Typification of H. pottsii is critical to the application of the name and this species

was named somewhat informally by Traill (1827). There appears to be no specimen at

K that could be unequivocally considered as a type for H. pottsii. However, there is a

flowering specimen at K labelled ‘Hoya Pottsii Traill. Hort Glasg. bot. Mag. t. 3425’

that may possibly represent the cultivated material illustrated both by Traill and by

Hooker (1835). This plant may well have persisted 1n cultivation at K for a considerable

time as there is a further flowering collection of 2 sheets labelled [in part] ‘Hoya pottsi

Trail native in China... EN464-63 Sir George Taylor H2855/86 .. .’. While the

geographic origin of both these cultivated collections 1s problematic, it is unlikely that

they came from China [Macao], the reputed origin for H. pottsii (Traill 1827; Hooker

1835), and both are conspecific with the Australian and Papuasian material. While of

dubious status as types of H. pottsii, both specimens lend credence to our application

of the name H. potisii to the taxa treated as conspecific in this paper. In the absence of

an unequivocal type specimen for H. potisii, we have selected as lectotype, the plate

published by Traill (1827) which agrees perfectly with the taxon we apphed the name

to.

shone SMO SOM EM ae dh a cata

636 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

150°E

130 E

150°E

Maps 1-2. Distribution of Hoya spp. i. H. magnifica. 2. H. albiflora.

eTEPRTCCCCCTOT ICCC CTCL LCL LTE aT

aS LAL Raat un ie sian ako hohe eee me HE te

A ee A tate Wi tet nen eC cmmcce wer mceR I Mca tect A Motel fe

ARN at RN ES Re a ea RS

att emt EH Rta Ht ta IN

w 8 ne aM aN a he a A ma gta ye am St Nt hi EEA! it ! A tat le end eK wn ent Poni ocr

Forster & Liddle, Hoya in Papuasia, 1-5

150°E

Maps 3-4. Distribution of Hoya calycina. 3. H. calycina subsp. calycina. 4. H. calycina subsp. glabrifolia.

637

FN eee RN EN Sets aR RCE

Sg seonmm costae renee vee MS ANE SOS NR ee na oe nee a it Wad tao cta gs sertt

638 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

No type material of H. hellwigiana Warb. has been located; however, we have

found the collection Tappenbeck 37 that was cited by Schlechter (1913) in his account

of this species. Given that Schlechter would have surely seen the type of H. hellwigiana,

it seems reasonable to allocate this name to synonymy based on this collection and the

original description.

3. Typification and synonymy of Hoya anulata Schltr.

Hoya anulata Schitr. in Schumann & Lauterb., Nachtrage Fl. Schutzgeb. Stidsee 362

(1905). Type: Papua New Guinea. MADANG PROVINCE: Auf Baéumen am oberen

Nuru, auf dem Wege vom Ramu zur Kiste, 4 February 1902, R. Schlechter 14185

(holo: BI).

Schlitr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 50: 118 (1913).

Hoya schlechteriana 8. Moore, Trans. Linn. Soc. 9: 112 (1916), synon. nov. Type:

Irian Jaya. Camps III-VI, 1912-13, Utakwa River to Mt Carstensz, C_B. Kloss

(holo: BM!).

Hoya poole: C. White & Francis, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. 39: 69, fig. 13 (1928),

synon. noy. Type: Papua New Guinea. MADANG PROVINCE: Joangey, South eastern

end of Finnisterre Range, December 1923, CLE. Lane-Poole 566 (holo: BRII!; iso:

K!).

Hoya pseudolittoralis Norman, Brittonia 2: 328 (1937), synon. nov. Type: Papua

New Guinea. WESTERN PROVINCE: Dagwa, Oriomo River, Feb-March 1934, L./.

Brass 5990 (holo: NY n.yv.; iso: A!, BM (photo at BRI), BO!, BRI).

Hoya alata K. Hill, Telopea 3: 249 (1988), synon. noy. Type: Australia, Queensland.

Cook District: Pascoe River rockpile, B. Wallace 83250 (holo: NSW, 2.y7.).

Hoya sp., Jones & Gray, Austral. Climbing PI. Fig. 126 (1977).

[Hoya gracilipes aact. non Schltr.: Jones & Gray, Climbing Pl. Austral. 242 (1988)].

Forster & Liddle, Austrobaileya 3: 228-230 (1990).

Additional specimens examined. Irian Jaya. Orob River, Feb 1913, Pulle 1202 (BO,L). Papua New Guinea.

WESTERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: Baiyer River, Nov 1954, Womiersiey & Floyd NGF6809 (LAE). MOROBE

PROVINCE: 4 miles [6.7 km] NE of Boana, near Guambot, 6°30’S, 146°50’E, Mar 1977, Conn et al. 70 (CANB,K,LAE);

Boana, Jul 1938, Clemens 8480 (A,B,L); ditto, May-Nov 1940, Clemens 41725 (A,BRI); Bupu Village above

Wampit River, Mar 1964, Afi/lar NGF23296 (A, BRI,;CANB,L,LAE); Ekwap, Wantoat, Aug 1968, Avi/lar NGF12130

(L,LAE); Wantoat, Jun 1957, White NGF9523 (LAE); Patep, Mar 1959, Millar NGF9904 (BRI), Wareo, Jan

1936, Clemens {$21 (A); Finnisterre Range, Ekwap, near Wantoat, Aug 1968, Philipson 3305 (A,L); Zenag, 7°00’S,

146°35’E, May 1969, Avi/iar NGF40862 (LAE). GuLF PROVINCE: near Iori Village, Ihu, Apr 1971, Stone 10143

(L,LAE). Australia. Queensland, Cook District: Garraway Creek rockpiles, Apr 1988, Forster 4234 & Liddle

(BRI); South Pap, Tozers Gap, Jul 1991, Forster 9079 (BRI).

Notes: Examination of the type specimen of H. anulata Schltr. has found it to be

conspecific with H. pseudolittoralis Norman (Forster & Liddle 1990). H. anulata is

widely distributed in New Guinea, but has only been found in the Tozer Range area of

Queensland.

Of importance with respect to the synonymy for this taxon, is H. poolei C.White

& Francis which was applied by Liddle (1986) to the Australian material. Both the BRI

holotype and the K isotype of H. poolei lack flowers; however, the foliage is a good

match for those of H. anulata (based on the range of specimens examined) and the

flowers figured by White and Francis (1928) agree with those of this taxon.

Isotype specimens of Hf. alata K. Hill have yet to be examined, despite repeated

requests to NSW for their distribution.

4, Typification and synonymy of Hoya reveluta Wight ex J.D. Hook.

Hoya revoluta Wight ex J.D. Hook., Fl. Brit. India 4: 55 (1883). Type: Malaysia. Malacca,

LO eects 1867, A.C. Maingay 1127 (ecto: K!, fide Rintz, Malay. Nat. J. 30:

486 (1978)).

Hoya inconspicua Hemsley, Bull. Misc. Inform. Kew 1894: 213 (1894), synon. nov.

Type: Solomon Islands, Officers of H.M.S. Penguin (holo: K!).

Forster & Liddle, Hoya in Papuasia, 1—5 639

Hoya litoralis Schltr. in Schumann & Lauterb., Nachtrage Fl. Schutzgeb. Stidsee

363 (1905), synon. nov. Type: Papua New Guinea. MADANG PROVINCE: Auf

Baumen am Strande von Potsdam Hafen, 16 October 1901, R. Schlechter 13675

(holo: B (photo at BRI')).

Forster & Liddle, Austrobaileya 3: 228-229 (1990).

Hoya dodecatheiflora Fosb., Lioydia 3: 118 (1940), synon. nov. Type: Solomon

Islands. TEMOTU PROVINCE: Santa Cruz Islands, Vanikoro, Tevia Bay, 6 May

1933, Stewart (holo: BISH n.y.).

Additional selected specimens, Malaysia. JOHORE: between G. Blumut & G. Bechua, May 1923, Holttum 10844

(K); Bukit Paloh Estate, Apr 1958, Shah & Kadim 390 (K,L)}; Kg. Hubang Development Area, 100 m. s. Endau

Road, Jul 1959, Burkill 1904 (L). SELANGOR: Sg, Buloh, R.R.LE.E. Forest Reserve, Nov 1956, Burkill & Shah

1066 (K,L). Indonesia. Sumatera. Vicinity of Ack Mocute (Aer Moette} Asahan, NE of Tomoean Dolok & W of

Salabat, Jul 1936, Boeea 9335 (L); Mt Sago near Pajakumbuh, Jun 1956, Meijer 5099 (L). Borneo. Central Kutei,

Belajan R., near Kembang Dyangut, May 1955, Kostermans 10692 (L); West Kutei, Mt Palimasan near Tabang

on Belajan River, Sep 1956, Kostermans 12751 (L). Irian Jaya. East bank of Merauke River, 8 of Senajo, Aug

1954, van Royen 4668 (A,CANB,L),; Merauke River, West bank between Djedjoerah & Eramboe, Aug 1954, van

Royen 4812 (CANB,L). Papua New Guinea. WEST NEw BRITAIN: Nantambu, Feb 1971, Lelean & Stevens

LAES1180 (L,LAE). WESTERN PROVINCE: c. 8 miles a km] S of Morehead Patrol Post, Trans-Fly area, Aug

1967, Paijmans 291 (CANB); Weam, Jul 1967, Ridsdale NGF33505 (BO,CANB,L,LAE; K 7.¥.). Solomon Islands.

GUADALCANAL PROVINCE: Mt Austen area, Jun 1991, Forster 8608, 8612 & Liddle (BRI); NW of Tinomeat

Village, Goldridge area, Jun 1991, Forster 8722 & Liddle (BRI,K); NW Guadalcanal, Mataniko’o River, Nov

1967, Nakisi et al. BSIP8246 (BSIP,K,L). MALAITA PROVINCE: Malaita, Are-are dist., Moka village, Nov 1965,

Hunt 3080 (K), MAKIRA PROVINCE: San Cristobal, Kira Kira, Aug 1932, Brass 2761 (A,L). TEMOTU PROVINCE

Santa Cruz Group, Vanikoro Island, Dec 1928, Kajewski (K); Luendambu area, Tomotu Noi, Apr 1972, Powell

BSIP19500 (BISH,BSIP,CANB,L).

Notes: Like H. pottsii, H. revoluta has a very wide geographic distribution from Malaysia

(Rintz 1978), through Malesia to New Guinea, Solomon Islands and northern Queensland.

Once again, this species has been formally renamed in various geographic regions of its

occurrence, e.g. H. inconspicua Hemsley (Hemsley 1894) and H. dodecatheiflora Fosb.

(Fosberg 1940) from Solomon Islands and H. /itoralis Schltr. from New Guinea (Schlechter

1905). The type of H. inconspicua is notable for its very long leaves and the type of H.

dodecatheiflora, as illustrated by Fosberg (1940), for a more raised style-head in relation

to the anthers than is typical in H. revo/uta from Malesia. Examination of many flowering

plants in Solomon Islands shows that there are plants with both long and short leaves.

Hence this character 1s unreliable for species distinction. Some plants have raised style-

heads whereas others did not. However, there are numerous intermediates and this

character is also unreliable for distinguishing species. Hence there is no justification for

recognition of these taxa at specific rank distinct from H. revoluta s. lat. However,

further fieldwork and cultivation under uniform conditions of plants of known origin

from throughout the range of H. revoluta, may well produce data that justifies an

infraspecific taxonomy based on vegetative characters, similar to that proposed for H.

australis (Forster & Liddle 1991).

_ H. revoluta appears to be a commonly collected species that occurs in lowland

riverine and coastal situations throughout its geographic range.

5. Typification and synonymy of Hoya sussuela (Roxb.) Merr.

Hoya sussuela (Roxb.) Merr., Interpret. Rumph. Herb. Amboinense 438 (1917); Asclepias

“Her (19503 Fl. Ind. ed. 2, 2: 31 (1832). Type: Rumph., Herb. Amboinense

5: t. 172 (1750).

Hoya corona ariadnes Blume, Rumphia 4: 31 (1849). Type: Rumphia 4: t. 182, 185

(lecto: fide Merrill, Interpret. Rumph. Herb. Amboinense 439 (1917)).

Hoya speciosa Decne. in DC., Prodr. 8: 634 (1844). Type: Amboina, La Billardiere

(holo: ?P n.v., fide Merrill, Interpret. Rumph. Herb. Amboinense 439 (1917)).

Hoya ariadna Decne. in DC., Prodr. 8: 635 (1844). Type: Rumph., Herb. Amb. 5:

t. 172 (1750) (lecto: fide Merrill, Interpret. Rumph. Herb. Amboinense 439 (1917)).

Hoya coronaria var. papuana Bailey, Queensl. Agric. J. 3: 156 (1898), synon. nov.

Type: Papua New Guinea: Foot of Mt Trafalgar, F.A4. Bailey (holo: BRI

[AQ360787!)).

se te aN a a ee encom fa AEM atc tft tg ME A EM eh an ne a

640 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Hoya hollrungii Warb., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni. Veg. 3: 342 (1907), synon.

noy. Type: Papua New Guinea. WEST SEPIK PROVINCE: Augusta Station, 1887,

M. Hollrung (holo: Bf; iso: MEL 1520112!; K n.y.).

Hoya sp., Liddle, Hoya in Australia 26, 28-33 (1986); Jones & Gray, Climbing PI.

Austral. 237, 252 (1988).

[Hoya rubida auct. non Schitr.: Jones & Gray, Austral. Climbing Pl. 126-127 (1977)].

[Hoya an auct. non Schumann: P. Forster & Liddle, Austrobaileya 3: 220

(1990)]

Additional specimens examined. Malesia, Amboina, Jul-Nov 1913, Robinson 90 (L; K 7.¥.); South Celebes, Danau

Towuti, Timampu, Nuha, Luwu, Apr 1984, Ramilanto 168 (L; K n.y.).

Notes: H. sussuela has had a chequered taxonomic history; however, the analysis of

Merrill (1917) is relatively unambiguous and his synonymy is followed here. Paramount

to the identification of the common taxon that occurs in far northern Queensland and

New Guinea now recognised as H. sussuela, 1s the interpretation of plates, 182 and 185

of Blume (1848) and 172 of Rumphius (1750), all of which are based on plants from

the Moluccas to the west of Irian Jaya. Table 172 of Rumphius is not particularly

helpful, apart from depicting a plant of section Eriostemma Schltr. Blume’s Table 182,

by comparison, is well executed and the plant depicted is conspecific with this taxon

common in New Guinea and Australia. Blume’s Table 185 depicts only fruit and seed.

C.B. Robinson in 1913, attempted to recollect those taxa depicted by Rumphius (Merrill

1917), and his collection No. 90 from Amboina is conspecific both with the plants

illustrated in Blume’s plates cited and the taxon common in New Guinea and Australia.

The original type citation for A. hollrungii requires the collection Hollrung 661.

The K sheet, which we have not seen, has this number, and although the MEL sheet

does not have this number, in all other respects the label data is in agreement with the

original citation, and the specimen agrees with the original description. Also we have

located the specimen Schlechter 14297 (WRSL) which was cited by Schlechter (1905) in

his account of HW. hollrungii and this is conspecific with the taxon delimited here.

In retrospect, we believe that the name AH. lauterbachii Schumann has been

misapplied both to H. sussuela in Australia and New Guinea and A. gigas Schltr. from

New Guinea (Forster & Liddle 1990). The plate of H. /auterbachii in Schumann (1905)

depicts a plant with more flattened campanulate corollas, long thin pedicels and a sharper

angled staminal corona than the plants under consideration here. H. gigas has markedly

larger flowers (50-70 mm diameter) with more widely spaced coronal lobes. As yet we

have not seen either herbarium or live material that quite matches Schumann’s plant

and its identity remains uncertain.

We still have not found any authentic type material of H. neoguineensis Engler,

which as mentioned previously (Forster & Liddle 1990), may also be referable here. In

the absence of such material this name should still be regarded as of uncertain application.

As outlined previously, H. sussuela is very variable in flower size and colour (Forster

& Liddle 1990), and in the herbaria cited, collections of this taxon account for nearly

one third of all the holdings of Hoya material.

Acknowledgements

B. Leuenberger (B) provided a listing of extant Hoya types at B and answered

various queries on the existence of specimens. The Directors/Managers of the herbaria

A, B, BO, BM, BRI, BSIP, CANB, K, L, LAE, MEL, MICH, NOU, NY, P, US and

WRSL allowed access to collections either at their institutions or on loan. The latin

diagnoses were translated by L. Pedley. G. Leach (DNA) while Australian Botanical

Liaison Officer at Kew, U.K., located and photographed various specimens in K and

BM. G. Dennis, Honiara, gave freely of his field knowledge of Hoya in Solomon Islands.

Some spirited discussions on various aspects of this work were held with Hoya devotees

Ted Green of Hawaii and Chris Burton of Atlanta, Georgia, U.S.A. An anonymous

referee kindly drew our attention to duplicates of various collections held at K. The

Australian Biological Resources Study provided funding to P.I. Forster during 1988-

1990. We gratefully acknowledge this assistance.

Forster & Liddle, Hova in Papuasia, 1-5 641

References

BLUME, C.L. (1849). Rumphia. 4: 31. Amsterdam: J.G. Sulpke.

BURTON, C.M. (1983). Hova pottsitt recap. Hovan 5; 2.

BURTON, C.M. (1989). New determination. Hoyan 11: 57-58.

FORSTER, P.I. & LIDDLE, D.J. (1990). Hoya R. Br. (Asclepiadaceae) in Australia - an alternative classification.

Austrobaileya 3: 217-234,

FORSTER, P.L. & LIDDLE, D.J. (1991). Variation in Hoya australis R.Br. ex Traill (Asclepiadaceae). Austrobaileva

3: 503-521.

FOSBERG, F.R. (1940). Melanesian vascular plants. Liovdia 3: 109-124 (1940).

HEMSLEY, W.B. (1894). Flora of the Solomon Islands. Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information 1894: 211-215.

HEWSON, H.J. (1988). Plant Indumentum. A Handbook of Terminology. Australian Flora & Fauna Series No.

9. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service.

HOOKER, W.J. (1835). Hoya pottsii. Mr. Potts’s Hoya. Curtis’ Botanical Afagazine 62: 1. 3425.

KUNZE, H. (1990). Morphology and evolution of the corona in Asclepiadaceae and related families. Tropisciie

und subtropische Pflanzenwelt 76: 1-51.

LIDDLE, D.J. (1986). Preliminary observations on Hoya and Dischidia (Asclepiadaceae) in Australia. In P.I.

Forster (ed.), Hova in Australia, pp. 2-37. Brisbane: Queensland Succulent Society.

MERRILL, E.D. (1917). An interpretation of Rumphius’s Herbarium Amboinense. Manila: Bureau of Printing.

MOORE, S. (1916). Asclepiadeae. In H.N, Ridley, Report on the botany of the Wollaston Expedition to Dutch

New Guinea, 1912-1913. Transactions of the Linnean Society 9: 112-116.

RINTZ, ete (1978). The peninsular Malaysian species of Hoya (Asclepiadaceae). Afalaysian Nature Journal 30:

4 2.

RUMPHIUS, G.E. (1750). Herbarium Amboinense. Vol. 5. Amsterdam: F. Changuton, J. Catuffle, H. Uytwerrf.

SCHLECHTER, R. (1905). Asclepiadaceae. In K. Schumann & K. Lauterbach, Nachtrage zur Fiora der Deutschen

Schutzgebiete in der Stidsee. Leipzig: Gebruder Borntrager.

SCHLECHTER, R. (1913). Die Asclepiadaceen von Deutsch-Neu-Guinea. Botanische Jahrbticher fiir Systematik,

Pflanzengeschichte und Pflanzengeographie 50: 81-164.

srabenlicea hy K. (1896). Hova lauterbachii K. Sch., eime neue Wachsblume. Afonatsschrift fiir Kakteenkunde

6(1). 7

TRAILL, J. (1827). Accounts and descriptions of the several plants belonging to the genus Hoya, which are

cultivated in the garden of the Horticultural Society at Chiswick. Transactions of the Horticultural Society

7: 16-30.

WHITE, C.T. & FRANCIS, W.D. (1928). Plants collected in the Mandated Territory of New Guinea. Proceedings

of the Royal Society of Queensland 39: 61-70 (1928).

Accepted for publication 2 December 199]

to to ms oe AA Wht MN A ul A ta tinier a YS AA NSE AI Ak NG Ad St PO i St

Austrobaileya 3(4): 643-659 (1992) 643

THE GENUS LEPTOSPERMUM

(MYRTACEAE) IN NORTHERN AU

A.R. Bean

Queensland National Parks and Wildlife Service, Box 5391, Townsville, Qld 4810,

Australia

Summary

An annotated list of the 31 Leptospermum species accepted for northern Australia and Malesia is provided. L.

madidum A. Bean replaces the iHegitimate name L. longifolium (C. White & Francis) S.T. Blake. Two new species,

L. pallidum and L. venustum, and one new subspecies, LZ. madidum subsp. sativum, are described. L. amboinense

Blume is reinstated at species level, and L. peftersoniit subsp. lanceolatum J. Thompson is synonymised with it. A

multi-access key and a dichotomous key to the 31 species are provided. Significant distributional data additional

to Thompson’s revision are given.

Introduction

| Leptospermum is characterised within the family Myrtaceae by its flowers with a

single whorl of free stamens which are shorter than the petals, its versatile anthers,

capsular fruits and alternate leaves.

A revision of the genus Leptospermum was recently published by Joy Thompson

(Thompson 1989), which elucidated many matters of concern to taxonomists and provided

a basis for further research. Readers are referred to that publication for descriptions and

full synonymy of species not treated in this paper.

The purpose of this paper is twofold: (a) to describe two new species from

Queensland, and one new subspecies from Northern Territory and Western Australia,

and (b) to deal with taxonomic problems which remain in two northern Australian and

Malesian species groups, 1.e. the informal L. brachyandrum and L. petersonii subgroups

of Thompson (1989), in particular the circumscriptions of L. parviflorum Valeton and

L. javanicum Blume.

L. parviflorum sensu Thompson and L. javanicum sensu Thompson are hetero-

geneous. Thompson’s concept of L. parviflorum includes all rheophytic Leptospermum

species from New Guinea and far northern Australia. However, typical L. parviflorum

from New Guinea is quite different from the Australian taxon. L. parviflorum s. str. has

leaves which are dark green above, densely pubescent below, with strongly recurved

margins on dried material; the floral hypanthia are densely pubescent, and stem flanges

are present and conspicuous. The Australian material has leaves which are pale green,

concolourous, glabrous to sparsely pubescent, margins not recurved, floral hypanthia

sparsely pubescent, and stem flanges absent. This taxon has been known as L. longifolium

(C. White & Francis) §.T. Blake but that name is illegitimate and is replaced here by

L. madidum A. Bean. Populations of L. madidum from Northern Territory and Western

Australia have much narrower leaves and smaller fruits than those on other populations

and have been separated as a subspecies, L. madidum subsp. sativum A. Bean.

Thompson has applied the name L. javanicum to all woody-fruited Malesian

Leptospermum species except the Mt Kinabalu population of ZL. recurvum Hook. The

type of L. javanicum has broad obovate discolourous leaves, pubescent floral hypanthia

and fruits measuring 4-5 X 6-7 mm. While many specimens do match this description,

it is clear that many presently identified as L. javanicum do not, and that they represent

a distinct taxon, differing clearly from L. javanicum by its narrower lanceolate leaves

(concolourous or nearly so), mostly glabrous floral hypanthia and fruits measuring 3-4

X 4.0-5.5 mm. The type of L. amboinense Blume belongs in this taxon so that name

is reinstated here for it. :

L. amboinense is widespread in Malesia, even more so than L. javanicum, and

also extends to north Queensland. While these two species are clearly in the same

Pere cere ener te et enter ny

UES RES eset eceegelcsgectmemncl moomitivaatia ee +

644 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

subgroup, L. amboinense is most closely related to L. petersonii Bailey and is identical

with L. petersonii subsp. /anceolatum J. Thompson. In view of the altered circumscription

of L. javanicum and L. parviflorum accepted here, these species are described fully in

the text, as are the reinstated species L. amboinense and L. madidum.

In the annotated species list provided, species are arranged in natural order as

perceived by the present author. This is similar to a subset of that used by Thompson

(1989), particularly in the placement of major groups. However I have changed the

position of some species. For example, L. /amellatum is placed next to L. trinervium

on the basis of its brown, papery bark and seeds with small lateral wings. L. /iversidgei

is removed from the Z. petersonil subgroup because it appears to have little in common

with that group; for example, it lacks stem flanges, its sepals possess very few hairs, and

the bark is grey and scaly. In contrast, the species in the L. petersonii subgroup have

prominent stem flanges, their sepals possess hairs on the margins and apex, and the

bark is brown and fibrous.

For the purposes of this paper, northern Australia is defined as including Queens-

land, Northern Territory and that part of Western Australia which hes north of the 26th

parallel. Malesia 1s the area defined for the Flora Malesiana project (van Steenis-Kruseman

1950), and includes the Malay peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Java, Philippines, Sulawesi,

Moluccas and New Guinea. The genus Leptosper mum does extend slightly beyond

Malesia into southern Burma (Corner 1940).

Diagnostic Attributes

Two characters useful in the identification of Leptospermum species, the presence/

absence of stem flanges and seed morphology, are worthy of brief review.

Stem flanges

One of the most diagnostic of vegetative characters in Leptospermum 1s the

presence or absence of stem flanges. This term was introduced by Thompson (1989) and

refers to the raised ridges of tissue on the branchlets of many Leptospermum species,

extending from the base of each leaf (Fig 1A.). Stem flanges had been noted previously,

as ‘angular’ or ‘triangular’ twigs for L. javanicum (Corner 1940; Backer & Bakhuizen

Van Den Brink 1963; van Steenis 1972), and for L. wooroonooran (Bailey 1900). Stem

flanges are consistently either present or absent for a given species, and when present

they are readily visible with a hand lens. In L. sericatum, the flanges are present but

poorly developed. Stem flanges are not confined to the genus Leptospermum. Of the

genera in the Lepfospermum suballiance of Briggs and Johnson (1979), stem flanges are

present in Homalospermum and Pericalymma (both monotypic genera), they are con-

sistently absent in Neofabricia and Asteromyrtus, while in Agonis and Kunzea stem

flanges are present in some species but not others e.g. they are prominent in Kunzea

graniticola Byrnes but absent in K. opposita F. Muell.

Seed morphology

The seeds of most of the northern Leptospermum species have been examined in

the present study. In most cases, seeds were collected from plants in their natural habitat,

rather than from herbarium specimens. Thus, seed maturity could be properly assessed.

Leptospermum species can be placed into two broad groups according to the characteristic

of their seeds. 1. Fertile and infertile seeds are identical in appearance, being linear and

striate. Germination tests have revealed that each seedlot comprises a mixture of fertile

seeds and unfertilised ‘chaff. In this group are all the “woody-fruited’ species e.g. L.

polygalifolium, and also L. pallidum. 2. Seeds and chaff are usually readily distinguishable,

the seeds being obovoid to cuneate with a reticulate surface, and the chaff narrower and

paler. This group comprises the ‘soft-fruited’ species, and the seed characters are

heterogeneous. Seeds of L. venustum and L. semibaccatum are dark brown, conspicuously

reticulate, and only twice as long as wide. L. microcarpum seeds are quite black, while

seeds of L. trinervium have rows of extended cells forming small lateral wings.

Bean, Leptospermum 645

The Species

1. Leptospermum pallidum A. Bean sp. nov. affinis L. madido A. Bean a quo cortice

aspera, pedicellis longioribus, fructibus majoribus 5-valvibus, seminibus linearibus,

habitatione in summis collium differt. Typus: Marble Creek mesa, SE of Greenvale,

19°07’S, 145°04E, 20 April 1991, A.R. Bean 2949 (holo: BRI, iso: CANB,K,

MEL,NSW).

Spreading shrub to 3 metres high; bark rough, grey, longitudinally fissured, closely

adhering, persistent throughout; branchlets virtually glabrous, stem flanges absent. Leaves

alternate, sessile or with petioles up to 2 mm long, concolourous, pale yellowish-green,

narrow-lanceolate, 35-52 X 5-9 mm, more or less triplinerved, oil glands numerous,

conspicuous; leaf base cuneate, apex acute to acuminate; young leaves with sparse long

hairs on underside, glabrescent. Inflorescence comprising bracteolate monads on con-

densed axillary shoots, 2-3 flowers on each shoot, often appearing to arise directly from

leaf axils; floral bracts and bracteoles shed in early stages of bud development. Flowers

10-15 mm in diameter; pedicels 9-12 mm long, with bracteole scar approximately

midway along pedicel; hypanthium slabrous, 1.5—2.0 mm long; sepals obtuse, glabrous,

oil dots conspicuous; petals white, orbicular, 3-5 mm long; stamens shorter than petals,

30-40 in a single whorl; anthers versatile, cells parallel, opening by narrow slits; gland

conspicuous, globular; style inset, stigma broad, capitate; roof of ovary glabrous, ovary

5-locular. Fruits dry, conspicuously domed above hemispherical base, 5-locular, 4.5-5.0

x 5-6 mm, sepals persistent. Seeds and chaff identical, pale brown, linear, striate, 2.0—

2.5 mm long, 0.2 mm wide. Fig 1.

Specimens examined: Queensland. BURKE District: Porcupine Gorge, Apr 1988, Fe// DF796 (BRI). NorTH

KENNEDY DISTRICT: 20 km east of Greenvale, May 1989, Fe/i DF1809, DF181i0 (BRI): beside Charters Towers-

Greenvale road, 32.3 km from Greenvale, Jun 1989, Bean 1068 (BRD): Marble Creek mesa, SE of Greenvale,

Apr 1991, Bean 2942 (BRI,DNA,MEL NSW).

Distribution and habitat: L. pallidum has a restricted distribution in northern Queensland,

mostly in the Greenvale area, but also at Porcupine Gorge, north of Hughenden. It

occurs on lateritic ridges, often on cliff edges with skeletal soil. It sometimes grows near

vine-thicket communities on rocky slopes. Associated species include Eucalyptus exserta

F. Muell., 2. similis Maiden, E. persistens L. Johnson & K. Hill, F. figmen yila Brooker

& A. Bean, Myrtella mic ‘ophylla (Benth.) A.J. Scott and Triodia Sp.

Flowering period: March - June.

Affinities: Leptospermum pallidum shows some resemblance to species in the genus

Neofabricia J. Thompson by virtue of its rough grey bark, large leaves and domed fruits.

However, L. pallidum lacks all of the most diagnostic characters of Neofabricia, which

are the very numerous stamens in several irregular whorls, the dorsifixed anthers and

the winged seeds (Thompson 1983). Hence it clearly belongs in Leptospermum but it

has no very close relatives there. It is probably closest to L. madidum but differs from

that species by its rough bark, longer pedicels, larger 5-valved fruits, linear seeds and

ridgetop habitat.

Conservation status: Suggested status is 3RC, as defined by Briggs and Leigh (1988).

Etymology: Named for the pale colour of the leaves.

2. Leptospermum madidum A. Bean, nom. nov.

Agonis longifolia C. White & Francis, Bot. Bull. Dept. Agr. & Stock, Queensland

22: 18 (1920). Type: Endeavour River, ?Persieh (holo: BRI, iso: NSW).

Leptospermum longifolium (C. White & Francis) S.T. Blake, Proc. Roy. Soc.

Queensland 69: 81 (1958), nom. illeg.; non L. longifolium Cunn. in Heward, R..,

Hooker’s Journal of Botany 4: 243 (1841).

Shrub or tree to 8 m high, ultsmate branches pendulous; bark smooth and deciduous

throughout, white, creamy or pink; branchlets sparsely pubescent, glabrescent, stem

flanges absent. Leaves alternate, sessile, concolourous, pale green, linear, 22-70 X 1~9

mm, apex acute or acuminate; appressed indumentum present on young leaves, but

older leaves generally glabrous. Inflorescence axillary, consisting of several bracteolate

eM te Mt Hite NH ite Te eT Leen tT orth eh “ Pee RP REE PeERETCRCICTOCTC§. I “mm “me

¢ tee ee EEL EEE EEE IEE ETE EE TEESE EEE EEE EEE LEE EEC EE EEE ESE ESSER EES EESESEES SESE SEEN GSE ESE EEC IGS SEU SB ESS ENS SIE SEE DSESE SESE SAI ESO EEE NEE

646 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

monads; floral bracts shed before anthesis. Flowers 5-7 mm in diameter; pedicels 1 mm

long, hypanthium sparsely pubescent, 2-3 mm long; sepals obtuse, margins ciliate; petals

white; anthers versatile, cells parallel; style inset, stigma capitate; roof of ovary mostly

glabrous but with hairs at base of style and along valve margins; ovary 3-locular. Fruit

thin-walled, glabrous, hemispherical, 3-locular, 2-3 xX 2.5-5.0 mm, sepals persistent.

Seeds light brown, obovoid to elliptical, reticulate, c. 0.75 < 0.3 mm; unfertilised seeds

linear to narrowly cuneate.

Flowering period: July — October.

Affinities: L. madidum (as L. longifolium) was included within L. parviflorum Valeton

by Thompson (1989). However, L. madidum can be readily distinguished from that

species by the lack of stem flanges, pale concolourous leaves which are glabrous or only

sparsely pubescent, leaves not recurved when dried, the glabrous or sparsely pubescent

floral hypanthium and the larger fruits.

Two subspecies are recognisable as follows:

1. Leaves 4.5-9.0 mm wide; fruits 3.5-5.0 mm in diameter .... subsp. madidum

Leaves 1.0-4.5 mm wide; fruits 2.0-3.5 mm in diameter ...... subsp. sativum

L. madidum subsp. madidum

Leaves linear to narrow-lanceolate, 38-70 * 4.5-9.0 mm, pale green. Fruits glabrous,

hemispherical, 2.5—3.0 X 3.5-5.0 mim.

Selected specimens: Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: bank of Jardine River, Oct 1979, Scarth-Johnson 893A (BRI);

north bank of Olive River, near mouth, Sep 1974, Tracey 14495 (BRD; 60 km west of Strathmay on Musgrave

to Edward River road, Oct 1980, Clarkson 3498 (BRL.CANB,DNA,K,L,MO,NSW,PERTH,QRS), 10 km SE of

Edward River Settlement, Oct 1983, Garnett ER497 (JCT); Archer River, beside main Cape York road, Jun 1988,

Bean 845 (BRLNSW); Wenlock, Batavia River, Jul 1948, Brass 19699 (BRI); Big Bend in Coen River, 2 km N

of Coen, Aug 1989, Jobson 733 (BRILNSW); Hann River, Qld, Aug 1975, Staples IBS2167 (BRI,;CANB,K), 15

km east of ‘Violet Vale’ HS., Aug 1978, Paijnians 2866 (BRI); Endeavour River, north arm crossing with MclIvor

R.-Cooktown road, Nov 1981, Jrvine 2175 (QRS).

Distribution and habitat: L. madidum subsp. madidum is confined to Cape York

peninsula, from Bamaga to Cooktown. It occurs on the banks of freshwater creeks and

rivers, In sandy soils.

L. madidum subsp. sativum A. Bean subsp. noy. a L. madido subsp. madido foliis

angustioribus, fructibus parvioribus differt. Typus: Northern Territory. Margaret

River, 21 September 1946, S.7. Blake 17075 (holo: BRI; iso: DNA).

Leaves linear, 20-45 X 1.0-4.5 mm, pale green. Fruits glabrous, hemispherical, 2.0-2.5

x 2.0-3.5 mm.

Selected specimens: Western Australia. Picaninny Creek gorge, 15 km SE of Bungie Bungle outcamp, East

Kimberley, Jul 1984, Kenneally 9301 (CANB,NSW,PERTH); Bream Gorge, Osmund Valley station, East Kimberley,

Nov 1989, Afenkhorst 748 (DNA,MEL,PERTH). Northern Territory, Finnis River, Aug 1969, Byrnes 1684

(BRIJ,DNA); Jim Jim Falls, Sep 1984, Dunlop 6747 & Wightman (AD,DNA); Sawtooth Gorge, Nov 1972, Byrnes

2822 & Martensz (BRI); Wooler River, 16 km northwards of Telecom road on Marparu outstation road, Sep

1987, Clarke 1469 (DNA,NSW); Darwin area, Feb 1990, Wightman 4960 (BRI,DNA); Cobourg Peninsula, Jul

1982, Dunlop & Wightman 108 (DNA).

Distribution and habitat: L. madidum subsp. sativum occurs in the eastern part of the

Kimberley region of Western Australia and throughout the northernmost part of the

Northern Territory. It grows along riverbanks, and has often been recorded from sandstone

gorges, but it is not confined to them.

Etymology: The subspecific epithet refers to the fact that this taxon has become widely

cultivated in recent years.

Note: This taxon has been widely cultivated in northern Australia for several years.

According to Brock (1988), it 1s fast growing and adapts to a wide range of well-drained

solls.

Bean, Leptospermum 647

3. Leptospermum brachyandrum (F. Muell.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club British Isles

1916 Suppl. 2: 632 (1917); Kunzea brachyandra F. Muell., Fragm. 2: 27 (1860).

Type: New South Wales. ad ripas fluminis Hastings, Dr. Herman Beckler (lecto:

NSW n.y.; 1solecto: A!).

Additional specimens: Queensland. CooK DIsTRIicT: Turtle Rock, 12 km SSE of Laura, Nov 1991, Bean 3805

(BRI,QRS), NORTH KENNEDY DIsTRicT: Mt Stuart, 9 km S of Townsville, Dec 1991, Bean 3867 (BRI,MEL,ORS);

Cockatoo Creek area, Mt Elliot, south of Townsville, Aug 1991, Bean 3588 (BRI,;CANB,K,L,MEL,NSW,PERTH);

Mingela Bluff, about 10 km E of Mingela, Sep 1989, Cumming 9294 (BRI); Cape Upstart peninsula, Jun 1967,

Hinson CU4 (BRD; Stonehaven Bay, Hook Is., Jul 1985, Warrian CW706 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: L. brachyandrum has a discontinuous distribution from northern

New South Wales to northern Queensland, generally along rivers and creeks. However,

in several localities in North Queensland (examples cited above), it inhabits steep rocky

slopes or even cliff-faces. The hillside plants are completely smooth-barked, while the

creek-dwelling plants almost always have rough bark at their bases, but in other respects,

they do not appear to differ in any significant way. The respective habitats, while

seemingly very different, are alike in that they are protected from fire. Perhaps this is

an important determinant of its distribution.

4, Leptospermum parviflorum Valeton, Bull. Dep. Agric. Indes Neerl. 10: 39 (1907); Icon.

Bogoriense 3: 93, t. 238 (1907). Type: New Guinea. Archip. Ind. G. Syap.,

Wichmann 52 (holo: L!).

Shrub or tree, 3-12 metres high. Bark type not recorded by collectors but appearing

smooth and deciduous on herbarium specimens; young branchlets pubescent, stem flanges

present, conspicuous. Leaves alternate, sessile, discolourous, linear, 20-45 < 2.0-4.5 mm,

apex acute to acuminate, margins recurved in dried material, ‘dark green’ (fide Foreman

LAE60470, Van Royen 4798) above, the lower surface much paler, densely silky-pubescent

even on older leaves. Inflorescence consisting of 3—4 axillary bracteolate monads; bracts

and bracteoles brown, oblong, shed well before anthesis. Flowers 5-7 mm in diameter;

pedicels 1.0-1.5 mm long; hypanthium densely pubescent, 2.0-2.5 mm long, sepals

obtuse, pubescent; petals orbicular, colour unknown; stamens c. 30, with small parallel

anther cells; style inset, stigma capitate; roof of ovary glabrous except for short erect

hairs at base of style and along valve margins, ovary 3-locular. Fruit thin-walled,

pubescent, hemispherical, 1.5-2.0 X 2.0-2.5 mm, with valves not extending above the

rim of the hypanthium, 3-locular, sepals persistent. Seeds and chaff identical, brown,

cuneate, striate, c. 0.8 * 0.4 mm.

Selected specimens: Indonesia. Irian Jaya. Ransiki, Feb 1957, Avangold 2260 (L); Boepoel to Merau R., Merauke

district, Aug 1954, Van Royen 4798 (A,L); between Boepoel and Tanas, Aug 1956, Leefers BW3224 (L,SING).

Papua New Guinea. Kewa River, Sakoer, Jul 1941, Anta 72 (A,L,SING); Misool, Sorong, near Fakal, Sep 1948,

Pleyte 1082 (BRILL,SING); 10.5 km west of Arufi, Morehead subdistrict, Jul 1974, Foreman LAE60470 (A,BRI,L,QRS);

upper Wanggoe River basin, c. 47 miles [76 km] N of Weam Patrol Post, Aug 1967, Paijmans 333 (L).

Distribution and habitat: L. parviflorum is endemic to the island of New Guinea,

occurring both in Irian Jaya and in Papua New Guinea. It grows on the banks of rivers

and streams, mostly at altitudes of less than 50 metres.

Flowering period: July — September.

Affinities: L. parviflorum is most closely related to L. purpurascens, These species share

the following characters; stem flanges, discolourous leaves with dense appressed hairs

on leaf undersides, strongly recurved leaf margins on dried specimens and densely

pubescent floral hypanthia. However, L. parviflorum differs by its longer leaves with

acute apices.

Note: The type consists of two pieces, on separate sheets, and each has a tag bearing

the number 52. The collection 1s undated but Valeton gave the year of collection as

1903.

§, Leptospermum purpurascens J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 355 (1989). Type: Queensland.

Cook DIsSTRIcT: 12°24’S, 143°07’E, southern end of Temple Bay in upper reaches

of an unnamed creek between Glennie and Hunter inlets, 8 June 1978, JR.

Clarkson 2196 (holo: NSW 7.y¥.; iso: BRI).

648 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

ROT SBON sp. “Mt Tozer’, Thomas & McDonald, Rare & Thr. Plants of Qld

38 (1989).

Distribution and habitat: Endemic to a small area on Cape York peninsula in far northern

Queensland, in the vicinity of Iron Range. It grows on rocky granitic hillsides.

6. Leptospermum luehmannii Bailey, Queensland Fi. 2: 592 (1900); Agonis luehmannii

(Bailey) C. White & Francis, Bot. Bull. Dept. Agric. Queensland 22: 21 (1920).

Type: Queensland. MORETON Districr: Top of Glass House Mountain, October

1884, F.M. Bailey 4 (holo: BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Endemic to skeletal slopes of trachyte hills and mountains

between Elimbah and Beerwah, north of Brisbane. In recent years, this species has been

reported as occurring in the Numinbah Valley (Lebler 1979; Stanley & Ross 1986:

pine op eee However, those records all relate to L. trinervium (Smith) J. Thompson

(Bean 1991).

7. Leptospermum speciosum Schauer, in Walp., Rep.,Suppl. 1: 923 (1842); Agonis speciosa

(Schauer) C. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 53; 218 (1942). Type: Queensland.

MORETON District: in Nova Cambria australi, Moreton Bay, 1824, A. Cun-

ningham Herb. no. 38 (?, n.v.), fide J. Thompson, Telopea (3): "357 (1989).

Distribution and habitat: Confined to coastal areas from Fraser Island in Queensland to

Iluka in northern New South Wales, growing 1n swamps or heathlands.

8. Leptospermum whitel Cheel, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 65: 199 (1932);

Agonis elliptica C. White & Francis, Bot. Bull. Dept. Agric. Queensland 22: 16

(1920), non Leptospermum ellipticum Endl. Type: Queensland. MORETON DISTRICT:

Beerwah, WD. Francis s.n. (holo: BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Confined to coastal areas from Rainbow Beach in Queensland

to Coffs Harbour in New South Wales. It grows in swampy Banksia or Eucalyptus

forests.

9. Leptospermum trinervium (Smith) J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 366 (1989); Melaleuca

trinervia Smith in White, Voyage to New South Wales: 229, t. 24 (1790). Type:

New South Wales. [Port Jackson, White] “‘t. 24, Whites voyage”, Sheet 878.11

(top L.H.) herb. Smith (LINN 2». y.), fide J. Thompson, loc. cit.

L. attenuatum Smith, Trans. Linn, Soc. London 3: 263 (1797). Type: New South

Wales: Port Jackson, 1795, Mr White, Sheet 878.9, R.H. specimens (lecto: LINN,

photo).

Distribution and habitat: This widespread species extends from Rockhampton, Queens-

land to the East Gippsland district of Victoria. It grows commonly in dry sclerophyll

forest in sandy soils, and also in heathland.

10. Leptospermum lamellatum J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 384 (1989). Type: Queensland.

LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: 21 miles [34 km] SE of Bedourie Homestead, 14 October

1963, N.H. Speck 1843 (holo: NSW; iso: BRI',CANB).

Additional specimens: Queensland, MITCHELL DISTRICT: Sandstone Wall, White Mountains NP, 20°27’S, 145°54’E,

Jul 1991, Cunimiing 11257 (BRD). SouTtuH KENNEDY District: 4 km N of ‘Springvale’ homestead, west of Clermont,

Sep 1990, Bean 2375 (BRI,NSW). LEICHHARDT District: Strike ridge south of Tomahawk Ck, east of Zig Zag

Range, ‘Peak Vale’ holding, May 1981, Godwin s.n. (QRS). MARANOA DISTRICT: beside Redford road, N of Mt

Hotspur, near ‘Hungry Downs’, 26°01’S, 147°30’E, Jun 1990, Grimshaw CHR6 (BRI). DARLING Downs DISTRICT:

12 km NW of Western Creek Forestry station, via Milmerran, Nov 1989, Bean 1166 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Endemic to Queensland, extending from the White Mountains

N.P., west of Townsville to the Milmerran area in the south of the state. It 1s found on

ridges in shallow sandy soils, usually derived from sandstone.

11. Leptospermum microcarpum Cheel, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 57: 126

(1923). Type: New South Wales. Copmanhurst, November 1917, £. Cheel [NSW

154747] (lecto: NSW), fide J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 379 (1989).

Bean, Leptospermum 649

Distribution and habitat: Occurs in coastal areas from Kilkivan in southern Queensland

to Grafton in New South Wales, and also extends west to beyond Warwick. It inhabits

shallow soils on rocky hills and mountainsides.

12. Leptospermum brevipes F. Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 125 (1855). Type:

Victoria. Buffalo Creek, 6 March [18]53, F. Mueller, MEL 1539307 (ecto: MEL;

isolecto: K,MEL), fide J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 382 (1989).

Additional specimens: Queensland. DARLING Downs District: Bracker State Forest, S of Inglewood, Dec 1990,

Bean 2740 (AD,BRI,MEL,NSW); Herries Range, southern end of 8.F. 444, south-west of Warwick, Dec 1990,

Bean 2795 (BRI,NSW).

Distribution and habitat: Extends from the Warwick-Inglewood districts of Queensland,

throughout New South Wales, to north-eastern Victoria. It grows in poor forests on rock

outcrops and rocky hillsides, especially on granite.

13. Leptospermum neglectum J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 383 (1989). Type: Queensland.

NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: 17 km west of Paluma, 9 September 1982, E.AZ.

Jackes & B.R. Jackes s.n. (holo: NSW), fide J. Thompson Joc. cit.

Leptospermum sp. 1, Stanley & Ross, Fl. S.E. Queensl. 2: 130 (1986).

Additional specimen: Queensland. Coox District: Mount Mulligan, c. 40 km NW of Dimbulah, Apr 1985,

Clarkson 5916 (BRI,L,MEL,NSW,PERTH,QRS).

Distribution and habitat: Endemic to Queensland and extends from Mt Mulligan in the

north to Tiaro in the south. It grows both in eucalypt forest and on rocky hillsides with

little soil development.

14, Leptospermum sericatum Lindley in Mitchell, J. Exped. Trop. Australia: 289 (1848);

L. stellatum forma sericatum (Lindley) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 454 (1928).

Type: Queensland. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: near the Pyramids [Mt Playfair district],

5 September 1846, 7. Mitchell (holo: ?, n.v.; topo: BM, photo!).

Distribution and habitat: Confined to sandstone habitats in the Leichhardt district of

Queensland, including Carnarvon Gorge, Blackdown Tableland and Isla Gorge. It grows

on sparsely vegetated sandstone slopes, often rooting into crevices in the rocks.

15, Leptospermum parvifolium Smith, Trans. Linn. Soc. London 3: 263 (1797). Type:

New South Wales. Port Jackson, 1795, Dr White (holo: LINN n.v.), fide J.

Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 363 (1989).

Additional specimen: Queensland. DARLING Downs District: Coolmunda Dam, east of Inglewood, Dec 1990,

Bean 2733 (BRILMEL,NSW).

Distribution and habitat: The location given above is the only one known for this species

in Queensland. However, it 1s widespread in New South Wales to as far south as the

Nowra district. It grows in poor sandy soils on hillsides in dry sclerophyll forest.

16. Leptospermum venustum A. Bean sp. nov, affinis L. semibaccato Cheel folis latioribus,

ramulis persistenter pubescentibus, floribus majoribus hypanthio longiore, fruc-

tibus majoribus interdum 6-locularibus differt. Typus: Queensland. BURNETT

DISTRICT: “Melrose’ Station, 15 km west of Eidsvold, 14 August 1990, A.R. Bean

2112 (holo: BRI, iso: AD,CANB,K,L,MEL,NSW,PERTH,SING).

Spreading shrub, 1.5-2.5 m high, with arching branches; bark rough, grey, scaly, closely

adhering, persistent throughout; branchlets with spreading hairs up to 2 mm long, stem

flanges absent. Leaves alternate, sessile or with petiole up to | mm long, concolourous,

ereen, broadly elliptical, 6-13 < 3-4 mm, 3-5-veined, oil glands numerous, conspicuous;

leaf base cuneate, apex acute; young leaves with long marginal hairs, glabrescent.

Inflorescence consisting of single flowers, borne on short side-branches; floral bracts red-

brown, glabrous, completely enclosing mature buds, shed just prior to anthesis. Flowers

18-25 mm in diameter, pedicels absent or very short, hypanthium silky pubescent, 3-4

mm long; sepals triangular, pubescent; petals deep pink fading to pale pink, orbicular,

glabrous; stamens 30-40, all about the same length; anthers versatile, cells about 0.75

mim long, parallel, opening by narrow slits, gland conspicuous, globular, dark-brown:

a tee eA ag Leistwed

SEAMS ESA ee TS

650 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

style slightly inset, stigma capitate; roof of ovary tomentose, ovary 5{6)-locular. Fruits

fleshy or succulent when fresh, globular-truncate, 5(6)-locular, 6-7 X 7-8 mm, when

dried brown and wrinkled, c. 5 X 6 mm; sepals persistent. Seeds dark brown, obovoid,

conspicuously reticulate, c. 1.2 X 0.6 mm. Unfertilised seeds pale yellow, linear. Fig 1.

Specimens examined: Queensland. BURNETT District: | km N of Little Morrow Creek crossing, on Eidsvold to

Cracow road, Jul 1990, Foerster 7000 (AD,BISH,BRI,CANB,CBG,CONN,DNA,HO,K,L,LAE,MEL,MO,

NSW,PERTH, PNH, PR PRE, ORS, US); Eidsvold, Banc oft S.n. [AQ 041731] (BRD: 30.9 km from Eidsvold towards

Cracow, N side of road, Sep 1985, Bean 283 (BRI): 20 km W of Eidsvold, Jul 1989. Bean 1103 (BRD).

Distribution and habitat: L. venustum is confined to a relatively small area west of

Eidsvold where it grows on granitic hillsides and slopes, or beside small watercourses.

It grows in eucalypt woodland often dominated by Eucalyptus petalophylla Brooker &

A. Bean or E. baileyana F. Muell. On moister sites, Lophostemon suaveolens (Solander

ex Gaertner) Peter G. Wilson & Waterhouse may be present.

Flowering period: July — October.

Affinities: L. venustum is closely related to L. semibaccatum; both species have rather

fleshy fruits and silky-hairy hypanthia. L. venustum differs from that species by its

broader leaves, persistently hairy branchlets, larger flowers and fruits, and longer floral

hypanthium.

Conservation status: The suggested status is 2R, as defined by Briggs and Leigh (1988).

Etymology: This species is named for its very beautiful floral display.

Note: Because of its large, prominently displayed pink flowers, L. venustum is a very

attractive plant, and should be introduced into cultivation. Limited trials by the author

suggest that it is adaptable to garden culture.

17. Leptospermum semibaccatum Cheel, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 65: 203

(1932). Type: New South Wales: Wallis Island, Tuncurry, 11 May 1925, E. Cheel

s.n. [NSW 154729] (lecto: NSW n.¥.), fide J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 365 (1989).

Additional specimen: Queensland. Port Curtis DISTRICT: Deepwater N.P., 40 km east of Miriam Vale, Oct

1989, Gibson TO1860 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat; Confined to coastal areas from Deepwater N.P. to Forster in

New South Wales. It is a common component of sandy coastal heathlands.

18. Leptospermum arachnoides Gaertner, Fruct. Sem. Pl. 1: 175, t. 35 (1788). Type: the

illustration in the above publication, based on a specimen in the Banksian

herbarium (BM), fide J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 428 (1989).

Distribution and habitat: It has a very restricted distribution in Queensland (in the

Stanthorpe area), but is widespread in New South Wales. It grows in poorly drained.

heathland or adjacent eucalypt forests.

19. Leptospermum liversidgei R. Baker & H.G. Smith, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South

Wales 39: 124, t. 2 (1906). Type: New South Wales, Ballina, March 1905, D.W.

Munro s.n. (lecto: NSW), fide J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 395 (1989).

Distribution and habitat: Grows only in coastal areas from Bundaberg, Queensland to

Port Stephens in New South Wales. It inhabits sandy or peaty soil, in swampy heathlands.

20. Leptospermum oreophilum J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 404 (1989). Type: Queensland.

MoreETON District: Ngungun, Glasshouse Mountains, 13 June 1951, Z.A.S.

Johnson s.n. [NSW 154760] (holo: NSW), fide J. Thompson loc. cit.

Leptospermum sp. ‘Glasshouse Mountains’, Thomas & McDonald, Rare & Thr.

Plants of Queensland 38 (1989).

Additional specimen: Queensland. MORETON DisTRicr: Mt Coolum, 3 km south of Coolum Beach, Jul 1983,

Sharpe 3334 & Batianoff (BRI).

Bean, Leptospermum 651

Distribution and habitat: This is a rare species confined to Mt Coolum and to several

peaks of the Glasshouse Mountains. It grows on skeletal slopes on these extinct volcanic

peaks, 1n montane heath communities.

21. Leptospermum polygalifolium Salisb., Prodr. 350 (1796). Type: juxta Port Jackson

[New South Wales], legit Dav. Burton (holo: ?K n.yv.), fide J. Thompson, Telopea

3(3): 396 (1989),

L. flavescens Smith, Trans. Linn. Soc. London 3: 262 (1797). Type: New South

Wales: Port Jackson, 1795, Mr White 878.8 (holo: LINN, photo),

Distribution and habitat: Extends from Cape Flattery on Cape York peninsula in

Queensland to south of Sydney in New South Wales, and up to 500 km inland. It grows

. a diversity of habitats, including heathlands, rocky hillsides and in dense eucalypt

orest.

Note: This is a very complex and variable species. Thompson (1989) recognised six

subspecies, and while it is true that some distinct forms do exist, there appears to be

widespread intergradation between them. Furthermore, some subspecies, as typified by

Thompson, are very similar indeed. For these reasons, I advocate the use of L.

polygalifolium s. lat. only, until more intensive study is done on the species.

22. Leptospermum variabile J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3):; 403 (1989). Type: Queensland.

MoRETON District: Mt Gillies, about 20 km SW of Rathdowney on Mt Lindesay

Highway, 18 October 1978, P.R. Sharpe 2438 (holo: NSW; iso: BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Occurs on mountains of southern Queensland near the border

with New South Wales, and into northern New South Wales. It grows on skeletal hillsides

of volcanically-derived mountains, in heathland or low woodland.

Note: While the populations of L. variabile from the Macpherson Range and adjacent

areas (including the type locality) are distinctive and worthy of recognition, other

populations included by Thompson (1989) in L. variabile are very difficult to separate

from L. polygalifolium. In her species key, Thompson has used an anther character to

separate these species (couplet 40). However, due to the amount of variation in the

anthers of L. polygalifolium, it is unwise to rely on this character to distinguish them.

My examination of L. variabile in the field revealed that it has quite flaky, loosely

adhering bark, in contrast to the scaly, tightly adhering bark of L. polygalifolium: hence

bark may prove to be a better discriminator between these difficult species.

23. Leptospermum novae-angliae J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 405 (1989). Type: New

South Wales: top of Bald Rock Mountain, 15 miles [24 km] north of Tenterfield,

31 March 1962, E.F. Constable 2074 (holo: NSW n.y.) fide J. Thompson Joc. cit.

Leptospermum sp. 2, Stanley & Ross, Fl. of S.E. Queensl. 2: 132 (1986).

Distribution and habitat: In Queensland, it is known only from the Girraween N.P. near

Stanthorpe, where it grows in shrubland on exposed granitic slopes. The species extends

to west of Coffs Harbour in New South Wales, in similar situations.

24, Leptospermum minutifolium C. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 57: 26 (1947).

Type: Queensland, DARLING Downs DISTRIcT: base of Mount Norman via

Wallangarra, November 1944, Mrs AZ.S. Clemens (holo: BRI).

Distribution and habitat: In Queensland, known only from Girraween N.P. and near

Christie Target; in New South Wales it extends south to about Armidale. It grows in

eucalypt forest, often near watercourses.

25, Leptospermum juniperinum Smith, Trans. Linn. Soc. London 3: 263 (1797); L.

scoparium var. juniperinum (Smith) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 453 (1928). Type:

New South Wales: Port Jackson, 1795, J. White s.n., herb. Smith 878.17 (holo:

LINN n.y.), fide J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 418 (1989).

Distribution and habitat: Extends from Fraser Island in Queensland to Ulladulla in New

South Wales. In Queensland it is confined to coastal areas in Melaleuca forests, heathlands

a Fe EN Cate LE EE EEL EE ET ME BR TENE REE AO NE AEM MM aaa SE Ee el ne a toe enact

652 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

or sedgelands, but in New South Wales it reportedly also grows on sandstone escarpments

(Thompson 1989).

26. Leptospermum recurvum J.D. Hook, Icon. Pl: t. 893 (1852). Type: Borneo: Kina

Balu, abundant, from 7000-8500 feet, whitening the top of the mountain, H. Low

(holo: K n.yv.), fide J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 391 (1989).

Specimens examined: Indonesia. Borneo. Kinabalu National Park, Sabah, Jul 1966, Weber 54680 (A,SING), East

Pinnacles, Mt Kinabalu, Mar 1964, Chew & Corner 5877 (BRD; Gurulau Spur, Mt Kinabalu, Dec 1933, C emens

50616 (A), Sulawesi. top of Kamboeno, Jul 1937, Eyma 1362 (A, L); Mt Roroka Timbu summit, May 1979, Van

Balgoey 3323 (L); G. Rantemario, Jun 1937, Emya 691 (L).

Distribution and habitat: L. recurvum occurs on the upper slopes of Mt Kinabalu in

Borneo and on the highest mountains of Sulawesi (Celebes), in shallow soils, in dense

shrubland or low forest.

Note: L. recurvum has been regarded as being endemic to Mt Kinabalu in Borneo (Merrill

1921; Thompson 1989), but specimens from the higher mountains of Sulawesi are similar

to those from the type locality. The leaves of the Sulawesi specimens are not as strongly

recurved, and are somewhat thinner, but are Nee eon typical. Lee & Lowry (1980)

record that on Mt Kinabalu, ‘LZ. flavescens’ [= L. javanicum| and L. recurvum grow

within about 30 metres of each other at Carson’s Camp. and that an exhaustive search

in this area failed to reveal any morphological intermediates between the two taxa.

Therefore it seems that L. javanicum and L. recurvum are genetically isolated on Mt

Kinabalu. Some L. javanicum specimens from Sulawesi approach L. recurvum in leaf

dimensions, and it is not clear whether or not there is a gradual transition from typical

L. javanicum to L. recurvum in Sulawesi.

27. Leptospermum javanicum Blume, Bijdr. 1: 1100 (1826); Macklottia javanica (Blume)

Korth., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 1: 196 (1847); L. flavescens var. javanicum (Blume)

King, J, Asiat. Soc. of Bengal 70(2) (1901); Mat. for a Fl. Malay. Pen. 12: 69

(1901). Type: Java. in cacumine montis Gede (holo: L!, iso: L!).

Glaphyria nitida Jack, Trans. Linn. Soc. London 14: 128 (1823), non Leptospermum

nitidum J.D. Hook. Type: Gunong Bunko, Sumatra (7.¥.), fide E.D. Merrill, Jack’s

genera and species of Malaysian plants, J. Arnold Arbor. 33: 226 (1952).

Leptospermum alpestre Blume, Bijdr. 1: 1100 (1826). Type: in declivitatibus altioribus

montis Gede. (holo: L n.v.), fide J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 390 (1989).

L. floribundum Junghuhn, Java 1: 578 et in Nat. en Geneesk. Arch. Neer]. Indie 2:

37 (1845). Type: Java. ‘javanicae alpinae’ (holo: L!).

Tree to 6 metres high; bark fibrous; branchlets pubescent, stem flanges prominent,

expanded and extending beyond leaf-base. Leaves alternate, sessile, strongly discolourous,

dark green above, elliptical to obovate, 10-30 = 4-9 mm, midrib impressed above, apex

obtuse; young leaves silky pubescent below, especially along margins and midrib, old

leaves glabrous. Inflorescence consisting of single flowers borne on short side branches,

floral bracts and bracteoles persistent, present around mature buds and shed just prior

to anthesis, Flowers 15-20 mm in diameter, pedicels 0-1 mm long; hypanthium silky-

pubescent; sepals obtuse, margins densely ciliate; petals white. Fruits woody, conspicu-

ously domed above bowl-shaped base, 5-locuiar, 4-5 X 6-7 mm, sepals not persisting.

Selected specimens: Burma. Myinmolekat, Mergui district, Jan 1930, Parker 3112 (A). Indonesia. Sumatra. Gunong

Singgalang, Feb 1933, Holttun: 28106 (SING); Mt Tanggamus, Lampung province, May 1968, Jacobs 8233 (A);

Mt Losir, Feb 1937, Steenis 8569 (SING). Malaya. Pahang, Bentong, Genting highlands, Sep {979, Bremer 1613

(A); Mt Uli Kah, Selangor, Malaya, Feb 1969, Flenley 4 (A); Padang Luas, G. Tahan, Jun 1923, Kloss 12199

(SING), Gunong Benom, Pahang, Mar 1967, ‘Whitmore FRI3B288 (A, SING). Java. Gunong Gedeh, Apr 1938,

Steenis 10613 (BREIL). Borneo. Mesilau Caves, Sabah, Mar 1964, Chew & Corner 4664 (A,BRI SING): Marai

Parai Spur, Mt Kinabalu, Nov 1915, Clemens 10934 (A); Bukit Raya, Jan 1983, Nooteboom 4610 (A,BRI).

Philippines. Mt Apo, 7000Ft (2100m], near Sulphur spring, Nov 1946, Edano 1460 (A); Mt Canlaon, Negros

Occidental, Apr 1954, Edano 22007 (A): Mt Pulog, Luzon, Mar 1948, Celestino 4335 (A,SING). Sulawesi. Gunong

Rantemario, Feb 1981, Smith 681 (L); Pokapin-djang, Jun 1937, -Eyma 604 (A,L).

Distribution and habitat: L. javanicum extends from Burma to western Malesia, including

Sumatra, Malaya, Java, Borneo, Philippines and Sulawesi. It 1s absent from the Lesser

Sunda Islands and the Moluccas. It grows at altitudes of between 1500 and 3000 metres,

Bean, Leptospermum 653

according to herbarium specimen label data. This is, generally speaking, higher than the

altitudes occupied by L. amboinense.

Affinities: L. javanicum is closely related to L. recurvum (see note under that species),

and to L. wooroonooran. It may be distinguished from L. wooroonooran by its pubescent

floral hypanthium, larger fruits, and strongly discolourous leaves with an obtuse apex.

Some specimens of L. javanicum from Sulawesi, e.g. Whitten 1985 (L), Eyma 604 (A,L),

have obovate leaves about 14 mm long, only 1. 5-2.0 times longer than broad, and with

dense golden hairs on the undersides. This may represent a distinct taxon, but there is

presently insufficient material on which to base a decision.

28. Leptospermum wooroonooran Bailey in Bailey & A. Meston, Rep. Exped. Bellenden-

Ker: 40 (1889). Type: Queensland. CoOK DISTRICT: South Peak, Bellenden-Ker,

22 June 1889, FM. Bailey (holo: BRI).

Additional specimen: Queensland. Cook District: Devils Thumb, Oct 1981, Godwin s.n. (QRS).

Distribution and habitat: This species is confined to two small disjunct areas of northern

Queensland. One is the Mossman Gorge-Devils Thumb-Main Coast Range area west of

Mossman, and the other is along the Bellenden Ker range south of Gordonvale. It

inhabits high-altitude microphyll ‘cloud’ forests.

29. Leptospermum amboinense Blume, Bijdr. 1: 1100 (1826); Macklottia amboinensis

(Blume) Korth., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 1: 196 (1847). Type: Moluccas. Amboina,

collector unknown (holo: L).

L. annae Stein in eg, Gartenflora 34: 66 (1885). Type: Mt Apo, Philippines,

February 1882, Dr. A, Schadenbere (1.¥.).

L. flavescens var. angustifolia Ridley, Fl. Malay Pen. 1: 713 (1922). Type: Malaya.

Kedah Peak (n.¥.).

L. petersonii subsp. lanceolatum J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 394 (1989). Type: New

South Wales, cultivated Castle Hill [Sydney] from seed ex Herberton dist.,

September 1965, C. Debenham s.n. (holo: NSW!, iso: BRI).

Tree to 9 m high; bark rough, grey to brown, fibrous, longitudinally fissured, persistent

throughout; branchlets glabrous, stem flanges prominent, broad, sometimes extending

beyond leaf base. Leaves alternate, sessile, slightly discolourous or concolourous, pale to

mid-green, narrowly elliptical, 18-30 x 3-5 mm, midrib scarcely visible, not impressed

above; apex acute or obtuse; young leaves with silky appressed hairs on underside,

glabrescent. Inflorescence consisting of single (rarely up to 4) flowers borne on short

side-branches; floral bracteoles and bracts shed well before anthesis. Flowers 12-18 mm

in diameter; pedicels 0-1 mm long; hypanthium glabrous or occasionally pubescent,

obconical to hemispherical; sepals obtuse, margins ciliate; petals white. Fruits sessile,

woody, conspicuously domed above an obconical to hemispherical hypanthium, (4)5-

locular, 3-4 X 4.0-5.5 mm, sepals not persistent on fruit. Seeds and chaff identical,

brown, linear, striate, c. 2.0 X 0.2 mm.

Selected specimens: Indonesia. Sumatra. Brastagi, Dec 1930, oa Seta as CF25120 (SING). Malaya. Gunong Ledang

(Mt Ophir), Jul 1969, Whitmore FRI12354 A SING); Gunong Panti, Johore, Dec 1970, Shukor ASi (BRI):

Gunong Jerai (Kedah Peak), Jan 1964, Burkii/ HMB3324 (SING), Lesser Sunda Islands. Manau near Ruteng,

W. Flores, Apr 1965, Aostermans & Wirawan 594 (A,L); summit of Gunong Ranaka, Flores, Mar 1973, Verheijen

3359 (L). Borneo. Mt Santubong, Sarawak, s.d., AVjoberg 238 (A); Summit of Mt Retak, Brunei, Jan 1989, Wong

WKM820 (SING). Philippines. Surigao Province, Apr 1919, Ramos & Pascasio 34493 (BRI, NSW); Baklayan, Mt

Apo, Mindanao, Nov 1946, Edafio 1371 (SING): Dinagat Island, Mindanao, May 1931, Ramos & Conyocar

84062 (A, SING). Sulawesi. South slope of Mt Bonthain, Jul 1976, Meijer 11042 (L). Moluccas. Manipa Island,

May 1940, Curran 321 (A); Kp. Waai, Gunong Salahoetoe, Ambon, Oct 1938, Biuwalda 6207 (A); Kaibobo-

Oernitoe, W. Ceram, Feb 1938, Eyrna ‘2980 (SING). Australia, Queensland. Cook DISTRIcT: Hoop Pine area,

near Mclvor, Sep 1960, Smith 11147 (BRI); Big Tableland, near Cooktown, Jul 1952, Flecker 14258 (BRI). NoRTH

KENNEDY DISTRICT: Frederick Peak, 25 km SW of Townsville, May 1991, Bean 3205 (BRD); Roma Peak, 40 km

S of Bowen, Jun 1991, Bean 3364 (BRI,K,L,MEL,NSW,SING).

Distribution and habitat: L. amboinense is widespread in Malesia, occurring in Malaya,

Sumatra, Borneo, Sulawesi, the Moluccas, Flores and the Philippines. Its altitudinal

range in Malesia is 50-2000 metres, according to herbartum specimen label data. In

general this is below the altitudes occupied by L. javanicum although their altitudinal

ASR AREY -

654 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

ranges certainly overlap. The species also grows in coastal areas of northern Queensland,

from Cooktown to Bowen. It inhabits shallow soils, often adjacent to wet sclerophyll

forest or rainforest. It is possibly absent from Java, as I have not seen any authentic L.

amboinense specimens from there.

Affinities: L. amboinense cannot convincingly be separated from ZL. petersonii subsp.

lanceolatum J. Thompson and are thus considered conspecific. The leaf dimensions of

Australian material are well within the range of those of L. amboinense in Malesia.

Sunilarly, flowers of the two taxa are, on average, the same size and characteristics of

their hypanthium, anthers and ovary do not differ significantly. There is no significant

difference between the fruits of Australian and Flores material; they are the same size

and shape, and in both cases the domed apex is highest away from the style.

L. amboinense is very closely related to L. petersonii Bailey, but the latter has

been maintained at the species level here, as the two can be separated on leaf and fruit

characters. L. petersonii has broader fruits with a flat or shallow base when open, and

leaves which are usually lemon-scented and have a minutely retuse apex.

L. amboinense can readily be distinguished from L. javanicum by its narrower,

almost concolourous leaves, usually glabrous floral hypanthium, early shedding bracts

and smaller fruits.

Note: A form of L. amboinense from Big Tableland near Cooktown is unusual in that

it has 2~4 flowers per inflorescence.

30. Leptospermum petersonii Bailey, Queensland Agric. J. 15: 781 (1905). Type: Queens-

land: Wilsons Peak, January 1905, W.J. Peterson (holo: BRI!; iso: NSW).

Additional specimens: Queensland. WIDE BAY DISTRICT: Mt Tinbeerwah, 6 km west of Tewantin, Dec 1990,

ae 2820 (BRI,NSW); DARLING Downs District: Red Rock Gorge, near Ballandean, Jan 1940, Smith 742

(BRI

Distribetion and habitat: L. petersonii extends from Mt Tinbeerwah to near Port

Macquarie in New South Wales. It grows on rocky escarpments and watercourses, usually

adjacent to wet sclerophyll forest. Thompson (1989) refers to the distribution of L.

petersonii [subsp. petersonii] extending north to Fraser Island. This record is apparently

based on a single specimen which is held at BRI. On the label, 1t is stated that the plant

was probably cultivated. Furthermore, the deep sandy soils of Fraser Island would be

an unusual habitat for L. petersonii, which in Queensland is otherwise confined to

skeletal rocky slopes. It is therefore more likely that Mt Tinbeerwah represents the

northern limit of the species.

31. Leptospermum gregarium J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 411 (1989). Type: New South

Wales: 10 km from Ebor on Guyra road, 23 July 1981, J. Thompson 4196 (holo:

NSW 2.¥.), fide J. Thompson /oc. cit.

Additionai specimen: Queensland. DARLING Downs DtsTricr: Girraween National Park, Portion 125, between

Bald Rock and South Bald Rock, Aug 1977, Grimshaw s.n. [AQ 438016] (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Very rare in Queensland, known only from within a few

kilometres of the New South Wales border. In the latter state, it extends throughout the

northern tablelands and into parts of the western slopes. It grows in high-altitude heathy

swainps.

Multi-access key to the Leptospermum species of northern Australia and Malesia

Instructions: Select a character. Decide which character state 1s appropriate for the

Leptospermum specimen you wish to identify. List the numbers adjacent to that character

state. The numbers represent the species as listed in the text. Select a second character,

choose the appropriate character state, and list the second set of numbers below the

first. Compile a ‘current’ list comprising those numbers common to both lists. Select a

third character, choose the appropriate character state and compare this third set of

numbers with the current list. The numbers common to both of these lists becomes the

new current list. Identification is achieved when only one number remains. Note that

some closely related species pairs cannot always be distinguished using this key. In these

cases, it will be necessary to resort to the dichotomous key or species descriptions. Also

note that the ‘Distribution’ character should not be used for cultivated plants of unknown

origin.

Bean, Leptospermum

Character

Distribution

(Queensland

Pastoral

Districts)

Stem Flanges

Leaf length

(largest leaves)

Bark Type

Leaf apex.

Floral

hypanthium

Fruit diameter

Number of loculi

in fruit

Sepals persistent

in fruit?

Character State

Moreton or

Wide Bay

Darling Downs

outside these

Districts

Present

Absent

<9 mm

9-15 mm

>15 mm

smooth,

deciduous

papery/fibrous,

loosely attached

fibrous/stringy,

firmly attached

scaly, not

fibrous, closely

adhering

obtuse or

minutely retuse

acute, not prickly

acute, prickly

glabrous

pubescent

<5 mm

>3 mm

Three

Four

Five or more

Yes

655

Species possessing that character state

3,6,7,8,9,11,13,17,19,20,21,22,25,30

3,9,10,11,12,15,18,21,23,24,30,31

1,2,3,4,5,9,10,13,14,16,17,21,26,27,28,29

3,4,5,14,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31

1,2,6,7,8,9, 10, 11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19

5,11,14,15,16,17,18,19,21,23,24,25,26,31

5,9,11,12,13,16,17,20,21,22,23,25,27,28,31

1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9,10,12,13,20,22,27,28,29,30

2,3,4,5,6,3 1

3,7,8,9,10,11,22,31

1,8, 14,15,20,24,26,27,28,29,30

12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,21,23,24,25

5,6,9,12,13,14,17,19,21,24,26,27,29,30

1,2,3,6,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31

2.4.5.7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,25,27,31

2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,26,28,29

1,7,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,27,28,29,30,31

2,3,4,5,6,7,8,11,17

9.10,11,12,13,15,17,19,29

1,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25.

26,27,28,29,30,31

1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,29,30

19,20,21,22.23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31

(2 CCC AGC Gent CO AC Gin ROC CC. CLC CCC OCO LLC ELSA CPO ao CAGE RP Ea cpa nL gach

1992

Austrobaileya 3(4)

656

‘#1

‘ : ar '

4 ”

M4 bad -

vo ‘ 4 r

4% i ‘ :

» * te

»” ” we

™ * . 4 \y ry ”

* ‘ 4

ee ae TNr «oF a ft *

hy » h ‘te » 4 * ¥ by

+ 6 + « * toe ff x

oe ON uM} ' f) ’

a ow , 4 wo Wd a » ry w

” \ s 4 4 + ‘

cy * hy * ry a

i » * | Le , 4 " ¢ »,”

‘ ' » 4 \ > f) - * Pol

4 * » ee 4 ia 5

4 + * ‘ 4, ; % 14 + #

” ™ * * wn 4 * ” *

* bat) » w r Pu *

¥y any * v ¥ ¥

Wy, oe +, r " 4 Pou

Tay OM, *

He hh rf

hale aa h

he '

nh hay tn ;

an *.

Site tag

Pe mh or

et a at rth

nau ain

ea we

= = . wei a ae ete

' » * + +r aoe Ty +

Pia oa yy wa ely res a aed a4 aah

- av

nee a4 ae attes *

el =p uP ere tre

wena fe ae aan

cael

eH e

cr’) aie’, wee" a Cd

a. fal

44 Pe al

“ey

”» ”

» ”

* , 4 *

a avn

to's ,

+3 08 ) d i

Wa 4

a f

He ey ‘

» i at ’

wig X

t X 3.

rut

: B. flowering

G. fi

dum

flowering twig X 1.5. F. flower x 3.

G, Bean 2112.

F Forster 7000

Leptospermum pall

| EF,

ges X 6.

; E,

with stem flan

D, Bean 2949

A. twig

ower X 3. D. fruit X 3. Leptospermum venustum

B,C, Bean 1068

ptospermum peterson

» Bethe

C, fl

A, Thompson 4156

Bean, Leptospermum 657

10.

11.

12.

{3.

14.

L5.

Dichotomous key to the Leptospermum taxa of northern Australia and Malesia

. Largest leaves more than 18 mm long ........ 0. 0... ce ce ee ee 2

Largest leaves less than 18 mm long... .. .. .. ww we ew ee ee ee ee ee) «6

. Stem flanges present, conspicuous ww 6. we ee 3

Stem flanges absent or scarcely visible .. .. 0.0. 0... cee ee ee ee 8

. Fruits <4 mm in diameter, 3-locular, not domed; 3~8 flowers per

inflorescence; bark smooth, at least on branches .. . —e 4

Fruits >4 mm in diameter, (4)5-locular, « domed; | flower per infloresc-

ence; bark rough throughout Re pene f -) Bai Pi am 5

. Hypanthium glabrous; leaves concolourous; roof of ovary

_ glabrous... . LL. brachyandrum

Hypanthium pubescent; leaves discolourous; roof of F ovary hairy along

valve margins tL oe pees She tet eee: . L. parviflorum

. Sepals glabrous at anthesis; fruits 7-10 mm in diameter ........ —_L. variabile

Margins of sepals hairy at anthesis; fruits 4-7 mm in diameter Ree 6

. Leaves 4-7 times longer than wide .. 2. 6. ee ee 7

Leaves 2-4 times longer than wide .... 1.1... ce ce ee ee ee ee ee ee ODT

. Leaf apex obtuse or acute; fruits 4.0-5.5 mm in diameter, (4)5-locular,

base of open. fruit usually. hemispherical. . L. amboinense

Leaf apex minutely retuse; fruits 5~7 mm in diameter, 5-locular, base of

open fruit bowl-shaped or almost flat Poaceae tate eth L. petersonii

. Pedicels >8 mm long . Le we be ek ee ee ee ee ee ee © pallidum

Pedicels absent or up to 4 mm long | Pet Phas ee 9

. Fruits 3-locular;, inflorescence 3- or more-flowered .................. 10

Fruits 4-5-locular; inflorescence 1~-2-flowered aetna Gan ae See ee ee as Ge | LA

Flowers and fruits in sessile clusters, bark rough ow ww ww ww ww ee we ew MT

Flowers and fruits in axillary racemes; bark smooth ................. 12

Inflorescence 15-20-flowered; leaves 7-11 mm wide, base obtuse L. speciosum

Inflorescence 4-6-flowered; leaves 4-5 mm wide, base cuneate ...... L. whitei

Leaves dark green, apex obtuse; plants growing on rocky hillsides L. luehmannii

Leaves pale green, apex acute; plants growing along watercourses .. .

Leaves 1.0-4.5 mm wide; fruits 2.0-3.5 mm across L. madidum subsp. sativum

Leaves 4.5-9.0 mm wide; fruits 3.5—-5.0 mm across IL. madidum subsp. madidum

Bark grey, scaly, closely adhering; fruits with a shallow dome, stigma

>2 times width of style... | L. neglectum

Bark brown, papery, loosely adhering; £ fruits without a dome, , stigma <2

times width of style ee . Sia in . ee ss.

Leaves 8-15 times longer than wide; pedicels 2-4 mm long .. L. lamellatum

Leaves 4-6 times longer than wide; pedicels 1.0-1.5 mm long .. L. trinervium

‘NNN NN MUNN SN nnnnannnnnnnnnniiN sinus X wun Nox summa 1 ain bx oS Hmmm ummm sum No NX As XG I a

658

16.

18.

19,

20.

21.

22.

23.

24,

25.

26,

Zeb

28,

aay

30.

31.

32.

Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

EAVES DELI ys ors fp SES RT eh eet AG. Bobthie uA cate Wy RE "ed Bene cy, gala deg | SS

SGAVES HOUSDEIORTY oy, it dea lems bye ake Richens alan bie see Ge a wane 20

SECT TIANIBES, PYESENE: 5. ak cee eee acd GR Us A RO at Bla 0 peal De wwe 18

Siem. Panges BORNE gg ke ace vig Hea ee SRR Ota Vee Wea pear pe 29

Leaves 2-3 mm wide; fruits 5.0-6.5 mm long .......... L. novae-angliae

Leaves 0.8-1.5 mm wide; fruits 3—4 mm long ee as hae 1. juniperinum

Old leaves hairy; fruits 6.5-8.0 mm in diameter .......... JL. arachnoides

Old leaves glabrous; fruits 3-4 mm in diameter ye ree L. microcarpum

Stem flanges present, conspicuous .......... 0.2.02. 0. ce eee ee ee ee) DI

Stem flanges absent or scarcely visible .......................... 30

Largest leaves. 2G mitt lone... ae bl ee ay edn Gethweda ctas 4. bf 22

Larges eaves -- OTRO TOT a lliacny cbysin eaten rein Se ae fy earns MOS

Leaves strongly recurved; margins of sepals hairy ............ LL. recurvum

Leaves not recurved; sepals glabrous throughout... ___ ... L. minutifolium

Fruit not woody or domed, sepals persisting ...................... 24

Fruit woody and domed, sepals not persisting ................ .. .. 935

Bark smooth; fruit 3-locular; leaves 2.5-4.0 mm wide wane L. purpurascens

Bark rough; fruit 5-locular ; leaves 1.5-3.0 mm wide oe ee. 6 dL, Sericatum

Bark + smooth; papery layers shed from hypanthium of fruit .. L. gregarium

Bark rough; hypanthium of fruit without papery layers ......—s—adwws—s«&s—~s s&s (asa) OG

Margins of sepals hairy at anthesis; leaves mostly >4 mm wide ........ 9 27

Sepals glabrous at anthesis; leaves <4 mm wide ................ ..._ 28

Leaves concolourous, strongly 3-veined, apex acute; floral hypanthium

glabrous 3 L. wooroonooran

Leaves discolourous, not markedly 7. veined, apex usually obtuse: floral

hypanthium usually pubescent... .......... 0... ee L. javanicum

Base of open fruit almost flat; leaves 3.5-4.0 mm wide... .. LL. oreophilum

Base of open fruit hemispherical to obconical; leaves 1-4 mm wide QQ

Bark papery or fibrous, loosely adhering; leaves 13-22 mm long; fruits

7-10 mm in diameter... . L. variabile

Bark scaly, closely adhering; leaves 6-15 mm long: fruits 5-8 mm in

diameter og ee ee ee ee ee ess. L polygalifolium

Sepals not persisting on fruit; leaves lemon-scented ets L. liversidgei

Sepals persisting on fruit; leaves not lemon-scented ................ 3{

Fruit succulent, becoming wrinkled after seed shed, sessile ............ 32

Fruit dry, thin-walled, not wrinkled after seed shed, pedicellate ........ 33

Leaves 3-4 mm wide; floral hypanthium 3.5-4.0 mm long; dehisced

fruits 5-6 mm long, 5(6)-locular 7: . L. venustum

Leaves 1.5-3.0 mm wide; floral hypanthium: 2.0-2.5 mm m long; dehisced

fruits 4~5 mm long, (3)4— 5-locular i,t i L. semibaccatum

Bean, Leptospernium 659

33. Leaves 3-5 mm long .........................,.... LL. parvifolium

Leaves bole mit Tene, . oo, i. Bes Se. ee tre Fk et SS ub ae eben ta nk an 34

34. Valves not projecting above rim of fruit; bark papery a ee L. trinervium

Valves projecting above rim of fruit; bark scaly 3

35. Leaves 6-10 mm long; floral bracts persisting to anthesis ...... L. sericatum

Leaves 10-18 mm long; floral bracts not persisting to anthesis

36. Pedicels c. 1 mm long, fruit dome about half hypanthium length L. neglectum

Pedicels 3-4 mm long, fruit dome about a ana to siiomuncimoanis

Wetret ee nae a easels hoe ee ee ea ek ee .......... LL. brevipes

Acknowledgements

I would like to thank the Directors of A, DNA, L, NSW, PERTH and SING for

the loan of their herbarium material and types, and the directors of BRI, JCT and QRS

for access to their herbaria. The Director of the Queensland Herbarium kindly provided

working space and processed loans. I am grateful to Will Smith who provided the

illustrations, to Les Pedley for the latin diagnoses, to Philip Sharpe for translating the

original description of L. annae, to Peter and Ann Radke for field assistance and to

Estelle Ross who commented on a draft of this paper.

References

BACKER, C.A. & BAKHUIZEN VAN DEN BRINK, R.C. (1963). Flora of Java 1: 346. Groningen: Noordhoff.

BAILEY, F.M. (1900). The Queensland Flora. Brisbane: Diddams & Co.

BEAN, A.R. (1991) The Distribution of Leptospermuin luehmannii Bailey. The Queensland Naturalist. 31: 37.

BRIGGS, B.G. & JOHNSON, L.A.S. (1979). Evolution in Myrtaceae -— Evidence from inflorescence structure.

Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 102(4): 157-256.

BRIGGS, J.D. & LEIGH, J.H. (1988). Rare or threatened Australian plants. 1988 revised edition. Australian

National Parks and Wildlife Service. Special Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks and

Wildlife Service.

BROCK, J. (1988). Top End Native Plants. Hong Kong: John Brock.

CORNER, E.J.H. (1940). Wayside Trees of Malaya, Voi 1. Singapore: Government Printer.

maar a B.A. (1979). The Leptospermums of South-eastern Queensland. Queensland Agricultural Journal. 105:

~77.

LEE, D.W. & LOWRY, J.B. (1980). Plant speciation on tropical mountains: Leptospermuim (Myrtaceae) on Mount

‘Kinabalu, Borneo. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 80: 223~242.

MERRILL, E.D. (1921). A Bibliographic sar agama of Bornean Plants. Journal of the Straits Branch of the

Royal ‘Asiatic Society. [Special Number]: 436

STANLEY, T.D. & ROSS, E.M. (1986). Flora of South-eastern Queensland. Volume 2. Brisbane: Queensland

Department of Primary Industries.

STEENIS, C.G.G.J. VAN (1972). The Mountain Flora of Java. Leiden: E.J. Brill.

THOMPSON, J. (1983). Redefinitions and Nomenclatural Changes within the nn ae suballiance of

Myrtaceae. Telopea 2(4): 379-383.

THOMPSON, J. (1989). A Revision of the genus Leptospermum (Myrtaceae), Telopea 3(3): 301-448.

VAN STEENIS-KRUSEMAN, M.J. (1950). Flora Malesiana Series 1, Vol. |. Malaysian Plant Collectors and

Collections. p. LXXXVI- LXXXVIIL Djakarta: Noordhoff-Kol ff nv.

Accepted for publication 6 February 1992

Austrobaileya 3(4): 661-664 (1992) : 661

THE CIRCUMSCRIPTION OF ADIANTUM DIAPHANUM

BLUME (ADIANTACEAE), THE FILMY MAIDENHAIR FERN

Peter D. Bostock

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Summary

The circumscription of Adiantum diaphanum Blume with respect to A. setulosum J, Smith is discussed. It is

concluded that the two are conspecific and that the earlier name A. diaphanum should be retained. The applicability

of frond hairs to the taxonomy of Adiantum is reviewed and the conclusion reached that hair morphology is a

reliable taxonomic character but that, with few exceptions, lecation and density of occurrence of hairs on the

various frond surfaces are characters of dubious value.

Introduction

Adiantum diaphanum Blume (the accepted name for the filmy maidenhair fern

in Australia) is a delicate fern with a widespread distribution in the Malesian-Pacific

region. In Austraha, it rarely occurs far from water (in some situations it 1s a seasonally

or sporadically inundated rheophyte), commonly growing on rocks or soil along creeks

and rivers in closed forest. The taxon occurs along the east coast from Cape York to

Victoria and on Norfolk Island. Its extra-Australian distribution encompasses New

Zealand, southern China (Hainan), Vietnam, Malesia, Taiwan and Japan; as well, it

extends eastward in the Pacific as far as Fiji (Hooker 1858; Brownlie 1969, 1977;

Brownsey & Smith-Dodsworth 1989; Pichi Sermolli 1991),

Recently, Price (1987, 1990) reinstated the name Adiantum setulosum J. Smith,

long considered a synonym of A. diaphanum; he restricted the usage of the latter name

to Javan plants (which he stated, incorrectly, bear glabrous indusia), and applied the

former name to plants from the remainder of the range. Iam unhappy with this cavalier

treatment of the filmy maidenhair fern, and offer the following arguments 1n support of

ie retention of Adiantum setulosum J. Smith in the synonymy of Adiantum diaphanum

Blume.

Discussion

Two interesting morphological features characterise the filmy maidenhair fern.

One presumed constant character, which serves to separate this fern from all other

species of Adiantum, is the proliferous nature of the roots (Brownsey & Smith-Dodsworth

1989, Pichi Sermolli op. cit.). Although small tubers similar to those found on the roots

of this species also occur on the roots of A. novae-caledoniae Keys. (reported by Page

1979), and confirmed by me after examination of herbarium specimens at the National

Herbarium. of New South Wales (NSW)), A. diaphanum is apparently the only species

in the genus to form clonal colonies by proliferation from root buds.

The other feature which is diagnostic of A. diaphanum is the presence of dark

setae between the veins on the lamina of ultimate segments, and the corresponding

presence of similar setae on the outer surface of the soral flap (often loosely called

‘industum’ or ‘false indusium’). The setae are quite rigid, straight or slightly curved,

thick-walled, unicellular above the associated, somewhat bulbous, epidermal cell (see

Zimmer (1989) for micrographs), and may be quite evenly distributed over the lamina,

or confined to the proximal basiscopic portion of the adaxial surface of the pinnule. On

rare occasions some setae are present on rachises, which are otherwise normally glabrous.

One form of the taxon, moderately well represented among herbarium specimens, has

sparsely distributed robust setae on the adaxial lamina surface, but the abaxial lamina

surface is best described as hirsute, with a few robust setae intermixed with very

numerous shorter and thinner hairs; for example, a mean density of 17 shorter hairs per

mm, in contrast to a mean density of 0.75 robust setae per mm? (Andrews 229 &

Dockrill, BRI, 4 pinnules sampled). Brownsey (1987) indicates that this is the common

form of the species in New Zealand.

tt tt See et a he

662 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Previously, Brownsey (1987) reported the presence in New Zealand of colonies of

this fern in which all or the majority of plants were glabrous. He appealed (op. cit.) for

field workers to record the proportion of glabrous to non-glabrous colonies, and gave

some brief statistics on his and fellow workers observations in New Zealand. During

my revision of Australian genera of Adiantaceae (other than Cheilanthes) for the ‘Flora

of Australia’, I have examined more than 135 specimens of Adiantum diaphanum

(including 75 from Australia) from most of the range of this species (the principal

exceptions were Vietnam, China, Malaysia, Japan and Fiji). Only one herbarium specimen

(Papua New Guinea, Carr 11943, CANB) was entirely devoid of setae. On about one-

third of the remaining specimens the soral flaps were glabrous, but some (or all) pinnules

bore at least one seta on their lamina. Some colonies representing the latter form

(sometimes bearing only one seta on a frond) have been found in the Upper Tallebudgera

valley south of Brisbane (Bostock & McDonald s.n., Dec 1990, BRI), in close proximity

to more typically hairy plants.

The type of Adiantum diaphanum held at L consists of three sheets all apparently

labelled as such by Blume, by comparison with his handwriting sample in van Steenis-

Kruseman (1950). Sixteen separate plants are present on the sheets, and are morphol-

ogically quite similar. All individuals on the type sheets which retain their roots bear

root tubers, and all specimens have setae on both lamina and soral flaps, albeit quite

sparsely. The implication by Price that the type of A. diaphanum Blume has glabrous

indusia 1s therefore erroneous.

Of 47 other Leiden Herbarium specimens I examined, all from the Malesian

region, 17 were without setae on the soral flaps, although none were completely devoid

of setae on the lamina. Geographically, these 47 specimens covered the major islands

of Taiwan, Sumatra, Java, Timor, Flores and New Guinea. Javan specimens, excluding

the type, accounted for 18 specimens of the 47, and 8 of these bear glabrous soral flaps.

This is at variance with the statement by Price (op. cit.) that all plants from Java, the

origin of Blume’s type, have glabrous soral flaps. There is no justification whatsoever

for using the name A. diaphanum Blume solely for plants with glabrous soral flaps.

Parallels to the pattern of trichome distribution in A. diaphanum may be found

in other Australian/New Zealand species of Adiantum. For example, Adiantum formosum

R. Br, exists in two forms, identical except that in one form the abaxial lamina surfaces

are finely hirsute and in the other, the lamina surfaces are glabrous. Both forms bear

multicellular, antrorse hairs on the adaxial surface of the rachises and petiolules. No

pattern can be found in the distribution of the two forms in Australian samples. Of two

New Zealand specimens seen by me, one was glabrous abaxially (Manawatu Gorge,

40°25’S, 175°45’E, Oct 1977, Given 10552 & Purdie, CANB), the other, hairy (s. /oc., c.

1860, ? Hooker J.D. [HO102726], HO).

One cultivated specimen of Adiantum hispidulum var. whitei (Bailey) P. Bostock

examined (Mt Petrie, Apr 1986, Peach s.n., BRI) lacks hairs on the frond, except among

the sporangia (a unique feature of this taxon apparently linked to the aberrant deltoid

form of the lamina) (Bostock 1987). Adiantum hispidulum normally has a helicoid lamina

bearing pale, mostly multicellular hairs on both adaxial and abaxial surfaces, including

the adaxial (outer) surface of the soral flap. Two specimens of another, as yet unnamed,

variant of A. hispidulum, from northern Australia, previously identified as A. aethiopicuim

L., are also glabrous on all surfaces, including the lamina, except for the presence of

whitei-type setae among the sporangia (Russell-Smith 2661, 3916 & Lucas, both DNA).

In addition, the holotype of A. tenue var. bicolor Domin (= A. hispidulum Sw.) (Domin

356, PR), has glabrous soral flaps and, atypically for A. hispidulum s.1., very sparsely

hairy lamina and rachis surfaces. Yet another form of trichome variation in A. hispiduliuim

s.l., that 1s, variation between taxa in the relative frequencies of occurrence of lamina

hairs of different size classes, has been dealt with by Parris (1980) in her discussion of

the relationship between A. hispidulum Sw. and A. pubescens Schkuhr.

Although evidence from genetic analysis techniques is lacking, e.g. from isozyme

studies, the available circumstantial evidence suggests that only one (in Adiantum

diaphanum and A. formosum) or a few gene loci (Adiantum hispidulum) are involved

in the observed patterns of lamina and rachis hairs. Whether this interpretation is correct

or not, I believe that it 1s not valid to use distribution patterns of lamina hairs, i.e.

Bostock, Adiantum diaphanum 663

presence/absence or numbers of hairs per mm/’, as a principal or indeed sole character

for separation of taxa at the species level in Adiantum. This is particularly the case in

A. diaphanum, which shows similar admixtures of genotypes, as expressed 1n the pattern

of distribution of setae, in many widely separated regions. However, the morphology of

lamina and rachis hairs, where these are present, 1s demonstrably constant and, in

conjunction with other morphological features, can clearly separate the above-mentioned

species of Adiantum.

Taxonomy

Adiantum diaphanum Blume, Enum. pl. Javae, fasc. 2: 215 (1828). Type: Linga Jattie,

Java, [Oct 1824, fide van Steenis-Kruseman (1950)], Blume 649 (L. 908.275-1003,

908.275-1004, 908.275-1019) (holo: L!).

Adiantum setulosum J. Smith, Comp. Bot. Mag. 72: 22 (1848). Type: cultivated

plant, introduced in 1845 to Royal Gardens, Kew, from Norfolk Island, by Dr.

McWilliam (holo: BM, #.y¥.).

Adiantum tenue var. commutatum Domun, Biblioth. Bot. 85: 153 (1913), syn. nov.

Type: Picnic Creek, south of the Russell River, north Qld, 1910, K. Domin Iter

Australiense 357 [PR 523609]. (lecto: PR! [left hand specimen, here designated;

the detached frond on the right hand side ts of A. hispidulum Sw.}).

[Adiantum affine auct. non Willd. (1810): Hook., Sp. fil. 2: 32 (1858); Adiantum

diaphanum var. affine (Hook.) van Ald. van Ros.. Malayan Ferns 323 (1908); K.

Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 85: 151 (1913)}].

Other synonyms may exist (for examples, see Brownsey et a/., 1985 and Brownsey,

1987), but they are secondary to the arguments presented ‘here. A. setulosum J.

Smith is considered synonymous with A. diaphanum Blume and rejected on the

grounds of priority.

Illustrations: W.J. Hooker, Spec. fil. 2: t. 80C (1858); F M. Bailey, Lithogr. ferns

Queensland 62 (1892); Duncan and Isaac, Ferns and allied plants of Victoria,

Tasmania and South Australia Fig. 13.4, 13. 8, 13.10 (1986).

Roots proliferous, bearing small + barrel-shaped tubers. Rhizome erect, tufted, c. 3 mm

diameter; scales concolorous, golden-brown, with an entire margin and a prominent

apical seta. Fronds tufted, to 36 cm long. Stipes to 18 cm long, smooth adaxially,

scabrous abaxially. Lamina 5-18 cm long, 2-13 cm broad, subpedate, hastate or narrow-

triangular, l-pinnate, or 2- (rarely 3-) pinnate at the base and 1-pinnate above, mem-

branous. Rachises glossy, glabrous or very rarely bearing a few setae, flexuose. Decom-

pound basal pinnae, when present, 1-3 (rarely more), narrow-triangular, [- or 2-pinnate.

Ultimate segments dimidiate, rectangular to subtrapeziform, with shallowly lobed and

often broadly-curved distal margins, becoming cuneate-flabellate in apical segments,

sparsely to very sparsely setose adaxially and hirsute to sparsely setose (rarely glabrous)

abaxially; setae dark brown, unicellular, acicular, straight or slightly curved. Veins dark

brown near the petiole, elsewhere pale. Sori 1-10 along distal margins, usually 1 per

lobe. Soral flaps orbicular to subreniform, deeply immersed in the lobe, glabrous or

bearing unicellular setae similar in form to those of the lamina. Spores yellow; perine

scabrous; diameter 25.6-51.9 uw (mean 33.9 u from 25 spores measured from each of 4

specimens).

Selected specimens. Taiwan. Shakko, Dec 1913, Faurfe 251 (L). Borneo. Mt Kinabalu, Dec 1913, Clemens 27513

& Clemens (L). Sumatra. s. /oc., Korthals cL 908.275- 1015] (L). Java. M. Tenggen, Zollinger 2576 (L). Timor, s.

loc., 1882-1883, Forbes 3864 (L). Flores. Rangat (Ko) Liang, Sc/himitutz F97 (L). Moluccas. Ceram [‘Seram’], near

Saunula, 3°15'S, 129°29’E, Jul 1968, Kato C-11397 ef ail. (L). Bali. Kintamani, Apr 1950, Holstvoogd 876 (L).

Papua New Guinea. Koitaki, Apr 1935, Carr 11943 (CANB); Wau, Croff 661 (BRI, LAE); Kainantu, Jul 1969,

Henty LAE72446 & Katik (BRI, LAE). Australia. Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: near Cape Tribulation, 16° 16'S,

145°28’E, Jun 1988, Forster 4376 & Tucker (BRI,CBG,L,NSW), SFR 675, Little Mulgrave River, 17°08’S, 145°43E,

May 1975, Andrews 229 & Dockrill (BRI). MORETON DISTRICT: gully 6 km W of Landsborough, 26°48’S, 152°54’E,

Mar 1986, Bostock 210 (BRD. New South Wales. Mooball, c. 1 km N of town on Pottsville Rd, 28°25/S, 153°32’E

Apr 1983, Jones 1003 (BRD; Norfolk Id, Mt Pitt Reserve, 29°O1’S, 167°57’E, Jun 1986, Duncan 86088N (MEL).

Victoria, Deadlock Ck, tributary of Tarwin R., 38°10°S, 146°00’E, Mar L977, Duncan 77114 (MEL). New Zealand.

Haruru Stream, c. 30 km NW Aukland, Rodney County, North Is., 36° 34/8. 174°30’E, May 1979, Gardner 2417

(HO). New Caledonia. s. /oc., s. coll. #135 [AQ142462] (BRI).

ms es ov a

EMA A A A OH NH A A A MG BN A AM A BG MG ON AM A a MM at et he AAG ee

een ne ee nnn nn enn nn en ee ne en ne en no nN EN et ee ee Ee et TE EN En EE EN NM EN MN MBE SOM NANO ME MEU MAM MOR A ESSA LANA MEN

664 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Acknowledgments

I am grateful to Paul Forster and Rod Henderson for their helpful comments on

the manuscript, to Patrick Brownsey for information on the morphology and distributions

of New Zealand Adiantum taxa, and to the Directors of AD, CANB, CBG, DNA, HO,

L, MEL, PR and QRS for the loan of Adiantum specimens. I also thank David Jones

(CBG) as well as the many members of the Fern Study Group, Society for Growing

Australian Plants (Qld Region), for their help in providing specimens.

References

BOSTOCK, P.D. (1987). Rediscovery and status of Adiantum whifei Bailey (Adiantaceae). Austrobaileya 2: 360-

364.

BROWNLIE, G. (1969). Fasc. 3, Pteridophytes. In A. Aubreville, Flore de la Nouvelie-Caledonie et dependances.

Paris: Museum National d’Histotre Naturelle.

BROWNLIE, G. (1977). The pteridophyte flora of Fiji. Beihefte zur Nova Hedwigia 55. Vaduz: J. Cramer.

BROWNSEY, P.J. { are Polymorphism in Adiantuin diaphanum—help wanted. New Zealand Botanical Society

Newsletter 10: 13-15.

BROWNSEY, P.J., GIVEN, D.R. & LOVIS, J.D. (1985). A revised classification of New Zealand pteridophytes,

with a synonymic checklist of species. New Zealand Journal of Botany 23: 431-489.

BROWNSEY, P.J. & SMITH-DODSWORTH, J.C. (1989). New Zeaiand ferns and allied plants. Auckland: David

Bateman Lid.

HOOKER, W.J. (1858). Species filicum, Vol. 2. London: W. Pamplin.

PAGE, C.N. (1979) The diversity of ferns. An ecological perspective. Chapter 2. In A.F. Dyer, The experimental

biology of ferns. London: Academic Press.

PARRIS, B.S. (1980). Adiantum hispidulum Swartz and A. pubescens Schkuhr (Adiantaceae: Filicales) in New

Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Botany 18: 503-506.

PICHI SERMOLLI, R.E.G. (1991). The pteridological collections of the G.R.S.T.S. expedition to the coastal

region of north-eastern Queensland. Webbia 45(2). 317-379.

PRICE, M.G. (1987). Review of ‘Iilustrations of Pteridophytes of Japan Vol. 5°. American Fern Journal 77(3):

108.

PRICE, M.G. (1990), Philippine fern notes. Contributions from the University of Michigan Herbarium 17: 267-

278.

VAN STEENIS-KRUSEMAN, M.J. le Malaysian plant collectors and collections. Flora Malesiana Ser. |,

Vol. |. Djakarta: Noordhofl-Koiff.

ZIMMER, B. (1989). Frond trichomes and scales as a taxonomic tool in Adiantum. pps. 285-292 In: Proceedings

of the International Symposium on Systematic Pteridology. Beying: China Science and Technology Press.

Accepted for publication 17 March 1992

Austrobaileya 3(4): 665-668 (1992) 665

NOTES ON LYCOPODIELLA HOLUB (LYCOPODIACEAE)

IN NORTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND

R.J. Chinnock

State Herbarium of South Australia, Botanic Garden, Adelaide 5000 Australia

Summary

Five species of Lycopodiella occur in Australia including L. limosa here déscrttied as new and compared with ZL.

sé} pentina (Kunze) B. Ollg. A key to the Australian species and distribution maps are provided. An unusual growth

form in Lycopodiella serpentina is discussed.

1. Lycopodiella limosa Chinnock, sp. noy. haec ab Lycopodtiella serpentina foliis in ramos

prostratos 6-11 mm longis: foluis in ramos strobiliferos verticillatis vel

subverticillatis, mnternodus 7-8 mm longis; sporophyllis marginibus nonciliatis,

irregulariter laceratis vel dentatis differt. Typus: Queensland, Cook DISTRICT:

Canal Creek, Cape York Peninsula, 4 September 1979, B. Gray 1511 (holo: QRS).

Vegetative branches prostrate, creeping, adpressed to substrate, with thick white

dichotomously branched roots at intervals along the undersurface; leaves isophyllous,

densely crowded along branches, absent from undersurface, erect, narrowly linear-

triangular, acuminate, thick, margins entire, 6-11 mm long, 1.0-1.8 mm wide at base.

Strobiliferous branches undivided, erect; leaves markedly reduced compared with those

on vegetative branches, whorled or subwhorled. lanceolate-triangular, base thickened,

3.5-4.0 mm long, 0.8-1.0 mm wide at base, internodes between successive leaf whorls/

subwhorls 7-8 mm long, leaves not overlapping. Strobilus to 5.5 cm long, about 3 mm

wide; sporophylls free to base, imbricate, in alternating whorls of four, ovate, acuminate,

margins scariose, nonciliate, irregularly lacerate or irregularly coarsely toothed in basal

part, 2.5-2.8 mm long, 1.2-1.5 mm wide. Sporangia isovalvate, reniform, 0.7-1.0 mm

long, 1.2-1.4 mm wide. Fig 1

Specimens examined: Australia. Queensland, CooK District: N of Jardine River about 26 km S of Bamaga, Oct

1971, Dodson s.n. (BRI); between east coast and Escape River, Aug 1978, Paijmans 3063 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Lycopodiella limosa is known only from northern Cape York

Peninsula, Queensland where it occurs in swampy areas in open forest and in shady

organic swampy soils in Melaleuca/Gahnia and Grevillea/Melaleuca/Banksia low

shrubland.

Etymology: The species derives its name from its preference for muddy soils in swamps.

Lycopodiella Holub is one of four genera recognised by Ollgaard (1987) in his

revision of the Lycopodiaceae. The genus consists of about 40 species found in moist

temperate and tropical regions of the world but with the majority of species found in

the Americas.

Five species occur in Australia extending across northern Australia down the east

coast to Victoria and Tasmania and with scattered occurrences in south-west Western

Australia and South Australia (see Maps 1-5). Lycopodiella limosa belongs to Lycopodiella

sect. Caroliniana (Bruce) B. Ollg. and is closely allied to L. serpentina, the only other

Australian species in this section. Of the remaining three species L. lateralis and L.

diffusa belong to Lycopodiella sect. Later pees (Holub) B. Ollg. and L. cernua in

Lycopodiella sect. Campylostachys (K. Muller) B. Ollg. The Australian species can be

distinguished as follows:

1. Strobili nodding, terminal on large dendroid branchlet systems ...... L. cernua

Strobili erect, terminal or lateral . Se ah ey gts AIS, 28 aches a Gone eT

2. Branches prostrate adhering to substrate; strobili terminal on undivided

erect branches AN ee: 3

Branches prostrate or erect, not adhering to substrate: strobili lateral .... .. 4

666 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

te. oe

aes

eft

SEU

4 bd

Gee

Ses

Eki

Sse

OT a ee

cue

‘" ;

melee

igang A, Malge

ib Ng

2.5mm

See

4 cm

<a tteorak

hee Fee

alta

ata ial

Pn, ay

Fal

i ae <3

i = : i

me . ej .. Piel ee be co: a

a ee a a ee Se eee el ns :

wl Me tt. Won f £43 *

ee Ny * Epa! ie.

a 4 vache Coa, eS ™ al

. cot “me ‘an ,

S, ~" 2

a 1

hy eed beret Oy ",

Fars5y

eee ala:

' the

ant

4com

: me

ited ge been

A. te, bene hs Bay

pe ee | et eine

dasnorst oy

Fig. 1. Lycopediella limosa: A. habit of plant with enlargement of branch showing leaves displaced away from

undersurface (compare with enlargement G). B. portion of strobiliferous branch showing non-imbricate leaves.

C. portion of strobilus. D. adaxial view of sporophyll showing sporangium, irregular margin and coarse teeth in

basal part. Lycopodiella serpentina: E. abaxial view of sporophyll showing prominently ciliate margin. F. habit

of plant. G. habit of plant with atypical development of the strobiliferous branch. A-D, Gray 1511; E,F, Nash

AD97411267; G, Kenning, 27 Oct 1976, BRI.

Chinnock, Lycopodiella 667

3. Leaves >6 mm long, sporophyll margins non ciliate, but irregularly

lacerate or toothed, leaves, on strobiliferous branches much reduced,

internodes long... L. limosa

Leaves <4.5 mm long, sporophyll margins ciliate, leaves on strobiliferous

branches similar to prostrate branches, internodes short, leaves

aver pple KO ee, che ee es JERE Nhe BAe ad L. serpentina

4. Branches prostrate, spreading, dichotomously branched; strobili erect,

standing above the branches .. . | L. diffusa

Branches erect, undivided or forked several times: strobili erect, over-

topped by vegetative shoots Pee oe rs Sem ee dak eee es L. lateralis

2. Lycopodiella serpentina (Kunze) B. Ollg.

During a study of specimens of Lycopodiella serpentina an atypical growth form

of the strobiliferous branch was encountered. Normally the branch is terminated by a

strobilus but in two collections from Queensland, one from Stradbroke Island (Kenning,

27 Oct 1976, BRI) and the other from near the Hopevale-Starke road on the track to

Mclvor River, north eastern Queensland (Clarkson 5332, AD,BRI), the apex of the

strobili revert to the vegetative aie? and develop for another 8-10 cm before terminating

in secondary strobili (see Fig. 1G). As far as I am aware this phenomenon has not been

reported elsewhere for Lycopodiella serpentina.

Acknowledgements

I thank Dr G. Guymer (BRI) and Dr B. Hyland (QRS) for the loan of specimens

and Mr G.R.M. Dashorst for preparing the illustrations. This work was partially funded

by an Australian Biological Resources Study Grant.

Reference

OLLGAARD, B. (1987). A Revised classification of the Lycopodiaceae s. lat. Opera Botanica. 92: 153-178.

Accepted for publication 10 February 1992

“ ‘mre es wes wen“ MN HM A a eA A MMH MHA a A A AA ty A A GN A A

668 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Maps 1—5. Distribution of Lycopodiella spp. 1. L. limosa. 2. L. serpentina. 3. L. diffusa. 4. L. lateralis. 5. L.

cernua.

Austrobaileya 3(4): 669-681 (1992) 669

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN GRASSES 6*. ALEXFLOYDIA,

CLIFFORDIOCHLOA AND DALLWATSONIA, THREE NEW

PANICOID GRASS GENERA FROM EASTERN AUSTRALIA

Bryan K. Simon

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Summary

Three new panicoid genera, namely Alexfloydia from northern New South Wales, and Cliffordiochioa and

Dalbwatsonia from the Cook Pastoral District of Queensland, are described as new and compared with related

genera of the Paniceae. New species described are Alexfloydia repens, Cliffordiochloa paryispicula and Daliwatsonia

felliana and details are given of their morphology and anatomy.

Introduction

A number of classifications of Panicum and allied genera have been proposed in

the past (Chase 1908, 1911; Hitchcock & Chase 1910, 1915; Stapf 1917-1934; Hsu 1965;

Butzin 1970; Brown 1977; Zuloaga & Soderstrom 1985; Clayton & Renvoize 1986;

Zuloaga 1987) but a satisfactory scheme is far from appearing and depends on world-

wide studies of generic limits of the Paniceae based on characters from many sources.

Three panicoid grass species, 1n which the spikelets are laterally compressed and

the fertile lemma is membranous, have been a focus of my attention recently during an

updating of my key to Australian grasses (Simon 1990). The lateral spikelet compression

and the possession of a membranous upper lemma necessitates a more detailed exam-

ination of current views on the boundaries of the genus Panicum. Lateral compression

and a non-indurate upper lemma are considered to be non-Panicum characters in the

keys of Clayton and Renvoize (1986) and Watson and Dallwitz (1988), whereas Zuloaga

and Soderstrom (1985) appear undecided whether the consistency of the upper lemma

(‘anthecium’) was a character of generic importance in determining the classification of

Panicum aristellum. J am of the opinion that these three species, on the basis of their

laterally compressed spikelets and membranous upper lemmas, should be described as

new genera. They key out unsatisfactorily in existing keys to genera (Watson & Dallwitz

1988; Clayton & Renvoize 1986; Simon 1990) so designation of distinct generic rank

for them seems a rational decision. This follows on from the recent tradition of checking

the credentials of suspected new grass genera using the computer identification programs

ONLINE (Pankhurst & Aitchison 1975) and later INT KEY (Watson & Dallwitz 1988)

on Watson’s automated generic descriptions of the grass genera of the world. Examples

are the genera Cyperochloa Lazarides & L. Watson (Lazarides & Watson 1987) and

Clausospicula Lazarides (Lazarides, Lenz & Watson 1991). The current (1991) version

of INTKEY also maintains the integrity of a number of grass genera erected since the

published 1988 version, including the genera A/vimmia Calderon ex Soderstrom & Londono,

Arundoclaytonia Davidse & Ellis, kuthryptochloa Cope and Planichioa B. Simon. Another

example of the use to which Watson’s automated generic descriptions of grass genera

has been put is the correct taxonomic placing of a fossil grass (Thomasson, Nelson &

Zakrzewski 1986). Comments from Dr. Les Watson regarding the status of the three

new panicoid genera in this paper lend further weight to the selection of generic rank

for these taxa. “Ive had a preliminary attempt at making diagnostic descriptions and

comparisons with seeming relatives etc., via INTKEY, and my impression is that they

are all defensible as genera. The problem, of course, 1s Panicum, which somewhere

manifests every state of every pertinent character.” The automated descriptions of Watson

include completes descriptions of leaf blade anatomy under headings Abaxial leaf blade

epidermis and Transverse section of leaf blade, physiology, culm anatomy. The three

new genera were all subjected to the standardised anatomical sectioning at Les Watson’s

laboratory by his technical assistant Jill Hartley and are reported in this paper in the

*continued from Austrobaileya 3(4): 585-607 (1992)

CS aro roa ce ca rE

slat gaa Cee OES me penn meme emmys mt tone iin din BE DM ng tae eM EM ENN EDN RR WN Mentone tame na ummm a tiedta dnl tu ele dhe anc aie ‘

670 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

standard format of Watson and Dallwitz (1988). Although abaxial leaf blade epidermal

strips were prepared successfully and photographed for samples of all three of the new

genera, a transverse section of the mid-lamina good enough for photographic reproduction

was obtained only for Alexfloydia repens.

Alexfloydia B. Simon

This grass, known locally as Floyd’s Grass, was brought to the attention of

naturalists in the Coffs Harbour area of New South Wales in the late 1980s. A specimen

of it had been taken by Mr Alex Floyd of the New South Wales National Parks and

Wildlife Service, Coffs Harbour, to Dr Surrey Jacobs of the New South Wales National

Herbarium, Sydney, in late 1987. At the time Dr Jacobs was of the opinion that the

specimen belonged to an unknown genus. In 1988, logging on land east of the Pacific

Highway east of Bonville, where this grass was known to occur, was stopped. This was

the result of an awareness campaign by local conservationists to protect this rare grass

and endangered avifauna. It 1s only known from three localities, two east of Bonville

and one south of Boambee (A. Floyd pers. comm.). The vegetation in the two habitats

from ere collections have been made differs to some degree, as seen from the collector’s

notes below.

Material was sent to me in 1988 and I identified it as Panicum sp. Floyd 3429

in the Queensland Herbarium and in my key to Australian grasses (Simon 1990). I have

since been informed by Mr Floyd that this number is not one of his collecting numbers,

but as the specimen has already been cited as such it will be referred to as Floyd [3429].

Using INTKEY this grass keys to Arthropogon Nees, but it differs from that genus by

its glumes not being awned. It keys to Anthenantia P. Beauv. in the key to genera of

the Paniceae in Clayton and Renvoize (1986), but that genus has hairy spikelets rather

than glabrous ones as in this taxon. It keys to couplet 209 in Simon (1990) and no

further as the lower glume is two-thirds as long as the spikelet, whereas the couplet

provides the choices of the lower glume being either as long as the spikelet or up to

half the spikelet length or absent. In Webster (1987) it keys to couplet 25, leading to

the genera Rhynchelytrum Nees and Melinis P. Beauv. — now both placed in Melinis

(Zizka 1988) — but differs by the upper glume being 9-nerved as opposed to 5—7-nerved

in the latter genera.

Alexfloydia B. Simon, gen. noy., Panico L. affine, sed lemmate membranaceo et spicula

complanato laterali, Arthropogo Nees affine, sed sine glumis aristis, Anthenantio

P. Beauv. affine, sed spicula glabro differt. Typus: 4A. repens B. Simon.

Plants stoloniferous, sparingly branched, terminated by a solitary inflorescence, 3-4-

noded. Internodes shorter than the associated leaf sheaths. Sheaths compressed. Ligule

a fringe of hairs. Leaf blades flat, linear, glabrous, smooth, with smooth margins and a

prominent white midrib. Inflorescence a panicle of 3~6 spikelets and a short main axis,

smooth. Pedicels not distinctly angled, smooth, straight. Disarticulation at the base of

the spikelet. Callus not differentiated and not prolonged into a stipe. Spikelets adaxial

(with the lower glume facing the pedicel), laterally compressed, elliptic in outline. Glumes

unequal, chartaceous, smooth: lower glume ovate, 5~7-nerved, glabrous, acute; upper

glume long, elliptic, 9-nerved, rounded on the back. Rachilla not pronounced between

the glumes. Lower floret male, anthers 3: lemma elliptic, 9-nerved, chartaceous, glabrous,

acute; palea elliptic, 2-nerved. Upper floret perfect: lemma oblong, obscurely 5-nerved,

glabrous, yellow, firmly membranous or thinly cartilaginous, striate, acute; palea oblong,

per oa similar to the lemma, entire, smooth. Lodicules 2, free, membranous.

Anthers 3.

One species, northern New South Wales.

Etymology: The genus is named for Mr Alex Floyd, who has collected all the known

material of this grass and has drawn attention to its rarity.

Alexfloydia repens B. Simon, sp. nov.

Gramen stolonibus, culmis 18-24 cm altis, 3-4 nodis. Laminae foliorum laeve, 0.5-6

cm X [-1.5 mm, marginibus laevibus, costis albis. Panicula spiculis 3~6 gerens: axis c.

Simon, Australian Grasses 6 671

Fig.1. Alexfloydia repens. A. habit X 0.5. B. spikelet, lateral view. C. lower glume. D. upper glume. E. lower

lemma, dorsal view. F. lower palea with stamens, ventral view. G. upper lemma. H. upper palea, showing lodicules

at base and stamen filaments. (B-H, all X 12). From type specimen.

672 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

1.5 cm longus et laevis. Pedicelli 4-7 mm longi. Disarticulatus ad basem spiculae.

Spiculae adaxiales, lateraliter complanatae, ellipticae in ambitu, 3-3.5 X 1.5 mm. Glumae

inaequales, chartaceae, laeves: gluma infera c. 2 mm longa, ovata, 5~7-nervata, acuta:

gluma supera elliptica, c. 3 mm longa, 9-nervata, rotundata in dorso, pilis tuberculatis

sparsis ad medium. Flosculus inferus masculus: lemma ellipticum, 9-nervatum, charta-

ceum, glabrum, acutum; palea elliptica, 2-nervata, acuta. Flosculus superus perfectus,

flosculum inferum longior: lemma c. 1.5 mm longa, luteum membranaceum, laeve,

oblongum, acutum; palea membranacea, laevis. Typus: New South Wales, NORTH COAST

DIvIsION, Boambee, Cordwells Creek, Dutton’s Estate, Portion 40, 30°20’45”S, 153°04’407E,

7 April 1991, A.G. Floyd 2165, ground cover with some Ottochloa gracillima, Gahnia

Clarkei and Fimbristylis ferruginea in the king tide zone above Aegiceras corniculatum

and Avicennia marina mangrove forest, weak soft trailing mat grass up to 20 cm tall,

canopy of Callistemon salignus with Parsonsia straminea a common liane (holo: BRI(AQ

540193); iso: BRI,CANB,DNA,K,L,MEL,MO,NSW). Fig. 1.

Culms 18-24 cm tall. Ligule c. 0.2 mm long. Leaf blades 0.5-6 cm X 1-2 mm. Inflorescence

main axis c. 1.5 cm long. Pedicels 4-7 mm long, not distinctly angled, smooth, straight.

Spikelets 3.0-3.5 X 1.5 mm. Glumes: lower glume c. 2 mm long, upper glume c. 3 mm

long, sometimes with a few tubercle-based hairs at the mid-region. Lower floret: anthers

2.5 mm long: lemma c. 3 mm long; palea as long as the lemma. Upper floret perfect,

shorter than the lower floret: lemma c. 1.5 mm long; palea as long as the lemma.

Lodicules 2, c. 0.5 X 0.3 mm long. Anthers c. 0.8 mm long. Caryopsis not seen.

Specimens examined: New South Wales. NORTH COAST DIVISION: Boambee, Floyd 2165 (type - for details see

above) (BRI,CANB,K,L,MEL,MO,NSW); Pine Creek, east of Bonviile, 30°23/ 15”S, 153°04’00’E, understorey to

tall Casuarina glauca forest in sub-saline semi-wetland, soft carpet with no other ‘ground cover or shrub layer,

Oct 1987, Floyd [3429] (BRI,CFSHB); Cordwells Creek, Dutton’s Estate, Portion 40, 30°20'45”S, 153°04’40’E, in

the king tide zone above Aegiceras corniculatum and Avicennia marina mangrove forest, Oct 1991, Floyd 2166

(AD,B,BRL.CBG,NSW,PERTH,PRE, US).

Conservation status: 2K (Briggs & Leigh 1988).

Etymology: The species is named for its creeping habit.

Notes: The spikelets of some of the specimens are insect infected, giving parts of the

floret a distorted appearance.

Anatomy

Abaxial leaf blade epidermis: Costal/intercostal zonation conspicuous. Papillae absent.

Long-cells markedly different in shape costally and intercostally, the costals much

narrower; of similar wall thickness costally and intercostally (thin walled). Intercostal

ZONES with typical long-cells. Muid-intercostal long-cells rectangular, having markedly

sinuous walls. Microhairs present, elongated, clearly two-celled, panicoid type, 50-65

microns long, 10-15 microns wide at the septum; apical cells about 40-50 microns long;

apical cell/total length ratio about 0.7-0.8; total length/width ratio at septum 3-6.

Stomata common, 30-40 microns long; subsidiaries non-papillate, parallel sided, dome

shaped and triangular (low to medium, predominantly more or less triangular with the

apices truncated to various extents), including both triangular and parallel-sided forms

on the same leaf; guard-cells overlapping to flush with the interstomatals. Jntercostal

short-cells absent or very rare. Macrohairs infrequent, intergrading with long prickles, 1-

2(—3)-celled. Crown cells absent. Costal zones with short cells. Costa/ short-cells conspic-

uously in long rows. Costal silica bodies present and well developed, ‘panicoid-type’,

consistently elongated nodular, not sharp-pointed. Fig. 2A & B.

Transverse section of leaf blade, physiology, culm anatomy: C,. Anatomical organisation

conventional. XyMS-. PCR sheath outlines uneven. PCR sheath extensions absent.

Mesophyil not /sachne-type, without ‘circular cells’, not traversed by colourless columns,

without arm cells, without fusoids. Leaf blade adaxially flat. Midrib conspicuous (by

virtue of a conspicuous abaxial keel, an arc of enlarged adaxial epidermal! cells and some

colourless mesophyll), with one bundle only or having complex vascularisation (depending

on the interpretation of the minor bundles flanking the median), with colourless tissue

adaxially (in the form of a few large cells contiguous with the bulliform epidermis).

Lamina symmetrical on either side of the midrib. Bulliforms not in discrete, regular

Simon, Australian Grasses 6

eeveb ase tee ey

fetetatey ge

ware

rate

ents

cane

PES Eriee

ee cere eee eee ee eee ee eee ee eee cere ee ee eee ee ee ee ee ere ere err rer erry.

Fit dieeree ve ee et

recess aaEe RE : ier

SHEE

Hite

Ae TISAI Rare ITT elle SEE : a : : .

ots Manet xe F HEE = 2 PUES ‘. ees oe, Pesci Toh Ist - seers tT ee ots i eter ers BIST te ee Pesci sete .

Sunhine a : Teh peheteneen ty ; = : a tates fo

SRB ee SAME T Earner ases roetiosnpeeeesite te TeAnES HEISE ni ieee

TEM ae ctetieiet = bets Ae i ieerety Ig Tron cers 3

Tere = ls we

aie ete aes

Naveen

erecedseew eves

Seereere, : wee : te ne

ttt iH . : : : SIieegiiene ares

im 7 et elt a

SIP SRT PSG te

BESTE

IDEs : = eee

beet the es . Terre ree

“aes

Weer rere

See

SESH

matt

Seek a

- yore weer C, m om

He s 5 : Ent:

eatin er

are

sence et

renee hares a ETE

Srereee

ferott

SATE = Seeley Sree

SSE. 3

Perey

DERE!

etriivige,

fee ns

eae

see Sete rie Ete tate ts = =

BASTANTE a 2 Tf oe Wels TST ES, eres

Manate:

Ee js ee

SEE Ee

Feria eects

feshinnihs3

Peenoet

HELD hed,

weseie

Pistestels

Tye : : oa wie ef : - ;

Se ; RESIN eee sn ere pees

Mitre ronss = = : merits 4

atpeartaneee ieee “. DEE oe Why ee Et a

SOTEE . Hy

eet Tatts

pat roe

sAdagead +

Fig. 2. Alexfloydia repens: A. microhair on the abaxial leaf blade epidermis. B. abaxial leaf blade epidermis. C.

transverse section of part of the mid-lamina (midrib excluded). Adaxial surface uppermost.

674 Austrobaileya 3(4); 1992

adaxial groups (the adaxial epidermis mainly bulliform), nowhere involved in bulliform-

plus-colourless cell arches. Many of the smallest vascular bundles unaccompanied by

sclerenchyma. Combined sclerenchyma girders absent (the sclerenchyma restricted to a

large abaxial strand in the keel and small adaxial and abaxial strands with the major

laterals). Sclerenchyma all associated with vascular bundles. Fig. 2C.

Cliffordiochloa B. Simon

This grass has been collected only twice from the same locality in the Johnstone

Shire of the Cook District of northern Queensland. It 1s an aquatic grass and although

mentioned by the collector to be ‘spreading quickly’ it has not been collected outside

the type locality. Using INTKEY (Watson & Dailwitz 1988) it keys to Sacciolepis Nash

from which it differs by its spikelets not being saccate. It keys to couplet 81 in the key

to genera of the Paniceae of Clayton and Renvoize (1986), leading to the genera

Arthropogon Nees and Reynaudia Kunth; it differs from the former by the lower glume

not being awn-like and from the latter by the lower glume not being bilobed. It keys to

Digitaria Haller in Simon (1990) but differs from that genus by the lateral compression

of the spikelet and the lower glume being at least one third the spikelet length. It keys

to couplet 25 in Webster (1987), leading to Rhynchelytrum Nees and Melinis P. Beauv.

in Webster (1987) but differs from them in that the spikelets are much smaller and the

upper glume has fewer nerves. In Simon (1990) it was recorded as Whiteochloa sp. D.

Mitchell 11, but it differs from that genus by the rachilla between the florets not being

pronounced and the upper lemma being hyaline and not indurate. It is also superficially

close to Cyrtococcum Stapf but that genus has a crested apex on the upper lemma. It

differs from Dallvatsonia B. Simon by the upper lemma tightly enclosing the upper

palea, the 1-nerved lower glume and much smaller spikelets which are distinctly paired.

Finally it differs from all the above-named panicoid genera with which it has been

compared, by the upper floret having only two stamens, an unusual situation in the

Paniceae and only known in one other genus, Reynaudia Kunth from Cuba (Watson &

Dallwitz 1988).

Cliffordiochloa B. Simon, gen. nov., Whiteochloae C.E. Hubb. affine sed sine rhachilla

conspicua inter flosculos et lemmata supera hyalina, Sacciolepi Nash affine sed

sine spicula saccata, Digitariae Haller affine sed gluma infera longiore, Cyrtococco

Stapf affine sed sine apice lemmatis cristato, Dal/watsoniae B. Simon affine sed

lemmate supero arcte paleam superam includenti arcte, eorum omnibus staminibus

duobus differt. Typus: C. parvispicula B. Simon.

Weak perennial. Culms erect, tufted, sparingly branched towards apex, terminated by a

solitary inflorescence, 4-6-noded. Internodes longer than the associated leaf sheaths,

which are compressed. Ligule a membrane. Leaf blades flat, linear, glabrous, with smooth

margins. Inflorescence a panicle with main axis, long and scabrous. Primary branches

spreading, not whorled, and scabrous on the margins. Pedicels distinctly angled, scabrous,

straight, with glabrous apices. Disarticulation at the base of the spikelet. Callus not

differentiated. Spikelets adaxial, to 50 on a typical lowermost primary branch, laterally

compressed, elliptic. Glumes unequal, membranous, glabrous: lower glume not fused

with the callus, deltoid, 1 nerved, smooth, scabrous on keel; upper glume elliptic, pinched

at apex, 3- sub 5-nerved, rounded on the back. Rachilla not pronounced between the

glumes. Lower floret sterile; lemma elliptic, membranous, glabrous, acute and pinched

at apex; palea narrowly elliptic, as long as the lemma, acute. Upper floret perfect, shorter

than the lower floret, not stipitiform; lemma white, hyaline, smooth, elliptic, rounded

on the back, glabrous, apically rounded; palea hyaline, smooth. Anthers 2, brownish

mauve.

One species, Cook Pastoral District, Queensland.

Etymology: The genus is named for Professor H.T. (Trevor) Clifford (University of

Queensland) who has done much work on classification of grass genera and who collected

much of the early data on Australian genera used by Watson and Dallwitz in their

computer generated keys to Australian and later world grass genera.

Simon, Australian Grasses 6 675

Fig. 3. Clifordiochloa parvispicula: A, habit X 0.5. B. portion of panicle X 6. C. spikelet, lateral view. D. lower

glume, E. upper glume. F. lower lemma. G. lower palea. H. upper lemma. I. upper palea with young ovary and

stigmas. J. anthers. (C—J, all x 25). From type specimen.

676 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Cliffordiochloa parvispicula B. Simon, sp. nov.

Gramen perenne infirmum. Culmi erecti, caespitosus, 60-80 cm alti, 4-6-nodi. Laminae

foliorum planae, 5-15 cm X 2-3 mm, lineares, glabrae, marginibus laevibus. Axis

paniculae 10-20 cm longus, scaber. Rami 4-10 cm longi. Disarticulatus ad basem

spiculae. Spiculae adaxiales, lateraliter complanatae, ellipticae in ambitu, c. 1.5 X 0.5

mm. Glumae inaequales, membranaceae, slabrae: gluma infera c. 0.5 mm longa, deltata,

1-nervata, laevis, scabra in nervo: sluma supera c. 1.5 mm longa, elliptica, 3-sub 5-

nervata, rotundata in dorso. Flosculus inferus sterilis: lemma ellipticum, membranaceum,

glabrum, acutum; palea anduste elliptica, acuta. Flosculus superus perfectus, flosculum

inferum ‘brevior, non stipitiformis: lemma c. 1.2 mm longum, album, hyalinum, ellip-

ticum, laeve, slabrum, rotundatum ad apice; palea hyalina, laevis. Typus: Queensland.

Cook District: Mena Creek Valley, Johnstone Shire, on property of E.W.-and A.

Holder, Mena View, Mena Creek, 17°4-’S, 145°5~’E, confined to water channels, thick

mat, spreading quickly, 26 January 1983, D.J. Mitchell 11 (holo: BRI(AQ 349007): iSO:

CANB). Fig.

Culms 60-80 cm tall. Ligule c. 0.5 mm long. Leaf blades 5-15 cm X 2-3 mm. Inflorescence

with main axis 10-20 cm long. Primary branches 4-10 cm long. Pedicels 0.5-1.5 mm

long. Spikelets c. 1.5 X 0.5 mm. Glumes: lower glume c. 0.5 mm long; upper glume c.

1.5 mm long. Lower floret: lemma c. 1.5 mm long; palea as long as the lemma. Upper

floret shorter than the lower floret; lemma c. 1.2 mm long, palea hyaline, smooth.

Anthers c. 0.5 mm long. Caryopsis not seen.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook DistTricT: Mena Creek, Johnstone Shire on E. Holder’s Property, 1 7°4-

‘S, 145°S5S~’E, undulating foothill country, Mar 1983, Aditchell s.n. (BRL CANB); DJ. Mitchell 11 (type — for details

see above) (BRL CANB).

Conservation status: 2K with a possibility of it being 2V as it has only been collected

from the type locality (Briggs & Leigh 1988).

Etymology: The species 1s named for its small spikelets.

Anatomy

Abaxial leaf blade epidermis: Costal/intercostal zonation conspicuous. Papillae absent.

Long-cells markedly different in shape costally and intercostally, the costals much

narrower; of similar wall thickness costally and intercostally (the walls of medium

thickness). Intercostal zones with typical long-cells. Mid-intercostal long-cells rectangular,

having markedly sinuous walls. Microhairs present, elongated, clearly two-celled, pani-

coid-type, 30-45 microns long, 5-10 microns wide at the septum; apical cells 20-30

microns long. Microhair apical cell/total length ratio 0.4—-0.6; total length/width ratio at

septum 4-6. Stomata common, 20-30 microns long; subsidiaries non-papillate, low

dome-shaped to triangular or parallel-sided by extreme truncation of triangles, including

both triangular and parallel-sided forms on the same leaf; guard-cells overlapping to

flush with the interstomatals. Intercostal short-cells common, in cork/silica-cell pairs or

many solitary, sometimes silicified. Intercostal silica bodies mostly cross shaped. Crown

cells absent. Costal short-cells conspicuously in long rows. Costal silica bodies present

rn well developed, ‘panicoid-type’, nearly all dumb-bell shaped, not sharp pointed. Fig.

Transverse section of leaf blade, physiology, culm anatomy: C,. XyMS+. Mesophyll with

radiate chlorenchyma, /sachne-type, without ‘circular cells’, not traversed by colourless

columns, without arm cells, without fusoids. Midrib conspicuous, with one bundle only

or having complex vascularisation (depending on the interpretation of the midrib),

without colourless tissue adaxially. Lamina symmetrical on either side of the midrib.

Bulliforms in discrete, regular, adaxial groups, in simple fans (these large), nowhere

involved in bulliform- plus- colourless cell arches. All the vascular bundles accompanied

by sclerenchyma. Combined sclerenchyma girders present (with all the primary bundles,

the minor bundles mostly with adaxial and abaxial strands). Sclerenchyma all associated

with vascular bundles.

see mi om

Sart rarke

Simon, Australian Grasses 6

Saree aes

fo a a WN So t,t Sts Se a a a a Hae a a a a a eae a ae a Patt et

Etsy Sens = a . iH HIN SeF? Te ister ks :

cheeereates 4

eetiet geleteleiwaietl ts

SEABEESARE I

Te stele s o ‘beet Boe

Stet FE : eae eeneye

* rstit

sigthe Ee

Saget tant tatet aster,

HERES TBR ET

BERT ESL oe

> Sears : é sk

seetetet ties

Batterson)

Tene

nae eae

AAT

SRO

ais

HISAEASEEE

sees il

sere

v, Coreatre

WeTR eb isse

erate “sete

: wuts wale 2 a f - ‘ A *e * Peiistihes

TER Ginn

HS - ae

ed she setalvaunanes

pera

teins

Spee sete

SRE eee

ETI eres

Urine

Pett eeteleree

TASER iinir nee Reeve Lee = Te >

rer,

TRS:

SENS -

eeaths

DEE ewes made

LITA Lyre ee oe

Beigel tisetucicetes. : mr ADT Se te a pelt ett

WB FSISTEET * SSS een ie , wake : s 5

ees

ats 2 Seat, a pettat este testeret te:

HTS BITRE Riri FE : Paced een ant reres eed wt err

ERSTE

RISES,

HEE

oF : STE 4 SEE Te Trey Hh 5 : we a ai a riptsieve Tats

TAIN

beeen

Le 83 a 3 H eats Bee z Wade Eersriie H 7 we a Serres RIED sy gs

cat

Sietee nr Hi aaa . etre tae i = %

ve.

biped

SSIES

HEEENEINS

Fae ee a

SEMIN cone}

Peas

SESilliies

AR che

Peete,

suites

pirate Sree

HAG

DEE

“e

eee

Sat

HIRES

TH i :

SURES eed eo

ne =

"oo reteneeeteenre tists

Sele deiees see eeee

feet

ate

Erte

TalaseTr

SoA eset

wae

aie:

BEM?

Sat

Detevecess

Fig. 4. A. Cliffordiochloa parvispicula: abaxial leaf blade epidermis. B. Dalhwatsonia felliana: abaxial leaf blade

epidermis. |

678 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Dallwatsonia B. Simon

This grass was submitted to the identification unit of the Queensland Herbarium

in May 1991 and at the outset it looked different and interesting. Using INTKEY

(Watson & Dallwitz 1988) it keys to Sacciolepis Nash from which it differs by its spikelets

not being saccate. In the key to genera of the Paniceae in Clayton and Renvoize (1986)

it keys to the second half of couplet 97, leading to Anthenantia P. Beauv., except that

its upper lemma is membranous rather than “firm to the tip”. Also it differs further

from that genus by its spikelets being glabrous and by having a lower glume. It is also

similar to Whiteochloa C.E. Hubb. but it differs from that genus by the rachilla between

the florets not being pronounced and the upper lemma being hyaline and not indurate.

It differs from Cliffordiochloa B. Simon by its upper lemma only loosely enclosing the

upper palea, by its upper floret with 3 stamens, by its 5-nerved lower glume and its

much larger spikelets which are not distinctly paired as in that genus.

Dallwatsonia B. Simon, gen. nov., Whiteochloae C.E. Hubb. affine sed sine rhachilla

inter flosculos et cum lemmatibus superis hyalinisa, Sacciolepi Nash affine sed

sine spicula saccata, Anthenantiae P. Beauv. affine sed lemmate supero mem-

branaceo, spiculato glabro, cum glumo infero, Cliffordiochioa B. Simon affine,

sed lemmate supero paleam superam laxe includenti, gluma infera 5-nervata,

staminibus tribus, spiculis multis grandioribus multis differt. Typus: Da//watsonia

felliana B. Simon.

Plants perennial. Culms erect, tall, sparingly branched, terminated by a solitary inflo-

rescence, 7-noded. Internodes slightly longer than the associated leaf sheaths, which are

keeled. Ligule a fringed membrane with the fringe extremely short, entire. Leaf blades

flat, linear-lanceolate, glabrous, with smooth margins. Inflorescence a panicle, scaberulous.

Primary branches spreading, not all whorled, scaberulous on the margins. Pedicels 0.1-

4.0 mm long, not distinctly angled, scabrous, straight with apices glabrous. Disarticulation

at the base of the spikelet. Callus not differentiated, not prolonged into a stipe. Spikelets

adaxial, c. 35 on a typical lowermost primary branch, laterally compressed, lanceolate,

single or indistinctly paired. Glumes unequal, membranous, glabrous: lower glume ovate,

5-nerved, smooth, rounded on the back; upper glume lanceolate, 6—7-nerved, rounded

on the back, slightly pinched at apex. Rachilla slightly pronounced between the glumes.

Lower floret sterile; lemma lanceolate, membranous, glabrous, acute and slightly pinched

at apex; palea a narrow, linear membrane. Upper floret perfect, slightly shorter than or

the same length as the lower floret, not stipitiform: lemma long, white, membranous,

smooth, lanceolate, rounded on the back, glabrous, acute; palea membranous, smooth.

Lodicules very small. Anthers 3.

One species, Cook District, Queensland.

Etymology: The genus 1s named for Dr Mike J. Dallwitz, Division of Entomology,

CSIRO, who has pioneered the DELTA system (Dallwitz & Paine 1988), used worldwide

in the taxonomic study of many biological groups, and Dr Leslie Watson, Taxonomy

Laboratory, Research School of Biological Sciences, Australian National University, who,

with Dallwitz, has used DELTA extensively in preparing automated descriptions and

keys to grass genera of the world (Watson 1987; Watson & Dallwitz 1988) and who has

encouraged many other people to use DELTA for the study of grass species. The INTKEY

version of DELTA assisted greatly in the analysis of the three new genera in this paper.

Dallwatsonia felliana B. Simon, sp. nov.

Gramen perenne. Culmi erecti, ad 130 cm alti, c. 7-nodi. Laminae foliorum planae

lineares-lanceolatae, 15~30 cm X 3.5-7.0 mm, glabrae, marginibus laevibus. Axis pani-

culae ad 22 cm longus, scaberulus, ramis 4-10 cm longis, marginibus scaberulis. Disar-

ticulatus ad basem spiculae. Spiculae adaxiales, lateraliter complanatae, lanceolatae, 3.5-

40 X 1.5 mm. Glumae inaequales, membranaceae, glabrae: gluma infera 1.0-1.5 mm

longa, ovata, 5-nervata, laevis, rotundata in dorso; gluma supera lanceolata, c. 3.5 mm

longa, 6-7-nervata, rotundata in dorso. Flosculus inferus sterilis: lemma lanceolatum, c.

3.5 mm longum, membranaceum, glabrum, acutum; palea anguste, linearis, c. 2 mm

longa, membranacea. Flosculus superus perfectus flosculum infernum aequans vel brevior,

non stipitiformis: lemma lanceolatum, c. 3.5 mm longum, album, membranaceum, laeve,

Simon, Australian Grasses 6 679

Fig. 5. Dallwatsonia felliana: A. habit X 0.33. B. portion of panicle X 3. C. spikelet, lateral view. D. lower glume.

E. upper giume, dorsal view. F,G. lower lemma, ventral and dorsal views respectively. H. lower palea. I. upper

lemma. J. upper palea. K. young ovary and stigmas. (C-L, all * 12.5). From type specimen.

680 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

glabrum, rotundatum in dorso, acutum; palea membranacea, laevis. Typus: Queensland.

Cook DISTRICT: Rokeby National Park, Langi Lagoon, 25 km N of Ranger Station,

13°27’/S, 142°41’E, 30 April 1991, fringe and bank of a permanent freshwater lagoon, an

occasional PTAass to 1 m growing in 10 cm of water, D.G. Fell 2295 (holo: BRI(AQ

540192); iso: CANB,K). Fig. 5.

Culms to 130 cm tall. Ligule c. 0.5 mm long, Leaf blades 15-30 cm X 3,.5-7.0 mm.

Inflorescence with main axis to 22 cm long. Primary branches to 6 cm long. Pedicels

0.1-4.0 mm long. Spikelets 3.5-4.0 X 1.5 mm. Glumes unequal: lower glume 1.0-1.5

mm long; upper glume c. 3.5 mm long. Lower floret: lemma 3.5 mm long: palea c. 2

mm long. Upper floret slightly shorter than or the same length as the lower floret: lemma

c. 3.5 mm long. Lodicules very small. Anthers c. 1.5 mm long. Caryopsis not seen.

Specimen examined: Queensland. Coox District: Feil/ 2295 (type — for details see above).

Conservation status: 1K (Briggs & Leigh 1988).

Etymology: The species is named for David Fell, Queensland National Parks and Wildlife

Service, Cairns, who collected the type specimen, the only material of it known so far.

Anatomy

Abaxial leaf blade epidermis: Costal/intercostal zonation conspicuous. Papillae absent.

Long-cells markedly different in shape costally and intercostally, the costals much

narrower, of similar wall thickness costally and intercostally (the walls of medium

thickness). Intercostal zones with typical long-cells. Mid-intercostal long-cells rectangular,

having markedly sinuous walls. Microhairs present, elongated, clearly two celled, panicoid-

type (broad, almost balanoform), 30-45 microns long, 8-10 microns wide at the septum;

apical cells 25-30 microns long; apical cell/total length ratio about 0.7-1.0; total length/

width ratio at septum 5.0-5.5. Stomata common, 25-35 microns long; subsidiaries non-

papillate, dome-shaped and triangular; guard-cells overlapping to flush with the intersto-

matals. Jntercostal short-cells common, in cork/silica-cell pairs (mostly), or some solitary,

sometimes silicified. Intercostal silica bodies mostly more or less cross shaped, with a

few small intercostal prickles. Crown cells absent. Costal zones with short-cells. Costal

short-cells conspicuously in long rows. Costal silica bodies present and well developed,

‘panicoid-type’, short to medium dumb-bell shaped or nodular (a few only), not sharp-

pointed. Fig. 4B.

Transyerse section of leaf blade, physiology, culm anatomy: C,. XyMS+. Mesophyll

seemingly /sachne-type in places, without ‘circular cells’, not traversed by colourless

columns, without a cells, without fusoids (but most of the intercostal zones with a

well defined aerench matous region in the middle). Leaf blade ‘nodular’ in section to

adaxially flat. Adi idrib conspicuous (the keel large and abaxially prominent), having a

conventional arc of bundles only (the large median accompanied on either side by several

small laterals), with colourless tissue adaxially. Lamina symmetrical on either side of

the midrib. Bulliforms in discrete, regular adaxial groups, in simple fans, nowhere

involved in bulliform-plus-colourless cell arches. All the vascular bundles accompanied

by sclerenchyma. Combined sclerenchyma girders present (with all or most of the lateral

bundles), forming ‘figures’ (some of the configurations somewhat I-shaped). Sclerenchyma

all associated with vascular bundles.

Acknowledgements

I am very grateful to Dr Leslie Watson for having the anatomical descriptions

and photographs prepared in his laboratory by Jill Hartley and for noting some additional

morphological characters, to my colleague at the Queensland Herbarium, Rod Henderson

for reading the manuscript and providing improvements and to Dr. Surr ey Jacobs for

his referee’s comments. The fine illustrations were prepared by Will Smith, ilustrator

at the Queensland Herbarium.

Simon, Australian Grasses 6 681

References

BRIGGS, J.D. & LEIGH, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened Australian Plants. 1988 revised edition. Australian

National Parks and Wildlife Service Special Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks and

Wildlife Service.

BROWN, W.Y. (1977). The Kranz syndrome and its subtypes in grass systematics. Memoirs of the Torrey

Botanical Club 23: 1-97, 126-130.

BUTZIN, F. (1970). Die systematische Gleiderung der Paniceae. Willdenowia 6(1): 179-192.

CHASE, A.S. (1908). Notes on genera of Paniceae, III. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 21:

175-188.

CHASE, enh atte Notes on genera of Paniceae, IV. Proceedings of the Biological Society af Washington 24:

103-160.

CLAYTON, W.D. & RENVOIZE S.A. (1986). Genera graminum — Grasses of the World. Kew Bulletin Additional

Series XU. London: Her Majesty's Stationery Office.

DALLWITZ, M.J..& PAINE, T.A. (1988). User’s guide to the DELTA system. A general system for processing

taxonomic descriptions, 4th edition. CSIRO Division of Entomology Report No. 13. Canberra: CSIRO.

HITCHCOCK, A.S. & CHASE, A. (1910). The North American species of Panicuin. Contributions from the

United States National Herbarium 15: 1-396.

HITCHCOCK, A.S. & CHASE, A. (1915). The North American species of Panicunt. Contributions from the

United States National Herbarium 17: 459-539,

HSU, C.C. (1965). The classification of Panicum (Gramineae) and its allies, with special reference to the characters

of lodicule, style-base and lemma. Journal of the Faculty of Science, University of Tokyo, section 3 (Botany)

9: 43~150.

LAZARIDES, M., LENZ, J. & WATSON, L. (1991). Clausospicula, a new Australian genus of grasses (Poaceae,

Andropogoneae). Australian Systematic Botany 4: 391-405.

LAZARIDES, M. & WATSON, L. (1987). Cyperochioa, a new genus in the Arundinoideae Dumortier (Poaceae).

Brunonia 9: 215-221.

PANKHURST, R.J. & AITCHISON, R.R. (1975), An online identification program. In R.J. Pankhurst (ed.),

Biological Tdentification with Computers. London: Academic Press.

SIMON, B.K. (1990). A key to Austrahan grasses. Brisbane: Queensland Department of Primary Industries.

STAPF, O. (1917-1934). Gramineae. In D, Prain (ed.), Fiora of Tropica! Africa, 9. London: L. Reeve.

THOMASSON, J.R., NELSON, M.E. & ZAKRZEWSKI, R.J. pee A fossil grass (Gramineae: Chioridoideae)

from the Miocene with Kranz Anatomy. Science 233: 876-878.

WATSON, L. (1987). Automated taxonomic descriptions of grass genera. In T.R. Soderstrom, K.W. Hilu, C.S.

Campbeli & M.E. Barkworth (ed.), Grass systematics and evolution. Washington D.C.: Smithsonian Institution

Press.

WATSON, L. & DALLWITZ, M.J. (1988). Grass Genera of the World. Illustrations of Characters, Descriptions,

Classification, Interactive Identification, Information Retrieval. Canberra: Research School of Biological

Sciences, Australian National University.

WEBSTER, R.D. (1987). The Australian Paniceae (Poaceae). Berlin-Stuttgart: J. Cramer.

ZIZKA, G. (1988). Revision der Melinideae Hitchcock (Poaceae, Panicoideae). Bibliotheca Botanica 138: 1-149.

ZULOAGA, F.0. & SODERSTROM, T.R. (1985). Classification of the outlying species of New World Panicum

(Poaceae: Paniceae). Srrithsonian Contributions to Botany 59.

ZULOAGA, F.O. (1987). Systematics of New World species of Panicum (Poaceae: Paniceae). In T.R. Soderstrom,

K.W. Hilu, C.S. Campbell & M.E. Barkworth (ed.), Grass systematics and evolution. Washington D.C.:

Smithsonian Institution Press.

Accepted for publication 6 February 1992

Austrobaileya 3(4): 683-722 (1992) 683

REVIEW OF THE GENUS OLDENLANDIA L. (RUBIACEAE)

AND RELATED GENERA RALIA

IN AUST!

David. A. Halford

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Summary

Australian Rubiaceae previously referred to Oldenlandia and/or Hedyotis and Synaptantha are referred to

Oldentandia, Synaptantha, Kohautia and Hedyotis. Keys to recognized genera and species are given. Twenty species

of Oldenlandia, two species of Synaptantha and four species of Hedyotis are recorded for Australia. Two new

species, Oldenlandia Kechiae and O. spathulata, one new subspecies, O. mitrasacmoides subsp. nigricans, and one

new variety, Synaptantha tillaeacea var. hispidula are diagnosed and described. Oldenlandia leptocaulis, O. laceyi,

O. largiflorens, O. thysanota, O. delicata, O. argillacea, O. mitrasacmoides subsp. trachymenoides and Synaptantha

scleranthoides are new combinations based on Hedyotis leptocaulis Halford, H. laceyi Halford, H. largiflorens

Halford, H. thysanota Halford, H. delicata Walford, H. argillacea Halford, H. trachymenoides F. Muell. and H.

scleranthoides F. wage respectively. Lectotypes are designated for Hedyotis galioides, Hi. polyclada, H. coerulescens,

H, mitrasacmoides, H. trachymenoides and Synaptantha tillaeacea.

Introduction

Oldenlandia L., in the Rubiaceae tribe Hedyotideae Cham. & Schlecht., occurs

throughout the tropical and warm subtropical regions of the world, with its largest

diversity in Africa. Estimates of 100 (Verdcourt 1976) to 300 (Mabberley 1989) species

have been made for the genus worldwide, with the lower estimate probably closer to the

actual number recognizable.

There has been confusion over the delimitation of Oldenlandia L. and Hedyotis

L. ever since they were described by Linnaeus in his “Species Plantarum’ (1753). Linnaeus

included four species in Oldenlandia, namely O. uniflora, O. umbellata, O. biflora and

O. corymbosa, and its name was later lectotypified by Hitchcock (1929) by O. corymbosa.

Hedyotis included three species, namely H. auricularia, H. fruticosa and H. her pe

and its name was later lectotypified by Chamisso and Schlechtendal (1829) by H

auricularia. Although H. auricularia 1s one of the species Linnaeus listed under Hedyotis

in his first edition of ‘Species Plantarum’, Bremekamp (1939, 1952) queried the selection

of the type of H. auricularia as lectotype because Linnaeus described the fruit of H’ edyotis

as dehiscent and the fruits of this species are indehiscent. Bremekamp proposed the

replacement of H. auricularia with H. fruticosa as type as the latter is the only species

described by Linnaeus fitting the generic description of Hedyotis in his ‘Genera Plantarum’

(1754). Bullock (1958) agreed with this decision, This relectotypification of Hedyotis was

not accepted by Fosberg (1943), Rogers (1987) or Smith and Darwin (1988). However

Fosberg and Sachet (1991) have more recently accepted Bremekamp’s relectotypification.

Although this matter cannot be considered resolved I will accept Bremekamp’s choice

of H. fruticosa.

The early taxonomic literature regarding these closely related genera has been

reviewed by Fosberg (1943), Bremekamp (1952) and Rogers (1987).

Australian History

The treatment of O/denlandia and related genera has varied considerably in the

various floras of Australia as 1t has in other parts of the world. The first record of

Hedyotis in Australia was in Mueller’s Fragmenta (1863) where he described seven new

species. Bentham (1866) listed nine species of Hedyotis for Australia. One of these, H.

auricularia, was described from Indian material, another was described as a new species,

H. elatinoides, based on a specimen of Drummond’s from Western Australia, while the

rest were the species from Mueller’s earlier work. Bentham commented that he had

initially considered that there were sufficient characters to distinguish O/deniandia from

Hedyotis. However, he considered the Australian species to be somewhat intermediate

between these two genera and followed Torrey and Gray (1841) and Wight and Arnott

(1834) in accepting the broader concept of Hedyotis.

He tat a Be at ea a ttt

SY Ey SY NM ree et tte tga at tec tetttne e

eee eee ee Ne AN MEN ERE NA EM MEME

684 Austrobaileya 3(4); 1992

The species previously treated by Bentham under the name Hedyotis were referred

by Hooker (1873) to Synaptantha, Didentiniiz Hedyotis or Anotis although none of the

necessary new combinations were formally made for them. Synaptantha was circum-

scribed as a new genus to include H. tillaeacea F. Muell. He distinguished it by its 3/4

superior capsule and its marcescent rotate corolla together with the persistent staminal

filaments. He retained H. auriciularia under Hedyotis and placed 4. galioides F. Muell.

and H. scleranthoides F. Muell. under Oldenlandia. Those Australian species with

dorsiventrally flattened seeds (H. trachymenoides F. Muell., H. mitrasacmoides F. Muell.

and H. pterospora F. Muell.) were placed in the genus Anotis.

Mueller (1874, 1876) described another three new species of Hedyotis for Australia.

Later Mueller (1882) transferred all Australian species of Hedyotis to Oldenlandia,

probably believing this to be the correct name for the aggregate genus. Bailey (1900)

recognized Synaptantha, Oldenlandia and Hedyotis for Queensland though the characters

he used to distinguished between O/denlandia and Hedyotis are not clear. More recently,

Schwarz (1927) described two new species of Oldenlandia, O. tenuissima and O. mol-

lugoides, from the Northern Territory. Domin (1929) followed Hooker (1873) and made

two new combinations in Anotis, and incorrectly attributed others in Anotis to Hooker

(1873). Recent regional floras (Marsden 1981; Stanley & Ross 1986) have recognized the

monotypic genus Synaptantha and Hedyotis in the broad sense.

Generic delimitation

There have been a number of regional studies outside Australia which have

examined the relationship of Oldenlandia, Hedyotis and closely related genera within

their regions. Unfortunately there has been disagreement about the resultant generic

delimitations. Fosberg (1943) and Fosberg and Sachet (1991) considering the Micronesian

and Polynesian taxa, and Lewis (1961, 1962) considering the North American taxa,

adopted a broad concept of Hedyotis merging several closely related genera, including

Oldenlandia, with it. They concluded that characteristics of the seed, flower and fruit

that had been traditionally used to delimit the genera were inconsistent within taxa and

of minor diagnostic significance. They maintained Oldenlandia as a subgenus of Hedyotis.

More recent work on North American taxa by Terrell (1975, 1990, 1991) and Terrell

and Lewis (1990) concluded that there were fundamental differences in habit and

morphology of inflorescence, flower, capsule and seed together with cytological evidence

that supports maintaining the genera as distinct.

In his revision of the African species of Oldenlandia, Bremekamp (1952) took a

narrow view of the genus, maintaining Oldenlandia as separate from Hedyotis and

describing a number of smaller genera. He considered the genus Hedyotis to be a distinct

Asian taxon based on H. fruticosa. Lewis (1965) and Verdcourt (1976) considered some

of Bremekamp’s segregate genera not worthy of recognition and adopted a more con-

servative treatment of the tribe Hedyotideae while retaining a number of the palynol-

ogically and morphologically distinct genera including Oldenlandia and Hedyotis.

Recently Maheswari Devi and Krishnam Raju (1990) reported on the embryological

features of eight species from four sections of Hedyotis as treated by Wight and Arnott

(1834). Within their concept of the genus Hedyotis, Wight and Arnott (1834) combine

a number of closely related genera including Oldenlandia. Maheswari Devi and Krishnam

Raju concluded that the broad generic concept of Wight and Arnott was not supported

by their data. They considered that section Diplophragma, which includes H. fruticosa,

the type of Hedyotis, should be retained as distinct genus from the other sections of

Hedyotis sensu Wight and Arnott.

As pointed out by a number of workers (e.g. Verdcourt 1976; Terrell 1975), the

genus Hedyotis, when treated in the broad sense, is very polymorphic and cumbersome.

I believe there is sufficient morphological and embryological evidence to indicate that

the merging of these closely allied taxa into one very large genus 1s not warranted. It is

more desirable, especially in reference to the Australian material, to recognize a number

of narrowly circumscribed genera most of which are well defined and easily recognizable.

However, applying the generic limits used for Oldenlandia in African and American

accounts (Bremekamp 1952; Terrell 1990) to the Australian material would require at

least two additional genera to be established to accommodate the variation in the

Halford, Oldenlandia & related genera 685

presently-known species. I believe it is premature to describe new genera before a more

complete assessment of relationships of the Australian taxa to the Asian taxa 1s made.

In this treatment I have taken a broader view of the genus O/den/andia than that used

by Bremekamp (1952) and Terrell (1990). But even so, the Australian species previously

included in the genus Hedyotis are still separable into four genera namely Oldenlandia

L., Spnaptantha J.D. Hook., Exallage Bremek. and Kohautia Cham. and Schlecht.

The genera of Hedyotideae in Australia may be distinguished using the following

key.

1. Fruit cartilaginous splitting septicidally into 2 indehiscent cocci

or indehiscent BY . Hedyotis

Fruit thin walled, crustaceous, loculicidally dehiscent, sometimes splitting

septicidally but only above persistent calyx lobes and never into two

IHGEDISCCRTEGCCL a geass cee Gan LEM ott af eh Be ie See oe Be 2

2. Flowers 5-merous; fruit mitriform; flowers in terminal compact corymbiform

cymes .. Ophiorrhiza

Flowers 4-merous: fruit not ‘mitriform: flowers in terminal or axillary, lax,

pn eta or corymbiform cymes, sometimes in fascicles or solitary

at nodes mS, ee eee Oe ns Pk Seen em aN es, On mee Bro WM seme ela ob ak 3

3. Corolla tube less than 0.3 mm long; corolla often persistent on fruit; fruit

1/2 to 2/3 superior .. . . Synaptantha

Corolla tube more than 0.5 mm long: corolla not persistent on fruit; fruit

no: more than half’supertor 0... ek ee ee ce ee ee we we 4

4. Corolla tube cylindrical with two distinct widths; anthers and stigma

included, the latter always overtopped by anthers; anthers inserted in

top of tube: flowers isostylous .. . . Kohautia

Corolla tube cylindrical with only one distinct width or funnel- shaped;

anthers and/or stigma exserted or if both included then anthers over-

topped by the stigma; flowers icici Ree rene or

protandrous ...... Ce ee ee ee ee a. a, QI dentandia

The genera Kohautia and dshtow'tes have been treated by Halford ( 199la &

1991b respectively).

Materials and Methods

Descriptions have been prepared from dried herbarium specimens or material

preserved in a 70% alcohol, glycerol and water mixture. Herbarium holdings of Australian

material at AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, K (collected prior to 1927), MEL, NSW, PERTH

and QRS have been examined, Selected material of non-Australian taxa from Africa,

India and Malesia from K and L was also examined. All taxa dealt with here except for

O. crouchiana, O. polyclada, O. pterospora, O. tenelliflora var. papuana and Hedyotis

novoguineensis have also been observed in the field. The conservation status of each

taxon has been coded using the criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1988). All material cited

has been seen unless otherwise stated.

Terms used to describe the various parts of flowers, fruit or seed are here defined.

Beak: That portion of the capsule above the insertion of the persistent calyx lobes.

Calyx-tube: Refers to that part of the calyx fused to the ovary.

Geniculate corolla lobes: At anthesis the corolla lobes are erect in the lower part spreading

perpendicularly only some distance from the base of the lobes. At the knee (the

bend) there is a transverse line of dense short soft hairs.

Obloid: Three dimensional shape; a parallelepiped (1.e. brickshape) with rounded corners

and edges. (Marchant ef a/. 1987)

686 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Oldenlandia

Oldenlandia L., Sp. pl. 1: 119 (1753), Gen. pl., ed. 5, 55 (1754). Type: Oldenlandia

corymbosa L.

Hedyotis L. sensu Benth., Fl. Austral. 3: 403-406 (1866), in part.

Annual herbs or rarely herbaceous perennials; stems erect, procumbent or rarely prostrate.

Leaves opposite, entire, sessile or shortly petiolate. Stipules interpetiolar, adnate to leaf-

bases, membranous, mostly produced into triangular lobes; margins usually fimbriate.

Flowers in terminal or axillary, lax, paniculiform or corymbiform cymes, sometimes in

fascicles or solitary at node. Flowers small, 4-merous, protandrous, isostylous (or het-

erostylous — not in Australia). Calyx-tube turbinate, globose or obloid, rarely ribbed;

lobes distinct, sometimes joined at base into a short free tube. Corolla white, pale mauve,

blue or pink, hypocrateriform or narrowly infundibular; lobes valvate. Stamens with

filaments attached on corolla tube at or below sinus between corolla lobes. Anthers

dorsifixed. Ovary 2 locular, 4/5 to 9/10 inferior; ovules 2 to numerous on fleshy, globose

or obloid placentas. Placenta peltately attached centrally or near base of septum by short

stalk. Style terete or filiform; stigma mostly bifid, sometimes capitate, rarely conical.

Capsule crustaceous, with loculicidally dehiscent beak. Seeds mostly numerous, obconic,

truncate obconoidal, meniscoid, scutelliform, cerebriform or obovoid, sometimes becom-

ing mucilaginous when moistened; surface variously patterned.

Distribution: In Australia the genus occurs predominantly north of the Tropic of

Capricorn, with several species extending down the east coast to the Moreton District,

Queensland, and two species occurring in the southern regions of the Northern Territory.

Twenty species occur in Australia; 19 species are native, of which 14 are endemic, and

| is introduced.

No attempt has been made in this paper to place the Australian taxa of Oldenlandia

into a infrageneric classification. However, it 1s possible to distinguish in them five

sroupings based mostly on seed morphology. The relationships between these groupings

and their relationship to the infrageneric classification developed by Bremekamp (1952)

for the African Oldenlandia have not been determined.

Group 1. O. corymbosa, O. polyclada, O. tenuifolia, O. subulata, O. galioides, O. tenelliflora

and O. kochiae. Flowers isostylous. Seeds obconic to depressed obconic, mostly slightly

laterally. compressed, obdeltate to shallowly obtriangular in outline, becoming mucila-

ginous when moistened; hilum near centre of ventral surface; surface reticulate or

reticulate-areolate. Fig. LA.

Group 2. O. mitrasacmoides and O. pterospora. Flowers isostylous. Seeds meniscoid or

scutelliform, oblong or broadly elliptic in outline, becoming mucilaginous when mois-

tened; hilum situated on a conspicuous central ridge; surface reticulate-areolate or

reticulate-foveate. Fig. 1B-D.

Group 3. O. crouchiana, O. spermacocoides, O. spathulata and O. biflora. Flowers

isostylous. Seeds cerebriform or transversely ellipsoidal, transversely elliptic, depressed.

ovate or depressed obovate in outline; not becoming mucilaginous when moistened:

hilum near centre of ventral surface on seed; surface reticulate-foveate or scrobiculate.

Fig. 1E-G. The first three species appear to be more closely related to one another than

to O. biflora.

Group 4. O. leptocaulis, O. delicata, O. laceyi, O. thysanota and O. largiflorens. Flowers

protandrous. Seeds truncate obconoidal, irregular in outline, not becoming mucilaginous

when moistened; hilum near centre of ventral surface in shallow depression; surface

reticulate-foveate. Fig. 1H. A natural group quite distinct from the remainder of the

Australian Oldenlandia. Preliminary investigations of pollen show that they have 6- to

9-colporate pollen distinct from the rest of the Australian O/denlandia whose pollen is

3- or 4-colporate.

Group 5. O. argillacea and O. coerulescens. The position of these species appears somewhat

uncertain. Their habit, floral and fruit morphology reveal that these two species are

closely related. However, seed morphology would place them in Groups 1 and 2

respectively.

WEE eh anette tener ence ELSE N ELE: «

Cem a et ie cent od anny ae Henne ee Sl ee

Halford, Oldenlandia & related genera

Nrtate ae hatte:

i: mntrees ae i : : :

Freeney i z cal TES S vo! irate reg : : : nee a

ee = " ; AV AiR iea nee ee fee ; :

Sets ne a

ret

Wate AE at

Ma A NE AM Gate a He AG

eee

Stier cae

ene

Peed

fetes

se ect wt tM to a te ato Be a att ate a tA ae te a ee tt

sar

ta te

Tete

Abba? b

FARE En Clr bert haa:

Baits

Bere

“

ace

ve.

= = Sera, peeraaesl

Ses Lae Ponte ee ee PISS eS A ge hae tee

Fieygiee

FEE

Eee 2

tated

Hee

rght

ee rate

eid

mini

Ue.

y. ies

eierpeto

eters

Prete, err

see eno eee

cnt

i = chy

ASE irate este ort ee

= f,

ae: of

coe Site rte

oe eee eee

sige Hae Sern

TOL NS,

eaters mite? S

eet ee hates nae tet cia

far eae

Seen

Fig. 1. Scanning electron micrographs of Oldenlandia seeds (oblique adaxial view). A. O. galioides (Halford H147).

B. O. mitrasacmoides subsp. mitrasacmoides (Halford H19). C. O. mitrasacmoides subsp. trachymenoides (Halford

H3). D. O. pterospora (Nelson 6). E. O. spermacocoides (Byrnes 715). F. O. spathulata (Halford Q466). G. O.

biflora (Sharpe et al, 4475). H. O. laceyi (Halford H72).

688

Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Key to Australian species of Oldenlandia

Corolla lobes geniculate with a line of hairs at knee only end Z

Corolla lobes spreading from base, straight or evenly recurved with hairs —

present or absent at base of corolla lobes ...... FOM5, 2 iy0 chan be 6

. Capsule subglobose or turbinate-obovoid, not markedly longer than broad 3

Capsule obloid or obloid-ellipsoidal, markedly longer than broad ........ 4

. Flowers in subsessile fascicles; leaves linear, narrow elliptic or oblanceo-

late, 15-35 mm long, 1-8 mm wide. WA, NT 12. O. spermacocoides

Flowers in pedunculate lax cymes; peduncles 1-3 cm Jong: leaves haem’

or oblong-elliptic, 15-60 mm long, 5-20 mm wide. Qld 1, O. biflora

. Herbs to 20 cm tall; branchlets stout, tetragonous or tetraquetrous; corolla

with tube 1.0-—1.5 mm long and lobes 3.0-6.5 mm long; capsule obloid,

3.5-6.0 mm long, 3.5-4.5 mm wide; seeds cerebriform. WA 10. O. crouchiana

Herbs to 40 cm tall; branchlets terete or obtusely 4-angled, somewhat

tetragonous when young; corolla with tube 0.5-1.0 mm long and lobes

2.0-4.5 mm long; capsule ellipsoidal or obloid-ellipsoidal, 2.5-5.0 mm

long, 1.5-3.0 mm wide; seeds obconic or somewhat scutelliform ...... 5

. Seeds depressed obconic, shallowly obtriangular in outline; hilum near

centre of ventral surface. WA, NT, Qld 8. O. argillacea

Seeds somewhat scutelliform, broadly elliptic i in outline: hilum on lon-

gitudinal ridge on ventral surface. Old... | . 9. QO. coerulescens

. Throat of corolla tube densely bearded or with a distinct line of hairs

at base of corolla lobes .... .. i", 7

Throat of corolla tube glabrous or tube ¢ internally hairy \ without distinct

line. of. hairs .at throat. ....... Paley lb ha i]

. Seeds scutelliform: hilum on longitudinal ridge on ventral surface ...... 8

Seeds cerebriform, obconic or truncate obconoidal, never § obaaalas

hilum near centre of ventral surface ee ee eh a ee eee ae ee 9

. Flowers on unequal, stout pedicels; capsule depressed obovoid, deeply

furrowed along dissepiment; beak emarginate; ovules 2 to 6 per locule.

WA, NT 15. O. pterospora

Flowers on + equal, “slender pedicels; capsule subglobose, ovoid-globose

or depressed obovoid, slightly furrowed at dissepiment; beak rounded

or truncate; ovules more than 10 per locule. WA, NT, Qld

Re ae ee cree ele teed tend ohare ate ei ees MUN tang Fates 14. O. mitrasacmoides

. Corolla tube less than 2mm long... .. .. .. wo we we ee 10

Corolla tube longer than 3 mm. NT meeihse oe wl Plage ogni’ ee thysanota

. Prostrate or decumbent herbs, occasionally forming a mat; flowers axil-

lary, either solitary or in 2- to 7-flowered umbel-like corymbs. WA,

NT, Qld 2. O. corymbosa

Weakly ascending herbs: flowers terminal, in a irregular dichasially b branched

cymes. WA... .. . ee eA 13. OQ. kochiae

. Flowers in lax terminal cymes . Diets: 12

Flowers axillary, either solitary or in subsessile or pedicellate fascicles .... 16

. Capsule obloid-ellipsoidal, 5-10 mm long; corolla lobes spathulate, 6-8

mm long. Qld 11. O. spathulata

Capsule globose to subglobose, less than 4 mm diameter: corolla lobes

4s, TONE. Elie nays exec hee yeast a seth gh Gieiiie wan oe Wee MGM RIA ath ty 13

Halford, Oldenlandia & related genera 689

13. Decumbent herbs; branchlets rooting at nodes; flowers not ile

seeds obconic, laterally compressed. Qld ve 5. O. subulata

Erect or ascending herbs; branchlets not rooting at nodes: flowers pro-

tandrous; seeds truncate obconoidal Pane od Lewin Bate rL dh oT Bleed, fle eas mi 2 14

14. Plants to 50 cm tall; leaves to 6 cm long; corolla tube longer than 6

mm; capsule 2-3 mm diameter. WA, NT 16. O. largiflorens

Plants to 30 cm tall; leaves 1-4 cm long: corolla tube less than 5 mm

long or if longer then the capsule 1.5-2.0 mm diameter ............ #15

15. Corolla infundibuliform; staminal filaments 0.5-1.0 mm long; calyx lobes

0.5-1.5 mm long. NT... .. 18. O. leptocaulis

Corolla hypocrateriform; staminal filaments 0.2-0.5 mm long: calyx lobes

0.5-1 mm long. WA, NT, Qld 2... 0... ee 17. O. laceyi

{6. Flowers solitary in leaf axils or 1f more than one, with rudiments of a

branchlet between them; leaf apex acute, never with mucro... ee 17

Flowers in subsessile axillary or terminal fascicles or if solitary then leaf

APOE TUCO Ss os hve acta pee le eek Se sue coe bo de cee Srin Seba eg, ee

17. Indumentum on stems and leaves retrorse. WA toe ee ae es 20. O. delicata

Indumentum, if present, on stems and leaves erect or antror se mies. AGS. 18

18. Capsule subglobose, 2.5-3.5 mm diameter; beak broad, calyx lobes 2-3

mm long; corolla infundibular to campanulate with tube 1.5-3.5 mm

long. Qld. ere 19

asenle ovoid-globose, 1,5-3.0 X 1,0-3.0 mm, slightly compressed: beak

narrow; calyx lobes 1.0-1.5 mm long; corolla tubular to narrow infun-

dibular with tube 0,5-1.5.mm, long.. WA, NT, Qid.......... 3. 0. galioides

19. Pedicels slender, 6-25 mm long, papillose. Qld ............ 5, O. subulata

Pedicels stout, 2-10 mm long, glabrous. NT, Qld .......... 4, O. tenuifolia

20. Low spreading herbaceous perennial; stems much branched, becoming

woody with age; flowers terminal in fascicles of 2-8 or solitary; pedicels

3-6 mm long. Qld... .. 6. QO. polyclada

Procumbent annual; stems ‘sparingly branched: ‘flowers axillary in sub-

sessile cymes; pedicels to | mm long. Qld _ 7. O. tenelliflora var. papuana

1, Oldenlandia biflora L. Sp. pl. 1: 119 (1753); Hedyotis biflora (L.) Lam., Encycl. 1:

272 (1791); Thecagonum biflorum (L.) Babu, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 213-214

(1969). Type: Ceylon, Hermann (holo: BM, photo BRI).

Hedyotis racemosa Lam., Encycl. 3: 80 (1789). Type: Sonnerat s.n. (holo: P-LA,

microfiche BRI).

Spreading prostrate to decumbent annual herbs; divaricately branched; branchlets stout,

obtusely 4-angled, glabrous sometimes scabridulous along ribs. Leaves elliptic to narrow

elliptic or oblong-elliptic, 15-60 mm long, 5-20 mm wide, somewhat succulent, scabri-

dulous along margin and midvein above, glabrous below, attenuate at base, obtuse or

acute at apex; petiole !-3 mm long, sometimes scabridulous. Stipule-sheath 2-3 mm

long, glabrous or sparsely pubescent, produced into triangular lobe; margin fimbriate.

Inflorescences terminal or axillary, few-flowered cymes; peduncles 10-30 mm long;

pedicels 5-10 mm long; bracts subulate or oblong, 1-4 mm long. Calyx-tube turbinate,

somewhat angular sometimes ribbed, 1.0-1.5 mm long, 1.0-1.7 mm wide; lobes triangular,

[.0-1.5 mm long, glabrous, scabridulous on margin. Corolla white or occasionally pale

blue; tube short, 0.5-—0.8 mm long, not exceeding calyx lobes, glabrous; lobes linear, 2-

3 mm long, geniculate at c. 1/3 of their length from tube, with a transverse line of hairs

on lobes at knee. Filaments 0.2-0.5 mm long; anthers globose, 0.4-0.6 mm long. Ovules

numerous in each locule. Style 0.5 mm long, glabrous; stigma simple, filiform to narrowly

conical, c. 0.8 mm long. Stamens and style exserted from corolla tube but enclosed by

OCR COR TC rrr i Hale ine bib at tank hte LeeLee

ibe Lee tee eae Re er a eke hk he hed nee ae elem hae cb a ime eae se Bar iy ei beri eae a a ee era core

690 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

lobes, overtopped by ring of hairs on lobes. Capsule turbinate-obovoid, 2.5-4.5 mm long

3,0-3.5 mm wide, laterally compressed, glabrous, sometimes 4-ribbed; calyx lobes erect;

beak, c. 0.5 mm long, truncate, not exceeding calyx lobes. Seeds 3 or 4 per capsule,

pba ellipsoidal, c. 0.5 mm wide; surface brown, scrobiculate. Figs 1G & 3C, D

Selected specimens: Queensland. Cook District: Dauan Island, Murray Group, 9°25’S, 142°32’E, Jul 1974,

Heatwole & Cameron 800 (BRI); Murrays Island [Murray Isiands], undated, Cha/niers [MEL 115168} (MEL);

Arthur Creek on the track from Batavia Downs to Meluna, c. 21 km SSW of Batavia Downs, [12°50’S, 142°36’E,

Jul 1985, Clarkson 6089 (BRI); Endeavour River, 1770, Banks & Solander (BRI); New Holland [Endeavour

River], 1770, Banks & Solander [MEL 1151 He (MEL); Endeavour River, 1882, Persietz 287 (MEL). NorTuH

KENNEDY DIsTRIcT: Cleveland Bay, 1882, Berthand [MEL 115162] (MEL). SourH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Turtle

Bay, Carlisle Island, 35 km N of Mackay, 20°47/S, [49°17’E, Sep 1986, Sharpe & Batianoff 4418 (BRI); Port

Mackay, undated, Dietrich 478 (MEL). Port Curtis District: Fitzroy River, undated, Bowman sn. [MEL

[15111] (MEL); Rockhampton, undated, Thozet 574 (MEL).

Distribution and habitat: O. biflora occurs from India through New Guinea to Samoa

and north to the Marshall Islands. In Australia it 1s found along the eastern coast of

Queensland from Cape York to Rockhampton and on offshore islands (Map 1). It grows

in seas and forests which fringe streams or intertidal areas on moist or swampy

soils.

Conservation status: This species is not considered rare or threatened at present.

2. Oldenlandia corymbosa L., Sp. pl. 1: 119 (1753); Hedyotis corymbosa (L.) Lam.,

Encycl. 1: 272 (1791). Type: Drawing in Plumier, Nov. Pl. Gen. t. 36. (1703),

lecto fide Verdcourt, Fl. Trop. E. Africa, Rubiaceae 309 (1976).

Decumbent or prostrate annual herbs, divaricately branched; branchlets terete or ribbed,

glabrous, smooth or scabridulous on ribs. Leaves subsessile or shortly petiolate, linear

to narrowly elliptic, 10-30 mm long, 1.0-5.5 mm wide, discolorous, glabrous or sparsely

covered with minute scabrous hairs above and on margin, glabrous below, attenuate at

base, acute at apex. Stipule-sheath 1-2 mm long, glabrous or rarely with a few scattered

minute scabrous hairs, truncate or produced into triangular lobe; margin with 2 or 3

laciniae up to 2 mm long. Inflorescences 2—7-flowered umbel-like corymbs or flowers

solitary in leaf axils, both kinds present on one plant; peduncle 3-17 mm long; pedicels

1-7 mm long, both glabrous or with a few scattered minute scabrous hairs; bracts minute.

Calyx-tube subglobose, c.1 mm diameter, glabrous; lobes triangular, 1.0-1.5 mm long,

keeled, scabridulous on margin and keel. Corolla white, glabrous outside; tube cylindrical,

0.5-1.0 mm long; lobes ovate, 0.5-1.5 mm long, with a line of hairs at base of lobes.

Stamens included; filaments c. 0.2 mm long; anthers shortly oblong, c. 0.4 mm long.

Ovules 35-40 per locule. Style 0.2-0.5 mm long, glabrous or hirtellous; stigma bifid;

lobes subulate, c. 0.2 mm long, erect, spreading at apex, clavate hairs on inner surface

of lobes. Capsule depressed ovoid or broadly ovoid, 1.5-2.5 mm long, 2-—2.5 mm wide,

slightly furrowed along dissepiment, glabrous; calyx lobes erect, slightly recurved at apex;

beak scarcely raised, truncate, not exceeding calyx lobes. Seeds numerous, obconic to

sae obconic, laterally compressed, c. 0.3 mm long; surface light brown, reticulate-

areolate.

O. corymbosa has a pantropical distribution but probably is only native to Africa

and India. Australian distributional data is presented under varieties.

There are a number of varieties described but only two are recognizable in

Australia.

1. Capsule depressed ovoid; flowers solitary or in 2—7-flowered umbel-like

corymbs; style glabrous)... .. .. 6. 2. we ee ee we ee we eye.) Var. corymbosa

Capsule broadly ovoid to subglobose; flowers solitary or in 2-flowered

cymes at the nodes, never in groups of 3-7 flowers; style

hirtellous ee ee te ee ee es) Var, caespitosa

2a. Oldenlandia corymbosa var. corymbosa

Distinguishing characters are as set out in the above key. Fig. 2A-C.

Halford, Oldenlandia & related genera 691

. +

Fg beg,

a F,

ap ep OE hs oe

te ss,

‘4

Fig. 2. Oldenlandia corymbosa var. corymbosa: A. branchlet with inflorescences X I. B. flower X 8. C, side view

of fruit x 8. Oldenlandia galioides. D. branchlet with flowers and fruit < {. E. flower X 8. F. side view of fruit

x 8. Oldenlandia subulata: G. branchiet with flowers and fruit x 1. H. flower X 4. I. side view of fruit x 4. A-

C, Haiford Q850; D-F, Halford H66; G-I, Halford Q851.

ts SS

692 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Selected specimens: Western Australia. GARDNER DISTRICT: Amax base camp, Mitchell Plateau, 14°49’S,125°S1’E,

Jun 1976, Hnatiuk MP82 (PERTH). DAMPIER DIsTRicT: One Arm Point, M. Dampierland, 16°26’S, 123°05’E,

Nov 1987, Carter 145 (PERTH); Broome, 17°58’S, 122°t4’E, May 1986, Kenneally 9740 (PERTH). Northern

Territory. DARWIN AND GULF REGION: Point Stuart, 12°21’S, 131°49’E, Jan 1958, Tulloch s.n. (DNA); A.I.B.,

Mitchell Street, Darwin, 12°24’S, 130°50’E, Jun 1964, Nelson 1010 (BRI, DNA); Mapela Creek, Mudginberri Station,

{2°27'S, 132°53’E, May 1983, Dunlop & Taylor 6164 (BRILNSW); Oenpelli, 12°18’S, 133° O4E, Sep 1948, Specht

1084 (AD, BRI,CANB, MEL NSW), Katherine, Boab Caravan Park, 14°28’S, 132°16’E, Apr 1989, Halford Hi0

(BRI). Queensland. CooK DisTRIcT: Badu Island, Torres Strait, Jan 198Q, Garnett 367 (BRI); Thursday Island,

Dougias Street in main shopping centre, 10°35'S, 142°137E, Apr 1986, Clarkson 6466 (BRI); Weipa camping

grounds, 12°41’S, 141°S53’E, Aug 1987, Halford 1112 (BRI, MEL NSW): Lizard Island, near airport, 14°40’S,

145°28’E, Oct 1988, Batianoff 10350 (BRI): Cooktown, cricketfield, 15°28’S, 145°15’E, May 1989, Halford H127

(BRI,K); Abbott Street, Cairns, Jun 1941, Barnard 20 (BRI,CANB); Georgetown, C.E. Green Park, 18°17’S,

143°39'E, May 1990, Halford 0265 (BRI, MEL). NorTH KENNEDY District: Townsville — West end at base of

Castle Hill, Feb 1980, Stanley 8041 (BRI). SouTH KENNEDY District: Collinsville area, May 1985, A¢clvor s.n.

(BRD); Finch Hatton, 21°02’S, 148°38’E, May 1975, Andrews & Simon S4 (BRI). LEICHHARDT Distict: Mount

Coolon, 21°23’S, 147°20°E, May 1990, Halford Q195 (AD,BRI); Emerald, 6 Opal Street, 23°31’S, 148°10’E, May

1989, Halford H145 (BRI,MEL).

Distribution and habitat: The first record of O. corymbosa var. corymbosa in Australia

was in 1933 as a weed in the streets of Cairns, Queensland. It is now widespread across

northern Australia from Broome to Kununurra in Western Australia, Darwin to Katherine

in the Northern Territory and along the east coast from Cape York to near Mackay in

Queensland (Map 2). It grows in lawns, garden beds and other disturbed areas.

2b. Oldenlandia corymbosa var. caespitosa (Benth.) Verdc., Kew Bull. 30: 298 (1975);

Oldenlandia herbacea (L.) Roxb. var. caespitosa Benth., in Hook., Niger Fl. 403

(1849); Oldenlandia caespitosa (Benth.) Hiern, Fl. Trop. Afr. 3: 61 (1877). Type:

[Africa.] Liberia, Cape Palmas, Voge/ 51 (holo: K, photo BRI).

Distinguishing characters set out in the above key.

Specimens examined: Queensland. PORT Curtis District: North Rockhampton, Feb 1980, Stanley 479 (BRI);

Rockhampton, Riverside Municipal Caravan Park, 23°22’S, 150°32’E, May 1990, Halford O1s4 (BRI); {1 km SE

of Miriam Vale on road to Agnes Water, 24°22’S, 151°40! E, May 1990, Halford QI51 (BRI); Rosedale, N.C. line,

Nov 1932, Dovey 168 (BRI). BURNETT District: Monto Golf Club, Mar 1976, Romano [AQI17759] (BRI). WIDE

Bay District: Buss Park, next to Council Chambers, 24°52’S, [52°21/E, Mar 1990, Halford Z152 (BRI,K); 23

km SW of Bauple, Glen Echo Road crossing, Munna Creek, Halford Q297 (BRI, DNA).

Distribution and habitat: O. corymbosa var. caespitosa 1s native of Africa and India. In

Australia it grows in coastal districts from Rockhampton to just south of Maryborough

(Map 2); usually in lawns, on roadsides and other disturbed areas. It was first collected

in Australia at Rosedale near Bundaberg in 1932.

Notes: Bremekamp (1952) kept this as a distinct species however Verdcourt (1975)

disagreed with this treatment arguing that although the extremes of O. corymbosa and

O. caespitosa are very different there are many specimens difficult to place and he sunk

O. caespitosa as a variety of O. corymbosa. B. Verdcourt (comm. via ABLO (T.

Macfarlane)) commented that the Australian material that I had sent to Kew for

verification of identification was in fact intermediate between the usual African form of

O. corymbosa var. corymbosa and O. corymbosa var. caespitosa. There is some debate

as to whether there are distinct varieties in this plexus or not. Sivarajan and Biju (1990)

considered O. corymbosa var. caespitosa unworthy of varietal distinction after studying

Indian material and material under cultivation. As the Australian material is quite

distinct and easily separable from Australian O. corymbosa var. corymbosa 1 have

retained it under the name O. corymbosa var. caespitosa.

3. Oldenlandia galioides (F. Muell.) F. Muell, Syst. cens. Austral. pl. 74 (1882); Hedyotis

galioides F. Muell., Fragm. 4: 38 (1863). Type: [Northern Territory. DARWIN AND

GULF REGION:] near Adam [MacAdam] Range along the rivulets, October 1855,

Mueller (ecto (here designated): K(top right hand element)).

Sprawling, procumbent to ascending, diffuse, annual herbs; branchlets slender, terete or

weakly ribbed, glabrous, smooth or minutely tuberculate, often rooting at nodes. Leaves

linear to narrow elliptic, (S—)10-30 mm long, (0.2-)0.5-3.0 mm wide, lamina flat or

shghtly recurved or revolute at least in dry state, glabrous or sparsely covered with

minute scabrous hairs, attenuate at base, acute at apex. Stipule-sheath 0.5—1.0 mm long,

glabrous, smooth or minutely tuberculate, occasionally produced into triangular lobe,

1.0-1.5 mm long, sometimes bifid; margin entire or fimbriate. Flowers solitary in leaf

Halford, Oldenlandia & related genera 693

WA. SMITH

Fig. 3. Oldenlandia spermacocoides: A. branchlet with inflorescences X 1. B. side view of capsule X 6, Oldenlandia

bifiora: C. branchlet with inflorescences < 0.75. D. side view of capsule X 6. E. flower X 6. A,B, Halford H56;

C, Sharpe ef ai. 4475: D,E, Clarkson 6089.

Matta AMG By MANNA

mc tm No a Kt Wat Wt A Ae He a

694 Austrobatleya 3(4): 1992

axil or 1f more than one, with rudiments of branchlet between them; pedicels capillary,

3-17 mm long, not as long as leaves, minutely tuberculate. Calyx-tube subglobose, 0.7-

0.9 mm diameter, scabridulous; lobes triangular, 0.8-1.5 mm long, keeled, scabridulous

on margin. Corolla white, tubular to narrowly infundibular, glabrous outside; tube 0.7-

1.5 mm long, glabrous inside and at throat; lobes linear, 0.5-1.0 mm long. Stamens

subsessile; anthers linear, 0.3-0.7 mm long. Ovules 45-60 per locule. Style 0.8-1.5 mm

long, glabrous; stigma bifid; lobes subulate, c. 0.5 mm long. Capsule ovoid or ovoid-

globose, 1.5-3.0 mm long, 1.0-3.0 mm wide, glabrous or with minute scabrous hairs,

laterally compressed; calyx lobes erect; beak O.5-0.7 mm iong, not protruding above

calyx lobes, splitting loculicidally, occasionally secondarily splitting septicidally but only

above calyx lobes. Seeds numerous, obconic, laterally compressed, c. 0.3 mm long:

surface pale brown, reticulate-areolate. Figs 1A & 2D-F.

Selected specimens: Papua New Guinea, WESTERN PROVINCE: Lake Daviumbu, Middle Fly River, Aug 1936,

Brass 7533 (BRI). Western Australia, GARDNER DISTRICT: Near Camp Creek, Mitchell Plateau, 14°52’S, 125°46’E,

May 1978, Kenneally 6641 (PERTH). FITZGERALD DISTRICT: ‘Pentecost Downs’, Royston Creek, 16°05’S, 127°20’E,

Jun 1982, Jacobs 4427 (NSW). CANNING DISTRICT: Gookeys Tank, South Esk Tablelands, 20°15’S, 126°34’E, Apr

1979, George 15438 (DNA,PERTH). FORTESCUE DisTRIcT: Yule River, Woodstock Station, Apr 1958, Burbidge

5955 (AD, CANB,PERTH). Northern Territory. DARWIN AND GULF REGION: Ritjirriur Swamp, Elcho Island,

11°58’S, 135°37’E, Jul 1975, Latz 6123 (DNA); Hemple Bay, Groote Eylandt, 13°44’S, 136°42’E, May 1948, Specht

362 (AD,BRI,CANB,MEL); South Bay, Bickerton Island, 13°45’S, 136°06’E, Jun 1948, Specht 474

(AD, BRI,CANB,MEL,NSW,PERTH); Gulf of Carpentaria, Maria Island, 14°52’S, 135°44’E, Jul 1974, Dunlop

2814 (DNA,NSW); 29 miles [46.7 km] W of Tamubirni [Tanumbirini] Homestead, 16°22’S, 134°56’E, Jun 1971,

Henry 10 (DNA). CENTRAL NORTHERN REGION: Wartupunyu Rockhole, 22°48’S, 131°33’E, Jan 1972, Latz 2132

(AD,CANB,DNA,NSW,PERTH). Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: Sabai, Torres Strait, 9°23’S, 142°35’E, May 1971,

Lawrie 8 (BRI); Archer River, Wenlock-Coen Road, 13°27’S, 142°56’E, Jul 1948, Brass 19735 (CANB); 90 miles

[i44.8 km] W of Musgrave Telegraph Office, Jun 1968, Ped/ey 2680 (BRI,MEL). BURKE DisTricr: Mornington

Island, 16°29’S, 139°34’E, Jun 1963, Tindale & Aitken sn. (AD); Sybella Creek, 17 km S of Mt Isa, 20°53’S,

139°27’E, May 1987, Harris 174 (BRD. NORTH KENNEDY DISTRIicT: Murray Falls, 18°09’S, 145°49’E, Aug 1987,

Halford 1127 (BRI). Port Curtis District: N of S end of Curtis Island, towards Connor Bluff, Mar 1966, Blake

22571 (BRI). MoRETON District: Park Ridge, 15 miles {24 km) S$ of Brisbane, 27°43’S, 153°02’E, Feb 1978,

Sharpe & Elsol 216 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: O. galioides is widespread across northern Australia from

Chester Range, Western Australia to the east coast of Queensland and south to Brisbane

(Map 3). It also extends into the Western Province of Papua New Guinea. It grows

usually in moist soils, in swamps, along creek banks and beds, and on the edge of

ephemeral and permanent waterbodies in woodlands, forests and grasslands.

Conservation status: This species 1s not considered to be rare or threatened at present.

Typification: Mueller in his protologue refers to material he collected around Victoria

River during the Gregory Expedition of Northern Australia and a Bowman specimen

from the vicinity of Broad Sound. In the MEL herbarium there is 1) a Mueller specimen

[MEL 61483] from the “Lower Victoria River, May 1856’ which consist of four fruiting

fragments and two flowering fragments; 2) a specimen [MEL 61482] with a slip of paper

label ‘117 Broadsound’ believed to be tn Bowman’s hand. At Kew there is a Mueller

specimen ‘Near Adam [MacAdam] range along riverlets, Oct 1855, F. Mueller” The Kew

sheet 1s chosen as lectotype because it is part of the original material and is a better

specimen than the ones at MEL. The element in the top right is selected as lectotype

iene it matches the protologue and has flowers, fruit and leaves all on the one

element.

Notes: O. galioides has affinities with O. herbacea from India and Africa. O. galioides

is distinguishable by its sprawling, procumbent to ascending habit, and its ovoid or

ovoid-globose capsules with a narrow beak that does not extend beyond the persistent

calyx lobes. Smith and Darwin (1988) commented that O. galioides may not be distinct

from O. tenuifolia. O. galioides is easily distinguished by its tubular or narrowly

infundibular corolla tube and its ovoid or ovoid-globose capsules.

4. min erg — N. Burman, FI. Ind. 37 t. 14 f. 1 (1768). Type: Java, D. Pryon

holo: G).

Oldenlandia tenutfolia J.R. & G. Forster, Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 11 (1786), nom illeg.

Type: [Vanuatu.| Tanna, /.R. & G. Forster (holo: BM n.y.).

Hedyotis tenuifolia Smith, 1n Rees, Cycl. 17 (1811). Type: [Vanuatu.] Tanna, JR.

& G. Forster (holo: LINN, microfiche BRI).

Halford, Oldenlandia & related genera 695

Oldenlandia aparine S. Moore, J. Bot. 65: 243 (1927). synon. nov, Type: Papua New

one [GULF PROVINCE:] Ihu, Vailala River, 20 February 1926, L./. Brass 1017

iso: BRI).

Decumbent annual herbs, sparingly branched; branchlets glabrous, rarely papillose at

base, often rooting at nodes. Leaves sessile, linear rarely narrowly elliptic to narrowly

obovate, 20-50 mm long, 1-5 mm wide, glabrous or sparsely covered with minute

scabrous hairs along margins and on lamina near apex, attenuate at apex and base.

Stipule-sheath c. 1 mm long, truncate or produced into triangular lobe with usually 2

or 3 laciniae near apex. Flowers axillary, solitary; pedicels usually stout, somewhat

reflexed in mature fruit, 2-10 mm long, glabrous. Calyx-tube globose, 1.5 mm diameter,

slabrous; lobes triangular, 1.0—1.5 mm long, glabrous, scabridulous on margin, colleters

sometimes present between lobes. Corolla infundibular to broadly tubular, glabrous

outside; tube 2.3-2.5 mm long, glabrous at throat; lobes ovate, 1.5~2.5 mm long. Stamens

exserted; filaments 0.3-1.0 mm long; anthers linear, c. 0.7 mm long. Ovules numerous

in each locule. Style exserted, 2~3 mm long, glabrous; stigma bifid; lobes clavate, 0.5-

1.3 mm long. Capsule subglobose, 2.5-3.5 mm diameter, glabrous, not markedly furrowed

along dissepiment; calyx lobes erect; beak 0.4-0.8 mm long, rounded, not protruding

above calyx lobes. Seeds numerous, depressed obconic; surface brown, reticulate.

Selected specimens: Northern Territory. DARWIN AND GULF REGION: Girraween Lagoon, 4 km E of Stuart

Highway along Girraween road, 12°31’S, 131°O5S’E, Apr 1983, Briges 779 (BRI); Jabiru, Retention Dam 1, 12°40’S,

132°54’E, Apr 1983, Henshall 4009 (DNA,MEL); Channel Point, 13°08’S, 130°15’E, Oct 1986, Clark & Wightman

12 (DNA). Queensland, Cook DISTrIcT: near Cooktown, May 1970, Blake 23287 (BRLMEL,NSW). Nortu

KENNEDY DISTRICT: Braemeadows, Ingham, Feb 1962, Webb & Tracey 5865 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: O. tenuifolia occurs from Channel Point to Jabiru, Northern

Territory and near Cooktown and Ingham, Queensland (Map 4), and eastern Malesia.

s grows on damp soils in Melaleuca swamps, tropical wet grasslands, or monsoon

orests.

Notes: Burman (1768) described O. tenuifolia based on a specimen collected by Pryon

from Java. Forster (1786) further interpreted O. tenuifolia based on material he and his

father collected on Tanna, Vanuatu (New Hebrides). Smith (1811) considered the Pryon

specimen to belong to the Linnaean H. herbacea (O. herbacea) while he used the Forster

specimen for a new species H. tenuifolia. The Pryon specimen is only a small fragment

but has a well preserved flower which shows a broad tubular corolla and a rather stout

glabrous pedicel. In contrast O. herbacea (H. herbacea) has a narrow cylindrical corolla

and slender pedicels. I disagree with Smith’s statement that Burman’s species belongs

to H. herbacea and 1 consider the Pryon and Forster specimens to belong to the same

taxon which is distinct from the Linnean species O. herbacea (H. herbacea). The correct

name for this taxon is Oldenlandia tenuifolia N. Burman. In flower and seed morphology

O. tenutfolia N. Burman closely resembles O. subulata Korth. However, O. tenuifolia 1s

distinguishable by its stout, glabrous pedicels which are mostly reflexed when with fruit,

its axillary, solitary flowers and its sparsely branched stems.

It is somewhat variable in pedicel length and appears to intergrade with O.

brachypoda DC. which occurs in India and Malesia. Investigations into this species

complex may reveal that these taxa would probably best be considered at subspecific

rank.

5. Oldenlandia subulata Korth., Ned. Kruidk. Arch, 2: 153 (1851). Type: Borneo, Poeloe-

Lampei, Korthals (holo: PR(PR908219-458)).

Sprawling or ascending annual herbs, sparingly branched; branchlets terete or slightly

ribbed, glabrous, smooth or sparsely to moderately papillose, often rooting at nodes.

Leaves sessile, linear, 2.0-5.5 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, glabrous or sparsely to moderately

covered with scabrous hairs above, glabrous below, attenuate at base and apex. Stipule-

sheath 0.5-1.5 mm long, glabrous or nearly so, produced into triangular lobe, 1.0-1.5

mm long, with usually 1-3 laciniae near apex. Flowers axillary, solitary, very rarely

paired on peduncles or in lax terminal monochasial cymes; pedicels slender, 6-25-mm

long, papillose. Calyx-tube globose, |-2 mm diameter, glabrous; lobes triangular to

narrowly ovate, 1.0-2.5 mm long, keeled, scabridulous on margin. Corolla white rarely

blue, infundibular to broadly tubular, glabrous outside; tube 1.5~3.5 mm long, glabrous

696 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

at throat; lobes oblong, 1.5-3.5 mm long. Stamens exserted from tube; filaments 1.0-

1.5 mm long; anthers linear, 0.6-1.0 mm long. Ovules 70-100 per locule. Style exserted

from tube, 2.5-4.0 mm long, glabrous; stigma bifid; lobes clavate, 1.0-1.7 mm long.

Capsule subglobose, 2.5-3.5 mm diameter, glabrous, not markedly furrowed at dissepi-

ment; calyx lobes erect; beak 1-2 mm long, rounded, not protruding above calyx lobes.

Seeds numerous, depressed obconic, laterally compressed, c. 0.3 mm long; surface pale

brown, reticulate-areolate. Fig. 2G-I.

Selected specimens: Queensland. Cook District: Unigan Nature Reserve, Weipa, Mar 1990, Forster PIF6500 &

O'Reilly (BRI, DNA,MEL,K,L,PERTH,QRS), Claudie scrub, 12°45’S, 143°16’E, Apr 1988, Forster PIF4201 &

Liddle (A,BISH, BRI,DNA,LAE,MO); Leo Creek, upstream from falls, on eastern fall of MclIlwraith Range, 13°40’S,

[43°2¥E, Jul 1978, Clarkson 2384A (BRI); Lizard Island, 14°40’S, 145°27’E, May 1975, Brynes 3116 (BRI).

NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Hinchinbrook Island, little Ramsay Bay, on eastern side of island, Aug 1975, Sharpe

1597 (BRI). Port Curtis Districr: Northumberland Islands, Sep 1802, Brown s.n. (CANB); ‘Raspberry Vale’ |

mile [1.6 yp from homestead, 22°34’S, {50°23’E, Apr 1945, Blake & Webb 15560 (BRI); S.F. 365, Mount Stowe,

6.5 km SE of Yarwun, 23°54’S, 151°09’E, Jun 1988, Gibson TO1360 (BRI). MorETON DIsTRIcT: On David Low

Highway, Marcoola, c. 5 km S of Coolum Beach, 26°34’S, 153°05’E, May 1988, Sharpe 4801 (BRI); Near Banyo,

May 1932, Blake s.n. (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: In Australia O. subulata is chiefly coastal from Cape York

Peninsula to South East Queensland, also on offshore islands (Map 5). It occurs on

moist soils in swamps, on lagoon margins and along creek banks mostly in Melaleuca

ah or woodlands, or heathlands. It has been occasionally recorded growing with O.

galloides.

Conservation status: This species is not considered to be rare or threatened.

Notes: The collections included by me in Oldenlandia subulata had been determined

previously as O. herbacea (H. herbacea) in Australia and New Guinea. I have examined

collections of O. herbacea from India and Africa including the type and have found

them to be quite distinct from the species considered here. In O. subu/ata the corolla is

broadly tubular to campanulate, with the corolla tube scarcely longer than the erect lobes

of the calyx, and the rounded apex of the subglobose-ovoid capsule shorter than the

erect calyx lobes. In contrast O. herbacea the corolla is narrowly cylindrical, with the

tube usually exceeding the calyx lobes by 1.5 times, and the drawn out apex of the

subglobose capsule extended above the small adpressed calyx lobes.

6. Oldenlandia polyclada (F. Muell.) F. Muell., Syst. cens. Austral. pl’ 74 (1882); Hedyotis

polyclada F. Muell., Fragm. 8: 146 (1874). Type: [Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY

bua, Rockingham Bay, undated, Dallachy (lecto (here designated); MEL(MEL

61484)).

Low spreading herbaceous perennial, densely branched; branchlets quadrangular and

hispidulous when young becoming rounded and glabrous with age. Leaves sessile, linear

to narrowly elliptic or narrowly obovate, 7-40 mm long, 2-6 mm wide, discolorous,

glabrous or with minute scabrous hairs above, glabrous below, attenuate at base, acute

at apex with mucronate, midrib prominent below. Stipule-sheath c. 1 mm long, hispi-

dulous, produced into triangular lobe, 1.0-1.5 mm long; margin fimbriate. Inflorescences

terminal 2-8-flowered fascicles, rarely flowers solitary; pedicels slender, 3-6 mm long,

glabrous or hispidulous. Calyx-tube subglobose, c. 1.5 mm diameter, glabrous; lobes

ovate-triangular or linear-lanceolate, 2-8 mm long, joined at base into free tube, entire

or serrulate on margin, mucronate at apex. Corolla pale rose, infundibular to broadly

tubular, sparsely pubescent outside; tube 2.5-4.0 mm long, sparsely pubescent inside:

lobes linear to semi-lanceolate, 2.5-3.5 mm long, sparsely pubescent inside. Stamens

exserted; filaments, 1.5-2.0 mm long; anthers linear-oblong 1.5-—2.0 mm long. Ovules c.

30-40 per locule. Style exserted, 6-7 mm long; stigma simple or bifid; lobes linear, c. 1

mm long. Capsule subglobose, 2.0-2.5 mm diameter, glabrous or nearly so, not markedly

furrowed along dissepiment; calyx lobes spreading; beak c. 1 mm long, rounded, not

protruding above calyx lobes. Seeds numerous, depressed obconic, obtriangular in outline,

laterally compressed, c. 0.5 mm wide; testa brown, reticulate-areolate. Fig. 4.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook DISTRicT: Barrons Range, ‘Kings Plains’, SW of Cooktown, 15°37’S,

145°OSE, Jun 1983, Godwin C2420 (BRI); ditto, Godwin C2423 (BRI). NoRTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: cultivated

from cuttings collected from top of Tully Falls, 17°47/S, 145°34’E, undated, Hockings [AQ339001] (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: O. polyclada is known only from the Barron Range, south west

of Cooktown and in the Cardwell Range west and south west of Tully in Queensland

Halford, Oldenlandia & related genera 697

Fig. 4. Oldenlandia polyclada: A. branchlet with inflorescence x 1. B. flower <x 4, A,B, Halford Q852.

(Map 6). The only habitat information for this species is from the Barron Range specimen

“semi-evergreen, mixed vine thicket on limestone and sandstone, sandy loamy soils’.

Conservation status: The species has a range of 340 km but has only been collected

twice since the original collections were made by Dallachy last century. The species has

been collected in the Tully Falls National Park. A conservation coding of 3RC is

appropriate.

Typification: In his protologue Mueller refers to a Dallachy specimen collected at

Rockingham Bay. On examination of material from K and MEL there are four specimens

collected by Dallachy that could be part of the material Mueller base this taxon on. One

specimen MEL 115103 has the following notes recorded on it in Dallachy’s handwriting:

‘Friday 10 September 1869 Mount Graham Peak growing in the [illegible word] of the

peak foliage a lime dark green flowers very pale pink [illegible word]’. This specimen is

dated before the publication of the name; however the leaf length of most of the elements

on the sheet does not match the dimensions given in the protologue (they are 4-20 mm

long (mostly shorter than 8 mm long) compared to 8.5-17.0 mm long in the protologue).

The other three specimens are undated with label information in Mueller’s hand

‘Rockingham Bay Dallachy’. The specimen MEL 61484 1s select as lectotype because it

fits Mueller’s description and has flowers and capsules present.

7. Oldenlandia tenelliflora (Blume) Elmer var. papuana Valeton, Nova Guinea 14: 243,

pl 22, fig. A, 1-5 (1925); Hedyotis tenellifiora Blume var. papuana (Valeton)

Merr. & Perry, J. Arnold Arbor. 26(1): 3 (1945). Syntypes: (Indonesia. Irian Jaya: |

Sudabh. Swart-Fluss 1250 m in einem Acker der Papoeas, 24 Nov 1920, Lam

n.2965, #.v.; Westabhang Swart-Tal 1400 m, offene Grasflache, 24 Nov 1920,

Lam n. 2085, ny,

Procumbent herbs; branchlets tetragonous, glabrous, smooth or sometimes tuberculate

on ribs. Leaves linear, 15-40 mm long, 1~2 mm wide, glabrous or with scabrous hairs

along margin and on lamina near apex, rounded or truncate at base, acute at apex with

mucro; sessile or shortly petiolate, petiole 0.5 mm long. Stipule-sheath 1.0-1.5 mm long,

glabrous or pubescent, truncate or rounded with 2-5 setae, 2~3 mm long. Inflorescences

axillary, 2—4-flowered subsessile cymes; pedicels c. 1 mm long. Calyx-tube subglobose,

c. | mm diameter, glabrous; lobes narrowly triangular, 1.5-2.0 mm long, joined at base

into free tube, scabridulous on margin. Corolla white, infundibular, glabrous outside:

698 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

tube 1.5-2.0 mm long, glabrous at throat; lobes linear-oblong, 1.5-2.0 mm long, acute

at apex. Stamens exserted; filaments filiform, 1.0-1.5 mm long; anthers linear, 0.8—0.9

mm long. Ovules numerous 1n each locule. Style terete, 3.0-3.5 mm long, glabrous;

stigma bifid; lobes linear, 0.3-0.6 mm long. Capsule ovoid to subglobose, 2.0-2.5 mm

diameter, glabrous; calyx lobes erect; beak narrow, c. 0.8 mm long, not protruding above

calyx lobes. Seeds depressed obconic, laterally compressed, c. 0.5 mm wide; surface

brown, reticulate-areolate.

Specimens examined: Indonesia. Irian Jaya: Balim River, Dec 1938, Brass 11628 (BRI). Papua New Guinea.

CENTRAL PROVINCE: Mafulu, Sep-Nov 1933, Brass $152 (BRI). PROVINCE UNKNOWN: Hayfield, Kungingini Road,

Dec 1954, Womersley & Simmonds 6875 (BRI): Australia, Queensland, Cook District: Daintree River, 1890,

Pentzcke [MEL 115134] (MEL).

Distribution and habitat: O. tenelliflora var. papuana is recorded from New Guinea;

within Australia it is known only from the Daintree River area, north of Mossman,

Queensland (Map 6). No ecological information is available.

Conservation status: In Australia this variety is known from one collection made 100

years ago. A preliminary search of likely localities in the Daintree River area was

undertaken in September 1990 but no new collections were made. More field investigations

are required before considering the species as extinct in Australia. A conservation coding

of 2K is appropriate.

8. Oldenlandia argillacea (Halford) Halford, comb noy.

Hedyotis argillacea Halford, Austrobaileya 3: 203 (1990) Type: Northern Territory.

DARWIN AND GULF DISTRICT: 6 km NE of Cape Crawford Roadhouse towards

Borroloola, 30 April 1989, D. Halford H93 (holo: BRI; iso DNA,K,PERTH).

See Halford (1990) for a description, illustration and notes on distribution.

9. Oldenlandia coerulescens (F. Muell.) F. Muell., Syst. cens. Austral. pl 74 (1882);

Hedyotis coerulescens F. Muell., Fragm. ‘4: 38 (1863). Type: [Queensland.

LEICHHARDT DISTRICT:] Peak Downs, undated, Mueller (ecto: (here designated):

MEL (MEL 61480); isolecto: K).

Erect annual herbs to 30 cm high, usuaily much branched from near the base; branchlets

tetragonous becoming terete, sometimes with minute scabrous hairs on ribs otherwise

glabrous. Leaves sessile, linear to lanceolate, 15-25 mm long, 1.0-2.5 mm wide, glabrous

or with minute scabrous hairs above, attenuate at base, acute at apex. Stipule- sheath 1-

1.5 mm long, truncate or produced into triangular lobe: margin entire or with 1-3

fimbriae. Inflorescences lax, terminal dichasial cymes with leaf-like bracts decreasing in

size towards apex. Flowers solitary or paired at nodes; pedicels 2-10 mm long. Calyx-

tube obloid-ellipsoid, 1.0-3.0 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, with minute scabrous hairs;

lobes ovate, 0.7-1.3 mm long, slightly keeled, glabrous, scabridulous on margin. Corolla

white, pale pink or mauve, glabrous outside: tube short 0.5-1.0 mm long, glabrous at

throat; lobes linear-oblong, 2.0-4.5 mm long, geniculate at c. 1/3 to 1/4 of their length

from tube, with a line of hairs on lobes at knee. Fuaments 0.3-0.5 mm long; anthers

linear-oblong, 0.5-0.8 mm long. Ovules 20-50 per locule. Style terete, 0.3-1.0 mm long;

stigma bifid; lobes filiform, c. 0.5 mm long, erect. Stamens and style exserted from

corolla tube but enclosed by lobes, overtopped by ring of hairs. Capsule obloid-ellipsoid,

4-5 mm long, 2.5~3 mm wide, plabrous, furrowed along dissepiment; calyx lobes erect

shightly recurved at apex; beak 0.5 mm long, retuse-truncate, not protruding above calyx

lobes. Seeds numerous somewhat scutelliform, broadly elliptic in outline, 0.5-0.7 mm

wide; surface dark brown, reticulate-foveate.

Selected specimens: Queensland. BURKE District: 54 km NNW of Hughenden, c. | km N of Lookout at

Porcupine Gorge, 20°24’S, 144°28’E, May 1990, Halford Q211 (AD,BRI,DNA,MEL,PERTH). GREGory NorTH

District: 6 km N of Coolibah Bore, Headingley Station, 21°08’S, 138°24’E, May 1985, Neldner & Stanley 1803

(BRI); 15 km of Winton along road to Boulia, 22°217S, 142°53E, May 1990, Hatford Q278 (BRI,K). MITCHELL

District: 34 miles [54.7 km] NW of Longreach, 22, 55'S, 143°OS’E, Feb 1953, Davidson 326 (BRD; 46 km E of

Longreach along road to Barcaldine, 23°31’S, 144°39’E, May 1990, Halford Q285 (BRD; c. 7 km N of Jundah,

24°48’8S, 143°07"E, May 1988, Nicolson & Novelly 73 (BRI); Malvern Hills, c. 25 miles [40.2 km] W of Blackall,

May 1949, Everist 3807 (BRI). SouTH KENNEDY DisTrRicT: 8 miles [12.9 ‘km] W of ‘Avon Downs’ Station, Jul

1964, Adams 1048 (BRI,CANB),; 120 km NW of Clermont, 22°03’S, 147°06’E, Jul 1977, Dale 153 (BRD. LEICHHARDT

DisTRICT: 85 km SW of Mackay, 37 km NW from Peak Downs Highway along Suttor Development Road,

21°33’S, 148°21VE, May 1990, Halford QI77 (BRI); 64 km W of Emerald along Capricorn Highway, 23°35’S,

Halford, Oldenlandia & related genera 699

147°39’E, May 1990, Halford Q294 (BRI); ‘Codenwarra’, 8 miles [12.9 km] E of Emerald, 1978, Godwin AC214

(BRI). Port Curtis DISTRICT: Gracemere, Feb 1869, O'Shanesy 1059 (MEL). WARREGO DIsTRIcT: ‘Airlie’,

Wyandra, 120 km S of Charleville, Mar 1984, Sricock s.n. [AQ399745] (BRD).

Distribution and habitat: O. coerulescens is found across central Queensland from

Urandangie to Rockhampton and south to Wyandra (Map 7). It grows on heavy clay

soils mostly in Astrebla spp. grasslands, mixed herblands and Acacia spp. woodlands.

Conservation status: This species is not considered rare or threatened at present.

Typification: When Mueller (1863) described Hedyotis coerulescens he referred to material

that he would have collected on the final stages of the Gregory Expedition of Northern

Australia in late 1856. There are two sheets at MEL labelled as “Type specimens’ for

Hedyotis coerulescens. MEL 61480 has a single element and an annotation in Mueller’s

hand ‘Peak Downs, scrub and plains [illegible word]’. There is a sheet at Kew which is

a duplicate of the MEL 61480 consisting of two elements with a label in Mueller’s hand

‘Peak Downs’. The other MEL specimen (MEL 61479) consists of five elements all of

this species and has two labels in Mueller’s hand. One in the bottom right has ‘Issacs

River, Bowman’ the other in the top left has ‘Nichol Bay W.A. 1876’. It seems highly

unlikely that this second label belongs to any of the material on the sheet as Hedyotis

coerulescens has not been collected any further west than Urandangie, Queensland. As

the material 1s undated and Mueller did not refer to any Bowman material in his

protologue there is doubt that it was part of the original material that Mueller used in

drawing up his circumscription of the species. The MEL sheet MEL 61480 is here

designated as lectotype as it is part of the original material and agrees with the original

description.

Notes: Bentham (1866) in his treatment of this species under Hedyotis notes that it ‘is

closely allied to the East Indian Hedyotis maritima [= Hedyotis graminifolia L. f.] and

further specimens may possibly show it to be a variety only’. Although the habit and

capsule shape are similar in both taxa, a close examination of H. graminifolia show it

to be quite distinct in flower structure and seed morphology.

10. Oldenlandia crouchiana (F. Muell.) F. Muell., Syst. cens. Austral. pl. 74 (1882);

Hedyotis crouchiana F. Muelil., Fragm. 10: 85 (1876). Type: [Western Australia.

FORTESCUE DISTRICT:] Nichol Bay, 1876, Mrs Crouch (holo: MEL(MEL 61481);

iso: K).

Low spreading to erect annual herbs, to 20 cm high, much branched from base; branchlets

stout, somewhat woody, tetragonous to tetraquetrous, 4-ribbed, glabrous except for

laterally compressed conical hairs on ribs. Leaves narrowly lanceolate or narrowly elliptic,

15-40 mm long, 3-8 mm wide, glabrous or sparsely covered with scabrous hairs above,

on margin and on midrib below, attenuate at base, acute to acuminate at apex. Stipule-

sheath 1-2 mm long, glabrous or with erect, triangular hairs, truncate or produced into

triangular lobe; margin with 2-8 laciniae. Inflorescences terminal cymes; peduncles once

or twice dichasially branched with each ultimate branch ending in monochasial cymes;

pedicels 2-8 mm long; bracts leaf-lke up to 15 mm long. Calyx-tube obloid, 2.0-3.5

mm long, 1.5-2.0 mm wide, glabrous, smooth or papillose; lobes ovate, 2.5-4.5 mm

long, glabrous or sparsely covered with scabrous hatrs, jomned at base to form a free

tube. Corolla blue; tube 1.0-1.5 mm long, glabrous at throat; lobes linear or narrowly

obovate, 3.0-6.5 mm long, geniculate at c. 1/5 of their length from tube, with a dense

transverse line of hairs on lobes at knee. Filaments 0.3-0.5 mm long; anther oblong,

0.5-1.0 mm long. Ovules c. 40-50 per locule. Style 1.0-1.5 mm long; stigma bifid; lobes

erect, c. | mm long, subulate. Stamens and style exserted from corolla tube but enclosed

by lobes, overtopped by ring of hairs. Capsule obloid, 3.5-6.0 mm long, 3.5-4.5 mm

wide, glabrous or with laterally compressed conical hairs along vascular traces, furrowed

along dissepiment; calyx lobes erect; beak c. 0.7 mm long, truncate, not protruding above

calyx lobes. Seeds numerous, cerebriform, depressed ovate in outline; surface black,

reticulate-foveate.

Selected specimens: Western Australia. DAMPIER District: | km §S of Geikie Gorge, Geikie Hhils, 18°05/S,

125°42’E, Apr 1988, Cranfield 6422 (PERTH); Gogo Station, Fitzroy Crossing, May 1962, Royce 7009 (PERTH).

FORTESCUE District: 2 km NE of campsite, Barrow Island, 20°49’S, 155°25’E, Jun 1964, Goodai/ 1302 (PERTH);

Dampier Archipelago, NW Roebourne, Jun 1962, Royce 7341 (PERTH), near old construction camp, Shay Gap,

SEMIS

A eee TE ARES GOES TM MUS IS SEERCEE ENE G08 A MN MYCE VEEN CCCCETE EET nae na ERE SME PERS MOOS WE reat lV kha Sa

700 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

c. 160 km E of Port Headland, 20°30’40"S, 120°08’40’E, Jui 1984, Newbey 10295 (PERTH), Hamersley Range,

near Mt Rica, Oct 1941, Gardner 6400 (PERTH): 1 mile 1. 6 km] E of Muilistream Homestead, Mar 1962, George

3538 (PERTH); 88.9 km S of Marble Bar on track to Nullagine, 21°42’S, 120°12’E, Jun 1981, Kenneally 7685

(PERTH); 19 km SSW of Tanguin Hill, c. 135 km SE of Shay Gap, 21°00'00"S, 121°08’30’E, jul 1984, Newbey

10548 (PERTH); Duck Creek, 8 km NE of Quarry Hill, c. 120 W of Tom Price, 22°28! 10”S. 116°37’ 50E, Aug

1984, Newbey 10664 (PERTH): Mount Brockman Station, Aug 1973, Demarz 4423 (PERTH): Kalamina Gorge,

Wittenoom area, May 1966, Blockley 221 (PERTH); Shale Ridge, Newman, Jul 1981, Deighton 99 (PERTH).

CARNARVON District: North West Cape, lighthouse hill, Aug 1960, George 1398 (PERTH). ASHBURTON DISTRICT:

Barlee Range, Henry River, 23°44’S, 116°19’E, Aug 1961, Royce 6496 (PERTH). KEARTLAND DISTRICT: near

pes Pie May 1971, George 10690 (PERTH): Rudall River area, 22°35’S, 122°10’E, Aug 1971, Wilson 10556

(PERTH).

Distribution and habitat: O. crouchiana occurs in the north west of Western Australia

from Cape Range to near Fitzroy Crossing (Map 8). It grows on shale ridges and basalt

hills in well drained gravelly and sandy soils in hummock grasslands, and along drainage

lines in gravelly to sandy loams in Eucalyptus camaldulensis low woodlands.

Conservation status: This species is not considered to be rare or threatened at present.

11. Oldenlandia spathulata Halford, sp. noy. arcte aflinis O. crouchianae a qua distiguenda

corollae lobis spathulatis et capsulis eius obloido-ellipsoidalibus, 6-9 mm _longis,

3-4 mm latis, vice capsulis O. crouchianae obloideis, 3.5-6.0 mm longis, 3.5-4.5

mim latis. Typus: Queensland. BURKE DISTRICT: Along Donors Hill — Burketown

road. Upper Alexandra River (Landsborough R.) branch of the Leichhardt River

sear ees eal 18°37’S, 140°15’E, 26 April 1974, R. Pullen 8916 (holo: BRI;

180: NB).

Ascending to erect annual herbs to 30 cm high, branched from base; branchlets tetra-

gonous, glabrous, smooth or tuberculate along ribs. Leaves sessile, linear or linear-

lanceolate, 25-60 mm long, 2-6 mm wide, glabrous, attenuate at base, acute at apex.

Stipule-sheath 1-1.5 mm long, glabrous, fimbriate on margin. Inflorescences terminal

cymes; peduncles once or twice dichasially branched with each ultimate branch ending

in monochasial cymes. Flowers usually borne in pairs at nodes on unequal pedicels:

pedicels stout, 2-25 mm long, glabrous; bracts leaf-like up to 20 mm long, 1 mm wide.

Calyx-tube obloid, 2.0-4.0 mm long, 1.5~2.0 mm wide, glabrous; lobes ovate, 1-2 mm

long, joined at base to form a free tube, colleters present between lobes. Corolla pale

blue, glabrous outside; tube short, 0.5-1.0 mm long, glabrous inside, flat undulate

outgrowths from corolla tube in throat: lobes spathulate, 6-8 mm long, 2.0-2.5 mm

wide; margin pilose with long moniliform hairs. Stamens exserted; filaments 4-5 mm

long, attached at sinus between lobes; anthers oblong, 1.5-—2.0 mm long. Ovules numerous

in each locule. Style 5.0-7.0 mm long: stigma bifid; lobes obtuse, 0.3-0.8 mm long,

reflexed at apex. Capsule obloid-ellipsoidal, 6.0-9.0 mm long, 3.0-4. 0 mm wide, glabrous,

furrowed along dissepiment; calyx lobes erect, recurved at apex; beak rounded, c. 1 mm

long, not protruding above calyx lobes. Seeds numerous, cerebriform, depressed obovate

in outline, 0.5-0.7 mm wide; surface black, verrucate. Figs IF & S5A-D.

Specimens examined: Queensland, BURKE District: Alexandra River crossing along road to Burketown, Talawanta

Station, 18°37/S, [40°16’E, Jun 1991, Halford Q466 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: O. spathulata is only known from the type locality on Talawanta

Station, Queensland (Map 8). It grows in a low open eucalypt woodland with annual

grasses on a grey Silty clay soil.

Distinguishing features: O. spathulata is closely related to O. crouchiana. It can be

distinguished from this species by its spathulate corolla lobes, and longer obloid-ellipsoidal

capsule, 6-9 mm long, 3-4 mm wide as compared to the obloid capsule, 3.5-6 mm

long, 3.5-4.5 mm wide of O. crouchiana.

Conservation status: I have been unable to find any more populations of this species

during two field trips (April 1989 and May 1990) to the area. The area for several years

has had well below average rainfall which has produced poor seasons for annuals. Further

field studies during more conducive wet seasons are required to ascertain its full

distribution. A conservation coding of 1K is considered appropriate.

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the shape of the corolla lobes.

Halford, Oldenlandia & related genera 701

Fig, 5. Oldeniandia spathulata: A. habit < 0.4. B. side view of capsule X 4. C. flower x 4. D. corolla opened out

X 4, Oldenlandia kochiae. E. side view of capsule X 8. F. branchlet of inflorescence X 1. A, Pullen 8916: B-D,

Halford Q466; E,F, Carr 3100 & Beaugiechole 416859.

702 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

12. Oldenlandia spermacocoides (F. Muell.) F. Muell., Syst. cens. Austral. pl. 74. (1882);

Hedyotis spermacocoides F. Muell., Fragm. 8: 146 (1874) (as ‘spermacociodes’).

Type: Sturt’s Creek, Feb 1856, F. Mueller (holo: MEL(MEL 61486)).

Compact procumbent or ascending annual herbs to 30 cm high; branchlets tetragonous,

4-ribbed, hispidulous to hispid, or rarely glabrous. Leaves sessile linear, narrow elliptic

or oblanceolate, 15-35 mm long, 1-8 mm wide, hispid or rarely papillose on upper and

lower surfaces, attenuate at apex and base. Stipule-sheath c. | mm long, truncate with

1-3 fimbriae or produced into triangular lobe sometimes deeply divided. Inflorescences

axillary or terminal fascicles, 3-8-flowered, rarely 1 or 2 or more than 8; pedicels 1-4

mm long. Calyx-tube subglobose, c. 1.5 mm diameter, hispid or papillose; lobes triangular,

3-4 mm long, keeled, hispid or papillose. Corolla white, hispidulous outside; tube short,

Q,5-1.5 mm long, glabrous at throat; lobes 1.5-2.5 mm long, geniculate at c. 1/4 of their

length from the tube, with a transverse line of hairs on lobes at knee. Filaments c. 1

mm long; anthers oblong, c. 0.8 mm long. Ovules 15-20 per locule. Style 1.5-2.0 mm

long; stigma bifid; lobes short. Stamens and style exserted from corolla tube but enclosed

by lobes, overtopped by ring of hairs. Capsule subglobose, 2-4 mm long, 2.5-4.5 mm

wide, laterally compressed, furrowed along dissepiment, or hispid rarely papillose; calyx

lobes erect, recurved at apex; beak truncate, not protruding above calyx lobes. Seeds

numerous, cerebriform, depressed obovate in outline, c. | mm wide; surface dark reddish

brown, reticulate-foveate. Figs LIE & 3A & B.

Selected specimens: Western Australia. GARDNER DISTRICT: Mitchell River, 14°50’S, 125°42’E, Feb 1980, Dunlop

5286 (BRI,DNA,PERTH), c. 15 km N of Kalumburu Mission, 14°11’S, 126°41’E, May 1983, Fryxell & Craven

4126 (PERTH); King Edward River, old CRA campsite, | km S of track to old Mitchell River Station, 15°08’S,

{26°09’E, Jun 1988, Edinger 543 (PERTH); Hidden Valley, yust E of Kununurra, Apr 1977, George 14534

(PERTH). Ha. District: Piccaninny Creek Gorge, 15 km SE of Bungle Bungle Outcamp, Bungle Bungle Range,

17°27'S, 128°25’E, Apr 1985, Blackwell BB17 (PERTH). Northern Territory. VICTORIA RIVER REGION: 33 km E

of Kununurra, Aboriginal Painting site, Keep River Nationai Park, 15°48’S, 129°02’E, Apr 1989, Halford H56

(BRI); Upper Victoria River, Jan 1856, Afueller sn. (SK); 7 km N Mt Sanford Station, 16°56’S, 130°35’E, [date

not recorded], Latz 5345 (AD,DNA); Victoria River Crossing, 16°20’S, 131°07’E, May 1968, Byrnes NB715 (DNA).

Distribution and habitat: O. spermacocoides occurs from the Mitchell River, Western

Australia east to the Victoria River, Northern Territory (Map 8). It grows chiefly on

shailow sandy soils on creek levees or rocky slopes associated with sandstone outcrops,

hills and escarpments in open woodlands.

Conservation status: This species is not considered to be rare or threatened at present.

Notes: O. spermacocoides 1s closely related to O. crouchiana. It is easily distinguished

by its fasciculate inflorescences and subglobose capsules. The typical form of this species

has branchlets, leaves and capsules covered with a hispid indumentum. Plants from

King Edward River (Edinger 372 & 543) and Pauline Bay (Forbes 2168) have glabrous

branchlets and leaves and capsules. covered with a short papillose indumentum.

Mueller in the protologue and on specimens he examined spelt the specific epithet

‘spermacociodes’. Later in his ‘Systematic Census of Australian Plants’ (1882) he used

the spelling “‘spermacocoides’ without giving any explanation for the change. The deri-

vation of the specific epithet comes from the genus Spermacoce, and the latin sufhx -

oides resemblance, alluding to the resemblance of the taxon to some species of the genus

Spermacoce. | am uncertain what Mueller had in mind with his early spelling. The

spelling ‘spermacocoides’ should be used in accordance with article 73.8 of the Inter-

national Code of Botanical Nomenclature (1983) which allows the incorrect compounding

form of an epithet to be corrected.

13. Oldenlandia kochiae Halford, sp. nov. olim confusa O. mitrasacmoide a qua habitu

infirme ascendente, semenibus obconicis et floribus capsulisque parvioribus facile

distiguenda. Typus: Western Australia: Angustus Island, Bonaparte Archipelago,

15°25’S, 124°3S’E, 15 May 1972, P.G. Wilson 10806 (holo: PERTH).

Weakly ascending herbs to 40 cm high; branchlets weakly ribbed, glabrous, smooth or

tuberculate on ribs. Leaves sessile, linear 20-40 mm long, 0.5-1.0 mm wide, glabrous

or sparsely covered with minute scabrous hairs, attenuate at base and apex. Stipule-

sheath c. 1 mm long, glabrous, produced into lobe usually deeply divided. Inflorescences

terminal, paniculiform cymes; peduncles once or twice dichasially branched with each

ultimate branch ending in monochasial cymes. Flowers borne mostly in pairs at nodes,

Halford, Oldenlandia & related genera 7103

on + equal pedicels; pedicels slender, 5-15 mm long; bracts small subulate, 1-3 mm

long. Calyx-tube hemispherical, c. | mm diameter, glabrous; lobes broadly triangular, c.

0.5 mm long, glabrous. Corolla mauve or white, glabrous outside; tube 0.5—1.0 mm long;

bearded at throat; lobes broadly triangular, 1.0-1.5 mm long. Stamens included; anthers

subsessile, globose, c. 0.2 mm long. Ovules numerous in each locule. Style c. 0.2 mm

long: stigma narrowly conical, 0.5 mm long. Capsule subglobose 2.0-2.5 mm diameter,

laterally compressed, slightly furrowed at dissepiment; calyx lobes erect; beak c. 1 mm

long, rounded, protruding above calyx lobes. Seeds numerous depressed obconic, c. 0.5

mm wide, obtriangular in outline; surface brown, reticulate-areolate. Fig. 5E & F.

Specimens examined: Western Australia. GARDENER DISTRICT: Bat Island, Jun 1973, Wilson 10976 (PERTH);

Heywood Island (South Island), Bonaparte Archipelago, May 1972, Wilson 10911 (PERTH); Spillway Creek area,

outflow of Lake Argyle, Jul 1974, Carr 3100 & Beauglehole 46859 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat: O. kochiae occurs on the islands in the Bonaparte Archipelago

and near Kununurra, Western Australia. (Map 7). It has been recorded growing amongst

rocks on the beach (Wilson 10911).

Conservation status: O. kochiae is a poorly known species. A conservation coding of 3K

1S appropriate. |

Etymology: The species is named in honour of Mrs B. Koch of Perth who in the Flora

of the Kimberley Region recognized it as a distinct taxon.

Notes: O. kochiae has been previously confused with O. mitrasacmoides but is easily

distinguished by its weakly ascending habit, 1ts obconic seeds, and its smaller flowers

and capsules.

14, Oldenlandia mitrasacmoides (F. Muell.) F. Muell., Syst. cens. Austral. pl. 74 (1882):

Hedyotis mitrasacmoides F, Muell., Fragm. 4: 37 (1863). Type: [Northern Ter-

ritory. VICTORIA RIVER REGION:] Depot Creek, March 1856, F. Mueller (lecto

(here designated): K; isolecto: MEL(MEL 1551047)).

Hedyotis trachymenoides F. Muell., Fragm. 4: 40 (1863); Oldenlandia trachymenoides

(F. Muell.) F. Muell., Syst. cens. Austral. pl. 74 (1882); Anotis trachymenoides

(F. Muell.) Domin, Bibhoth. Bot. 89: 616 (1929). Type: [Queensland.] Dawson

River, F. Mueller, (lecto (here designated): K; isolecto: MEL(MEL 61488)).

Ascending to erect annual herbs to 90 cm high, unbranched or much branched from the

base; branchlets terete or weakly ribbed, moderately hispidulous or glabrous. Leaves

sessile, linear, 15-70 mm long, 0.2-2.0 mm wide, glabrous or sparsely hispidulous,

attenuate at base, acute to acuminate at apex, recurved at margin. Stipule-sheath c. |

mm long, produced into triangular lobe sometimes deeply divided: margin entire.

Inflorescences lax terminal, paniculiform cymes; peduncles unbranched or irregularly

dichasially branched with each ultimate branch ending in monochasial cymes. Flowers

paired (rarely | or 3) at nodes on + equal pedicels; pedicels 0.5—2.5 cm long; bracts leaf-

like, up to 10 mm long. Calyx-tube subglobose, 1-2 mm diameter, glabrous; lobes

triangular, 0.5-1.0 mm long, smooth or scabridulous on margin, colleters sometimes

present between lobes. Corolla white to pale mauve, cylindrical glabrous outside; tube

1-6(9) mm long, bearded at throat; lobes ovate or elliptic, 1-4(6) mm long. Stamens

partly or completely exserted from corolla tube; filaments 0.3-0.5 mm long; anthers

linear-oblong, 0.5-1.5 mm long. Ovules numerous in each locule. Style (0.2)1.5—7.0 mm

long; stigma scarcely bifid or capitate, rarely narrowly conical, usually exserted from

corolla tube, rarely included. Capsule subglobose to depressed obovoid or obovoid-

globose, 1.5-3.0 mm long, 2.0—4.0 mm wide, glabrous, slightly furrowed at dissepiment

calyx lobes erect; beak broad, 0.5-1.0 mm long rounded, equal to or protruding above

calyx lobes. Seeds numerous, scutelliform, oblong to broadly elliptic in outline; surface

brown or black, reticulate or reticulate-areolate.

Notes: Oldenlandia mitrasacmoides as circumscribed here includes the taxon Oldenlandia

trachymenoides F. Mueller.

O. mitrasacmoides and O. trachymenoides were separated by Mueller (1863) on

the basis of the corolla length and capsule shape. From the herbarium material examined

it became apparent that these characters vary over the range of the taxa. Populations in

Bur eam MRE ERA RAN GRO ECA TTI prema en a Le AAT MES OLRe ean mamemmemmememencanee ca mmmdciet

TEES vr oA RE AE career rie Ae RRNA RP ROA a ern RR TON

OM iMate nue arenas

704 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

the Burke and Cook Pastoral Districts of Queensland are difficult to place as they are

somewhat intermediate between the types.

Three subspecies are recognised.

1. Capsules ovoid-globose, 2.5-3.0 mm long, 2.0-3.0 mm wide. NT, Qld

ee heeds @ MS oe Se ee ee dhe ole illo alam Boe i os subsp. nigricans

Capsules subglobose to depressed obovoid, 1.5-—2.5 mm long, 2.0-3.5 mm

wide Pn Neen Sree ray nes Er Jar any eee aL ea ee ee Ur 2

2. Corolla tube 1.2-3.0 mm long, usually no more than twice the length of

the calyx lobes; rim of seeds distinctly incurved; capsule subglobose.

WV SINAC: co PY ie te a yg Sy geet subsp. mitrasacmoides

Corolla tube 3.0-6.5 mm long, at least 3 times the length of the calyx

lobes; rim of seeds only slightly incurved; capsule transversely ovoid.

21: De ee PI i Le OAL GOS a es ce PR subsp. trachymenoides

1da. Oldenlandia mitrasacmoides (F. Muell.) F. Muell. subsp. mitrasacmoides

Erect to ascending herbs to 50 cm tall, mostly very little branched from base; stems

terete or slightly ribbed, glabrous or hispidulous. Leaves 30-70 mm long, up to 1 mm

wide. Corolla white or pale mauve; tube 1.2-3.0 mm long, usually no more than twice

the length of the calyx lobes; lobes ovate-triangular, 1.0-3.0 mm long. Style 1.5-3.0 mm

long. Capsule subglobose, 1.5-2.5 mm long, 2.0-3.0 mm wide. Seeds oblong in outline,

: ER ag wide; rim thick, incurved; surface dark brown, reticulate-areolate. Figs 1B

D&E.

Selected specimens: Western Australia. DAMPIER DISTRICT: between Broome and Crab Creek, Mar 1985, Foulkes

188 (PERTH). FirzGERALD District: 95 km W along the Gibb River road from the Great Northern Highway,

c. 72 km SW of Wyndham, Apr 1989, Halford H28 (BRI,PERTH). GARDNER District: Valentine’s Spring, c.

[1 km NW of Kununurra, Apr 1989, Halford H19 (BRI,PERTH); near Kimberley Research Station, Ord River,

Apr 1958, Burbidge 5705 (CANB); 8 km SE of Kununurra, Mar 1978, Paijmans 2415 (CANB,PERTH); 1.5 km

W of Lake Argyle turn-off on Kununurra - Timber Creek road, c. 33 km SE of Kununurra, Apr 1989, Halford

HI? (BRI,DNA,MEL,PERTH). Northern Territory. DARWIN AND GULF REGION: c. 37 miles [59.5 km] NE of

Maranboy Police Station, Mar 1965, Lazarides & Adams 30 (CANB,DNA); 17 miles [27 km] E of Pine Creek,

Nelson 289 (BRI,DNA,MEL,NSW); Blain, 19 miles [30.6 km] S of Katherine, Nov 1961, AfcKee 8436

(CANB,DNA,NSW). VicTORIA RIVER REGION: Jasper Gorge, Apr 1989, Halford H63 (BRI,DNA). BARKLY

TABLELANDS REGION: 24 km NE of Cape Crawford along road to Borroloola, Apr 1989, Halford H94

(BRI,DNA,K,MEL); c. 27 km SW of ‘Calvert Hills’ on the road to ‘Creswell Downs’, May 1974, Pullen 9253

(BRLCANB). CENTRAL NORTHERN REGION: Woggles Waterhole, Kurundi Station, Sep 1983, Latz 9783 (DNA).

Queensland. BURKE District: Smith’s Range, 118 km NE of Camooweal on Camooweal — Gregory Downs road,

May 1989, Halford H98 (BRI); c. 15 km SW of Normanton on the road to ‘Mogoura’ Station, Apr 1974, Pullen

8879 (CANB,DNA); 50 km SE of Normanton along Gulf Development road, May 1990 Halford Q270 (AD,BRI,NSW).

Cook District: Davies Creek N.P., | km past car park, Jun 1991, Forster PIF8468 (BRILDNA,MEL), c. 10 km

W of Georgetown along Gulf Development road, near old smelter site, May 1990, Halford Q249 (BRI,DNA,MEL).

Distribution and habitat: O. mitrasacmoides subsp. mitrasacmoides is widespread in

northern Australia, from the Kimberley Region, Western Australia to north eastern

Queensland (Map 9); grows in a wide range of habitats on sandy, clay or gravelly soils

ee plains, river levees or rocky hills in open heaths, grasslands, woodlands or open

orests. . ‘

Typification and Notes: Hedyotis mitrasacmoides was described by Mueller from spec-

imens he collected on the Gregory Expedition of Northern Australia. A specimen at

MEL (MEL 1551047) has a label in Mueller’s hand ‘Hedyotis mitrasacmoides, Depot

Creek, F. v. Mueller’; this consists of a single plant with mature capsules and seed. At

Kew there are three specimens on a single sheet. The two on the left of the sheet have

a label in Mueller’s hand ‘Hedyotis mitrasacmoides, Depot Creek, March 1856, F. v.

Mueller’. These two plants have flowers, capsules and seed present. The single specimen

on the right of the sheet has a label in Mueller’s hand ‘Hedyotis mitrasacmoides, F. v.

Mueller, not uncommon in tropical Australia but this the only specimen in this collection’.

This specimen does not agree with Mueller’s protologue description of capsule shape.

The material at Kew collected by Mueller from Depot Creek is selected as lectotype

because it agrees with the protologue, has flowers, fruits and seeds. The MEL material

is regarded as a isolectotype.

Halford, Oldenlandia & related genera 705

‘an

ye “

Cul ‘"

Lad

a . eS

atta 2

hs.

et eae

re eee ome

a ees ae sae

Hee

ah eb athe Hee .

Ll)

awe

PO Be wt

tail

{< age

weet =

kh ih it 7

5 7

ral

= rms Es

- eae te i aw

a et

us =

Fig. 6. Oldenlandia mitrasacmoides subsp. nigricans: A. habit X 0.33. B. side view of capsule X 8. C. flower x

8. Oldenlandia mitrasacmoides subsp. mitrasacmoides: D. side view of capsule x 8. E. flower X 8. Oldenlandia

mitrasacmoides subsp. trachymenoides: F. side view of capsule X 8. G. flower X 8. Oldenlandia pterospora:. H.

single inflorescence branchlet X 2. I. side view of capsule X 8. A,B, Specht 300; C, Clarkson 6803 & McDonald;

D,E, Halford H14; F,G, Halford Q617; H,I, Duniop 2579.

Ere eA rine cunt eenercan ese dak a AREER

706 Austrobaileya 3(4):; 1992

Generally the stigma is shortly bifid and 1s exserted from the corolla tube. There

are a number of specimens from the Kimberley region (Broadbent 658: Foulkes 79:

Carter 365) that have conical stigmas that are included. It is impossible to distinguish

between this and the typical O. mitrasacmoides without flowers. More collections are

needed to ascertain whether or not this is a distinct taxon or a variant of O. mitrasacmoides.

14b. Oldenlandia mitrasacmoides subsp. trachymenoides (F. Muell.) Halford, comb. et

stat. nov.

Hedyotis trachymenoides F, Muell., Fragm. 4: 40 (1863); Oldenlandia trachymenoides

(F. Muell.) F. Muell., Syst. cens. Austral. pl. 74 (1882); Anotis trachymenoides

(F. Muell.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 616 (1929). Type: [Queensland.] Dawson

River, Ff. Mueller (lecto (here designated): K; 1solecto: MEL(MEL 61488)).

Ascending herbs, to 40 cm high, stems ribbed, hispidulous near base. Leaves 15-35 mm

long, up to 1 mm wide. Corolla white; tube 3-6(9) mm long, mostly 3 times the length

of calyx lobes; lobes ovate, 1.5-3.0(6) mm long. Style 3.5-10 mm long. Capsule depressed

obovoid, 1.7-2.0 mm long, 3.0~3.5 mm wide. Seeds broadly elliptic in outline, 0.7-0.9

mm wide; rim thin, slightly incurved; surface dark brown, reticulate-foveate. Figs 1C &

OF & G.

Selected specimens: Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY District: 15 km N of Charters Towers towards The Lynd

Junction, May 1989, Halford H130 (AD,BRI,NSW); c. 45 km WSW of Charters Towers along Flinders Highway,

towards Hughenden, Apr 1989,. Halford H3 (BRI,DNA,K,MEL,PERTH). MITCHELL DISTRICT: 22 km NW of

Longreach along Landsborough Highway, May 1990, Halford Q284 (BRI,CANB,K,NSW); 6 km E of Barcaldine

along road towards Jericho, May 1990, Halford Q286 (BRI,K,MEL). SourH KENNEDY DIsTrRicT: 122 km S of

Charters Towers along Gregory Development road, Cape River crossing, May 1990, Halford Hi99 (BRI,CANB,MEL),

1 km N of Belyando River crossing on Gregory Development road, c. 43 km W of Mt Coolon, May 1990,

Halford Q\97 (AD,BRI,L,MEL); 3 miles [4.8 km] E of Mt Coolon T/S, Adams 1109 (BRI,CANB,NSW).

LEICHHARDT District: 14.8 km S of Peak Downs Highway along Fitzroy Development road, c. 26 km SW of

Nebo, May 1990, Halford Q175 (BRLK,L,MEL). Port Curtis District: Mt Slopeaway, Marlborough - Sarina

road, Mar 1989, Reeves 612 (BRI); S end of Curtis Island, Dec 1929, Mackenzie [AQ1I24570] (BRI). BURNETT

District: 30 km NNE of Gayndah, Dec 1972, One 4011 (BRI). DARLING Downs DISTRICT: ‘Rockwood’ c.

20 miles [32.2 km] SW of Chinchilla, Nov 1969, Pedley s.n. [AQ124654] (BRI; Marmadua S.F., 45 miles [72.4

km] WSW of Dalby, Feb 1962, Pedley 958 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: O. mitrasacmoides subsp. trachymenoides is known from near

Charters Towers, north-east Queensland extending south to the Darling Downs (Map

9). It grows in eucalypt forests, Acacia shrublands or cypress woodlands on a range of

soil types.

Typification and Notes: In the protologue of Hedyotis trachymenoides, Mueller cited two

collections; his own collection from the Dawson River and a collection made by Bowman

from Issacs River. There 1s a specimen at Kew collected by Mueller from the Dawson

River. It has capsules, flowers and seeds and agrees with the protologue description.

There is a small fragment in MEL (MEL 61488) of Mueller’s collection from the Dawson

River. No specimens of Bowman’s were located, although there 1s a specimen at MEL

(MEL 61487), without the collector recorded from the Issacs River. The Kew sheet is

chosen as lectotype because it is part of the original material and is a better specimen

than the fragment at MEL which is regarded as a isolectotype.

Mueller in the protologue and on specimens he had examined spelt the epithet

‘trachymenoides’. In his first and second edition of the Systematic Census of Australian

Plants he spelt the epithet ‘trachymenioides’. This spelling was later taken up by Bailey

(1900). As the original spelling is orthographically correct there is no reason under the

International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (1983) to change the spelling and the

original spelling should be retained.

14c. Oldenlandia mitrasacmoides subsp. nigricans Halford, subsp. nov. corollae tubo

longo O. mitrasacmoidi subsp. trachymenoidi similis, et seminum margine angusto

crasso subsp. mmitrasacmoidi similis, sed habitu plerumque altiore erecto, capsulo

oblongo-globoso et planta in sicco nigrescente facile distinguenda. Typus: Northern

Territory. Hemple Bay, Groote Eylandt, in the Gulf of Carpentaria, 28 April

1948, R.L. Specht 300 (holo: BRI, 1so: AD,CANB,DNA,MEL,NSW,PERTH).

Erect herbs to 90 cm high, usually much branched at the base; branchlets terete sometimes

slightly ribbed, hispidulous or rarely glabrous. Leaves 10-60 mm long, 1-2 mm wide.

Halford, Oldenlandia & related genera 107

Corolla pale mauve; tube 2.5-6.0 mm long, mostly 3 times the length of calyx lobes;

lobes ovate to elliptic, 1.5-4.0 mm long. Style 3.5-7.0 mm long. Capsule ovoid-globose,

2.9-3.0 mm long, 2.0-3.0 mm wide, wide; calyx lobes erect; beak 0.5-1.0 mm long,

truncate, + equal to or longer than calyx lobes. Seeds oblong in outline, 0.6-0.8 mm

wide; rim thick, incurved; surface black, reticulate-foveate. Fig. 6A-C.

Selected specimens: Northern Territory. DARWIN AND GULF REGION: Little Lagoon, Groote Eylandt, in the Gulf

of Carpentaria, Apr 1948, Specht 232 (AD,BRI,CANB,MEL,NSW). Queensland. Cook District: Between Pine

River Basin and Gulf coast, N. of Duyfken Point, 12°27’S, 141°37’E, Feb 1981, Aforton AM1117 (BRD; 1 km S

of Archer River Roadhouse, 13°26’S, 142°57’E, Apr 1988, Forster 4251 & Liddle (BISH,BRI,LDNA,LAE),; 2 km §

of the Big Coleman River on the Coen to Musgrave road, 14°35’S, 143°25‘E, May 1987, Clarkson & Simion 7123

(BRI); c. 35 km NW of Cooktown on road to ‘Battle Camp’, May 1989, Halford H121 (BRI.DNA,K,MEL,PERTH);

10 km S$ of Laura on the Peninsula Development Road, 15°37’S, 144°37’E, Jun 1981, Clarkson 3675 (BRD);

Bloodwood Lagoon, !6 miles [25.7 km] 8 of Dunbar (which is about 60 miles (96 km] S.E. of mouth of Mitchell

River), 16°03’S, 142°23’E, undated, Whitehouse [AQ124573] (BRI); 47.5 km along road to Bulimba Stn, off

Chillagoe to Wrotham Park road, 17°00/S, 143°56’E, Jun 1991, Forster PIF841! (BRILDNA,K,MEL); 24 km S of

Einasleigh on the road to The Lynd Junction, May 1990, Halford Q248 (BRI,K,L). MiTCcHELL District: Barcaldine,

Apr 1919, White [AQ124577] (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: O. mitrasacmoides subsp. nigricans occurs from Cape York

Peninsula south to Barcaldine, central Queensland with one record from the north east

of the Northern Territory (Map 1). It grows mostly in eucalypt woodlands and forests

on sandy soils.

Distinguishing features: This subspecies has a long corolla tube similar to subsp.

trachymenoides and a narrow thick rim to its seed similar to subsp. mitrasacmoides,

but is easily distinguished by its usually taller erect habit, ovoid-globose capsule and the

plant turning black when dry.

Conservation status: This subspecies is not considered to be rare or threatened at present.

Etymology: The specific epithet alludes to the black colour of the plants when dried.

15. Oldenlandia pterospora (F. Muell.) F. Muell., Syst. cens. Austral. pl. 74 (1882);

Hedyotis pterospora F. Muell., Fragm. 4: 40 (1863). Type: Sturt’s Creek, February

1856, F. Mueller (holo: MEL(MEL 61485); iso: K).

Ascending to erect ephemeral herbs, to 40 cm high, much branched from base; branchlets

ribbed, scabrous, hispidulous. Leaves sessile, linear, 15-45 mm long, 0.7-4.0 mm wide,

hispidulous on the upper surface and on the midrib below, acute at apex; margin revolute.

Stipule-sheath 0.5-1.5 mm long, truncate or produced into single lobe, entire or with 1-

3 fimbriae on margin. Inflorescences terminal, paniculiform cymes; peduncles irregularly

dichasially branched with each ultimate branch ending in monochasial cymes. Flowers

borne in pairs, on unequal stout pedicels, 1st pedicel 2~5 mm long, 2nd pedicel 5-15

mm long, hispidulous; bracts subulate, 2-4 mm long. Calyx-tube turbinate, 1.0-1.5 mm

long, 1.5-2.0 mm wide, hispidulous; lobes triangular, 0.7-1.7 mm long. Corolla white,

cylindrical; tube 1.5-3.3 mm long, densely hairy at throat; lobes ovate, 1-3 mm long.

Filaments 0.25-0.5 mm long; anthers oblong, 0.5-0.8 mm long, partly exserted from

throat. Ovules 2-6-per locule. Style 2.5-4.7 mm long, exserted; stigma bifid. Capsule

depressed obovoid, 2-3 mm long, 3-4 mm wide, deeply furrowed along dissepiment,

sparsely hispidulous with laterally flattened conical hairs; calyx lobes erect, recurved at

apex; beak emarginate, 0.5-0.8 mm long, protruding above calyx lobes. Seeds 4-8 per

capsule, meniscoid, broadly elliptic in outline, 1.8-2.7 mm long, 1.0-1.5 mm wide;

surface light brown, shiny, reticulate-areolate. Fig. 1D & 6H & I.

Selected specimens: Western Australia. CANNING Districr: N of Dragon Tree Soak, Great Sandy Desert, Aug

1977, George 14775 (PERTH); Great Sandy Desert, 20°21’S, 122°04’E, May 1979, Adjtchell 1170 (AD,PERTH);

Great Sandy Desert, 20°45’S, 123°30’E, Apr 1964, Beard 3248 (PERTH), 2 km W of Thomas Peak, 20° 53'S,

128°0S5’E, Jul 1981, Cane 91 (DNA); Edge of Great Sandy Desert, 21°18’S, 121°17E, Aug 1977, Barker 2046

(AD); 16 km NE of Well 42, Canning Stock Route, May 1979, George 15570 (PERTH); c. 10 km SW of rockhole,

Wilson Cliffs, Great Sandy Desert, 22°11’S, 127°03’E, May 1977, de Graaf 40 (PERTH). MUELLER DISTRICT:

Wolf Creek Crater, 19°10’S, 127°48’E, Apr 1979, George 15332 (PERTH). KEARTLAND District: Little Sandy

Desert, 22°53’S, 121°59’E, Apr 1979, Mitchell 520 (PERTH). Northern Territory. VICTORIA RIVER REGION: Upper

Victoria River, undated, Afveller s.n. (K). CENTRAL NORTHERN REGION: The Granites Tenements, Tanami Desert,

20°33’S, 130°18’E, Dec 1984, Kalotas 1699 (DNA); 20 miles [32.2 km] S The Granites, Aug 1936, Cleland s.n.

(AD,DNA); 13 miles [20.9 km] NW Numagalong Homestead, Aug 1965, Nelson & Swinbourne 6

(AD,BRI,DNA,MEL,NSW). CENTRAL SOUTHERN REGION: 18 miles [29 km] W Ehrenberg Range, 23°13’S, 130°06’E,

Apr 1972, Latz 2313 (AD,DNA,PERTH); Tobermorey Station, Yardida Bore, 23°18’S, 137°S1’E, May 1972,

Dunlop 2579 (BRILDNA,NSW),; Simpson Desert, 15 miles [24.1 km] N Andado Homestead, .25°10’S, 135°12’E,

Ryn huncshal biwleses addlaaedab tte!

CERES

708 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Aug 1968, Wiedemann A.47 (DNA); ditto, Wiedemann A.54 CGONA); Simpson Desert, Amerada Petroleum

Corporation n° | Hale River, Nov 1966, Syiion 4344 (AD,NSW).

Distribution and habitat: O. pterospora occurs in central Australia from the Great Sandy

Desert, Western Australia to the Simpson Desert, Northern Territory (Map 7). It grows

on red sandy soils on sand ridges and sandhills in spinifex grasslands, shrub steppes and

open eucalypt woodlands; also recorded in a disturbed site on gravelly soils.

Conservation status: This species is not considered to be rare or threatened at present.

Notes: A very distinctive species with its flowers borne 1n pairs on unequal stout pedicels,

its depressed obovoid capsule with a distinctly emarginate beak and its meniscoid seeds.

This species has evident affinities with O. mitrasacmoides which has similar floral and

seed morphology.

16. Oldenlandia largiflorens (Halford) Halford, comb. nov.

Hedyotis largiflorens Halford, Austrobaileya 3: 204 (1990) Type: Northern Territory.

DARWIN AND GULF DISTRICT: Edith Falls, 33 km N of Katherine, 28 April 1989,

D. Halford H75 (holo: BRI: iso DNA,K,PERTH).

See Halford (1990) for a description, illustration and notes on distribution.

17. Oldenlandia laceyi (Halford) Halford, comb. nov.

Hedyotis laceyi Halford, Austrobaileya 3: 208 (1990) Type: Queensland. Coox

DISTRICT: Mareeba mining lease, Tinaroo Creek road, c. 15 km SE of Mareeba,

9.6 km off Kennedy Highway, 1 km before Douglas Creek crossing, 1 May 1972,

IB. Staples 010572/11 (holo: BRI; iso: DNA,K,PERTH).

See Halford (1990) for a description, illustration and notes on distribution.

18. Oldenlandia leptocaulis (Halford) Halford, comb. nov.

Hedyotis leptocaulis Halford, Austrobaileya 3: 206 (1990) Type: Northern Territory.

DARWIN AND GULF DISTRIcT: 7.5 km S of Cooinda on Pine Creek road, 20 May

1980, AZ. Lazarides 8869 (holo: DNA; iso: AD,BRI,CANB,MEL,NSW).

See Halford (1990) for a description, illustration and notes on distribution.

19. Oldenlandia thysanota (Halford) Halford, comb. nov.

Hedyotis thysanota Halford, Austrobaileya 3: 209 (1990) Type: Northern Territory.

DARWIN AND GULF DISTRICT: near Koongarra saddle, 1.5 km north of Koongarra,

22 May 1980, M4. Lazarides 8899 (holo: DNA; iso: AD,BRI,CANB,MEL,NSW).

See Halford (1990) for a description, illustration and notes on distribution.

20. Oldenlandia delicata (Halford) Halford, comb. nov.

Hedyotis delicata Halford, Austrobaileya 3: 211 (1990) Type: Western Australia.

GARDNER DISTRICT: 28 km S of Kununurra, east bank of spillway creek next to

bridge on road to Ord Dam, 20 April 1989, D. Halford H54 (holo: BRI; iso:

DNA,K,PERTH).

See Halford (1990) for a description, illustration and notes on distribution.

Unknown and excluded taxa |

Oldenlandia mollugoides O. Schwarz, Repert. spec. nov. regni veg. 24: 99 (1927). Type:

‘Port Darwin, sect. 44 (Bleeser No. 259).

The type was destroyed in Berlin in 1943 and no duplicates of this Bleeser number have

been found. From Schwarz’s description of this taxon it appears to be an early record

of the pantropical species Oldenlandia corymbosa.

Hedyotis psychotrioides F. Muell., The Victoria Naturalist 6: 54 (1889) = Wendlandia

psychotrioides (F. Muell.) F. Muell., The Victoria Naturalist 8: 178 (1892).

Halford, Oldeniandia & related genera 709

Oldenlandia paniculata L. Trimen (1894) noted that ‘O. paniculata is quite doubtful; it

is entirely based on a figure in Burmans Thes. Zeyl. t. 71 f. 2, which is apparently a

Mollugo (certainly not an Oldenlandia)’.

Synaptantha

Synaptantha J.D. Hook., in Benth. & J.D. Hook. Gen. pl. 2: 61 (1873). Type: Hedyotis

tillaeacea F. Muell. (S. tillaeacea (F. Muell.) J.D. Hook.).

Small herbs with perennial or annual rootstock; stems procumbent or weakly ascending.

Leaves opposite, sessile or shortly petiolate. Stipules interpetiolar, adnate to leaf bases

forming sheath around the node, scarious, truncate or produced into triangular lobe,

entire or laciniate on margin. Flowers 4-merous, isostylous or heterostylous, solitary or

in groups of 2-5 at nodes. Calyx-tube subglobose; lobes distinct. Corolla marcescent on

fruit in some species; tube very short, up to 0.2 mm long; lobes triangular to ovate,

valvate. Stamens with filaments attached to base of corolla as well as to ovary; anthers

dorsifixed. Ovary 2-locular, 1/2 to 3/4 inferior; ovules 10-50 on fleshy, globose placentas.

Placenta peltately attached by a slender stalk to the middle or to the lower half of

septum. Style filiform; stigma bifid; lobes globose or linear. Capsules crustaceous with

loculicidally dehiscent beak. Seeds numerous, depressed obconic or depressed ovoid, not

becoming mucilaginous when moistened; surface reddish brown, reticulate-areolate.

Distribution: A genus of 2 species; both are endemic to Australia, 1 species is widespread

in inland regions.

Notes: Synaptantha may be distinguished from other genera of the Hedyotis/Oldenlandia

complex by its scarcely perceptibly connate corolla lobes; by its staminal filaments being

firmly attached to the ovary as well as to the corolla; and by its 1/2 to 3/4 inferior

ovaries.

Key to the species of Synaptantha

1. Flowers solitary or in clusters of 2-5; subtending leaf not reduced to bract;

pedicels 1-6 mm long; seeds depressed obconic. WA, NT, Qld, SA,

IS nese lb cece cet ne ce cn tect ke parece ete sae des aw ict cat mena tee, abe me tlaeacea

Flowers solitary or paired; subtending leaf usually reduced to bract

3 mm long; pedicels c. 1 mm long: seeds depressed ovoid. WA, NT

Jac ney. os Hea ocnete ee en hed Bede soe ee: a tee cree a eel ee 2. 9. scleranthoides

1. Synaptantha tillaeacea (F. Muell.) J.D. Hook., Icon. pi. 12: 41-42 t. 1146 (1876);

Hedyotis tillaeacea F. Muell., Fragm. 4: 39 (1863); Oldenlandia tillaeacea (F.

Muell.) F. Muell., Syst. cens. Austral. pl. 74: (1882). Type: [New South Wales.]

Duroodoo [Dooroodoo] between the Darling and Barrier Range, 27 December

1861, Dr Beckler s.n. (lecto (here designated): MEL(MEL 61491)).

Compact procumbent or weakly ascending herbs to 10 cm high; usually much branched;

branchlets terete or tetragonous or triquetrous, tuberculate, hispidulous or glabrous.

Leaves mostly sessile or rarely shortly petiolate, linear-oblong, narrowly oblanceolate or

very narrowly elliptic 3-17 mm long, 0.5-2.0 mm wide, glabrous, hispidulous or with

scabrous hairs, attenuate or truncate at base, obtuse, acute or rounded at apex, with

margin sometimes recurved. Stipule-sheath glabrous or hispidulous, 0.5-1.0 mm long,

truncate or produced into yellow triangular gland, entire or lacerate to laciniate on

margin. Flowers solitary or in groups of 2—5 at nodes. Pedicels 1-6 mm long, glabrous

or hispidulous. Calyx-tube subglobose, 0.8-1.3 mm diameter; lobes linear to narrowly

triangular, 0.5-1.5 mm long, glabrous, hispidulous or with a few scabrous hairs, sometimes

with gland at sinus between lobes. Corolla pale yellow to greenish yellow or whitish with

pale pink flush towards tips, marcescent; tube c. 0.1 mm; lobes triangular to ovate, 0.5-

2.5 mm long, glabrous or hispidulous outside, hairy inside especially towards apex with

short clavate hairs. Staminal filaments 0.3-1.4 mm long. Ovary 1/2 to 2/3 inferior; style

filiform, 0.1-1.4 mm long; stigma bifid; lobes globose or filiform, finely puberulent with

glandular hairs over surface. Capsule subglobose, ovoid or transverse ovoid, 1.2—2.0 mm

long, 1.0-2.0 mm wide, glabrous; calyx lobes erect; beak 0.6-1.0 mm long, rounded.

710 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Seeds depressed obconic, laterally compressed, 0.3-0.4 mm wide; surface light brown,

reticulate-areolate.

__ Synaptantha tillaeacea exhibits considerable variability over its range. Two vari-

eties are here recognised.

1. Plant glabrous with smooth or tuberculate stems, never hispidulous; gland

present or absent in sinus between calyx lobes .......... var. tillaeacea

Plant hispidulious; sinus between calyx lobes without gland |. _—svar. hispidula

la. Synaptantha tillaeacea (F. Muell.) J.D. Hook. var. tillaeacea

Hedyotis elatinoides Benth., Fl. Austral. 3: 405 (1866); Oldenlandia elatinoides

(Benth.) F. Muell., Syst. cens. Austral. pl. 74 (1882). Type: [Western Australia. |

Swan River, Drummond 4th coll. 108 (holo: K, n.¥., photo BRI).

Plant glabrous, never hispidulous, with smooth or tuberculate stems; branchlets terete

or ribbed. Gland present or absent in sinus between calyx lobes. Corolla lobes 0.5-2.5

mm long.

Selected specimens. Western Australia. ASHBURTON DISTRICT: c. 25 km W of Carnegie H.S. on road te Wiluna,

Sep 1984, Wilson 11995 (PERTH). CARNEGIE DisTRIcT: Beru Pool, Yelma Station, Sep 1973, Chinnock 751

(AD). CooLGARDIE District: Afghan Rock, c. 180 km E of Norseman, Sep 1980, Newbey 7434 (PERTH).

FORTESCUE DISTRICT: upper waters of the Fortescue River, May 1958, Burbidge 6046 (AD,CANB,PERTH). GILEs

DISTRICT: along domestic drain at Giles, Rawlinson Range, Aug 1962, Symon 2512 (AD). Northern Territory.

CENTRAL NORTHERN REGION: 5.8 miles [9.3 km] N of Georgina Downs, Oct 1957, Chippendale & Johnson 3803

(AD,BRI,DNA,MEL,NSW,PERTH); No. 3 Bore, Manners Creek Station, May 1972, Latz 2529 (DNA,NSW);

Cockroach Waterhole, Manners Creek Station, May 1972, Latz 2522 (BRI,LDNA,NSW). CENTRAL SOUTHERN

REGION: Hull Creek, Aug 1973, Latz 4506 (AD,DNA); Andado Station, Apr 1977, Henshall 1426 (AD,DNA);

Ayers Rock National Park, Aug 1972, Dunlop 2973 (DNA,NSW). Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: 97

km N of Charters Towers, May 1989, Halford Q129 (BRI,CANB,K,PERTH). DARLING Downs DISTRICT:

‘Woodlands’, 5 miles [8 km] SW of Westmar, Mar 1961, Pedley 753 (BRI). South Australia. NoRTH-WESTERN

REGION: 30 km W of Mimilt, Everard Ranges, May 1983, Bates 2982 (AD), near Mt Carmeena, Western Everard

Ranges, Sep 1968, Kraehenbuehl 3960 (AD). LAKE EYRE REGION: c. 32 km NE of Innamincka, just west of the

S.A./Qid border, Aug 1968, Kuchel 2546 (AD,MEL). EASTERN REGION: c. 10 km W of Quinyambie Homestead,

Jul 1971, Whibley 3499 (AD). New South Wales. NORTH FAR WESTERN PLAINS: Fowlers Gap near Broken Hill,

at, (CR Noe 2115 {(AD,NSW). NORTH WESTERN PLAINS: “Tuudulya’ c. 40 km SE of Louth, Mar 1976, Afoore

Distribution and habitat: This variety occurs widely across arid Australia, in all mainland

states except Victoria, between latitudes 19°S and 34°S (Map 12). It grows in a range of

soils but most often found in sandy or loamy soils; in the east it is associated with

sclerophyllous forest and open woodlands; in the rest of its range it is associated with

spinifex grasslands and Acacia shrublands, frequently near rocky outcrops, waterholes,

claypans and on banks of creeks.

Typification and notes: Mueller cited four collections with his description of Hedyotis

tillaeacea: (1) (MEL 61492) Cooper’s Creek, undated, Dr Murray s.n. (2) (MEL 61490)

This sheet has two labels ‘Flooded ground south of Wills Creek’ and ‘depressed ground’

both Dr Murray, Howitt expedition (3) (MEL 61493) Mackenzie, undated, A/ueller (4)

(MEL 61491) Duroodoo [Dooroodoo]| between the Darling and Barrier Range, 27 Dec

1861, Dr Beckler s.n.. All the specimens cited by Mueller appear to have been used in

the production of the description. However the first two specimens above have a gland

in the sinus between the calyx lobes. Mueller does not mention the presence of this

gland in his description. MEL 61491 is here designated as lectotype as it has flowers

and fruits and it best fits the original description.

This variety is far from homogenous with at least three forms recognizable. They

are not formally recognized here because of the presence of intermediate forms. Field

and biosystematic investigations are required to understand the variability of this taxon.

Form 1. Prostrate herbs with annual or perennial rootstock; branchlets ribbed, glabrous

or sparsely covered with scabrous hairs. Leaves linear, oblanceolate or elliptic, mostly

6~17 mm long. Stipule-sheath laciniate on margin, gland absent. Sinus between calyx

lobes without gland, although small colleters may be present. Corolla lobes 0.5~1.5 mm

Na Capsule subglobose to depressed ovoid. This is the most common and widespread

orm.

Halford, Oldeniandia & related genera Til

Form 2. Compact tufted herbs with a perennial woody rootstock; branchlets ribbed,

tuberculate, glabrous. Leaves linear, 5-7 mm long. Large yellow gland in sinus between

calyx lobes and on stipule-sheath. Corolla lobes 1.5-2.5 mm long. Capsule subglobose

to ovoid. This form is well developed in north east Queensland e.g. Forster PIF3645 &

Bolton, Halford H134, Henderson H2651. This form intergrades with Form 1 over a

wide area in southern Queensland and northern New South Wales.

Form 3. Small prostrate annual herbs; branchlets ribbed or terete, glabrous. Leaves

narrow oblanceolate or elliptic, 2-5 mm long. Stipule-sheath entire or laciniate on margin,

gland absent. Sinus between calyx lobes without gland. Corolla lobes 0.5-!.0 mm long.

Capsule subglobose to ovoid. Plants from central eastern Western Australia and south

— Northern Territory are of this form e.g. George 5435, Tolken 6064 and Dunlop

ib. Synaptantha tillaeacea var. hispidula Halford, var. nov. planta hispidula; ramuli

rotundati; glandula in sinu inter corollae lobos non praesens; corollae lobi 1-1.5

mm longi. Typus: Napperby Salt Lake, 22°51’S, 132°33’E, 12 January 1972,

Dunlop 2355 (holo: BRI; iso: AD,DNA,NSW).

Plant hispidulous. Branchlets terete. Sinus between calyx lobes without gland. Corolla

lobes 1.0-1.5 mm long.

Selected specimens: Northern Territory. CENTRAL NORTHERN REGION: between Inningarra Range and Mongrel

Downs Homestead, 20°42’S, 129°44’E, Aug !970, Parker 302 (DNA,MEL); 24 miles [38.6 km} SSE of The

Granites, 20°45’S, 130°30’E, Jul 1970, Parker 244 (DNA,NSW); Lake Bennett, 22°47’S, 131°OIV’E, Jan 1972, Latz

2665 (DNA). CENTRAL SOUTHERN REGION: bed of Hay River, c. 14 km SSE of Mt Winnecke, 23°18’S, 137°0I’E,

Jul 1982, Purdie 2344 (CANB); c. 3 miles [4.8 km] SW [of] Kings Canyon, 24°16’S, 131°39’E, Dec 1968, Latz

329 (AD,DNA); NW Simpson Desert, 24°15’S, 136°35S’E, Sep 1973, Latz 4634 (DNA); c. 3 km SSW of Kulgera,

25°52’S, 133°17’E, Apr 1978, Barker 3522 (AD); 20 km S of McDills number one bore, Simpson Desert, 25°54’S,

135°49’E, Sep 1987, Leach 1515 (BRI). South Australia, LAKE EYRE REGION: riverbed of Hamilton River at

Pedirka, Jul 1968, Lothian 4735 (AD); 2 miles (c. 3 km) E of base camp. which is c. 61 km E of Daihousie

Springs, Aug 1963, Lothian 1852 (AD); Goyders Lagoon, 26°46’S, 139°31’E, Aug 1975, Weber 4486 (AD); Ross’s

waterhole, Macumba River, Jan 1927, Cleland [AD97148232] (AD), Conngie Lakes, Lake Marroocutchanie,

27°40’S, 140°13’E, Feb 1987, O’Afalley 335 (AD); Margaret Overflow, 2 km W of the Curdimurka Siding, Oct

1978, Alcock 6528 (AD); Muloorina, 29°14’S, 137°54’E, Jul 1973, S.A. Pastoral Board [AD98010359] (AD).

FLINDERS RANGE REGION: Lake Torrens Basin, east Yadiakina Soakage, Aug 1883, Cleland [AD97304236] (AD).

EASTERN REGION: 30.91 km from Balcanoona homestead at 107°06’, 30°36’54’S, 139°36'39’E, Aug 1980, Williams

11395 (AD); 17 km E of Frome Downs Homestead, 31°14’S, 139°58’E, Apr 1976, Williams 7924 (AD). Queensiand.

GREGORY SOUTH DISTRicT: QNC Trip, Site 5, stony downs, c. 30 km ENE of ‘Rosebirth’, 25°44’S, 139°56’E,

Aug 1978, Purdie 1284 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: This variety occurs in central Australia from the Tanami Desert,

Northern Territory, south-east to south-western Queensland, western New South Wales

and to the Flinders Ranges, South Australia (Map 11). It grows in sandy or clay soils

in association with spinifex grasslands, herblands or shrublands, frequently in interdunal

hollows, near claypans, waterholes and near ephemeral creeks.

2. Synaptantha scleranthoides (F. Muell.) Pedley ex Halford, comb. nov.

Hedyotis scleranthoides F. Muell., Fragm. 4: 39 (1863); Oldenlandia scleranthoides

(F. Muell.) F. Muell., Syst. cens. Austral. pl. 74 (1883); Anotis scleranthoides (F.

Muell.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 616 (1929). Type: [Northern Territory,] Depot

Creek, 30 May 1856, Mueller (holo: MEL(MEL 61489)).

Prostrate to decumbent annual herbs, regularly dichotomously branched; branchlets terete

or ribbed especially when young, glabrous, rarely scabrous on ribs, occasionally red.

Leaves sessile, linear to somewhat subterete, 3-15 mm long, up to | mm wide, glabrous,

mucronate at apex, sessile. Stipule-sheath truncate, c. 0.5 mm long, with 2 or 3 laciniae

on margin. Flowers solitary or paired at node, subtending leaf reduced to bract, serrulate

on margin; pedicel c. | mm long. Calyx-tube subglobose, c. 1 mm diameter, glabrous;

lobes narrowly triangular, 1-1.5 mm long, mucronate, colleters sometimes present between

lobes. Corolla white, rotate; tube short, 0.1-0.2 mm long; lobes ovate, |-1.5 mm long,

acute to acuminate at apex, with scattered glandular hairs on margin. Stamens exserted;

filaments 0.5-0.8 mm long, attached to base of corolla and ovary; anthers oval c. 0.5

mm long. Style 0.5-0.8 mm long; stigma bifid; lobes globular. Capsule globular, 1-1.8

mm diameter, not furrowed along dissepiment; calyx lobes spreading; beak rounded,

712 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

0.5-0.7 mm long, not protruding above calyx lobes. Seeds: subglobose, 0.3-0.7 mm wide;

surface brown, reticulate-areolate.

Selected specimens: Western Australia. GARDNER DISTRICT: Cape Anjo, N coast of W.A., 13°56’S, 126°34’E, Jul

1973, Wilson 11307 (PERTH); Mitchell River, 14°50’S, 125°42’E, Feb 1980, Dunlop 5277 (BRILDNA,PERTH);

16 km along Surveyors Fall track, N of Mitchell Plateau Mining Camp, + i14°40’S, 125°47’E, Apr 1977, George

14487 (PERTH); Mitchell Plateau, 14°50’S, 125°50’E, Jun 1976, Kenneally 4884 (PERTH); c. 27 km N of

Kalumburu Mission, 14°07’S, 126°45’E, May 1983, Fryxell & Craven 4108 (BRI,MEL); Byan Martin Homestead,

Bonaparte Archipelago, 15°24’S, 124°22’E, Jul 1973, Wilson {1507 (PERTH); Augustus Island, Bonaparte Archi-

pelago, 15°25’S, {24°35’E, May 1972, Wilson 10724 (PERTH); Blyxa Creek, Prince Regent River Reserve, 15°42’S,

[25°20’E, Aug 1974, George 12576 (PERTH); 40 miles [64 km] N Drysdale River, May 1971, Byrnes 2282

(BRILDNA,NSW,PERTH); King Edward River, old CRA campsite, 1 km 8S of track to old Mitchell River Station

(abandoned), 15°08’S, 126°09’E, Jun 1988, Edinger 587 (BRI,LPERTH), 28 km S§ of Kununurra, E bank of spillway

creek next to bridge on road to Ord Dam, 16°01’S, 128°47’E, Apr 1989, Halford H15 (BRI); quartzitic sandstone

hills S of the Ernest River, 15°23’S, 127°27’E, Mar 1978, Hartley 14698 (CANB); 95 km W along Gibb River

Road, from Great Northern Highway, 15°50’S, 127°25’E, Apr 1989, Halford H29 (BRI). FirzGERALD DisTRICT:

Bindoola Creek, 8.5 km WSW of Home Valley Homestead, Mar 1978, Lazarides 8622 (BRI,CANB,

DNA,NSW,PERTH),; Isdell River near Grace Knob, May 1905, Fitzgerald 947 (PERTH); Yates Creek, Leopold

Range, 17°09’S, 124°58’E, Apr 1988, Cranfield 6379 (PERTH); Inglis’ Gap, King Leopold Ranges, May 1905,

Fitzgerald 756 (PERTH). DAMPIER DISTRICT: Bobby Creek, 1f km ENE of Beagle Bay, Dampier Peninsula,

16°58’S, 122°47’E, Apr 1988, Crater 237 (PERTH); Ibid., Carter 247 (PERTH); Meda-Oobagooma Road, 80 km

by road N of Gibb River Road, 70 km NE of Derby, Jun [{976, Beauglehole ACB52743 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat: Mueller’s collection of S. scleranthoides from Depot Creek in

the Victoria River Region is the only record of this species from the Northern Territory.

All other collections come from the Kimberley Region, Western Australia, from the

Dampier Peninsula east to the Ord River (Map 12). It grows mainly on creek banks or

in shallow depressions in grasslands, forblands and open eucalypt or Melaleuca woodlands

on sandy or sandy lateritic soils.

Conservation status: This species is not considered to be rare or threatened at present.

Notes: S. scleranthoides closely resembles S. tillaeacea in habit, flower and capsule

morphology. Although the corolla and stamens are not persistent on the capsule as in

S. tillaeacea, I believe it is appropriate to place this species in Synaptantha as it agrees

in all other respects with the generic circumscription.

Hedyotis

Hedyotis L., Sp. pl. 1: 101 (1753), Gen. pl. ed. 5, 44 (1754). Type: Hedyotis fruticosa L.

(lecto, fide Bremekamp, C.E.B., Verh. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wetensch., Afd. Natuurk.,

Tweede Sect. 48(2): 29 (1952); Hedyotis L. sensu Benth., Fl. Austral. 3: 403-406

(1866), in part.; Exallage Bremekamp, Verh. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wetensch., Afd.

Natuurk., Tweede Sect. 48(2): 140 (1952); Type: Hedyotis auricularia L. (= E.

auricularia (L.) Bremekamp).

Woody herbaceous perennials or subshrubs with stems erect or procumbent. Leaves

opposite, entire, chartaceous or coriaceous, sessile or petiolate. Stipules interpetiolar,

adnate to leaf-bases, coriaceous or chartaceous; margin with |-several setae. Inflorescences

axillary or terminal, subsessile fascicles or pedunculate corymbiform cymes. Flowers

small, 4-merous, isostylous (or heterostylous not m Australia). Calyx-tube subglobose:

lobes distinct, jomed at base into a short free tube. Corolla white; tube short, not

exceeding calyx lobes in length; lobes valvate. Stamens exserted; filaments attached to

corolla at the sinus between lobes; anthers dorsifixed. Ovary 2-locular, inferior; ovules

5~15 on fleshy hemispherical placentas. Placenta peltately attached centrally to the

septum by short stalk. Style exserted, terete; stigma bifid. Fruit hard, splitting septicidally

to the base into two indehiscent pyrenes or rarely indehiscent; beak mostly absent. Seeds

numerous, small, depressed obconic or angular, not becoming mucilaginous when mois-

tened; surface reticulate-areolate.

Hedyotis occurs predominantly in tropical and subtropical regions of India, south

east Asia, Malesia, Australia, Micronesia, Polynesia and North America. In Australia

four native species occur in north east Queensland with one extending into the Northern

Territory.

Halford, Oldenlandia & related genera 713

Bremekamp (1952) defined Exa/llage to include those species previously placed in

Hedyotis with clustered axillary flowers and small indehiscent fruits of two pyrenes. I

had initially considered this genus worthy of recognition but as pointed out by Fosberg

and Sachet (1991) there are a number of Asia species that closely resemble H. auricularia

except that there fruits are dehiscent, for example H. novoguineensis. Other species such

as H. vestita and H. radicans have indehiscent fruits similar to H. auricularia but have

pedunculate axillary inflorescences. I agree with Fosberg and Sachet (1991) that until

such time there is a more critical examination of these closely allied taxa that Exallage

should not be segregated from Hedyotis.

Key to Australia species of Hedyotis

1. Fruit splitting into two indehiscent cocci; stems tetragonous, 1-2 mm

thick; leaves up to 3.5 cm long . 4. H. novoguineensis

Capsule ‘indehiscent: stems rounded, 1.5-3.0 mm thick or if stems obtusely

quadrangular, 2- 4mm thick; leaves longer than4cm a)

2. Capsule ellipsoid, 3.5-4 mm long, somewhat fleshy; leaves fleshy; capitate

colleters present on margin of stipule-sheath; stems obtusely

quadrangular .... .. 3. H. philippensis

Fruit globose, 1.5-2 mm diameter, not fleshy; leaves chartaceous fleshy;

1~several setae up to 7 mm long on ai ian of ee stems

terete We iges EG ae slrgcn NSS dy Boe 0k Pe gs ste nes pds Se hae Po aes aha Bs 3

3. Leaf base obtuse to truncate; leaves smooth, shiny above; inflorescences

shortly pedunculate; 1-3 glabrous setae on margin of stipule-

sheath ... 2. H. radicans

Leaf base attenuate; leaves scabridulous at least along margin, dull above:

inflorescences sessile dense flowered ni 3-9 scabrous setae on

margin of stipule-sheath ......... . 1. H. auricularia var. melanesica.

1. Hedyotis auricularia L. var. melanesica Fosberg, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 67: 419 (1940).

Type: Fiji. Kandavu, hills above Namalata and Ngaloa Bays, A.C. Smith 157

(holo: NY, 7.¥.; iso: US, 72.¥.).

Hedyotis auricularia sensu Benth., Fl. Austral. 3: 404 (1866), non Hedyotis auricularia

Hedyotis lapeyrousti Bartling ex DC., Prodr. 4:420 (1830). Type: Vanikoro (holo:

-DC n.y., microfiche BRI).

eer auricularia (L.) F. Muell., Syst. cens. Austral. pl. 74 (1882) nom.

inval. |

Decumbent or ascending herbaceous perennial to 40 cm high, much branched. Stems

terete up to 2.5 mm diameter, glabrous or moderately covered with minute scabrous

hairs, rooting at nodes. Leaves narrowly elliptic to lanceolate, 4-12 cm long, 5-24 mm

wide, glabrous, hispidulous or with minute scabrous hairs along midrib above and along

midrib and lateral veins below, attenuate at base, attenuate at apex; midrib and secondary

nerves distinct on lower surface; petiole 4-8 mm long. Stipule-sheath 2-4.5 mm long,

hispidulous, with 3-9 unequal setae up to 7 mm long; setae scabridulous. Inflorescences

axillary, subsessile fascicles, 5—8-flowered; pedicels 1-1.5 mm long. Calyx-tube subglobose,

c. | mm diameter, hispidulous; lobes linear to narrowly triangular, 1.5-2.5 mm long,

hispidulous outside, recurved at apex, scabridulous on margin, colleters sometimes present

between lobes. Corolla white, rarely tinged blue, sparsely hispidulous outside; tube 1.5-

2.5 mm long; lobes linear, 1-2 mm long, erect, reflexed at apex, short stiff hairs inside

at base. Staminal filaments thick, c. 0.5 mm long, short stiff hairs at base: anthers linear,

c. 0.6 mm long. Style 2.0-3.5 mm long, stiff antrorse hairs on upper half: stigma bifid:

lobes 0.5-1.0 mm long, spreading. Fruit indehiscent, cartilaginous, slobose, 1.5-2 mm

diameter, sparsely hispidulous; calyx lobes erect; beak absent. Seeds depressed obconic,

angular, 0.4 mm long; surface dark brown, slossy, reticulate-areolate. Fig. 7 F—H.

Ieee eines Ries ee mance renee

714 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Selected specimens: Indonesia. Lrian Jaya: Mt Nerimbau, near Minjambau, Arfak Mountains, May 1962, Koster

BW13875 (BRI). Papua New Guinea. WEST SEPIK PROVINCE: Near Kalifas Village, Mar 1970, Foreman & Kuimul

NGF48215 (BRI). NEw IRELAND PROVINCE: Lossuk Timber Reserve area, 40 km SE of Kavieng, Nov 1984,

Gideon LAES7260 (BRI). WESTERN PROVINCE: Near Ingambit Village, Jun 1967, Henty et al. NGF33013 (BRI);

Lake Daviumbu, Middie Fly River, Sep 1936, Brass 7772 ar Daru Island, Apr 1936, Brass 6435 (BRD. NEw

BRITAIN PROVINCE: Near helicopter pad on lower slopes of Mt Lululua, May 1973, Stevens & Lelean LAE58206

(BRI). BOUGAINVILLE PROVINCE: Near Aku village, c. 10 miles [16 km] W of Buin, Sep 1964, Craven & Schodde

449 (BRI). Northern Territory. DARWIN AND GULF REGION: Melville Isle; Mindelu Creek, 11°41’S, 13°38’E, Dec

1991, Fenshani 1160 (DNA). Queensland. Cook District: Lockerbie Scrub, 9.2 km past Lockerbie Homestead

on Cape York road, 10°45’S, 142°31’E, Feb 1990, Forster PIF6338 (BRI,LDNA,QRS,MEL,L); Maloney’s Springs,

12°27’S, 142°56’E, Jun 1989, Forster PIF5306 (BRI), Brown’s Creek, Pascoe River, Jul 1948, Brass 19607

(BRI,CANB); Chester River campsite, 13°41’S, 143°27’E, Jul 1978, Clarkson 2423 (BRI,NSW,QRS); Upper Parrot

Creek, Annan River, Sep 1948, Brass 20309 (BRI, CANB); 2 km E of Daintree on road to Mossman, 16°16’S,

145°20’E, Sep 1990, Halford Q330 (BRI); Bellenden Ker, May 1937, Flecker 310 (AD), Ella Bay, 7 km NE of

Innisfail, 17°29’S, 146°04’E, Aug 1990, Halford Q318 (BRD; Tully, Mar 1935, Flecker 379 (QRS). NORTH KENNEDY

District: Scraggy Point, Hinchinbrook Island, 18°17’S, 146°06’E, Mar 1975, Thorsborne 45 (BRI). Port Curtis

District: Byfield, near Keppel Bay, Sep 1931, White 8168 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: H. auricularia var. melanesica 1s found throughout Malesia

and Melanesia. In Australia this species occurs on Melville Island, Northern Territory

and along the eastern Queensland coastline from Bamaga, Cape York Peninsula as far

south as Byfield near Rockhampton (Map 15). It grows mainly on creek margins in

sclerophyll forests and rainforests in areas with good light penetration to the forest floor

or in swampy areas in Melaleuca woodlands. Soils are variable.

Conservation status: This species is not considered rare or endangered at present.

Notes: Williams (1987) in his book “Native Plants of Queensland’ Volume 3 page 158

has a photograph labeled as Hedyotis lapeyrousii. This is a misidentification and the

plant pictured is actually Hedyotis philippensis.

2. Hedyotis radicans (Bartling ex DC.) Miq., Fl. Ind. Bat. 2: 181 (1859); A¢etabolos

radicans Bartling ex DC., Prodr. 4: 435 (1830); Oldenlandia radicans (Bartling ex

DC.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 1: 292 (1891); Exallage radicans (Bartl. ex DC.) Bremek.,

Verh. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wetensch., Afd. Natuurk., Tweede Sect. 48(2): 142 (1952).

Type: [Philippines.] Luzon, Haenke (holo: PR; iso: G-DC, n.v., microfiche BRI).

Decumbent herbaceous perennial. Stems terete, 1.5-3 mm diameter, glabrous or with

soft hairs extending in a single or in two opposite lines down the stem, rooting at nodes.

Leaves narrow elliptic to lanceolate, 6.5-15 cm long, 1-3 cm wide, glabrous, obtuse or

truncate at base, acuminate at apex, midrib canaliculate above, midrib and secondary

nerves distinct on lower surface; petiole 2-7 mm long, glabrous. Stipule-sheath coriaceous,

3-5 mm long, glabrous or pilose, with 1-3 setae, 3-15 mm long, colleters on margin.

Inflorescences axillary, pedunculate corymbiform cymes, 5—-8-flowered, 1-3 peduncles

per node; peduncles 5-10 mm long, hispidulous; pedicels 1-2 mm long; bracts subulate

up to 2 mm long. Calyx-tube subglobose, c. 1 mm diameter, glabrous; lobes triangular,

1.0-1.5 mm long, glabrous, reflexed at apex. Corolla white rarely with green tinge,

glabrous outside; tube 1-1.5 mm long; lobes linear 1.5-—2 mm long, erect, short stiff hairs

inside at base, reflexed at apex. Staminal filaments thick, c. 0.5 mm long, stiff hairs at

base: anthers linear-oblong c. 0.7 mm long. Style 2—-2.5 mm long, stiff antrorse hairs on

middle half; stigma bifid; lobes linear, 0.3-0.6 mm long, reflexed. Capsule indehiscent,

cartilaginous, globose, 1.5-2.5 mm diameter, glabrous; calyx lobes erect, recurved at

apex; beak absent. Seeds obconic, laterally compressed, c. 0.5 mm long; surface dark

brown, reticulate-areolate. Fig. 7A—E.

Selected specimens: Philippines. Luzon, Nov-Dec 1918, Ramos & Edane BS33798 (BRI); Lake Polog, Luzon,

Aug 1915, Ramos BS23647 (L); Capiz Province, Panay, Oct and Nov 1925, Edano BS46025 (BRI); Alabat Island,

Dec 1916, Aferri// 10465 (L); Cabadbaran (Mt Urdaneta), Mindanao, Oct !912, Elmer 14122 (L). Papua New

Guinea. WESTERN PROVINCE: Tarara, Wassi Kussa River, Dec 1936, Brass 8503 (BRI, L); Strictland River, 1885,

Bauerlen [AQ461313] (BRI). CENTRAL PROVINCE: Dieni, Ononga Road, May 1933, Brass 3974 (BRI). NEw

BRITAIN PROVINCE: Mount Penck, Eleonora Bay, 5°32’S, 149°39’E, May 1973, Croft & Vinas NGF41358 (BRILL).

Queensland. Cook District: Lamond Hill, Iron Range, Jul 1991, Forster PIF9012 (BRI,DNA,K,L,MEL,QRS);

Lockhart River, 12°48’S, 143°18’E, date unknown, Ticker 366 (QRS); Oliver Creek at tributary of Noah Creek,

Cape Tribulation, 16°06’S, 145°27’E, Oct 1973, Webb & Tracey 10828 (BRD; South Johnstone, Mar 1938, Langdon

[AQ445772] (BRI; 6 km W of Babinda, 17°20’S, 145°52’E, Sep 1990, Halford Q343 (BRI); Wyvuri Holding,

17°20’S, [46°00’E, Apr 1972, Hyland 6024 (QRS); Ella Bay, 7 km NE of Innisfail, 17°29’E, 146°04’E, Aug 1990,

Halford Q320 (BRI); 5.5 km due W of Clump Point, Lacey Creek State Forest Park, 17°51’S, 146°04’E, Sep 1990,

Halford Q348 (BRI); State Forest 702, south bank of Murray River near mouth, 18°05’S, 146°O1’E, Oct 1975,

Thorsborne 115 (BRI).

Halford, Oldenlandia & related genera 715

‘

;

* - spe ae ee es ag

Pe eae | ‘

kon

PLR oat on

a #

* 4

Fig. 7. Hedyotis radicans: A. leaves and inflorescence X 0.5, B. inflorescence X 4, C. flower X 8. D. corolla opened

out * 8. E. side view of fruit X 8. Hedyotis auricularia var. melanesica: F. leaves and inflorescence X 0.5, G.

inflorescence X 4. H. side view of fruit X 8. A~E, Halford Q320; F,G, Halford Q347; H, Halford Q324.

OPP a Ma Se tat att | NAMA Mt Net

“tt St Nt Nt Ha Wat

716 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Distribution and habitat: H. radicans occurs in the Philippines and New Guinea. In

Australia it is known from along the eastern Queensland coastline from Iron Range to

the Murray River near Tully (Map 14). It has been recorded in rainforests on the edge

of logging tracks, near streams and in areas where strong sunlight reaches the forest

floor. Souls are variable.

Conservation status: This species is not considered rare or threatened at the present

time.

Notes: The Australian and Papuan New Guinea material that I have seen have leaves

much longer than the type material from the Philippines (c. twice as long). The Australian

and Papua New Guinea material also differs from the Philippines material in having

longer peduncles and being generally less hairy on stems and leaves. H. radicans 1s

closely related to AH. auricularia var. melanesica with which it has been previously

confused having a similar flower structure and habit. H. radicans can be distinguished

by its axillary corymbose inflorescences on short peduncles, its obtuse or truncate leaf

bases and its glabrous setae on the margin of the stipule-sheath.

I have observed on three occasions parapatric populations of H. radicans and H.

auricularia var. melanesica. Examination of these populations reveal no individuals -

intermediate morphologically and all plants were unequivocally distinguishable as H.

radicans or H. auricularia var. melanesica.

3. Hedyotis philippensis (Willd. ex Sprengel) Merr. ex C. Robinson, Philipp. J. Sci. 6:

222 (1911); Spermacoce philippensis Willd. ex Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 1: 401 (1824);

Exallage philippensis (Willd. ex Sprengel) Bremek., Verh. Kon. Ned. Akad.

Wetensch., Afd. Natuurk., Tweede Sect. II. 48(2): 142 (1952). Type: [Philippines. ]

Humbolt (holo: B-Willd 2611, .v., microfiche BRI).

Hedyotis congesta R. Br. ex G. Don, Gen. Syst. 3: 526 (1834); Exallage congesta

R. Br. ex G. Don) Bremek., Verh. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wetensch. Afd. Natuurk.,

Tweede Sect. II. 48(2): 142 (1952). Type: Penang, Aug 1822, Wallich Cat. No.

844 (holo: K-W, #.v., microfiche BRI).

Illustration: Williams, Nat. pl. Queensl. 3: 158 (1987), misidentified as Hedyotis

lapeyrousii.

Erect perennial subshrub to 1 m high, openly branched. Stems stout, 2-4 mm thick,

obtusely quadrangular, glabrous. Leaves narrow-lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate or narrow

elliptic, 4-11 cm long, 1-3 cm wide, glabrous, somewhat fleshy, shiny above, shortly

attenuate to obtuse at base, acute to acuminate at apex; midrib canaliculate above,

prominent below; petiole 3-10 mm long, glabrous. Stipule-sheath 2-4 mm long, produced

into triangular lobe to 7 mm long, villose; margin fimbriate with colleters distinctly

capitate. Flowers isostylous (or heterostylous not in Australia). Inflorescences axillary,

subsessile fascicles, many-flowered. Calyx-tube globose to obconical, 1.0—2.0 mm diameter,

glabrous; lobes elliptic or triangular, 2.5-3.0 mm long, glandular appendage at sinus

between lobes. Corolla white, cream or pale mauve; tube cylindrical, 2-3 mm long,

glabrous; lobes 2.0-2.5 mm long, erect, reflexed at apex. Staminal filaments c. 1 mm

long; anthers oblong, 1.0-1.5 mm long. Style 2.5-3.5 mm long; stigma bifid; lobes linear-

oblong, 1.0-1.5 mm long. Fruit ellipsoid, somewhat fleshy, 3.5-4.0 mm long, 2.0-2.5

mm wide, glabrous; calyx lobes erect; beak conical, c. | mm long, indehiscent or tardily

dehiscent septicidally into two pyrenes. Seeds depressed obconic, c. 0.5 mm wide; surface

dark brown, reticulate-areolate.

Selected specimens: Thailand. Province Trang, Kao Chong area, Jun 1974, Geesink et al. 7238 (L). Malaysia.

Malaya Peninsula: Sungai Buloh, Ulu Selangor, Jan 1966, Hardial & Sidek 403 (BRD; Alor Bukit, Johore, Nov

1966, Hardial 559 (BRI); Sabah. Tawao, Elphinstone Province, Oct 1922 to Mar 1923, Eimer 20632 (BRI).

Indonesia. Sumatera Utara: Sikundar Nature Conservations, Interior of Besting, NW of Tandjunpura, Aug 1971,

Iwatsuki et al, S299 (L); Kalimantan Timur: around Jelini, along Sungai Belayan, NW of Tabang, Jan 1979,

Murata et al. B1227 (L). Philippines. Luzon Island. Province of Tayabas, Mar 1917, Edane BS26953 (L); Panay

Island. Libacao, Capiz Province, May-Jun 1919, Martelino & Edano BS35384 (BRI); Jamindan, Capiz province,

Apr-May 1918, Ramos & Edano BS30880 (L). Papua New Guimea. WESTERN PROVINCE: Near Ingambit Village,

Jun 1967, Henty et al. NGF31898 (BRI); Near Rouku, Jul 1974, Henty NGF49708 (BRI); Arufi, Wassi Kussa

River, Jul 1968, Henty & Katik NGF38662 (BRI). Queensland. Cook DisTRIctT: c. 45 miles [72.4 km] S of Cape

York, Jun 1968, Pedley 2733 (BRI), Jardine River, | km N of McHenry River junction, 11°17’S, 142°34’E, Oct

1979, Irvine 1963 (QRS); Elliot River at the junction of the Elliot River and Mistake Creek, 11°20’S, 142°24’E,

Aug 1987, Clarkson 7338 (BRI,QRS); Heathlands National Park, Captain Billy Landing Road, 5 km from C.B.

Halford, Oldeniandia & related genera 717

Landing, Sep 1985, Williams 85221 (BRI); Tozer Gap, Tozer Range, [12°43’S, 143°11’E}, Jul 1948, Brass 19517

Sgeer age Iron Range road, 2.6 km past Garraway Creek crossing, Cape Weymouth, Apr 1988, Forster PIF4186

& Liddie (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: H. philippensis is widely distributed in Thailand, Indonesia,

Philippines and New Guinea. In Australia this species is found on Cape York Peninsula

in an area extending from the Elhot River to Iron Range (Map 13). It grows on stream

banks in sandy soils in open forests, and seasonally boggy areas in Melaleuca swamps,

Casuarina-Melaleuca scrabs and open forest.

Conservation status: Hedyotis philippensis has a limited range in Australia. It is known

to occur in the Heathlands National Park. A conservation coding of 3RC+ is appropriate.

Notes: From the overseas material that I have examined this species 1s very variable in

its leaf size over its range.

4. Hedyotis novoguineensis Merr. & Perry, J. Arnold Arbor. 26: 4 (1945). Type: Papua

New Guinea. WESTERN PROVINCE: Wuroi, Oriomao River, Jan-Mar 1934, LJ.

Brass 5831 (aso: BRI).

Ascending to erect or decumbent herbaceous perennial(?) to 50 cm tall. Stems tetragonous,

sparsely to densely pubescent, becoming glabrous. Leaves elliptic to obovate, 2-3 cm

long, 7-15 mm wide, glabrous above except for sparse pubescence on midrib, sparsely

pubescent below, midvein prominent on lower surface, acute or cuneate at base, acute

at apex; petiole 1-2 mm long, pubescent. Stipule- sheath c, 1.5 mm long, glabrous or

sparsely pubescent, produced into triangular lobe, sometimes deeply bifid. Inflorescences

axillary, subsessile fascicles, many-flowered. Flowers not seen. Fruit ovoid-subglobose,

c. 2 mm diameter, slightly furrowed along dissepiment, glabrous or sparsely pubescent,

indehiscent or eventually splitting septicidally the full length of capsule into two pyrenes;

calyx lobes spreading, ciate on margin; beak absent. Seeds depressed obconic, c. 0.5

mm wide; surface dark brown, reticulate-areolate.

Specimens examined: Papua New Guinea. WESTERN PROVINCE: Gaima, Lower Fly River (east bank), Nov 1936,

Brass 8339 (BRI). Queensland. Coox District: Foothills — Thornton Peak, Sep 1937, Brass & White 263 (BRD:

Daintree River, 1890, 7. Pentzcke [MEL 115133] (MEL); Russell River, 1892, Peete [MEL 115202] (MEL).

Distribution and habitat: H. novoguineensis is found in the Western Province of Papua

New Guinea. The only overseas material I have seen of this species is the isotype and

paratype. In Australia this species 1s recorded from three localities along the eastern

coastline of Queensland from near the base of Thornton Peak to Russell River near

Babinda (Map 13). The only habitat information recorded for the Australian material

is that the species grows in grasslands. Habitat notes from Papua New Guinea record

the species growing on river banks ‘scrambling amongst grass in dense savannah forest’.

Conservation status: The species has not been collected in Australia since 1937. A broad

search of likely localities was undertaken in September 1990 but no new collections were

made. A conservation coding of 3K+ 1s appropriate.

Acknowledgements

I would like to thank the Directors of AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, G, K, L, MEL,

NSW, PERTH and QRS for making material available for study. I would also like to

thank Dr T.D. MacFarlane and Dr P.S. Short for their assistance while Australian

Botanical Liaison Officers at Kew; Mr L. Pedley for the Latin diagnoses; Mr W. Smith

for the illustrations; Mr P. Sharpe for translation of German texts; Mr A. Franks for

providing the Scanning Electron Micrographs and Mr R. Henderson, Ms E. Ross and

Mr P. Forster for their constructive comments. This work was supported by a grant

from the Australian Biological Resources Study (ABRS) in 1990.

References

BAILEY, F.M. (1900). Rubiaceae. The Queensland Flora. 3: 742-783. Brisbane: H.J. Diddams and Co.

BENTHAM, G. (1866). Hedyotis. Flora Australiensis 3: 403-406. London: L. Reeve & Co.

sana.

RC ee ee crm clat GENE NAAR MELINA OE Re EE UM ACEC Eh Mca nny ANA ULE RR tea a dma

718 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

—) f sap € e =

L ins. fe) 2 BIO ~* °

‘ Q ‘

. 6 ys O ‘ed K

O OQ

ONO ¢

10 ©

2 Oo =

: wa

5 t P '

OD (ole

Qe. ! A

R4,4 c

Q “d0q°% 4 ¢

fe) 6 O Oo s

6000 . 5

Oo 4

i ty

‘ (

Oo mn

O Of

} ‘ 0

i “ | x? /

e t\ 6

A U Py

43 |

ee} e,

; >

yi ,

if)

a L.

Z 3

Maps 1-6. Distribution of Oldenlandia taxa: 1. O. biflora, 2. O. corymbosa var. corymbosa 9; O. corymbosa var.

caespitosa 0. 3. O. galioides. 4. O. tenuifolia. 5. O. subulata. 6. O. tenelliflora var. papuana AX; O. polyclada ©.

Halford, Oldenlandia & related genera

ck ett rs itt"

Me Ona nA RN ARLE LE MRL AAAS Ramana mo me

am SX ton eo tn ac Ht et i A ta a a a

‘4 4

4 aQS “SN / g GP ak

i} ey ran an

: a

= r, .

C) A 0

B ajeia) oO

oF a aie: ais)

B OG = 4A y’o0 Oo

oO Oo A 4 -

Oo A A

; \

Av, U

ey? f oa }

9 : ae |

Oo =

J ale) oy g

c AW

OO Oo oO r .

0 =e . A

= 00 oo ~

ae a 444

oO 4444

AA "al H

A Be

( , Aa

e ‘ '

11 or ; 12 s df

. me :

BOOT

e AC O *

; {ele

44 , 44 AA 44

= A AdéA 444 af

? 4 . a , A A A AA AS AA A on

| " . ea a aA OS, A

ns A DAA

A AA AAG Awa

; |

Maps 7-12, 7—10. Distribution of Oldenlandia taxa: 7. O. pterospora 0; O. coerulescens A; O. kochiae ©. 8. O.

crouchiana 1; O. spermacocoides /\; O. spathulata ©. 9. O. mitrasacmoides subsp. mitrasacmoides 0; O.

mitrasacmioides subsp. trachymenoides A. 10. O. mitrasacmoides subsp. nigricans. 11 & 12 Distribution of

Synaptantha taxa: 11. S. tillaeacea var. hispidula. 12. S. tillaeacea var. tillaeacea /\; S. scleranthoides ©,

7200 Austrobaileya 3(4); 1992

430 (fe O. 14 Bo~s« .

| a : a

vs Qo

I f )

' ‘ ; t

Maps 13-15. Distribution of Hedyotis taxa: 13. 4. philippensis 0; H, novoguineensis O. 14. H. radicans. 15. H.

auricularia var. melanesica.

BREMEKAMP C.E.B. (1939). Pleiocraterium genus novum Rubiacearum Hedyotidearum. Recueil des Travaux

Botaniques Neerlandais 36: 438-445.

BREMEKAMP C.E.B. (1952). The African species of O/fdenlandia L. sensu Hiern et K. Schumann. Verhandilingen

der Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen, Afd. Natuurkunde 48: 1-297,

BRIGGS, J.D. & LEIGH, J.H., (1988). Rare or Threatened Australian Piants. 1988 revised edition. Australian

National Parks and Wildlife Service. Special Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks and

Wildlife Service.

BULLOCK, A.A. (1958). Nomenclaturail notes: VI. Kew Bulletin 13: 97-99.

BURMAN, N.L. (1768). Flora Indica. Amsterdam/Leiden: J. Schreuder/C. Haak.

CHAMISSO, A. VON & SCHLECHTENDAL, D. VON (1829). De plantis in expeditione speculatoria Roman-

zoffana observatis. Linnaea 4: 150-165.

DOMIN, K. (1929). Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie Australiens. Bibliotheca Botanica 89: 616.

FORSTER, J.R. (1786). Florulae insularum australium prodromus. Goettingen: J.C. Dieterich.

FOSBERG, F.R. (1943). The Polynesian species of Hedyotis. Bernice P. Bishop Museum Bulletin 174.

FOSBERG, F.R. & SACHET, M.-H. (1991) Studies in Indo-Pacific Rubiaceae. Allertonia 6(3). 191-278.

Halford, Oldenlandia & related genera 721

HALFORD, D.A. (1990). Six new species of Hedyotis L. (Rubiaceae) from Northern Australia. Austrobaileya 3:

203-214.

HALFORD, D.A. (1991la). The genus Kohautia Cham. et Schlecht. (Rubiaceae) in Australia. Austrobaileya 3:

439-442.

HALFORD, D.A. (1991b), The genus Ophiorrhiza L. (Rubiaceae) in Australia. Austrobaileya 3: 369-376.

HITCHCOCK, A.S. in HITCHCOCK A.S. & GREEN, M.L. (1929). Proposal by A.S. Hitchcock (Washington)

& M.L. Green (Kew) pp, 110-199, In International Botanical Congress, Cambridge (England), 1930. Nomen-

clature. Proposals by British botanists. London: Wyman and Sons.

HOOKER, J.D. in BENTHAM G. & HOOKER J.D. (1873) Genera Plantarum 2; 7-151. London: L. Reeve &

Co.

LEWIS, W.H. (1961). Merger of the North American Houstonia and Oldenlandia under Hedyotis. Rhodora 63:

2 3.

LEWIS, W.H. (1962). Phylogenetic study of Hedyotis (Rubiaceae) in North America, American Journal of Botany

49: 855-865.

LEWIS, W.H. (1965). Cytopalynological study of African Hedyotideae (Rubiaceae). Annals of the Missouri

Botancial Garden 52: 182-211.

LEWIS, W.H. (1966). The Asian genus Neaneotis nomen novum (Anofis) and allied taxa in the Americas (Rubiaceae).

Annals of the Missouri Botancial Garden 53: 32-46.

LINNAEUS, C. (1753, fascimile 1957). Species plantarum 1: 101, 102 & 109. London: Ray Society.

LINNAEUS, C. (1754, fascimile 1939), Genera piantarum. Tokyo: Shokonutsu-Bunken-Kankokwa.

MABBERLEY D.QJ. (1989). The plant-book. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

MAHESWARI DEVI, H. & KRISHNAM RAJU, P.V.S.N.G. (1990). An embryological approach to the taxonomical

status of Hedyotis L. Proceedings of the Indian Acadeamy of Science (Plant Science) 100: 51-60.

MARCHANT, N., WHEELER, J.R., RYE, B.L., BENNETT, E.M., LANDER, N.S. & MACFARLANE, T.D.

(1987). Flora of the Perth region 2: 999-1022. Western Australia: Western Australian Herbarium. Department

of Agriculture.

MARSDEN, C.R. (1981). Rubiaceae. In J. Jessop (ed.), Flora of Central Australia. Sydney: A.H. & A.W. Reed

Pty Ltd.

MUELLER, F. (1863). Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae 4: 37-41. Melbourne: Victorian Government.

MUELLER, F. (1874). Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae 8: 146. Melbourne: Victorian Government.

MUELLER, F. (1876). Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae 10: 85. Melbourne: Victorian Government.

MUELLER, F. (1882). Systematic census of Australian plants. Melbourne: Victorian Government.

ROGERS, G.K. (1987). The genera of Cinchonoideae (Rubiaceae) in the south-eastern United States. Journal of

the Arnold Arboretum 68: 137-183.

SCHWARZ, O. (1927). Plantae novae vel minus congnitae Australiae tropicae. Repertorium Specierum Novarum

Reeni Vegatabilis 24: 80-109.

SIVARAJAN, V.V. & BIJU, S.D. (1990). Taxonomic and nomenclatural notes on the Hedyotis coryinbosa-diffusa

complex (Rubiaceae) in India. Taxon 39: 665-674.

SMITH, J.E. (1811). Hedyotis. In A. Rees, The cyclopedia. Volume 17. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme

amd Brown.

SMITH, A.C. & DARWIN, S.P. (1988). In Smith, A.C. (ed.), Flora Vitiensis Nova. A new Flora of Fiji. 4: 352—

359. Lawai, Kauai, Hawaii: Pacific Tropical Botanical Garden.

STANLEY, T.D. & ROSS, E.M. (1986). Flora of south-eastern Queensland 2: 320-344. Brisbane: Queensland

Department of Primary Industries.

TERRELL, E.E. (1975). Relationships of Hedyotis fruticosa L. to Houstonia L. and Oldenlandia L. Phytologia

34: 418-424,

TERRELL, E.E. (1990). Synopsis of Oldenlandia (Rubiaceae) in the United States. Phytologia 68: 125-133.

TERRELL, E.E. (1991), Overview and annotated checklist of North American species of Hedyotis, Houstonia,

Oldeniandia (Rubiaceae), and related genera. Phytologia 71(3): 212-243.

TERRELL, E.E. & LEWIS, W.H. ees Oldenlandiopsis (Rubiaceae), a new genus from the Caribbean Basin,

based on Oldenlandia callitrichoides Grisebach. Brittonia 42: 185-190.

TORREY, J. & GRAY, A. (1841). A flora of North America 2: 37-43. New York: Wiley & Putman.

Jee eton an ule eying pene memamemmnmn een teU nn tty Bo AN

722 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

TRIMEN, H. (1894). A hand-book to the flora of Ceylon 2: 314-317. London: Dulau & Co.

VERDCOURT, B. (1975). Studies in the family Rubiaceae-Rubioideae of the ‘Flora of Tropical East Africa. 1:

Kew Bulletin 30: 247-326.

VERDCOURT, B. (1976). Flora of Tropical East Africa. Rubiaceae (Part 1} 268-315. London: Crown Agents.

WIGHT, R. & ARNOTT, G.A.W. (1834). Prodromus florae peninsulae Indiae Orientalis 1: 405-418. London:

Parbury, Allen & Co.

WILLIAMS, K.A.W. (1987). Native plants of Queensland 3: 158. North Ipswich: K.A.W. Williams.

Accepted for publication 6 March 1992

Austrobaileya 3(4): 723-728 (1992) 723

A NEW PASPALUM L. (GRAMINEAE) FROM NEW

CALEDONIA AND VANUATU

Bernard JToutain

Centre de Coopération Internationale en Recherche Agronomique pour le

Développement (CIRAD), 10 rue Pierre Curie, 94704 Maisons Alfort Cedex, France.

Summary

Paspalum moratii sp. nov. is described and its relationship with allied species is discussed.

Introduction

The genus Paspalum L. (Gramineae) is represented in New Caledonia by about

13 species (Toutain 1989). Four of them, presumably indigenous, are mentioned in

accounts of the vegetation of many Pacific islands including those of Vanuatu. They are

P. orbiculare G. Forster, P. cartilagineum Presl, P. distichum L. and P. vaginatum Sw.

Eight other species were introduced more or less recently from America, mainly for

lawns and pastures. They are P. dilatatum Poiret, P. urville: Steudel, P. conjugatum

Bergius, P. paniculatum L., P. notatuim Fluegge, P. saurae Parodi, P. plicatulum Michx.

and P. wettsteinii Hack. In Vanuatu, P. commersonii Lam. and P. scrobiculatum L. are

also found. The weed P. fimbriatum Kunth is established in some parts of Vanuatu but

in New Caledonia it has been collected only once in Noumea.

The material of Paspalum from New Caledonia and Vanuatu held in the ORSTOM*

Herbarium (NOU) and in the CIRAD laboratory of Port Laguerre has recently been

critically re-examined.

In the limited area of these two archipelagoes, each species is quite homogeneous,

the characters show a narrow range of variations, and the differences between species

are clear, so that local specimens are not particularly difficult to identify. The identifi-

cations made were checked against published descriptions of Paspalum species in books

on tropical grasses (Hitchcock 1936; Bor 1960; Backer & Backhuisen van den Brink

1968; Burkart 1969: Hutchinson & Dalziel 1972; Smith 1979; Koyama 1987; Simon

1990). All species were easily identified, except for one which remained unplaced.

Specimens of this plant sent to botanists in various parts of the world were

identified as P. commersonii, P. scrobiculatum, P. orbiculare, and even P. thunbergiti

Kunth ex Steudel! Even though specialists working with dry specimens recognize many

similarities when comparing the plant from New Caledonia and Vanuatu with reference

material, the varied determinations suggest that it is basically different from these species.

Clayton (1975) encountered difficulties in distinguishing the following five species

of African Paspalum: P. scrobiculatum, P. commersonti, P. polystachyum R. Br., P.

orbiculare and P. cartilagineum. He concluded that there were not sufficient grounds to

separate them and therefore included them in the Paspalum scrobiculatum complex

198) diagnostic morphological features were given later by Clayton and Renvoize

The characters used by Clayton coincide with those present in our unplaced

Paspalum material which hasty identification might thus place in the P. scrobiculatum

complex. However, such identification does not take into account other particular

characters, such as the number of racemes, which is never more than two in the unplaced

material, the sterile lemma, which is generally slightly transversely wrinkled, and the

upper glume, which is crumpled.

Two further characteristics of this controversial plant are not quite the same as

those of P. scrobiculatum. The spikelets are somewhat bigger (2.2 to 3.1 mm long as

compared with 1.8 to 2.5 mm in P. scrobiculatum), and the stigmas are always white,

whereas those of P. scrobiculatum are generally violet.

* ORSTOM, Institut Francais de Recherches Scientifiques pour le Développement en Coopération, Centre de

Noumeéa.

ARES

ae et A as late BARE NE ee ed et aaa aed a

724 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Growing in the Port Laguerre pasture-plant collection beside a row of P. orbiculare,

the plant in question showed a rather different vegetative behaviour and frequency of

flowering. It appeared much more sensitive to drought and to competition from sur-

rounding grasses than its neighbour and died out in a few years. The culms were only

seasonally present and for a much shorter time than those of P. orbiculare. However,

in the vegetative stage, 1t was easily confused in the field with plants of the latter species.

All these observed differences are, I believe, sufficient to justify considering this

plant a distinct species.

Paspalum moratii Toutain sp. nov.

Gramen perenne caespitosum. Culmi erecti, c. 70 cm alti. Foliorum laminae lineares,

5-25 cm longae et 7-11 mm latae, herbaceae, acuminatae. Ligulae membranaceae, c.

0.8 mm longae. Inflorescentiae unum vel duos racemos gerentes, racemus inferior sessilis

et racemus superior breve pedunculatus. Racemi 3.0-7.5 cm longi, in medio latiores.

Rhachis plana, 1.5-3.0 mm lata. Spiculae singulares, subrotundae in ambitu, glabrae,

2.2—3.1 mm longae. Gluma inferior deest. Gluma superior spiculam aequans, quinque-

nervia, plus minusve corrugata. Floris sterilis lemma quinquenervium, plerumque trans-

versim plicatum, pallide viride. Floris fertilis lemma paleaque spiculam aequantes,

induratae, puncticulatae, maturitate nitidae stramineae. Stigma album. Typus: Port

Laguerre, Nouvelle Calédonie, cultivé en collection, originaire de Koné, prairie sur

alluvions anciennes, avril 1985, B. Toutain 4028 (holo: P; iso: BRI,LNOUV).

Erect short-lived perennial, more or less tufted, to about 0.7 m tall. Culms erect with

about 6 nodes (3 or 4 clearly visible), sometimes producing a second culm. Leaf blades

linear, c. 20 (5-25) cm long, c. 9 (7~11) mm wide, flat, herbaceous, sparsely pilose above

and along the margin, glabrous below, gradually long-acuminate. Ligule c. 0.8 mm long,

membranous. Sheaths sparsely pilose along the margin. Blades and sheaths become

brownish in drying. Inflorescence exserted with (1 or) 2 terminal racemes back to back

in the upper sheath before flowering, the lower raceme sessile, the upper on a more or

less short peduncle up to 10 mm long, ciliolate at the junction. Racemes 3.0-7.5 cm

long, straight or slightly arcuate, moderately thick, wider in the middle than at the base.

Rachis c. 2 (1.5-3.0) mm wide, bearing spikelets in 2 rows on one side, flat on the other

side. Spikelets on very short pedicels, solitary, broadly ovate or suborbicular in outline,

rounded at apex, c. 2.8 (2.2~—3.1) mm long, 2.0-2.5 mm wide, glabrous. Lower glume

absent. Upper glume rounded, as long as the spikelet, 5-nerved, irregularly crumpled.

Sterile lemma membranous, 5-nerved, usually transversely wrinkled near the margin,

dull, pale green. Fertile lemma and palea indurate, equalling the spikelet, puncticulate,

straw coloured or pale brown and shiny at maturity. Stigma creamy white, light brown

when dry. Chromosome number of the type specimen: 2n = 40 GS. Essad, 1989, Versailles,

France). Figs 1 & 2.

Specimens studied re in NOU): New Caledonia. Nouméa, base du Ouen Toro, May 1964, AdacKee 11493; ile

Quen, Nov 1965, Blanchon 1638: Bourail Nessadiou, Centre Agronomique, Jul 1969, Schiiid s.n.; La Foa, Ouano,

bord de mare, Jul 1969, Schiid 2941 bis; Boulouparis, Quaménie, prairie sur péridotites, May 1970, Veilion

2147; La Foa, Pocquereux, prairie sur sol sodique acide, Mar 1985, Toutain 4025; Port Laguerre, jardin de

collection, Apr 1985, Toutain 4107; La Foa, Pocquereux, Apr 1986, Toutain 4109. Vanuatu. Efate, céte Sud, Est

de la riviére Téouma, marécage a4 touradons, Jul 1971, Raynai 16045.

Distribution and habitat: P. morati! is not very common. It grows in grasslands and

native pastures on seasonally very wet and very dry soils, usually 1n association with P.

orbiculare and other native herbaceous plants. Its distribution suggests that this species

is indigenous.

Notes: Paspalum moratii cannot be confused with the Asiatic P. thunbergii Kunth ex

Steudel because that has 2-5 racemes on an elongated axis, and leaf blades densely

pilose on both surfaces.

There are some differences between it and the Asiatic species P. metzii Steudel

whose taxonomic position is somewhat controversial. Both species have white stigmas

when living and often a short distance between the racemes.

P. ciliatifolium Michx. is mentioned by Jacques (1939) as a species resembling P.

orbiculare and collected in New Caledonia by Montrouzier, Pancher and Deplanche. P.

Toutain, Paspalum moratil 725

Fig. 1. Paspalum moratit: A. culm with typical inflorescence X 0.65. B. lemma of sterile floret, abaxial view X

75 C. lemma and palea of fertile floret, abaxial view X 7.5. D. upper glume, adaxial view X 7.5. E. details of

part of rachis (left, abaxial view; right, adaxial view) X 3. Del. B. Toutain.

TR EMA A a at

POC aS CEE LT So Te Cnn atc SCE CASES EEE

726 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

moratii cannot be confused with the American species P. ciliatifolium, the latter having

1-3 slender racemes, spikelets about 2 mm long, and somatic chromosome number 2n

= 20. In appearance the spikelet of P. moratii 1s not unlike that of some other American

species such as P. lindenianum A. Rich. or P. distortum Chase.

Key to species

|. Spikelets crumpled and/or transversely wrinkled .................... 2

Spikelets not crumpled ee We de an ee eee ew es ie, ak ee 4

2. Spikelets 2 mm long, only 1 raceme [West Indies] ............ P. distortum

Spikelets more than 2.2 mm long, 1-2 racemes or Lee ee

3. Glume and sterile lemma deeply crumpled, caespitose in dense tussocks

[West Indies] .. . .. P. lindenianum

Sterile lemma transversely wrinkled, , glume lightly crumpled, caespitose

in small tufts ........ , P. moratii

ee eee Ma eras havi vt AEE es tynet ies ett ees Hiei REET recs | dS 5

Spikelets 2.5 mm long or More .. 6. 1. oe ee ce ee ee ee ne te et 9

5. Racemes 1-3. Paes eins itis ale ee Naeece Sildl waoee ute wit Sh iey ant hig sc eM gehen be NME's 6

Racemes 2-10, distant .. 0.0. ce ce ce ce ee ee ee ee ee Se se aA 7

6. Racemes arcuate, spikelets glabrous or minutely pubescent, 2 mm long

[North and Central America] .. P. ciliatifolrum

Racemes straight, saminit selels 2,0-2.5 mm long, 7-nerved (Tropical

Asia] .. 2... | B lavirg (Ouse peed ay dhisg car cheee ee ee et ars et, P. metzii !

7. Spikelets 2.0—2.5 mm long, rotundate Sra. 5-7-nerved .... P. commersonii !

Spikelets about 2 mm long, orbicular EM ge ORSEL OAL a) 8

8. Sterile lemma more or less cartilagineous, 2-3 racemes .... P. cartilagineum !

Sterile lemma membranous, spikelets 3-nerved ............ P. orbiculare !

9, Racemes 3-5, xmaliae elliptic, mucronate at en cunieiaan or ana”

[China, Japan] Bie a ato On: ear ders eet Ge 5 P. leicmuiaan 7:

Racemes 2, V-shaped — Nalgene aoe LSE eee cee oak eee 10

10. Spikelets ovate, rhizomes stout .. «2... we ee ee ee P. notatum

Spikelets acute, rhizomes slender .... 10... 0. 0. ce ce ee ee ee ee I]

11. Glume shortly hairy, fresh water .... 2... 2. ee ee ee ee P. distichum

Giume hairless, salt water .. 2... 0. 0. ee ee ee P. vaginatum

| included in P. scrobicitlatum complex

Etymology: This species is dedicated to Prof. Philippe Morat, botanist and agrostologist,

Director of the Laboratoire de Phanérogamie at the Mus¢um National d’Histoire Naturelle

in Paris. He spent several years in New Caledonia, in charge of the ORSTOM laboratory

of botany, and contributed to our understanding of plants of that island.

Aknowledgements

I wish to thank Mr D. Essad, Scientist at the Station de Génétique et d’Amélioration

des Plantes, Institut National de la Recherche Agronomique, Versailles, France, for the

chromosome number determination, and Mr H.S. MackKee, Correspondant du Muséum,

Noumea, for the suggestions provided on the manuscript.

Se ran ananat

ca a Hae Mi Ne oH Mea

¥y

cM ate ot

Toutain, Paspalum moratii

peed tay pe deen ee a eE Pepairenet oe eee HAE til

hee

‘~<a ae a

ote

eee

rer ee

Sarkoct

ant Bat

errs

rene eee

oy a5

PST -

2 meee? “=! * ce

Sor a reeea

epee “ re =,

= oe Perea ee ea LL a, ee

acme tab ot

paltry eer ot

eter hee

rate

act

Sea .

erties

ep oe sia ate

EE eeirinttere

Sapper ere

z : eit

ert 2

painre:

aay

eon

meron

“0

Sonne

EE EERE EEE eee ht HE

‘2

an =

ae ae

: a

“t

gL en =

coreercen Sane en coe ater A See re

: a goer

trae

eke

Serre

aati

ohne

cat

eo, ieee =

ee a este erineee

z a

eee ee

Soe AT ioe ie

RR a

eine

art eats ene

: ee f pine eirciaie

aes

ante lt7e

Lees:

fA -Reate RE Pee ecient ppb rire > fray os

COOMBE core acc hh tan ps RAE et aE Aa eee ah Bhd PE LEE oh ESE nnn Be eg Sain aa F,

oeeeaean i aerate Soe nn ene memento UT ii ieee ce 2

: Ded Peep ar bag oe Lee ey ae Ft eurrce 2

SUE ee a eee rameter iy sieaenne caren ieee meen opiate

Jie Soto as Tere eee te Ty BE ee ee tal ar a eer err = Savy rr a

Cttareee ees - eer hte ee al fy ae eee epee eee at rs atte a

Sern fate a ee rn aT pet nen Pea Pp ee ee Behe noe Ee Ia pe er pn ee:

= = SIA [eo ete Ar Se zs i sto

A ait neni re tee etd

nn somaya [etn ne ne ene “Ha peepee el araate oe * ean ret zal

ee rn ot tae en nd peers eee z : ae ree Beare tae

ge ee ee patentee ae mi me : Sareea rie

ST a ene ee PIT Pra eee ee

STEP ad gma rl an eee eee ate ae ag

naire

prey

&" or

arte cea

epee

7 4

pen ety

see

meee

= toma ae mis > =

eee 2 = Fj

fadenite?

Fae ot

peat

aera -

Se Sates

rales

sie

Spohn ae

Ree Dae tine

eae

ees

pricier

Mere

wtp

= 5 i

“t

cane = ars,

pipe

cher

te sy

opener ante

Saar

nee

a 7 oS

Peeper eerie es ir ratied Hebert tert ed ee a

BGT A anni arn Se eee ped aes De

Tn SAAR RA ook fae ee carey

* uo -; taht

crear

worst

Gren et ana

Seen ueeecessgte

ane

ricer

aye

heey renee ge rat oes

pe ee re,

eens

SHEE

ces =

Bree

het

cae

pate aoe

ead

tte

Hee

aes

ae = caer

Pat ied eee a

= =i

i eee eae, pees

erreees

ig. 2. Paspalum orbiculare. A. culm apex at flowering. B-D. Paspalum moratii: B,D culm apex at flowering. C.

abaxial view of a single raceme.

728 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

References

tae C.A. & BACKHUISEN VAN DEN BRINK, R.C. (1968). Flora of Java. Groningen: Wolters-Noordhoff

YY,

BOR, N.L. (1960). The grasses of Burma, Ceylon, India and Pakistan. London: Pergamon Press.

BURKART, A. (1969). Fiora ilustrada de Entre-Rios (Argentina). Parte II: Gramineas. Buenos Aires: INTA, Coll.

Cientifica, tomo VI, I.

CLAYTON, W.D. (1975). The Paspalum scrobiculatum complex in tropical Africa. Kew Bulletin 30: 101-105.

CLAYTON, W.D. & RENVOIZE, S.A. (1982). Flora of Tropical East Africa. Part 3 - Gramineae. Kew: Royal

Botanic Gardens.

HITCHCOCK, A.S. (1936). Manual of the Grasses of the West Indies. Washington: U.S, Dept of Agriculture,

Miscellaneous Publication No. 243.

HUTCHINSON, J. & DALZIEL, J.M. (1972). Flora of West Tropical Africa. Vol. II], part 2. London: Crown

Agents for Overseas Governments and Administrations.

JACQUES, C. (1939). Les Paspalui de la Nouvelle Calédonie. Nouméa: Rev. Agric. Nouv. Calédonie: 3641-51.

KOYAMA, T. (1987). Grasses of Japan and its neighboring regions. Tokyo: Kodansha.

SIMON, B.K. (1990). A key to Australian Grasses. Brisbane: Queensland Department of Primary Industries.

SMITH, A.C. (1979). Flora Vitiensis Nova. Hawaii: Pacific Tropical Botanical Garden.

TOUTAIN, B. (1989). Guide d’identification des principales graminées de Nouvelie Calédonie. Maisons-Alfort

(France): CIRAD-IEMVT, Etudes et Synthéses No. 35.

Accepted for publication 9 April 1992

Austrobaileya 3(4): 729-740 (1992) 729

FIVE NEW SPECIES OF PLECTRANTHUS L. HERIT

(LAMIACEAE) FROM QUEENSLAND

Paul I. Forster

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Summary

Plectranthus graniticola, P. minutus, P. nitidus, P. omissus and P. torrenticola are described as new. All are

endemic to Queensland except for P. nitidus which also occurs in New South Wales. All are restricted in distribution

and are endangered species. A new description i is provided for P. argentatus S.Y. Blake to compare it with the

allied species — P. graniticola, P. omissus and P. ftorrenticola, New localities for P. gratus S.T. Blake and P.

amicorum S.T. Blake in Queensland are recorded and both species are allocated conservation codings. A new

locality for P. arenicola P. Forster is recorded and the species is allocated a revised conservation coding. P.

amboinicus (Lour.) Sprengel is recorded as naturalised 1 in the Brisbane area. Ar) key to the native and naturalised

species of Plectranthus occurring in Queensland is presented.

Introduction

Since the revision of Plectranthus L. Herit. in Australasia by Blake (1971), relatively

few collections of the genus have been added to the holdings at the Queensland Herbarium

and some confusion has reigned among collectors as to the identity of a number of their

recent collections from Queensland. In previous papers (Forster 199la, 1992), two new

Queensland species, P. arenicola P. Forster (‘arenicolus’) and P. blakei P. Forster, were

named and compared with allied taxa. A putative hybrid between P. alloplectus and P.

graveolens has also been documented (Forster 1991b).

Recent fieldwork in Queensland has revealed the existence of a further five new

species, new localities for several rarely collected previously described species and the

naturalisation of a south-east Asian species. A key to all species of the genus in Queensland

is provided. As three of the new species, namely P. graniticola, P. torrenticola and P.

omlissus are superficially similar and likely to be confused with P. argentatus S.T. Blake,

a new comparative account is also given for the latter species.

Characters that are important in distinguishing species of Plectranthus in Queens- —

land include the presence/absence of an indumentum of trichomes; the type of indu-

mentum (stalked multicellular trichomes with an apical gland (referred to throughout as

‘slandular’), stalked multicellular trichomes lacking an apical gland (referred to throughout

as “non-glandular’); presence/absence of sessile glands and the number of cells in the

sessile glands when present; the number of teeth on each margin of the leaf lamina; the

number of flowers in each verticillaster; corolla lobe size and shape, corolla tube shape.

and the nature of the indumentum on the corolla. Most of these characters were used

and emphasised by Blake (1971) in his delimitation of species. However, because his

key does not consist of strictly dichotomous couplets, the usefulness of these attributes

has been largely obscured and botanists seeking identification of material using the key

have usually experienced problems in reaching a successful answer.

Most taxa, apart from P. minutus, are in cultivation and propagating material has

been distributed to several interested growers and the Australian National Botanic

Gardens. Interested parties should contact the author for propagating material.

In the following descriptions, indumentum cover is described using the terminology

of Hewson (1988), except that ‘scattered’ 1s used instead of ‘isolated’. Unless otherwise

stated, trichomes are clear and not coloured.

“Taxonomic Treatment

1. Plectranthus torrenticola P. Forster, sp. nov. affinis P. graveolenti R. Br. a quo foltis

argenteis, verticllastris 10-1 2-floris, corolla 9.8-1.2 mm longa, calyce fructificanti

5.4-6.0 mm longo differt. Typus: Queensland. MORETON DIsTRICT: State Forest

Drive, 20 Februaty 1991, PJ. Forster 7797 & P.R. Sharpe (holo: BRI; iso:

CANBI, K!,MEL!,NSW!}).

CE MUM mm me en ad et St AAG et teat Ra

730 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Subshrub to 30 cm high, foliage slightly scented. Stems or lateral branches erect to

straggling, the lower parts woody and up to 5 mm thick, seedling-derived stems lacking

a tuberous base; upper parts with dense, retrorse, 5—&- celled non-glandular silver trichomes

to 0.4 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes and sessile glands. Leaves discolorous;

petiole 8-18 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, with dense, divaricate, 5-8-celled non- glandular

silver trichomes to 0.4 mm long, dense glandular trichomes to 0.1 mm long, lacking

sessile glands; lamina narrow-ovate, 20-60 mm long, 2-5 mm wide, fleshy, serrate with

10-16 teeth on each margin, occasionally with 1 or more secondary ‘teeth: upper surface

green, veins impressed, with sparse to dense, retrorse, 4-8-celled glandular and non-

glandular silver trichomes to 0.4 mm long, lacking sessile glands; lower surface pale-

green, veins raised, with dense, retrorse, 5—8-celled non-glandular silver trichomes to 0.4

mm long, dense glandular silver trichomes to 0,1 mm long, lacking sessile glands.

Inflorescence cymose, 20-30 cm long, comprising 1-3(5) pedunculate branches; each

branch 4-18 cm long; axis with dense, retrorse, 4—8-celled non-glandular silver trichomes

to 0.4 mm long and glandular silver trichomes to 0.1 mm long, sessile glands lacking:

bracts broad-ovate, 4.3-4.5 mm long, 4.9-5 mm wide, with dense, retrorse, 4~8-celled

non-glandular and glandular silver trichomes to 0.4 mm long, lacking sessile glands.

Verticillasters 1Q—12-flowered, 4-11 mm apart; pedicels 3-5 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diameter,

with sparse, antrorse, 4-8-celled non-glandular and glandular silver trichomes, sessile

glands absent. Calyx ‘1.8-2.1 mm long, with sparse to dense, antrorse, 2-4-celled non-

glandular and glandular trichomes to 0.4 mm long, sessile glands absent. Corolla 9.8-

12.2 mm long, light-purple; tube 5.3~6.0 mm long, abruptly curved at an angle of c. 30°

2.1-2.2 mm from base, slightly inflated upwards, glabrous; upper lobes subcircular, 1.7-

2.1 mm long, 1.9-2.2 mm wide, with scattered, divaricate, 2—4-celled non-glandular

trichomes on margins, lacking glandular trichomes and sessile glands; lateral lobes broadly-

ovate, 0.9-1.0 mm long, 0.9-1.0 mm wide, lacking trichomes and sessile glands; lower

lobe oblong, 4.6-5.6 mm long, 2.7-4.5 mm wide, with scattered, retrorse, 2—4-celled

non-glandular trichomes up to 0.2 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes and sessile

glands. Filaments filiform, 8-9 mm long, fused for c. 5 mm in bottom of tube, purple;

anthers c. 0.3 mm long and 0.2 mm wide. Style 8.5-9.5 mm long, purple. Fruiting calyx

5.4-6.0 mm long; upper lobe ovate, 3.0-3.2 mm long, 2.3-2.4 mm wide, with sparse,

antrorse, 2—4-celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes

and sessile glands; lateral lobes lanceolate-falcate, 3.0-3.2 mm long, c. 0.6 mm wide,

with scattered, divaricate, 2—4-celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm long, lacking

glandular trichomes and sessile glands; lower lobes lanceolate-falcate, 3.5-3.8 mm long,

c. 0.6 mm wide, with scattered, divaricate, 2-4-celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.2

mm long, lacking glandular trichomes and sessile glands. Seed semi-spherical, c. 0.8 mm

long, 0.8 mm wide, 0.5 mm thick, brown. Fig. 1C & D

Specimens examined, Queensland. MORETON District: N of Mapleton, Apr 1987, Sharpe 4676 & Tan (BRD; N

of Mapleton, Jun 1984, Hadlow 375 (CBG); S of Mapleton, Apr 1989, Sharpe 4867 (BRI); near Kondalilla

National Park, Feb 1991, Forster 7795 & Shai ‘pe (BRI,MEL), Bli Bh, Aug 1991, Leiper s.n. (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Known from the Blackall Range north of Nambour and near

Bli Bli. Plants grow in open heathland on rock outcrops, often but not exclusively near

water, along the edges of rainforest or along the edges of open eucalypt forest. At one

locality, P. parviflorus Willd. grows in association with P. torrenticola, whereas at another

locality, P. graveolens R. Br. 1s present with it.

Notes: P. torrenticola is vegetatively superficially similar and probably most closely allied

to P. argentatus S.T. Blake, P. graniticola P. Forster and P. omissus P. Forster, but

differs from them in a number of characters that are compared in Table 1. In Blake’s

key (1971), P. torrenticola keys to P. graveolens but differs from that species by its silver

foliage, the 10-12 flowers in each verticillaster, the corolla 9.8-12.2 mm long and the

fruiting calyx 5.4-6 mm long. P. torrenticola also lacks 4-celled sessile glands which are

unique to P. argentatus and P. omissus in the taxa occurring in south-east Queensland.

Further studies using non-morphological characters are required to evaluate relationships

within this group of taxa.

Conservation status: This is a most uncommon plant and is under direct threat because

several localities where it occurs experience considerable disturbance from human

visitation. Further survey work 1s required in similar habitats in the Blackall Range to

Forster, Plectranthus 731

Table 1. Comparison of morphological characters of Plectranthus argentatus, P. graniticola,

P. omissus and P. torrenticola

Character argentatus OMISSUS torrenticola —_graniticola

4-celled sessile glands present present absent absent

flower no. in verticillaster 6-10 14-16 10-12 14-16

corolla colour its to lilac- iHlas hie iain purple

corolla tube angle (°) 0-10 110-130 30 40-45

corolla tube length (mm) 5-5.1 4.8-5 9.8-12.2 5.5-6

trichomes on corolla tube absent present absent present

sessile glands on corolla tube absent present absent absent

corolla upper lobes size 1.4-1.5 2.4-2.5 1.7-2.1 2.3-2.5

(length X width mm) X1.5=1.7 %2,4-2.5 X1.9-2.2 %2.8-3

corolla lower lobe size 4.4.2 4.4-4,5 4.6-5.6 6.3-6.8

(length X width mm} x4-4,2 x3-3.2 X2.7-4.5 x4-4,2

determine whether other populations of this species exist there. An appropriate conser-

vation coding is 2EC (cf. Briggs & Leigh 1988).

Etymology: The specific epithet from torrens (torrent) and co/a (dweller) alludes to the

common preference of this species to growing in rock outcrops next to rushing streams

(torrents).

2. Plectranthus omissus P. Forster, sp. nov. affinis P. argenteo S.T. Blake a quo

verticillastris 14-16-floribus, floribus lilacinis, corollae tubo 4.8-5.0 mm longo ad

angulum 110-130° c. 1.4 mm e basi deflexo, uterque trichomatibus et glandulis

sessilibus, lobis superioribus 2.4—2.5 mm longis et 2.4—2.5 mm latis, labeo inferiore

longiore quam lato, 4.4-4.5 mm longo, 3.0—3.2 mm lato differt. Typus: Queensland.

WIDE Bay DIsTRICT: Mudlow Gap, Beauty Spot 11, Timber Reserve 26, 8 km

N of Kalkivan, 21: February 1989, PJ. Forster 4977 (holo: BRI; iso: CANBLK! MO!).

Subshrub to | m high, foliage slightly scented. Stems and lateral branches erect or |

straggling, the lower parts woody and up to | cm thick, seedling stems Jacking tuberous

bases; upper parts with sparse to dense, retrorse, 6—8-celled non-glandular silver trichomes

up to 0.6 mm long but commonly much shorter, lacking glandular trichomes, with sparse

sessile 4-celled glands. Leaves concolorous, green; petioles 25-36 mm long, 3.8-4.0 mm

diameter, with dense, divaricate, 6-8-celled non-glandular silver trichomes to 0.6 mm

long, lacking glandular trichomes, with sparse to dense sessile 4-celled glands; lamina

broadly ovate, 2-8 cm long, 3-6 cm wide, somewhat fleshy, serrate with 17-19 teeth on

each margin, occasionally with | or more secondary teeth; upper surface with venation

impressed and with dense, retrorse, 6—8-celled non-glandular silver trichomes to 0.6 mm

long, lacking glandular trichomes, with sparse to dense sessile 4-celled glands; lower

surface with venation raised and with dense, retrorse, 6-8-celled non-glandular silver

trichomes to 0.6 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes, with dense sessile 4-celled glands.

Inflorescence cymose, comprising !-5 branches with occasional side branches; each

branch pedunculate, 15-35 cm long; axis with sparse to dense, retrorse, 6-8- celled non-

glandular silver trichomes to 0.4 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes, with sparse to

dense sessile 4-celled glands; bracts lanceolate, 2.3-2.4 mm long, 0.9-1.0 mm wide, with

dense, retrorse, 6-8-celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm long, lacking glandular

trichomes, with dense sessile 4-celled glands. Verticillasters 14-16-flowered, 8-13 mm

apart; pedicels 3.0-3.4 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diameter, with dense, + retrorse, 6-celled

non-glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes, with ‘scattered

sessile 4-celled glands. Calyx 2.6-2.8 mm long, with dense, retrorse, 6-8-celled non-

elandular trichomes to 0.4 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes, with dense sessile 4-

celled glands. Corolla 8.5-8.8 mm long, lilac; tube 4.8-5.0 mm long, abruptly curved at

NT TNE EAM ERC MEA Ul at aa ed MN MANET I ec tee nd i th ant aa ne ne ett

SERRE SAE RS

732 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

an angle of 110-130° c. 1.4 mm from base, slightly inflated upwards and then constricted

to the slightly oblique mouth, with scattered, divaricate, 4-6-celled non-glandular tri-

chomes to 0.4 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes, with scattered sessile 4-celled

glands; upper lobes subcircular, 2.4-2.5 mm long, 2.4-2.5 mm wide, with sparse,

divaricate, 4-6-celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.4 mm long, lacking glandular tri-

chomes, with sparse sessile 4-celled glands; lateral lobes ovate, 1.0-1.2 mm long, c. 0.8

mm wide, lacking non-glandular and glandular trichomes, with scattered sessile 4-celled

glands; lower lobe oblong, 4.4-4.5 mm long, 3.0-3.2 mm wide, with scattered, divaricate,

4—6-celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.4 mm long, lacking ‘glandular trichomes, with

sparse sessile 4-celled glands. Filaments filiform, 6-7 mm long, fused to tube in bottom

2-3 mm, lilac; anthers 0.4-0.5 mm long, c. 0.3 mm wide. Style 3.0-3.5 mm long, lilac.

Fruiting calyx 4.0-4.8 mm long, all lobes with dense, retrorse, 4—6-celled non-glandular

trichomes to 0.4 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes. with dense sessile 4-celled glands;

upper lobe lanceolate-triangular, 1.7-1.8 mm long, 1.2-1.4 mm wide; lateral lobes

lanceolate-falcate, 1.3-1.5 mm long, c. 1.2 mm wide; lower lobes lanceolate-falcate, 2.4-

2.5 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm wide. Seed hemi-spherical, 0.7-0.8 mm long, c. 0.7 mm wide,

0.4 mm thick. Fig. 11 & J.

Specimens examined: Known only from the type collection.

Distribution and habitat; Known only from the type locality, where plants grow on

south-facing rock outcrops bordering araucarian notophyll vine forest at an altitude of

c, 240 m.

Notes: P. omissus was previously considered to be a northerly outlying population of P.

argentatus (Forster & Sharpe 1989). However, more recent collections of this latter

species led me to reconsider the material from Mudlow Gap, whereupon several diagnostic

characters that could be used to distinguish the two species were recognised (Table 1).

P. omissus is also superficially similar to P. graniticola and P. torrenticola, but may be

distinguished from those taxa by a number of characters (Table 1).

Conservation status: The only known population of P. omissus comprises 30 to 40 plants

on a steep rock outcrop adjacent to an old logging road in a designated Beauty Spot

within a Queensland Forest Service Timber Reserve. The immediate area is infested

with Lantana camara and Ageratum houstonianum and further exploration is required

to determine whether additional populations occur. An appropriate conservation coding

for P. omissus 18 1E (cf. Briggs & Leigh 1988).

Etymology: The specific epithet omissus (neglected) alludes to the overlooked nature of

the species, both from its late discovery and from my initial reluctance to acknowledge

its uniqueness.

3. Plectranthus graniticola P. Forster, sp. nov. affinis P. omisso P. Forster a quo glandulis

sessilibus 8-cellularibus, corolla 12-13 mm longo constanti ex tubo 5.5-6.0 mm

longo c. 3 mm e basi ad angulum 40-~45° abrupte defracto, lobo inferiore 6.3-6.8

mm longo, 4.0-4.2 mm lato, sparso usque denso indumento non glandulare ornato

et glandulis sessilibus carenti differt. Typus: Queensland. SOUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT:

Clarke Range, Eungella National Park, 23 April 1991, PJ. Forster 8056 & W_ILF.

McDonald (holo: BRI'; iso: K!,;MEL!,QRS!).

Subshrub to 40 cm high, foliage scentless. Stems and lateral branches erect to straggling,

the lower parts woody and up to 8 mm thick, seedling stems lacking tuberous bases;

upper parts with dense, retrorse, 4~8-celled non-glandular silver trichomes up to 0.8 mm

long but commonly much shorter, lacking glandular trichomes, with very scattered sessile

8-celled glands. Leaves concolorous, green; petioles 2-45 mm long, 1-2 mm diameter,

with dense, retrorse 4—8-celled non-glandular silver trichomes to 0.8 mm long, lacking

glandular and sessile glands; lamina lanceolate-ovate, 13-70 mm long, 6-50 mm wide,

somewhat fleshy, serrate with 15-18 teeth on each margin, occasionally with | or more

secondary teeth; upper surface with venation impressed and with sparse to dense, antrorse

4—8-celled non-glandular silver trichomes to 8 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes,

with scattered 8-celled sessile glands; lower surface with venation raised and with dense

divaricate to retrorse 4-8-celled non-glandular silver trichomes to 0.8 mm long, lacking

glandular trichomes, with dense sessile 8-celled glands. Inflorescence cymose, comprising

Forster, Plectranthus 733

1-3 branches; each branch pedunculate, 5~17 cm long; axis with dense, retrorse 4~8-

celled non-glandular silver trichomes to 1 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes and

sessile glands; bracts lanceolate-ovate, 1.5-1.8 mm long, |.2-1.4 mm wide, with dense,

divaricate 4—8-celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.1 mm long, lacking glandular tri-

chomes, with dense sessile 8-celled glands. Verticillasters 14—16-flowered, 5-13 mm apart:

pedicels 5-6 mm long, c. 0.4 mm diameter, with dense, divaricate 4-8-celled non-

glandular trichomes to 0.8 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes and sessile glands.

Calyx 3.3-3.5 mm long, with dense, divaricate 4-8-celled non-glandular trichomes to |

mm long, lacking glandular trichomes and sessile glands. Corolla 12-13 mm long, purple:

tube 5.5-6.0 mm long, abruptly curved at an angle of 40-45° c. 3 mm from base, slightly

inflated upwards and then constricted to the slightly oblique mouth, with scattered,

divaricate, 4-celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.4 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes

and sessile glands; upper lobes subcircular 2.3-2.5 mm long, 2.8-3.0 mm wide, ciliate

and with dense, divaricate, 4-celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.4 mm long, lacking

glandular trichomes and sessile glands; lateral lobes rounded-oblong, 1.2-1.4 mm long,

1.0-1.2 mm wide, lacking trichomes, with scattered 8-celled sessile glands; lower lobe

oblong, 6.3-6.8 mm long, 4.0-4.2 mm wide, with sparse to dense, divaricate, 4—-6-celled

non-glandular trichomes to 0.6 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes and sessile glands.

Filaments filiform, 10-11 mm long, lilac; fused to tube in bottom 4-5 mm; anthers 0.6-

0.7 mm long, c. 0.4 mm wide. Style 10-11 mm long, lilac. Fruiting calyx 5.5-6.0 mm

long, all lobes with dense, antrorse, 4-8-celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.8 mm long,

lacking glandular trichomes, with scattered to sparse 8-celled sessile glands; upper lobe

rounded, 2.7~2.9 mm long, 2.3~2.4 mm wide; lateral lobes falcate-ovate 2.3~2.5 mm

long, 1.3-1.4 mm wide; lower lobes falcate-ovate, 2.3-2.8 mm long, c. 0.4 mm wide.

ret semi-spherical, 1.2-1.3 mm long, c. 1 mm wide and 0.9 mm thick, brown. Fig. 1G

Specimens examined: Queensland. SOUTH KENNEDY DIsTRIcT: Mt Dalrymple summit, Eungella National Park,

Apr 1991, Telford 11167 (BRI,CBG).

Distribution and habitat: Known only from Eungella National Park, Clarke Range in

central Queensland. Plants grow on granite rock outcrops above 700 m altitude, generally

bordering notophyll vineforests and usually in full sun.

Conservation status: It seems remarkable that this species has not previously been

collected (no collections in BRI,CANB,CBG,QRS) and was then coincidentally collected

from two localities in the Eungella National Park on the same day by different collectors.

Undoubtedly the long-time gazettal of this area as National Park has discouraged collectors

from officially documenting its flora. Apart from the two cited localities, there is also a

population present at Skywindow, Eungella National Park; however, the sheer precipice

it occurs on precluded my collecting it on that particular occasion. It is probable that

additional populations of it occur in suitable habitats around the entire scarp of the

Eungella plateau but further survey work is required to confirm this. An appropriate

conservation coding is 2EC (cf. Briggs & Leigh 1988).

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the occurrence of this species on exposed granite

rock outcrops.

4. Plectranthus argentatus S.T. Blake, Contrib. Queensl. Herb. 9: 27 (1971). Type:

Queensland. MORETON DISTRICT: Mt Roberts, McPherson Range, May 1955, S.T.

Blake 19803 (holo: BRI').

Subshrub to 60 cm high; foliage scentless. Stems or lateral branches erect to straggling,

the lower parts woody and up to 7 mm thick, seedling derived stems lacking a tuberous

base, pink to green; upper parts with dense, retrorse, 4—8-celled non-glandular silver

trichomes to 0.6 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes, with dense 4-celled sessile glands.

Leaves concolorous, silver-green; petioles 4-35 mm long, 1.5-4.0 mm wide, with sparse

to dense, retrorse, 4-8-celled non-glandular silver trichomes to 0.8 mm long, lacking

glandular trichomes, with scattered 4-celled sessile glands; lamina ovate, 3-8 mm long,

2-6 mm wide, fleshy, serrate with 12-28 leaf teeth on each margin, occasionally with |

or more secondary teeth; upper surface with veins impressed and with sparse to dense,

antrorse, 4—8-celled non-glandular silver trichomes to 0.6 mm long, with widely scattered.

glandular trichomes to 0.1 mm long, with scattered 4-celled sessile glands; lower surface

sa Jeo net

734 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

with veins raised and with sparse to dense, retrorse to divaricate, 4—8-celled non-glandular

silver trichomes to 0.8 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes, with sparse to dense 4-

celled sessile glands. Inflorescence cymose, 5-19 cm long, comprising 1-3 pedunculate

branches, each branch 3-18 cm long; axis with dense, retrorse, 4-8-celled non-glandular

trichomes to 0.6 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes, with dense 4-celled sessile glands;

bracts narrow-ovate, 2.5-3.7 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, with sparse, retrorse, 4-8-

celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.6 mm long, lacking non-glandular trichomes, with

scattered 4-celled sessile glands. Verticillasters 6-10-flowered, 5-25 mm apart; pedicels

2.6-5.0 mm long, c. 0.4 mm diameter, with sparse to dense, retrorse to divaricate, 4-

celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.5 mm long, lacking non-glandular trichomes and

sessile glands. Calyx 2.4-3.4 mm long, with sparse to dense, divaricate, 4-8-celled non-

glandular trichomes to 0.8 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes, with dense 4-celled

sessile glands. Corolla 5-10 mm long, white to lilac-white; tube 3.5-5.1 mm long, +

straight, glabrous, lacking sessile glands; upper lobes subcircular, 1.4-2.2 mm long, 1.5-

2.3 mm wide, with scattered to sparse, divaricate, 2-4-celled non-glandular trichomes to

0.2 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes and with scattered to sparse 4-celled sessile

glands; lateral lobes oblong, 0.8-1.5 mm long, 0.6-1.0 mm wide, glabrous, lacking sessile

glands; lower lobe oblong, 4.0-4.8 mm long, 4.0-4.5 mm wide, with scattered, divaricate,

2-4-celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes, with

4-celled sessile glands. Filaments 8-10 mm long, filiform, white to pale lilac, fused to

tube in lower 3-4 mm; anthers 0.5-0.6 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diameter. Style 7-10 mm

long, white to pale lilac. Fruiting calyx 3.7—4.1 mm long, all lobes with sparse, divaricate,

4-celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.5 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes, with

sparse 4-celled sessile glands; upper lobe ovate, 2.0-2.3 mm long, 1.5-1.8 mm wide,

lateral lobes lanceolate-talcate, 1.9-2.1 mm long, 1.1-1.4 mm wide; lower lobes lanceolate-

falcate, 2.0-2.5 mm long, 0.6-0.7 mm wide. Seed semi-spherical, 1.0-1.1 mm long, 0.8~

0.9 mm wide, 0.5-0.6 mm thick. Fig. 1A & B.

Specimens examined (additional to those cited by Blake 1971): Queensland. DARLING Downs DIstricr: Mt

Mitchell, Cunningham’s Gap, Great Dividing Range, NE of Warwick, May 1970, Telford 1530 (CBG); Wilson’s

Peak, Great Dividing Range, May 1969, Telford 480 (CBG); The Head, NE of Killarney, Mar 1980, Bird &

Williams [AQ331886] (BRI); Spring Creek Plateau, 13 km ENE of Killarney, Sep 1973, Telford 3211 (CBG).

MORETON District: Springbrook Plateau, Feb 1991, Forster 7808 & Leiper (BRI); Double Peak, Mt Ballow area,

McPherson Range, Sep 1990, Forster 7437B & Leiper (BRI); Mt Lindesay, Nov 1990, Forster 7572 & Orford

(BRI). New South Wales: Moss Gardens, 6.5 km SW of Wilsons Peak, Jan 1986, Forster 2296 & Bird (BRI);

cultivated at Rainworth (ex plant collected at Hanging Rock Road, Mebbin State Forest), Apr 1989, Forster 1923

(BRI,MEL,NSW).

Distribution and habitat: Restricted to the border ranges in Queensland and to adjacent

parts of New South Wales. Plants grow on rock outcrops along rainforest margins and

on exposed cliffs at altitudes above 800 m.

Conservation status: Although this species is endemic to the Border Ranges, it is relatively

abundant in many localities within National Parks and does not warrant a conservation

coding. (cf. Forster & Sharpe 1989).

§. Plectranthus minutus P. Forster, sp. nov. affinis P. grato S.T. Blake a quo folii lamina

anguste ovata usque obovata serrata non nisi in dimidio superiore, dentibus folii

4 vel 5 paribus, glandulibus sessilibus 4-cellularibus, sine pilis glanduliferis,

verticillastris 4-6-floris differt. Typus: Queensland. Cook District: Mount Mul-

ligan, a mesozoic sandstone mountain c. 40 km NW of Dimbulah, c. 0.5 km SE

of the dam on the top of the mountain, 17 April 1985, J.R. Clarkson 5902 (holo:

BRI; iso: MBA!,MEL!,QRS!).

Subshrub to 50 cm high, foliage scent not recorded. Stems or lateral branches erect to

straggling, red in strong light, the lower parts probably woody and up to 5 mm thick;

seedling-derived stems lacking a tuberous base; upper parts with dense, antrorse, 4-6-

celled non-glandular silver trichomes to 0.8 mm long but commonly much shorter,

lacking glandular trichomes, with scattered 4-celled sessile glands. Leaves concolorous,

green; petioles 2-3 mm long, 0.9-1.2 mm wide, with dense-velutinous, antrorse 4-8-

celled non-glandular silver trichomes, lacking glandular trichomes and sessile glands;

lamina narrow-ovate to obovate, 9-20 mm long, 4-8 mm wide, fleshy, serrate in upper

half only with 4 or 5 indistinct teeth on each margin, lacking secondary teeth; upper

surface with veins impressed but largely obscured due to dense-velutinous, antrorse, 4-

8-celled non-glandular silver trichomes to 0.8 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes and

Forster, Plectranthus 735

sessile glands; lower surface with veins raised but largely obscured due to dense-velutinous,

antrorse, 4—8-celled non-glandular silver trichomes to 0.8 mm long, lacking olandular

trichomes and sessile glands. Inflorescence cymose, comprising 1 pedunculate branch,

10-20 cm long; axis red, with sparse to dense, antrorse, 4-6-celled non-glandular trichomes

to 0.4 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes. with scattered 4-celled sessile glands; bracts

lanceolate-ovate, 1.0-1.2 mm long, 0.6-0. 7 mm wide, early deciduous, with dense,

antrorse, 4-celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes,

with dense 4-celled sessile glands. Verticillasters with 4-6 flowers, 6-20 mm apart;

pedicels 4-5 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diameter, with dense, antrorse, 4- celled non-glandular

trichomes to 0.2 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes. with scattered 4-celled sessile

glands. Calyx 2.3-2.6 mm long, with dense, antrorse, 4- celled non-glandular trichomes

to 0.4 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes, with scattered 4-celled sessile glands. Corolla

10-11 mm long, blue; tube 5.9-—6.2 mm long, abruptly curved at c. 90° 2.2-2.3 mm from

base, slightly inflated upwards and then constricted to the slightly oblique mouth, with

scattered, divaricate, 3-4-celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm long on underside,

lacking glandular trichomes and sessile glands; upper lobes subcircular 1.9-2.0 mm long,

1.8-1.9 mm wide, with scattered, divaricate, 3—4-celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.2

mm long, lacking glandular trichomes, with scattered 4-celled sessile glands; lateral lobes

oblong, 0.8-0.9 mm long, c. 0.7 mm wide, glabrous, lacking sessile glands; lower lobe

oblong, 4.7-5.1 mm long, 4-4.5 mm wide, with scattered, divaricate, 4-celled non-

glandular trichomes to 0.3 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes, with scattered sessile

glands. Filaments filiform, 8-10 mm long, blue, fused to tube in bottom 3-4 mm; anthers

c. 0.5 mm long and 0.3 mm wide. Style 8-10 mm long, blue. Fruiting calyx 4-4.5 mm

long, all lobes with sparse, divaricate, 4-celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.3 mm long,

lacking glandular trichomes, with sparse 4-celled sessile glands; upper lobe ovate, 2.4-

2.5 mm long, 2-2.1 mm wide; lateral lobes lanceolate-falcate, 2.4-2.5 mm long, 1.0—1.1

mm wide; lower lobes lanceolate-falcate, 2.8-3.0 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm wide. Seed

ag ge 0.9-1.0 mm long, 0.8-0.9 mm wide, c. 0.4 mm thick, shiny dark brown.

Fig. IK & L

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook DIstricT: Mount Mulligan on the southern plateau of the mountain,

Apr 1984, Clarkson 5310 (BRI,MBA),

Distribution and habitat: P. minutus is known only from Mt Mulligan northwest of

Mareeba, where it occurs sporadically in open rock pavements on mesozoic sandstone

in association with clumps of Plectrachne sp. The unrelated P. congestus Benth. occurs

in close proximity at the base of the mountain.

Notes: The type collection is scrappy and lacks a rootstock. Further collections, especially

of live material, are required for an accurate assessment of variation within the species.

Nevertheless this is a most distinctive Species, particularly for its short petiolate, small

leaves which have teeth only in the upper portion. It is also one of the few species, the

others being P. argentatus and P. omissus, with 4-celled sessile glands. P. minutus falls

within the group of taxa grouped around P. gratus but is not morphologically close to

either this species or the allied P. apreptus or P. arenicola. A comparison of P. minutus

with P. gratus 1s provided in Table 2.

Table 2. Comparison of several morphological characters of Plectranthus gratus and P.

minutus

Character P. gratus P. minutus

glandular hairs on stems present absent

leaves long-petiolate short-petiolate

leaf lamina shape ovate to broadly ovate to narrow-ovate to obovate

broadly trullate-ovate

leaf lamina teeth present along entire lamina present only in upper half of

margin lamina edge

leaf lamina teeth on each 8 or 9 4 or 5

margin

sessile glands 8-celled 4-celled

736 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Conservation status: This is an uncommon plant at Mt Mulligan according to the collector

J.R. Clarkson (pers. comm. 1991). An appropriate conservation coding is 2E (cf. Briggs

& Leigh 1988).

Etymology: The specific epithet minutus alludes to the very small size of the leaves on

flowering stems, as compared to those of other Australian Plectranthus species.

6. Plectranthus gratus S.T. Blake, Contrib. Queensl. Herb. 9: 49 (1971). Type: Queensland.

Cook. DISTRICT: cultivated at The Gap, Brisbane (ex plant collected at Walsh’s

Pyramid, Aug 1959, by R.F. Thorne), 20 January 1960, S.7. Blake 21192 (holo:

BRI).

Specimens examined (additional! to those cited by Blake 1971): Queensland. Cook District: Pete’s Falls, near

Mt Peter, Feb 1991, Burke s.n. (BRI); ditto, May 1991, Orford s.n. (BRI,MEL,QRS); Walsh’s Pyramid, 2 km S

of Gordonvale, Feb 1991, Orford & Burke s.n. (BRI); State Forest Reserve 700, Gillies Highway, Jun 1979,

Stocker 1728 (QRS).

Conservation status: No conservation coding has previously been allocated to this species,

despite it being known only from the type locality. Recent collections have confirmed

its continued and common presence on Walsh’s Pyramid and revealed other localities

in 8) same general area. A suitable conservation coding is 2EC (cf. Briggs & Leigh

1988).

7, Plectranthus amicorum S.T. Blake, Contrib. Queensl. Herb. 9: 26 (1971). Type: Cook

DISTRICT: Tinaroo Range, between Tinaroo Falls and Danbulla, August 1963,

S.T. Blake 22094 (holo: BRI).

Specimens examined (additional to those cited by Blake 1971): Queensland. Cook DIstRicT: Carrington Falls,

Herberton Range, May 1991, Forster 8367 (BRD; 20 km (by road) SE of Mareeba on Tinaroo Creek road, May

1983, Conn 1198 & de Cainpo (BRI,CANB). NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: East of Baal Gammon Mine, c. 1 km

(by road) N of Herberton to Irvinebank road, c. 7 km W of Herberton, Jun 1983, Conn & de Campo 1281

(BRI,MBA); Along road Watsonville — Irvinebank, May 1990, van der Werf? 1160 (QRS).

8. Plectranthus arenicola P. Forster, Muelleria 7: 375 (1991) (as ‘arenicolus’). Type:

Queensland. Cook DisTRIcT: cultivated at St Lucia, Brisbane (from material of

the same collection as PJ. Forster 5456), 22 October 1989, PJ. Forster 5835

(holo: BRI; iso: K,MEL,QRS).

Specimens examined (additional to those cited by Forster 199la): Queensland. Cook District: Wasp Gully,

Glennie Tableland, Jul 1991, Tucker s.n. (BRI,QRS), 30 km past Maloneys Springs on road to coast, Jul 1991,

Forster 8834 (BRI).

Conservation status: As this species 1s now known from two localities, an updated coding

is appropriately 2R (cf. Briggs & Leigh 1988).

9, Plectranthus nitidus P. Forster, sp. nov. affinis P. aprepto S.T. Blake a quo caulibus

foluis racemisque trichomata apice glandulifera et glandules sessile carentibus,

bractels racemorum lanceolato-triangularibus 3.6-3.8 mm long, corollae tubo ad

angulum 25~30° 1.5-1.7 mm e basi flexo differt. Typus: New South Wales.

Cultivated at Byron Bay (ex plant collected at upper Terania Creek, Nightcap

Range by P. Hardwick), 20 May 1991, P. Hardwick s.n. (holo: BRI!, 2 sheets +

spirit; iso: K!,L!,MEL!,NSW!,QRS!)).

Herb to 40 cm high, foliage scentless. Stems or lateral branches erect to straggling, the

lower parts fleshy and up to 8 mm thick, seedling derived stems lacking a tuberous base:

upper parts with scattered, antrorse, 2-4-celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.1 mm long,

lacking glandular trichomes and sessile glands. Leaves discolorous; petioles 11-30 mm

long, 1.0-1.3 mm diameter, with scattered, antrorse, non-glandular trichomes, lacking

glandular trichomes and sessile glands; lamina lanceolate-ovate, 2.5-5.5 cm long, 1.5-

3.5 cm wide, fleshy, serrate with 6-8 leaf teeth on each margin, occasionally with 1 or

more secondary teeth; upper surface green, veins impressed, glabrous, lacking sessile

glands; lower surface purple, veins raised, with scattered, antrorse, 2—4-celled non-

glandular trichomes to 0.1 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes, with very scattered 8-

celled sessile giands. Inflorescence cymose, 20-40 cm long, comprising 1~3(S) pedunculate

branches; each branch 15-35 cm long; axis with scattered, antrorse, 2—4-celled non-

glandular trichomes to 0.1 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes and sessile glands;

Forster, Plectranthus 737

bracts lanceolate-triangular, 3.6-3.8 mm long, 2.5-2.6 mm wide, glabrous, ciliate, lacking

sessile glands. Verticillasters 6-10-flowered, 6-19 mm apart; pedicels 4.0-6.3 mm long,

c. 0.2 mm diameter, glabrous or with scattered, divaricate, 2-celled non-glandular

trichomes to 0.1 mm long, lacking sessile glands. Calyx 2.5-2.7 mm long, with scattered,

divaricate, 2-celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.1 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes,

with scattered 8-celled sessile glands. Corolla 8-9 mm long, lilac-white; tube 3.84.4 mm

long, abruptly curved at 25-30° 1.5~1.7 mm from base, slightly inflated upwards, glabrous,

lacking sessile glands; upper lobes subcircular, 2.2- 2.5 mm long, 2.0-2.2 mm wide,

glabrous or with very scattered, divaricate, 2-celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.1 mm

long, lacking sessile glands; lateral lobes oblong, 1.5-1.8 mm long, 0.8-1.0 mm wide,

glabrous, lacking sessile glands; lower lobe oblong, 3.5-3.9 mm long, 2.3-3.1 mm wide,

glabrous, lacking sessile glands. Filaments filiform, 7-9 mm long, lilac-white, fused for

3-4 mm in bottom of tube; anthers 0.5-0.6 mm long and 0.2 mm wide. Style 7-9 mm

long, lilac-white. Fruiting calyx 3.6-3.8 mm long; upper lobe ovate, 1.8-2.8 mm long,

1.3-2.6 mm wide, glabrous, lacking sessile glands; lateral lobes lanceolate-falcate, 1,5-

2.2 mm long, 0. 7-0.9 mm wide, glabrous or with very scattered, divaricate, 2-celled non-

glandular trichomes to 0.1 mm long, lacking glandular trichomes, lacking or with very

scattered 8-celled sessile glands; lower lobes lanceolate-falcate, 2.2-3.1 mm long, 0.6-0.8

mm wide, glabrous or with very scattered, divaricate, 2- celled non-glandular trichomes

to 0.1 mm long and either lacking or with very scattered 8-celled sessile glands. Seed

"iia ia shiny black, 0.9-1 mm long, 0.5-0.8 wide, 0.3-0.4 mm thick. Fig. LE &

Specimens examined; Queensland. MORETON DISTRicT: Mudgeeraba to Springbrook road, Feb 1991, Forster 7800

& Leiper (BRI). New South Wales. Terania Creek, 10 km NNE of The Shannon, Feb 1988, [Hardwick s.n1. |

Coven 10625 (BRI); cultivated at Rainworth (ex plant collected at Terania Creek upper catchment, Nightcap

Range by P. Hardwick in 1986), Mar 1991, Forster 7812 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Known only from two localities in the border ranges in

Queensland and adjacent parts of New South Wales. Plants occur on rock outcrops

either in rainforest or in open forest in close proximity to the rainforest margin.

Notes: This is a remarkable species in that it is the only Australian species that may

occur totally under the rainforest canopy. It is closely allied to P. apreptus S.T. Blake

from north Queensland and is probably the species referred to as such by Harden (1984)

under that name. P. nitidus differs from P. apreptus in its stems, leaves and racemes

lacking glandular trichomes and nearly always lacking sessile glands: the axis bracts

lanceolate-triangular and 3.6-3.8 mm long; and the corolla tube bent at 25-30°, 1.5-1.7

mm from the base. There 1s some minor variation between the Springbrook and Terania

Creek populations, the former being less woody, having consistently thinner leaves with

purple colouring and less pronounced venation below, virtually no sessile glands and

unbranched inflorescences. As the two populations are similar, it can be expected that

when further populations are found they will contain intermediates. For these reasons,

this variation 1s not considered worthy of formal taxonomic recognition at this time.

Conservation status: Further survey work is required both in and near to rainforest

communities in the border ranges and northern New South Wales to ascertain the precise

range of this species. A relevant conservation coding at this stage is 2EC (cf. Briggs &

Leigh 1988).

Etymology: The specific epithet nitidus alludes to the shiny appearance of the foliage.

10. Plectranthus amboinicus (Lour.) Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 2: 690 (1825) (as ‘amboinensis’);

Coleus amboinicus Lour., Fl. Cochin. 372 (1790). Type: India. Patna, Buchanan-

Hamiiton (holo: K-W, fiche at BRI).

Launert, Mitt. Bot. Munchen 7: 298 (1968); Codd, Bothalia 11: 388-389 (1975).

Specimen examined: MORETON DistTrIcT: Esplanade, Brisbane River bank, St Lucia, Sep 1986, Porster 2611

(BRI).

Distribution and habitat: P. amboinicus is native to the Indian subcontinent and has

become naturalised in a number of localities in suburban Brisbane where garden rubbish

has been dumped. It 1s widely cultivated both as a decorative ornamental and for its

culinary use as ‘““Five Spice”.

7138 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Fig. 1. Flowers of Plectranthus species: A,C,E,G,LK. face view of flowers X

4. A,B, P. argentatus (Forster 1923); CD, P. torrenticola (Forster 7795):

carla ,L, side view of flowers

#, graniticola (Forster 8056 & McDonald); LJ, P. omissis (Forster 4977);

E,F, P. nitidus (Forster 7812); G,H,

,L, P. minutus (Clarkson 5902).

Notes: A good descriptive account and taxonomic bibliography for this species may be

found in Codd (1975).

Key to species of Plectranthus in Queensland

Notes: This key works best with fresh material and is partially adapted from that of

Blake (1971). Hybrids are not accounted for.

1. Stems, branches, floral axes and the lower surface of the leaves with

divaricate to retrorse, non-glandular trichomes Toe 2

Stems, branches, floral axes and the lower surface of the leaves with

antrorse, non-glandular PYIGH DOINGS. un, is ead ne Gk cen edi, WA

2. Leaf lamina with 9-34 teeth on each margin ...... 0... 0.0. 00 02 oe. 3

Leaf lamina with 4-10 teeth on each margin ...................... £413

3. Stems and lower leaf surfaces with dense glandular trichomes... pre 4

Stems and lower leaf surfaces lacking or with only scattered glandular

FIMGMOMIGS S oa We cne 6.5 Are hee Bl neal pee ly. eee coh Mae Cend TG orl 2a BEd te, 8

4. Fruiting calyx divided to about the middle; lateral lobes 1.5-—2.0 times as

long as wide; lower lobes 2.5-4.0 times as long as wide... ede >

Fruiting calyx divided to the middle or beyond; lateral lobes 2.5- 4.0 times

as long as wide; lower lobes 4—5 times as long as wide er tat, ae eae se. 7

Forster, Plectranthus 739

10.

11,

12.

13,

14,

L5.

16.

17.

18.

Calyx in flower 2.3-3.3 mm long; upper lobe of fruiting calyx nearly as

wide, but usually much narrower than long, longer than lateral

lobes eee . PP, diversus

Calyx in flower 1.6-2.3 mm long: upper lobe of fruiting calyx as wide,

but usually wider than long, not longer than lateral lobes ............ 6

. Trichomes silver, flowers in verticillaster 10-12, corolla 9.8-12.2 mm

long. P. torrenticola

Trichomes ‘clear, flowers in verticillaster 12-15, corolla 7.8-9 mm

POTE Giges FU, av ctreemenst eis Se wba SEPA ele waaEi be meat Peds ieee 20d Wee acai P. graveolens

. Stems and leaves lacking sessile glands; leaf teeth aaa 7-15; racemes

sparsely flowered . PP. mirus

Stems and leaves with sessile glands, leaf teeth. pairs 12-34: racemes

densely flowered .............. Reine: ira nk eet tate ces P. foetidus

. Stems and leaves lacking sessile glands .................. P. amboinicus

Stems and leaves with sessile glands = Watt. AGN ates! 9

. Leaf lamina 2.0-2.5 times as long as wide; petiole 0.1-0.2 times as long

as lamina... P. alloplectus

Leaf lamina 1-2 times as long as wide: petiole 0.2-0.5 times as Jong as

lamina .......... ar een? We gicaape tee bags de -ielec tee kaa eee) OO

sessile glands 4-celled acs sn pk ee ee oe ee el de an Hee ee ©

Sessile glands 8-celled 6. ww ww ec ee ee ee ee ee ee ee)~=6«12

Verticillasters 14-16-flowered .. 0... 0. 0. 0... eee ee ee ee P. graniticola

Verticillasters 6-10-flowered 6... 0. 0. ce ea P. argentatus

Leaf lamina with 7-12 teeth on each margin, verticillasters

10-flowered P. amicorum

Leaf lamina with 12-28 teeth on each margin, ‘verticillasters

14-16-flowered ........0. 00. 00 eee en a co ween . P. omissus

Stems lacking a tuberous base; inflorescence axis lacking or with only

scattered sessile glands .. 2. 6. ke ce ee P. suaveolens

Stems with a tuberous base: inflorescence axis with dense sessile

NCES |g. et Pea geist hice eae syste Ege ee Daeg TS gees i ML See Ae eae Hae P. parviflorus

Leaf lamina serrate in upper half only .... 2... 00... eee, P. minutus

Leaf lamina serrate for entire length eaibe ink e +b

Subshrubs to 60 cm high; inflorescence cymose, with 1-5 branches;

verticillasters 8-15 mm apart. Oe ea 16

Shrubs 1-2 m high; inflorescence + paniculate with up to 11 branches:

verticillasters 2-10 mm apart .. 2... ee te ee ee ee ee ~§=6 20

Leaf lamina with 3-6 teeth on each margin ................ P. arenicola

Leaf lamina with 7-23 teeth on each margin ...............0. 0002.0. #217

Leaf trichomes drying yellow, corolla 13-16 mm long .......... P. blakei

Leaf trichomes drying clear, corolla 7-12 mm long cto es ectieie |

Stems with sessile glands; upper leaf surface matt; verticillasters

10-20-flowered . . P. gratus

Stems lackin ng sessile glands; upper | leaf surface > glossy; v verticillasters 6-

10-flowere ae 19

uth ageaaigiea mem fen PPPPrrr Cec Tr

! He eee eee reece are Me LS EME EMM ES ENG bed tedogae ad tad iar teak tala bcos

740 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

19. Stems, leaves and racemes lacking glandular trichomes; axis bracts

lanceolate-triangular, 3.7~3.8 mm long; corolla tube bent at c. 30° P. nitidus

Stems, leaves and racemes with scattered glandular trichomes; axis bracts

ovate, 1.2-1.8 mm long; corolla tube bent at 90-120° ........ #P. apreptus

20. Calyx 1.8-2.7 mm long in flower, 3.5-4.5 mm long in fruit; verticillasters

12-20-flowered yy, ie oe nant enulsns ae ten ee I St ph 1d P. spectabilis

Calyx 1~1.6 mm long in flower, 2-3.2 mm long in fruit; verticillasters

20-50-flowered ot eles Eek ie Aaa yey Me cedee Ae BTR else P. congestus

Acknowledgements

Material of different taxa of Plectranthus was provided or brought to my attention

by W. Burke, B. Gray (QRS), P. Hardwick, G. Kenning, G. Leiper, D. Orford, P.R.

Sharpe, IL.R.H. Telford (CBG) and M.C. Tucker. The line drawings were skilfully executed

by L.G. Jessup. The translation of the diagnoses into latin was kindly undertaken by L.

Pedley. Access to collections at CANB, CBG and QRS was readily given by the Directors/

Curators of those institutions. This assistance is gratefully acknowledged.

References

BLAKE, S.T. (1971). A revision of Plectranthus (Labiatae) in Australasia. Contributions of the Queensland

Herbarium 9: 1-120.

BRIGGS, J.D. & LEIGH, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Australian

nena Parks and Wildlife Service Special Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks and

Wildlife Service.

CODD, L.E. (1975). Plectranthus (Labiatae) and ailied genera in southern Africa. Bothalia 11: 371-442.

FORSTER, P.I. (1991a). Plectranthus arenicolus (Lamiaceae), a new species from Cape York Peninsula, Queensland.

Muelleria 7: 375-378.

FORSTER, P.I. (199ib). A putative hybrid between Plectranthus alloplectus and P. graveolens (Lamiaceae).

Queensland Naturalist 31: 38-41.

FORD. Be Pt (1992). Plectranthus blakei (Lamiaceae), a new species from central Queensland. Muelleria 7:

FORSTER, P.I. & SHARPE, P.R. (1989). An extension of the range for Plectranthus argentatus (Lamiaceae) in

Queensland, Queensland Naturalist 29: 123.

HARDEN, G.J. (1984). Lamiaceae. In N.C.W. Beadle (ed), Students Flora of North Eastern New South Wales.

Part V. Armidale: University of New England.

HEWSON, H.J. (1988). Plant Indumentum. A Handbook of Terminology. Australian Flora and Fauna Series No.

9. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service.

Accepted for publication 6 March 1992

Austrobaileya 3(4): 741-744 (1992) 741

NOTES ON AUSTRA

LIAN COREOPSIDINAE (COMPOSITAE)

J.F. Veldkamp

Rijksherbarium/Hortus Botanicus, P.O. Box 9514, 2300 RA Leiden, The

Netherlands

Summary

The only published description of Glossogyne orthochaeta ¥. Muell. (Compositae) is based on fruiting material: a

more complete one is given here. The species is transferred to Glossecardia Cass. and the new combination

Glossocardia orthochaeta (F. Muell.) Veldk. is made for it. A key to it and related species is added. Additional

collections of some rare species have been found and are noted.

Introduction

Since the publication of Veldkamp and Kreffer (1991) on the South-east Asian

and Australian Coreopsidinae, the senior author has had the opportunity to visit some

Australian herbaria (CANB, CBG, NSW) to examine additional material, through grants

from the Australian National University, Canberra, and the Dutch Scientific Research

Organization ‘Nederlands Wetenschappelijk Onderzoek’, which are hereby gratefully

acknowledged.

This group of taxa is especially interesting for the presence of a Kranz anatomy.

Notable also is the change in colour of water when leaves or capitula are boiled in it:

it turns golden, red, or purple, and the leafblades and capitula of the same plant do not

necessarily produce the same colour. Some kind of oil seems present. Collectors have

also noted the presence of fragrance in stem, leaves, and capitula (‘flowers’).

The identity of Glossogyne orthochaeta F. Muell. was established by the exami-

nation of an additional collection found in NSW and inspection of the holotype of the

combination from MEL, kindly sent on loan by Dr. J.H. Ross. It turned out to be a

species of Glossocardia, apparently very rare although with its large yellow capitula and

radiate habit most likely a conspicuous plant in the field.

Brief diagnostic descriptions are given below for the other species of this subtribe;

more extensive ones with more literature references and notes can be found in Veldkamp

and Kreffer (1991).

Key to Australian Taxa of Coreopsidinae

1. Cauline leaves alternate, sometimes closely imbricate, pinnatifid to pin-

natisect; capitula radiate; disc florets 4-merous; achenes lanceolate in

outline, dark brown to black, ribbed, not winged , BP esa A! 2

Cauline leaves opposite, simple: capitula discoid; disc florets 5-merous:

achenes obovoid in outline, REN Prawn: brown, broadly winged,

not ribbed ..... af. ... IL, Diodontium filifolium

2. Ray florets 3-lobulate; achenes with longitudinal ribs only; awns 2 ........ 3

Ray florets 2-lobulate: achenes also with ass wary, transverse ridges;

awns3.0F 4 wee te Va pee ee eek . .. 3. Trioncinia retroflexa

3, Achenes more or less straight, awns usually straight .. . PIG wenden Syst 4

Achenes ines aeonety involute, awns strongly reflexed

tras car Recent Pe 4. Glossocardia refracta

4, Leaves mainly basal; capitula 5-8 mm diameter; involucral bracts straight;

ray florets 5-12, rays up to 5 mm long . . 2, Glossocardia bidens

Cauline leaves numerous (basal ones unknown), close-set, densely imbri-

cate; capitula c. 50 mm diameter; involucral bracts transversally folded,

reflexed Ceci the Ecuancenei in fruit; my florets c. 17, c. 15 mm

long . ae . ae 3. Glossocardia orthochaeta

742 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

1. Diodontium filifolium F. Muell. in Hooker’s J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 9: 19 (1857);

Glossogyne filifolia (F. Muell.) F. Muell. ex Benth., Fl. austral. 3: 544 (1866). Type:

Australia, Northern Territory, sources of Hooker’s Creek, between Sturt Creek and

Victoria River, F. vy. Mueller s.n. (holo, MEL; iso: K).

Base not seen. Cauline leaves opposite and close-set at the base of the branches. Blades

simple, linear, up to 8 cm X 0.75 mm. Capitula discoid, up to 7 mm diameter. Involucral

bracts straight. Disc florets 3-10, 5-merous. Achenes obovoid in outline, broadly winged

when mature, concave, smooth, not ribbed, yellowish brown; awns 2, straight.

Additional collections examined: Northern Territory. 9 km SE of Mountain Valley H.S., c. 14°S, 134°E, ‘Nelson

219 (NSW); 17 miles N of Helen Springs Station, Perry 1921 (CANB,NT).

Distribution and habitat: Australia. Northern Territory. Grows on granite hills, sandstone

tableland, grassy flats near watercourses.

Collector’s notes: Bush, strongly smelling, flowers white or yellow. Achenes shiny with

yellow wings.

2.Glossocardia bidens (Retz.) Veldk., Blumea 35: 468 (1991); Zinnia bidens Retz., Observ.

bot. 5: 28 (1788); Glossogyne pinnatifida DC. ex Wight, Contr. bot. India: 19

(1834), nom. superfl; Glossogyne bidens (Retz.) Alston in Trimen, Handb. fl.

Ceylon 6, Suppl.: 168 (1931); Neuractis bidens (Retz.) Veldk. ex Tadesse, Kew

Bull. 45: 144 (1990). Type: India, Bengal, Koenig s.n. (holo: LD).

Bidens tenuifolia Labill., Sert. austro-caled.: 44, fig. 45 (1825); Glossogyne tenuifolia

Labill.) Cass. ex Less., Syn. gen. Compos.: 212 (1832); Type: New Caledonia,

Labillardiere s.n. (holo: FI; iso: P).

Coreopsis tannensis Forst. ex Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 3: 614 (1826); Glossogyne tannensis

(Forst. ex Sprengel) Garnock-Jones, Taxon 35: 125 (1986). Type: New Hebrides,

Tana Is., Forster s.n. (hololecto: K; iso: BM).

Glossogyne pedunculosa DC., Prodr. 5: 632 (1836). Type: Australia, Queensland,

Cape Cleveland, Cunningham s.n. (holo: G).

Glossogyne bidentidea F. Muell., Linnaea 25: 402 (1852). Type: South Australia,

ag Gulf, in sterile somewhat saline areas, ‘spring’, F. v. Mueller s.n. (holo:

Leaves mainly basal, alternate, also tufted at the nodes under lateral branches; cauline

blades (bi-)pinnatifid, deltoid in outline, 1~4 cm x 5-30 mm. Capitula radiate, 5-8 mm

diameter. Involucral bracts straight. Ray florets 5-12, rays up to 5 mm long, 3-lobulate.

Disc florets 7-12, 4-merous. Achenes more or less straight, lanceolate in outline, dark

brown to black, slightly ribbed, not winged; awns 2, usually more or less erect, sometimes

patent, rarely reflexed.

Distribution and habitat: Tanzania, India to Korea, Malesia, Australia (Northern Ter-

ritory, Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia), New Caledonia, and

Pacific Islands of the Carolines, Fiji, Marianas (Guam, Pagan and Rota). Grows on

roadsides; dry slopes in (burnt) grasslands; open savannah; open eucalypt forest; coconut

plantations; rocky soil, on limestone crevices, on lava, in clay; apparently mainly along

the coast but inland up to 450 (rarely to 1160) m altitude.

Collector’s notes: Aromatic. Fleshy taproot. Semidecumbent. Leaves greyish green, bright

green above, silvery green below. Stems wiry. Flowers fragrant. Ray florets (bright)

yellow, golden, orange, or red. Disc florets brown. Young fruits chocolate brown.

Uses: In India a preparation of the root 1s used against bites of snakes, stings of scorpions,

and toothaches.

3. Glossocardia orthochaeta (F. Muell.) Veldk., comb. nov.

Glossogyne orthochaeta F. Muell., Victoria Naturalist 8: 116 (1891); Bot. Centralbl.

48: 363 (1891). Type: Australia, Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: near the South

Coen River, A° 1891, Stephen Johnson s.n. (holo: MEL).

Probably perennial; roots not seen. Branches said to be radiating, at least the flowering

ones erect; branching sympodially. Cauline leaves alternate, close-set, densely imbricate,

Veldkamp, Australian Coreopsidinae 743

ascending, sparsely septate-glandular puberulous, pinnate, the ones on the scape distant,

simple. Petioles indistinct from the blade, 2-6.5 cm to the first lobe; cauline blades 4.5-

6 X 1.5-2 cm, 3-5-pinnatilobed with lobes ascending, linear, sometimes with a small

secondary lobe, up to 4.5 cm X 1.2 mm, stiffly herbaceous, l-nerved; Kranz anatomy

indistinct. Capitula solitary on a long, up to 41.5 cm long stalk, radiate, c. 50 mm

diameter (when dry). Phyliaries c. 5, resembling the upper scapose leaves, linear-lanceolate,

up to 8.0 X 1.5 mm with margins scarious, septate-hairy, gradually acute. Involucral

bracts 8-12, more or less in | row, ovate-lanceolate, folded back in the middle at

anthesis, reflexed against and appressed to the stalk in fruit (still medially folded!), c.

10.0 X 2.5 mm, margins scarious, slightly fimbriately puberulous, and narrowed to the

truncate, erose apex, the surfaces striate with minute sparsely set, shortly stalked, capitate

glandular hairs on both surfaces, glabrous in fruit. Receptacular bracts decreasing in size

inward, ovate-lanceolate (the outer) to oblanceolate, the inner, these c. 7.5 * 1.2 mm.

Ray florets female, up to 17, rays c. 15 X 2 mm, 3-lobulate, yellowish (when dry), with

9 purplish nerves, these often covered by small resinous droplets. Disk florets bisexual,

fertile, numerous, 4-merous, c. 5 mm long, yellowish (when dry). Achenes homomorph,

more or less straight, the apex slightly curving outwards, lanceolate in outline, c. 5.5 xX

0.75-1.0 mm, shiny black, ribbed on both sides; awns 2, erect, c. 1 mm long, yellow,

hamate, with a small tubercle in between the awns.

Additional collection examined: Queensland. Cook District: Stannary Hills, 17°19’S, 145°13’E, Gittins 528

(NSW,L, fragm.).

ceeeon and habitat: Australia. Queensland. Cook District. The habitat 1s not

indicated.

Collector’s notes: Tufted plant, the foliage of the numerous radiating stems forming a

hemispherical mass on the ground.

Notes: The leaves when boiled exude a reddish fluid, the capitula a yellowish one.

4.Glossocardia refracta Veldk., Blumea 35: 476 (1991). Type: Australia, Queensland.

Cook DISTRICT: near Granite Creek, c. 12 miles [19.2 km] SSW of Mareeba, 23

April 1967, Pedley 2282 (holo: K; iso: BRI,L).

Leaves mainly basal, alternate; blades (bi-)pinnatisect, trullate, up to 4 cm xX 30 mm.

Capitula radiate, up to 10 mm diameter. Involucral bracts straight. Ray florets c. 5, rays

c. 2 mm long, 3-lobulate. Disc florets 10-16, 4-merous. Achenes adaxially strongly

involute, lanceolate in outline, black, ribbed, not winged; awns 2, strongly reflexed.

Additional collections examined: Queensland. Cook District: 8 km NE of Petford on the road to Dimbuliah,

Jan. 1982, Clarkson 4246-B (NSW, BRI); Davies Creek, Mareeba, Apr. 1962, AMécKee 9368 (NSW).

Distribution and habitat: Australia. Queensland. Cook District. Grows in low hilly area

with Eucalyptus melanophloia-Petalostigma banksti woodland on shallow stony soil with

rocky outcrops; c. 400 m altitude.

Collector’s notes: Perennial erect herb. Flowers yellow. Rays yellow. Fruits dark brown.

5. Trioncinia retroflexa (F. Muell.) Veldk., Blumea 35: 481 (1991); Glossogyne retroflexa

F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 51 (1858). Type: Australia, Queensland, Peak Downs, F. 1.

Mueller s.n. (holo: MEL; iso: K).

Leaves mainly basal, alternate, blades (bi-)pinnatifid, trullate in outline, up to 3.5 X 2.0

cm. Capitula radiate, up to 7 mm diameter. Involucral bracts straight. Ray florets at

least 5, c. 3.25 mm long, 2-lobulate. Disc florets 10 or more, 4-merous. Achenes adaxially

slightly curved inward, lanceolate in outline, dark brown to black, ribbed, with many ©

warty transverse ridges, not winged; awns 3 or 4, strongly reflexed.

Distribution and habitat: Australia. Queensland. ‘Peak Downs’; only known from the

type (see note). Grows on ‘Basaltic plains’.

Note. The unknown referee of this paper noted that there is an S.J. Blake collection

(AQ 414345) of this species in BRI from black soil at Blair Athol (16 March 1935),

22°4/S, 147°3°E.

744 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Reference

VELDKAMP, J.F. & KREFFER, L.A. (1991). Notes on Southeast Asian and Australian Coreopsidinae (Asteraceae).

Blumea 35: 459-482.

Accepted for publication 10 February 1992

Austrobaileya 3(4): 745-748 (1992) 745

ACACIA PEDLEYI (FABACEAE, MIMOSOIDEAE), A NEW

SPECIES FROM CENTRA

Mary D. Tindale and Phillip G. Kodela

National Herbarium of New South Wales, Royal Botanic Gardens,

Mrs Macquaries Rd, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia

Summary

Acacia pedleyi, a new member of Acacia sect. Botrycephalae, is described and illustrated with notes on distribution,

habitat and alliances. This species has a restricted distribution in the Biloela area in central-eastern Queensland.

Introduction

| A new bipinnate Acacia species from Queensland is described, to enable its

inclusion in the forthcoming volume on Acacia in the ‘Flora of Australia’.

Acacia pedleyi Tind. et Kodela, sp. nov. ab Acacia storyi Tind. atque A. olsenii Tind.

differt: ramulis non pruinosis, brunneis vel viridibrunneis, puberulis, non glabris

ut A. olsenii et A. storyi, petiolis rhachidibusque puberulis, pinnis 3~8-jugis,

pinnularum apicibus rotundatioribus, pedunculis puberulis, ovartis pilis albis

pubescentibus, leguminibus 5-9 mm latis et sparse puberulis; ab A. olsenti in

capitulo 14-20 floribus luteolis non 7-12 floribus luteis distinguitur; ab A. storyi

calycibus 0.4-0.5 mm longis non 0.6-0.7 mm longis distinguitur. Typus: Queens-

land. PORT CurRTIS District: c. 20 km NNE of Biloela on western slopes of

Calliope Range, 29 November 1989, L. Pedley 5488 (holo: BRI; iso:

AD,B,CANB,CBG,K,L,MEL,MO,NSW,PERTH,US).

Slender erect tree to 10 m high; bark smooth (sometimes lower part of bole rough), grey

at base, greenish above. Branchlets + terete but angled towards their apices, brown to

greenish brown, puberulous with appressed, white, hyaline or pale yellow hairs to c. 0.2

mm long, with minutely tuberculate, longitudinal ridges to 0.3 mm high. Young tips of

leaves clothed with a dense indumentum of pale yellow to golden, silky hairs in addition

to reddish brown, glandular hairs. Leaves bipinnate, dark green, feathery; pulvinus 1.8—

3.5 mm long; petiole 1-2 cm long, slightly flattened in the dorso-ventral plane, clothed

with hairs similar to those on branchlets, the adaxial surface with a puberulous ridge

bearing a conspicuous gland near the base of the lowest pair of pinnae, the gland broad-

elliptical to broad-oblong or sometimes circular in outline, green and puberulous at base,

1.0-1.5 mm long, 0.7-1.0 mm wide, the broad rim brown to tan and usually glabrous,

the orifice depressed, 0.3-0.5 mm long, 0.25-0.35 mm wide; rhachis 3.0-5.8 cm long,

clothed with + appressed hairs to 0.2 mm long, the adaxial puberulous ridge bearing a

gland at the base of each pair of pinnae and also 1-3 similar (but often smaller)

interjugary, brown-rimmed glands between successive pairs of pinnae, the glands similar

to the petiolar gland, 0.6-1.3 mm long, 0.4-1.1 mm wide, with a circular to elliptical

orifice 0.2-0.4(-0.6) mm long, (0.1-)0.2-0.4 mm wide; pinnae (3-)5-8 pairs, 2.1-7.0 cm

long, 3.5-6.5 mm wide; secondary rhachis clothed with short, appressed, yellowish hairs

mainly on the abaxial surface; pinnules 20-104 pairs, oblong to cultrate (sometimes

almost linear), 0.8-3.6 mm long, (0.3—)0.4-0.5(-0.7) mm wide, often overlapping, glabrous

or white-ciliolate, apex obtuse. Capitula of 14-20 flowers, globular, (3-)4-—5 mm diameter,

pale yellow, borne in racemes or panicles; peduncles 1.5-4.0 mm long, puberulous; bract

at base of peduncles broadly deltate, ciliolate; bracteoles 0.45-0.6 mm long, sagittiform

with the linear claw expanded into a + deltoid lamina which 1s basally or sometimes

centrally attached, ciliolate. Flowers 5-merous; calyx 0.4-0.5 mm long, dissected by

1/3-1/2 or sometimes to the base, with minute, stiff, white or brownish hairs on the

outer surface mainly on the midribs and sepal apices; sepals broadly deltate to +

spathulate; corolla 1.0-1.2 mm long, dissected by c. 1/2; petals narrow-oblanceolate or

narrow-elliptical, l-nerved; ovary pubescent with white hairs. Legumes linear, 4-13 cm

long, 5-9 mm wide, + straight-sided or constricted between seeds, straight or very slightly

curved, flat except convex over seeds, thinly coriaceous, surface with minor transverse

nerves, sparsely clothed with appressed white hairs to 0.3 mm long, dull brownish black,

746 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

the somewhat prominent margins brown. Seeds 4-13 longitudinal in legumes, slightly

compressed, oblongoid to broadly oblongoid or ellipsoid to broadly ellipsoid, 4.4-6.1

mm long, 2.6-3.2 mm wide, black; pleurogram open and constricted towards the hilum,

+ “U”-shaped; areole same colour as the rest of the seed, sometimes slightly raised, 2.9~

4.1 mm long, 1.3~1.6 mm wide; funicle cream-coloured to fawn, aon at first then

expanded into a cap-like aril, folded 1 or 2 times beneath the seed. Fig. 1

Specimens examined: Queensland. PORT CURTIS DisTRIcT: T.R. 170, Thalberg, c. 30 km north-east of Biloela,

24°14’S, 150°39’E, Oct 1987, Shepard A33 (BRI); Callide Range, 22 km from Biloela, towards Gladstone, 24° Las,

150°34’E, Nov 1988, Bean 978 (BRI); i5 km NE of Biloela, 24°2-’S, 150°3~’E, May {987, Ford s.n. (BRI, 2

sheets).

Distribution and habitat: So far, A. pedleyi is only known from the Biloela area in the

Port Curtis District, central-eastern Queensland. It occurs in understorey, sometimes

with Acacia crassa, in open forest with Eucalyptus citriodora, E. moluccana, E. crebra

and/or £. maculata or in poplar box (Eucalyptus populnea) woodland: recorded from

slopes and tops of ridges on red loamy soul.

Phenology: Flowering from November to December. Fruiting May and October. As 4.

pedleyi sometimes fruits in October, this suggests that 1t may also flower from April to

May.

Conservation status: A. pedleyi is probably rare but neither of the authors have seen this

species 1n the field.

Etymology: the specific epithet honours Mr Leslie Pedley, formerly of the Queensland

Herbarium, for his outstanding contribution to Acacia taxonomy and other botanical

research.

Notes: Acacia pedleyi is a member of Acacia sect. Botrycephalae, a group of species

occurring in the eastern Australian States from central-eastern Queensland to Tasmania

and in South Australia. The new species 1s allied to Acacia storyi Tind. (which 1s confined

to the Blackdown Tableland and lower country on its western side, in the Leichhardt

District, Queensland) and Acacia olsenii Tind. (which occurs on the Southern Tablelands,

New South Wales). A pedleyi, A. storyi and A. deanei (R. Baker) Welch, Coombs &

McGlynn subsp. deanei are the most northerly occurring species in the sect. Bot ‘ycephalae.

A pedleyi 1s more hairy than the other two species and the apices of the pinnules are

more rounded than A. storyi (Tindale 1980) and A. ofsenii (Tindale 1966). The latter

two species, particularly A. o/senii, also often have glaucous branchlets and legumes. The

legumes are sparsely puberulous in A. ped/eyi but glabrous in the other two species. A.

pedleyi occurs closer to the coast than the other two species and flowers in November

and December, as well as possibly in “April-May, whereas A. storyi and A. olsenii flower

in April—August.

In Maslin and Pedley (1982) distribution maps are provided for A. olsenii (p. ne

and A. storyi (p. 113). For the distribution of A. pedleyi the Monto sheet (SG 56-1,

edition 2) in the Australia 1: 250 000 topographic series should be consulted.

Key to distinguish Acacia pedleyi from its closest allies

1. Branchlets brown to greenish brown, non-glaucous, puberulous; young

tips of leaves predominantly pale yellow or golden, densely clothed on

both surfaces with silky hairs and reddish brown, glandular hairs; leaves

with 3-8 pairs of pinnae; petioles and rhachises densely clothed with

white or yellowish, mostly single, appressed or subappressed hairs and

reddish brown glandular hairs; peduncles puberulous; ovary pubescent

with white hairs; flowers 14-20 per head; legumes 5-9 mm wide,

sparsely. puberulous. A. pedleyi

Branchlets bluish black, bluish dark brown or purplish, often glaucous,

glabrous or almost so; young tips of leaves brownish green with white,

yellow or eolden-brown, silky, often clustered hairs and reddish brown,

glandular hairs on the adaxial surface; leaves with 8-18 pairs of pinnae:

petioles and rhachises glabrous or with very sparse, minute, stiff, single

or clustered hairs; peduncles Suen anny sibs legumes $-12

mm wide, glabrous ee a So 185 vasibt fae anasoul rudan nga S 2

1 TaN NN PM YAR WT NN yh yy

747

_* at “Ty ees

ee SD

teen Td et stip =a.

ia it Kk i eee "fen

a *s ¥ + Lee

ih a

LJ * arate

a ley i i ri J a”

oo * a) : .

a seve ate 5 * j weds had ra)

peer nS" a

tC a ES

ff cen vs Ethie 2 ot 73

4 Fa Pa — . a

p r

y ~~

7 sty

on Aas as, t\ |

Pry w <a

got —iih

ot Dy, i“ 4) Ww

a “2

. “ah aN “ i : Nts

Sou = Ky, ay A

777, SSSA a zi i -: yy = Z \Y y

; AN EAE wet AN at =I > Ve NY wis

LUI. roy SY, 3 XG VY

VEEGTZ

SESS

wk:

5: " ee 4 ative * ri , = :

OY >) ah VAN Mild) Op, ee & x) MZ

St ote SNA { rey NEF

IE digas my AN ASANSAAAN y/ ant Zi ;

2mm

~ we 3 St WY

ANTS 1 SANSAN CEES >. fo WA, WY WY

ra oaihas +N a: te , mets \ r KC = cay : hes; we ie |

8g UMD IN SSSA SZ LF NG

SAB MULLER Ai . Y , wy

a on" 4 cn 4 aly

Maal ee, Wa ~~" Ide 'b id os A ‘i

7 Aen “ a he Za ws SS. I) iin ™ Bes acta x \Y

rs Ce oF, oN, & ROT TIN Wy VW QO

Ae on’ tt. ae a . ne nh mas “s

ras ie = “wae OY AN, ore et S77 S A “4

ae es i ont AN * Hie s

ch oo a SAE STL S

Ro = aN BSNS Fe SN

ae . a a Saat PST? SOOT

Ps ita Rh, ee SEE ; ¥ i SS. é #6 Hike é SSL" By

og « 3 LL &

eit te + » ” .

Ae -” ‘ re rs

A, " ‘

x \ ake 4 “a rt i “

wt a4 “ .

nae fat Was

aul at Mat a

in . ‘| A

yoo “

a” at

4 rm, nhy a ; r

4 on "ek t mH al

*. ne - a wh 4

Mas » wad api /

ia ay net peer

ae a.

* a an

ay , es ie

hs Ae He ae te

a he | Laut

OP oan hi

ane, we

aay

Tindale & Kodela, Acacia pedleyi

I, Bean 978.

}

th glands. C. pinnules. D. capitulum in bud.

iS WI

1 of main rhachi

B. deta

. bracteoles. I. legumes. A~H, Pedley 5488

’

.G,H

. habit study

flower. F. gynoecium

. Acacia pedley

Fig 1

E, young

748 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

2. Pinnules in 32-61 pairs; flowers 14-20 per head, pale yellow; calyx

(0.5—)0.7-0.85 mm long; corolla c. twice the length of the calyx .. A, storyi

Pinnules in 52-106 pairs; flowers 7-12 per head, deep yellow; calyx 0.3-

0.5(-0.7) mm long; corolla c. 2.5-3.0 times the length of the calyx A. olsenii

Acknowledgements

We are grateful to Les Pedley for bringing this new species to our attention and

for providing valuable comments on the manuscript. BRI kindly loaned the specimens

for the description. Our thanks are tendered to the Royal Botanic Gardens and Domain

Trust (Sydney) and the Australian Biological Resources Study for funding our work on

Acacia. The illustration was prepared by Marion Westmacott.

References

MASLIN, B.R. & PEDLEY, L. (1982). The distribution of Acacia (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia. Part

l. Species distribution maps. Western Australian Herbarium Research Notes No. 6: [-128.

TINDALE, M.D. (1966). New taxa of Acacia from eastern Australia No. 2. Proceedings of the Linnean Society

of New South Wales 91: 147-151.

TINDALE, M.D. (1980). Notes on Australian taxa of Acacia No. 7. Telopea 2: 113-125,

Accepted for publication 18 March 1992

Austrobaileya 3(4): 749-755 (1992) 749

CHROMOSOME NUMBERS OF AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF

IPOMOEA L. (CONVOLVULACEAE)

D.E. Yen', P.M. Gaffey' and D.J. Coates?

The Australian National University, Canberra, ACT 2601, Australia —

Summary

Somatic chromosome counts are reported on 23 species of Ipomoea L, found in Australia. The majority are diploids

of the basic number x = 15 (2n = 30), but three exhibit tetraploidy (2n = 60), namely J. plebeia R. Br., I.

lonchophylla J. Black and I, racemigera F. Muell. These results are discussed in comparison with the cytology of

other Iparnoea species in the world, endemism of Australian species and the possibility of parallel but limited

polyploidy as one product of geographically separate evolution in the genus.

Introduction

In the ‘Chromosome Atlas of Flowering Plants’, Darling and Wylie (1955, p. 308)

confidently assigned the basic number of 15 to the genus Ipomoea L., with the majority

of species having a somatic number of 30. Diploids were recorded in both Old and New

World species, but two American species, shown to have 2n numbers of 60 U. ramouri

sic, properly /. ramoni) and 90 UJ. batatas, the cultivated sweet potato), suggested a

polyploid series in the genus. Subsequent cytological studies in American species con-

firmed both the basic chromosome number and the incidence of polyploidy in Ipomoea

(Ting et al. 1957; Nishiyama et al. 1964; Nishiyama & Teramura 1962). Jones (1964,

1968) enlarged the geographic representation of species by reporting chromosome counts

for species from Egypt, Iran, India and China, without extending the known polyploidy

in Ipomoea beyond American species, of which a further two wild representatives J.

tiliacea (Willd.) Choisy and I. arborescens (Kunth) G. Don are shown to be tetraploids.

As Jones (1968) explained, the inconsistency of reports of earlier chromosome counts

of these two species may have been due to misidentification of unfamiliar plants, although

the possibility of autopolyploidy remains. However, questionable identification has

pene cytological work in the genus in the past, which brings Australian species into

consideration.

I, gracilis R. Br. is an endemic of Australia (Bentham 1869; Austin 1978), yet it

is cited in the literature as a tetraploid based on collections from Cuba (Ting et al. 1957)

and Mexico (Nishiyama et a/. 1961). Taxonomic confusion may have resulted from the

assignment of synonyms, I. fastigiata Sweet and I. denticulata Choisy, by Ting, Nishiyama

and their respective co-authors. According to the revision of van Ooststroom (1954), I.

denticulata is synonymous with I. gracilis, though Bentham (1869) kept the relevant

taxa separate in Australia. Johnson (pers. comm.) suggests that J. tiliacea, collected as

a single specimen in Australia by L.J. Brass from the Daintree River region in 1932,

may be J. fastigiata. Austin (1991) has at least clarified the situation with regard to

earlier Old World recordings of ‘J. gracilis’; his taxonomic analysis indicates that the

proper identification for these non-Australian plants is J. /ittoralis.

In more general terms, interest in Australian Ipomoea has quickened with the

discovery of ‘new’ endemic species, and the realization that the ethnohistoric records of

‘bush potato’ of the arid zone, supported by the contemporary observations of anthro-

pologists (Meggitt 1957; O’Connell et a/. 1983), indicated important food sources of the

prehistoric Aborigine. Golson’s comprehensive survey (1971) of Aboriginal food plants

included Ipomoea species, many of which are reported on in this paper. Indeed the

present account of the first cytological survey of the genus in Australia arose from two

Australian National University seminars in 1984 and 1986, when biologists and anthro-

pologists came together under the rather enigmatic theme, ‘Australia as bystander in the

development of Pacific agriculture.’

| Department of Prehistory, Research School of Pacific Studies

2 Department of Population Biology, Research School of Biological Sciences

Me Aa A atte MG a a A ANN BN A EU

750 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Materials and Methods

A study of the desert Ipomoea species began in 1982 on the tuber-bearing woody

shrub, J. costata F. Muell. most commonly found in the central desert of Australia. Its

distribution has been determined to be in a relatively narrow band of the continent

beginning close to the border between the Northern Territory and Queensland at latitudes

19° and 23°S, and stretching westwards to the Tanami Desert. From there it extends to

the Great Sandy Desert where the band of distribution moves northward, narrowing to

accommodate the southerly foothill areas of the Kimberley Range of Western Australia,

thence to the coast of Dampier Land. From there the distribution is coastal reaching a

southerly latitude of c. 24°S. This species, described by Bentham (1869), was sampled

for this study as seed of individual plants from localities throughout its wide distribution

in the Northern Territory and Western Australia.

Early in the fieldwork, Peter Latz pointed out another Jpomoea species in the

Northern Territory, a tuber-bearing large herb used by the Aborigines of the region

around Tea Tree and Barrow Creek Stations near the Stuart Highway at latitude of c.

22°S. The field description of this species was recorded by Soos and Latz (1987) while

taxonomically it was described and named J. polpha by Johnson (1986) when naming

three other ‘new’ species including another herbaceous tuber-bearer, J. argillicola. The

latter species was recorded as being found largely 1n Queensland, but no information on

Aboriginal exploitation was given. The type specimen for J. polpha is from the Cook

Pastoral District in Queensland and Johnson (1986, p. 220) cautioned that because of

their diversity, further study of the central desert specimens ‘may warrant the erection

of a taxon of subspecific rank’ for them.

Seeds from the desert J. polpha were collected in the field, and seeds of one of

the Queensland populations of that species and of J. argillicola were provided by Dr

Robert Johnson. Another recently described species (George 1967), the woody shrub J.

yardiensis, was collected in Karratha, Western Australia where it was growing as a

horticultural novelty in institutional sardens. Its natural distribution is limited to the

Exmouth Peninsula, Western Australia. The function of the small tuberous growths of

this near-endangered species in Aboriginal life is unknown.

Our earliest chromosome counts on mitotic cells from root tips of germinating

seeds of J. costata and I. polpha yielded a 2n number of 30, the basic diploid number

for the genus. With the number of endemic species present in Australia, it was decided,

in consultation with Dr Johnson, that we should enlarge the cytological aspect of our

Ipomoea study to include examination of available seed of other species that are included

in Johnson’s forthcoming revision of the genus in Australia. Table 1, listing the material

used in this study, is divided into three parts on criteria of endemism as defined by

Johnson (pers. comm.): part a includes comparatively recent introductions, probably as

ornamental plants; part b, tropical taxa whose distribution extends to Australia, and are

regarded as native but not endemic; and part c, the endemic species.

Root tips for chromosome counting were obtained from potted plants grown from

seed in a glasshouse at Australian National University, or directly from seeds germinated

after puncturing to allow water permeation of the often hard testa. Excised tips were

soaked in a 0.2% solution of colchicine for 3 hours, then fixed with Carnoy’s fluid (3:1

absolute ethyl alcohol: glacial acetic acid) in which they could be stored at 4°C. For

Table la. Somatic chromosome numbers of Jpomoea species introduced into Australia

Queensland

Chromosome

Species Herbarium Collection area

Voucher No. Number 2n

I, alba L. AQ345299 Brisbane, Qld 30

I. hederacea Jacq. AQ450061 Brisbane, Qld 30

I, quamoclit L. AQ378850 Brisbane, Qld 30

I. triloba L. AQ37/0556 Cape York, Qld 30

Yen et al., Chromosome numbers of /pormoea 751

Table Ib. Somatic chromosome numbers of Jpomoea species native to but not endemic

in Australia

remem mm nema emma mmtnt kale Cte Sa DADC OMA MA RE UES CHO ERE SAU ANEEDN EU

ueensland

Species ortega Collection area betty

Voucher No.

I. aculeata Blume AQ292438 Yeppoon, Qld 30

I, coptica Roth ex Roe- AQ377824 Georgetown, Qld 30

mer & Schultes

I. diversifolia R. Br. AQ370534 Cape York, Qld 30

I. mauritania B. Jacq. AQ343343 Cape York, Qld 30

(. digitata)

I. eriocarpa R. Br. AQ264666 Dingo Beach, Qld 30

I, pes-caprae subsp. AQ442970 Ellis Beach, Qld 30

brasiliensis QL.) van

Oostr.

I. plebeia R. Br. AQ370589 Mt. Mulgrave, Qld 60

I. polymorpha Roemer AQ411953 Rockhampton, Qld 30

& Schultes

I. macrantha Roemer & AQ343338 Brisbane, Qld 30

Schultes (J. violacea)

Table 1c. Somatic chromosome numbers of Zpomoea species endemic in Australia

Queensland

| } | Chromosome

Herbarium Collection are

Species aera Om ollection area Wikmiber 134

I. argillicola R.W. AQ78848 Longreach, Qld 30

Johnson

I. brassii C. White AQ443652 Doomadgee, Qld 30

I. costata F. Muell. ex (ANU)* NT, WA 30

Benth. |

I. diamantinensis J. J46** Monkira, Qld 30

Black in Eardley

I. gracilis R. Br. AQ378908 Laura, Qld 30

l, lonchophylta J, J67** Bogegabilla, NSW 60

Black

I. muelleri Benth. AQ443655 James Range, NT 30

I. polpha R.W. (ANU)* Tea Tree, NT 30

Johnson

I. racemigera F. Muell. AQ378844 Qld 60

I. yardiensis A.S. (ANU)* Karratha, WA 30

George & Tate

* (ANU) = seed collected from individual plants. Number of plants represented in chromosome counts: I. costata,

16; 1. polpha, 4, 1. yardiensis, 2. Seed collection deposited in Department of Prehistory, RSPacS, Australian

National University.

** Seed collection numbers, Queensiand Herbarium.

752 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

counting, chromosome spreads were prepared by the Fuelgen squash technique. Root

tips were removed from the fixative, hydrolysed at 60°C for 4-5 minutes in 0.1m

hydrochloric acid, then stained with Fuelgen solution for up to 60 minutes. The tips

were then macerated individually on slides in 45% acetic acid and counterstained with

lacto-propionic orcein for about 5 minutes under coverslips. After warming briefly,

preparation were tapped with a glass rod to finally spread material, then squashed for

microscopic inspection and counting of chromosomes. Photographs were taken of appro-

priate chromosome spreads at X1000 magnification.

It should be mentioned that attempts were made to fix flower-bud material in the

field for counts of meiotic chromosomes. Collection at different times of the day,

concentrating on the pre-dawn period as Ting and Kehr (1953) have reported as effective

for obtaining dividing pollen mother cells in J. batatas, was unsuccessful. We can only

attribute this to the less than ideal conditions of storage and transport of material

collected in our field work.

Results

In Australia, all four introduced species of pantropic distribution are shown to be

diploids with 2n = 30 (Table la). According to van Ooststroom (1954), I. alba and I.

triloba are of tropical American origin, while J. guamoclit ‘runs wild’ in Malaysia.

Bentham (1869) states that the latter species ‘is believed to be of East Indian origin’ but

is now, following O’Donell (1959), also considered to be American. The widespread

North American J. hederacea considered by some to be conspecific with the Malaysian

I, nil is subject to taxonomic dispute (van Ooststroom 1954, p. 465). Bearing this

confusion in mind, our somatic chromosome count of 2n = 30 for J. hederacea conforms

with the result of Jones (1964, p. 217) for ‘I. nil (syn I. hederacea Jacq.)’, and his review

of previous chromosome counts in the species. Although Austin (1986) leans towards

synonymy with regard to these two ‘species’ he nevertheless, on mainly historical grounds,

maintains nomenclatural separation. Johnson (pers. comm.) accepts them as two separate

entities, noting that J. mi/, as a very widespread taxon in Australia (but not included in

this study), should not be confused with the sample of J, hederacea cytologically examined

by us. The diploid counts we obtained for I. triloba and I. alba conform with those

made by Jones (1968) as does the determination of J. hederacea with the n = 15 number

by S.P. Vij, S. Singh and V.P. Sachdeva (Love 1974).

Table 1b lists the chromosome numbers of nine species native, but not regarded

as endemic to Australia. While most are diploid (2n = 30), I. plebeia is the lone tetraploid

in the group with 2n = 60. Most of these species are found in tropical island Southeast

Asia or Malaysia according to van Ooststroom (1954), with J. diversifolia extending to

India, J. coptica, I. eriocarpa and I. polymorpha to Africa, with 1. macrantha and I.

mauritania being pantropic. While J. pes-caprae is pantropic in its distribution, ‘the

common subspecies throughout Malaysia’ is subsp. brasiliensis (van Ooststroom 1954,

p. 476). The chromosome count for this form in Australia conforms with those reported

by Jones (1964) for the species and earlier cytological work on unspecified American

subspecies. If the synonymies indicated in Table 1b are proved to be firm, there is

agreement with Jones (op. cit.) in the diploid chromosome number determinations for

I. mauritania (= I. digitata) and I. macrantha (= I. violacea). As far as can be ascertained,

ai) ht the first recordings of chromosome numbers for J. aculeata and the tetraploid

I. plebelia.

The majority of the ten species endemic in Australia are diploids with somatic

chromosome number 2n = 30, although two, J. lonchophylla and I. racemigera, prove

to be tetraploids (Table 1c). Mitotic metaphase cells of four of the species are shown in

Figure 1. It can be seen that the three tuber-bearing species, /. argillicola, I. costata and

I. polpha, have somatic complements of 30 chromosomes, as have I. muelleri and the

Western Australian J. yardiensis. Counts from seedling root tips of Western Australian

representative plants of J. costata were consistent with counts from central Australian

plants. It was unfortunate that the same comparison could not be made between the

central Australian J. polpha plants and representatives of the Queensland populations of

the same species; the seed sample from the Queensland Herbarium failed to germinate.

Yen ef al., Chromosome numbers of Ipomoea

Tave, et =

ThE £ a

feaseta les

reat

eee

RE EEE EEE TEE GG EEE MME RG EO EEE COME EEE EE Oe ee ta Sat aa

“2

Syn0t

SARS

reacts

pea

Settee

eek

ae eae eee

Fig. 1. The chromosomes at mitotic metaphase in root tip cells of four Australian endemic species of Ipomoea:

2n = 30 in A, f. costata, B, f. polpha and C, I. yardiensis; 2n = 60 in D, I. lonchophylla. (Preparations and

icrophotographs by P.M. Gaffey).

754 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Discussion

The basis chromosome number of x = 15 for the genus Jpormoea is confirmed for

the Australian species, whether native or naturalised. The variation in somatic chro-

mosome number in the endemic species suggest that polyploidy played a role in the

evolution of species in Australia. However, Johnson (pers. comm.) points out that the

two endemic Australian tetraploid species, I. lonchophylla and JI. racemigera have

taxonomic affinity with J. plebeia (the only other polyploid found in the Australian

collection) and all three species belong to the section Calycantheum of the genus (van

Ooststroom 1954). Thus Johnson (pers. comm.) opines that polyploidy in the two

Australian species was likely derived from J. plebeia, of wide distribution in insular

southeast Asia.

The American polyploids occur within two of the seven sections (as recognised

by van Ooststroom 1954) of Ipomoea other than Calycantheum: the tetraploid I. ramoni

and I. tiliacea, of the section Batatas; the tetraploid J. arborescens of the section Leiocalyx.

From available evidence, only in America did any species attain hexaploidy - in the

cultivated sweet potato J. batatas of the section Batatas and allied weed species (Jones

1967; Yen 1974). |

Jones (1964, 1968) indicates diploid forms have been found in I. ramoni, I.

tiliacea and J. arborescens. Such might be the case in the Australian species assigned as

tetraploids in this study if cytological analysis 1s extended to further plant collection. Of

particular interest would be the chromosome counts of J. plebeia, with its distribution

in Queensland and the southern Indonesian islands, for the area may be determined in

which polyploidy occurred independently in the genus beyond the New World.

Acknowledgements

Our deep indebtedness for research material and information to Robert Johnson,

Queensland Herbarium, should be obvious from this paper’s text. For field collections

by Yen we wish to acknowledge the essential assistance of the Arid Zone Research

Institute, Alice Springs, and particularly two of its officers, Peter Latz and Antal Soos;

in Western Australia we thank Tony Start, Department of Wildlife Conservation,

Karratha.

References

AUSTIN, D.F. (1978). The Ipomoea batatas complex — I. Taxonomy. Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club 105:

114-129. |

AUSTIN, D.F. (1986). Nomenclature of the Ipomoea nil complex. Taxon 35: 355-358.

AUSTIN, D.F. (1991). Ipomoea littoralis (Convolvulaceae) - taxonomy, distribution and ethnobotany. Economic

Botany 45: 251-256.

BENTHAM, G. (1869). J/POMOEA Linn. In Fiora Australiensis, Vol IV, pp. 412-428. London: L. Reeve.

DARLINGTON, C.D. & WYLIE, A.P. (1955). Chromosome Aflas of Flowering Plants. London: Alien and Unwin.

GEORGE, A.S. (1967). Additions to the flora of Western Australia: Ten miscellaneous new species. Journal of

the Royal Society of Western Australia 50: 97-104.

GOLSON, J. (1971). Australian Aboriginal plants: Some ecological and culture-historical implications. In D.J.

Mulvaney and J. Golson (eds), Aboriginal Man and Environment: 196-238. Canberra: ANU Press.

JOHNSON, R.W. (1986). Four new species of Jpomoea L. (Convolvulaceae) from Australia. Austrobaileya 2:

217-223.

JONES, A. (1964). Chromosome numbers in the genus Jpomoea. Journal of Heredity 55: 216-219.

JONES, A en Should Nishiyama’s Ki23 Upomoea trifida) be designated J. batatas? Economic Botany 21:

163-166.

JONES, A. (1968). Chromosome numbers in [pomoea and related genera. Journal of Heredity 59: 99-101.

LOVE, A. (1974). IOPB chromosome number reports XLV. Taxon 23: 619-624.

MEGGITT, M.J. (1957). Notes on the vegetable food of the Walbiri of Central Australia. Oceania 28: 143-145.

Yen ef al., Chromosome numbers of /pomoea 755

NISHIYAMA, I., FUJISE, K., TERAMURA, T. & MIYAZAKI, T. (1961). Studies of sweet potato and its related

species, I. Comparative investigations on the chromosome numbers and the main plant characters of [porroea

species in the section Batatas. Japanese Journal of Breeding 11: 37~44.

NISHIYAMA, IL, TERAMURA T. (1962). Mexican wild forms of sweet potato. Economic Botany 16: 304-314.

O'CONNELL, J.F., LATZ, P.K. & BARNETT, P. (1983). Traditional and modern plant use among the Alyawara

of Central Australia. Economic Botany 37: 80-109.

O'DONNELL C.A. (1959). Las especes americanas de ‘Ipomoea’ L., sect. ‘Quamoclit? (Moench) Griseb. Lilloa

SOOS, A. & LATZ, P. (1987). The Status and Management of the Native Sweet Potato Ipomoea polpha in the

Northern Territory. Alice Springs: Conservation Commission of the Northern Territory.

a, ‘SS a A.E. (1953). Meiotic studies in the sweet potato Upomoea batatas L.). Journal of Heredity

TING, Y.C., KEHR, A.E. & MILLER, J.C. (1957). A cytological study of the sweet potato plant Ipomoea batatas

(L.) Lam. and its related species. ‘American Naturalist 91: 197-203.

Se scabs tae dee Sh S.J. in collaboration with R.D. HOOGLAND (1954). Convolvulaceae. Flora Malesiana

erles 1, 4: 388-511

YEN, D.E. (1974). The Sweet Potato and Oceania. Honolulu, Bishop Museum Bulletin 236.

Accepted for publication 18 March 1992

Austrobaileya 3(4): 757-758 (1992) 757

NOTES

Lectotypification of Lepinia solomonensis Hemsley (Apocynaceae) with notes on distribution

Lepinia solomonensis is a small to medium sized tree that was described from

material collected in Solomon Islands. The most recent conspectus of Lepinia is that of

Hosokawa (1934) who recognised three species. Since that time, considerable herbarium

holdings of this plant have accumulated and it is now possible to show that its distribution

is not restricted to Solomon Islands.

Lepinia solomonensis Hemsley in Hooker’s Icon. Pl. 28: t. 2703 (1901). Type: Solomon

Islands. San Cristobal, R.B. Comins 132 (lecto (here designated): K (photo at

BRI!), isolecto: BRI')); without locality, W. Micholitz (iectopara: K (photo at

BRI!)); chiefly New Georgia, 1894-5, Officers of H.M.S. Penguin (syn. ?K n.¥.).

Hosokawa, Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 48: 528-530 (1934).

[Lepinia taitensis auct. non Decne.: Hemsley, Ann. Bot. 5: 502 (1891); Walker,

Forests Brit. Solom. Isl. Protect. 97 (1948)]

Selected Specimens. Papua New Guinea. BOUGAINVILLE PROVINCE: Siwai, 5°34’S, 141°03’E, Jul 1930, Waterhouse

{59-B (BRI ex K). MILNE BAY PROVINCE: Woodlark Island, Sep 1979, Kairo 124 (CBG ex UPNG). Solomon

Islands. New Georgia Group, Rendova Island, near Ovusa, Oct 1945, White BSIP172 (BRI); Guadalcanal, eastern

slopes of Mt Gallego, Jul 1965, Aunt 2143 (BRI, BSIP ex K); Oula River area, South Vella Lavella, Aug 1968,

Kotali et al. BSIP9534 (BSIP); Shoulder Hill area, North Kolombangara, Jan 1968, Gafui et al. BSIP8743 (BSIP);

Kape Harbour, Kolombangara, Nov 1962, Whitmore & Womersley BSIP823 (BSIP); SE Kolombangara, W of

Uila River, Dec 1967, Dennis et al. BSIP8520 (BSIP); Mango River, SE New Georgia, Mar 1966, Burn-Murdoch

et al. BSIP7112 (BSIP); SE Chotseul, near Ruruvai, Feb 1964, Whitmore BSIP3961 (BSIP); NE Malaita, Nov

1968, Fa’arodo et al. BSIP13496 (BSIP); Gizo Island, Jul 1968, AMfauriasi et al. BSIP11693 (BSIP); West Rennell

Island, Magauta area, May 1968, Sirute’e et al. BSIP9686 (BSIP); N of Tarapaina, Small Malaita, Jul 1969, Gafui

et al. BSIP16957 (BSIP); Crossroad from Suholo/Hada, Ulawa Island, Feb 1965, Teona BSIP6320 (BSIP); Slopes

of Mt Gallego A aa Aug 1972, Tedder s.n. (BSIP); Tahanuku area, West Rennell, May 1969, Gafui et

al. BSIP14696 (BSIP).

Distribution and habitat: Rarely collected in Bougainville and Milne Bay provinces,

Papua New Guinea, but widespread and commonly collected in Solomon Islands (Map

1). Plants grow in lowland rainforest.

Notes: This species has been previously known only from the Solomon Islands and

Bougainville (Hosokawa 1934), with the Kairo collection being the first from an area

politically part of Papua New Guinea. Of the three original syntypes, one is poor and

without precise locality (Micholitz) and one (Officers of H.M.S. Penguin) could not be

located at K; therefore the Comins collection is selected as lectotype of Hemsley’s name.

Local Names: Several names have been recorded for this plant in Solomon Islands

(Table 1) (data from herbarium labels); however, no uses have been given.

Table 1. Local names for L. solomonensis in Solomon Islands

Name Dialect Voucher

Daukwailima Kwara’ae BSIP9534

Mali Mali not given BSIP823

Vutua Vaturanga Tedder s.n.

Acknowledgements

Thanks are due to Greg Leach (DNA), Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at

Kew, for searching for and photographing the types mentioned; and the Directors/

Curators of the cited herbaria for permission to examine collections at their institutions.

Reference

HOSOKAWA, T. (1934). Conspectus of the genus Lepinia. Botanical Magazine (Tokyo) 48: 528-530.

em sn sn sms Ns mn Ns a No a Ht a

758 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

Map 1. Distribution in Papuasia of Lepinia solomonensis.

Paul |. Forster

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Accepted for publication 11 November 1991

Austrobatleya 3(4): 759-760 (1992) 759

NOTES

Parsonsia alboflavescens (Dennst.) Mabb., (Apocynaceae), a new record from Northern

Territory, Australia

An intensive survey of rain forest communities in Northern Territory, Australia

was undertaken by the Conservation Commission of the N.T. during the late 1980s

resulting in a rich assemblage of material in DNA and several other Australian herbaria.

Many new records have resulted from this survey activity, including a single collection

of an indeterminable Parsonsia species that is not conspecific with other taxa of Parsonsia

till now recognised for Australia. Subsequent to examining this collection in late 1989,

at which stage its identity was unresolved, I visited the Solomon Islands where material

of this same species was collected. Curation of Papuasian Apocynaceae holdings at BRI,

BSIP and CANB revealed this material to be Parsonsia alboflavescens (Dennst.) Mabb.,

previously not recorded for Australia but known to be widespread and common in Asia,

Malesia (including New Guinea) and the Solomon Islands (Markgraf 1927; Merrill 1933;

Merrill & Perry 1943; Huber 1983; Rani & Matthew 1983).

Parsonsia alboflavescens (Dennst.) Mabb., Taxon 26: 532 (1977); Periploca alboflavescens

Dennst., Schliissel: 12, 23, 35 (1818) & in Forts. Allg. Teutsch. Garten.-Mag. 3:

31, 41, 83 (1818). Type: Rheede, Hort. mal. 9: t. 9 (1689).

Rani & Matthew, Fl. Tamilnadu Carnatic 2: 914-915 (1983).

Echites laevigata Moon, Cat. 20 (1824); Parsonsia laevigata (Moon) Alston, Ann.

(eho) Gard. Peradeniya 11: 203 (1929). Type: Rheede, Hort. mal. 9, t. 9

Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fi. Ceylon 6: 192 (1931); Huber, Rev. Handb. Fi.

Ceylon 4: 58 (1983).

Parsonsia helicandra Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beechey’s Voy. 197 (1836). Type: China.

Kwangtung Province, in the vicinity of Macao, Beechey (holo: ? E, n.v. (permanent

loan ex GL, fide Merrill 1933)).

Merr., Brittonia 1: 236 (1933); Merr. & Perry, J. Arnold Arb. 24: 216 (1943).

Parsonsia spiralis Wallich [List no. 1631 (1829), nom. nud.] ex G. Don, Gen. hist.

4: 80 (1837); Heligme spiralis (Wallich ex G. Don) Thwaites, Enum. pl. zeyl. 193

(1860). Type: H.B. Calc. & Sillet, [Wallich no. 1631] (holo: K-W (fiche at BRI!);

iso: G-DC (fiche at BRI!)).

A.DC. in DC., Prodr. 8: 402 (1844); J.D. Hook., Fl. Brit. India 3: 650 (1882);

Schumann, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 9: 215 (1887); Fl. Kais. Wilh. Land 114 (1889);

Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 3: 134 (1895); Boerl., Handl. Fl. Ned. Ind. II, 2: 39

(1899): Schumann & Lauterb., Fl. Deutsch Schutzgeb. Sidsee 508 (1901); Markgraf,

Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 61: 217 (1927).

Chaetosus volubilis Benth. in Hook., London J. Bot. 2: 226 (1843). Type: New

Guinea, in 1841, Hinds (holo: K (photo at BRI!)).

Benth. in Hinds, Bot. Voy. H.M.S. Sulphur 179, t. 57 (1844).

Parsonsia cumingiana A.DC. in DC., Prodr. 8: 402 (1844). Type: Philippines. Luzon,

H, Cuming 1490 (holo: ? G, n.y.).

Merr., Brittonia 1: 236 (1933).

Lyonsia viridiflora Bailey, Queensl. Agric. J. 3: 156 (1898). Type: Papua New Guinea,

Chads Bay, F.M. Bailey [AQ332837] (holo: BRI).

Illustration: Matthew, Ill. Fl. Tamilnadu Carnatic, t. 433 (1982),

Selected Specimens. Sumatera. Pulau Tioman/Pahang, Kampong Tekek, Apr 1962, Kadim & Noor 667 (BRI ex

SING); Pangkor Island, Teluk Ketapang, Dindings, Jul 1955, Burkill 221 & Shah (BRI ex SING). Philippines.

LUZON: Burgos, Ilocos Norte Province, Jul 1918, Ramos Bur. Sci. 32949 (BRI); Cagayan Province, Mar [909,

Ramos Bur. Sci. 7398 (BRI); Mt Makiling, Laguna Province, May 1945, Su/it PNH8446 (BRI ex PNH). Irian

Jaya. Island of Jobie [Japen], Aug 1840, Barclay 3592 (BM). Papua New Guinea. NEw BRITAIN PROVINCE: Beach

front, halfway between Wogonokai Village & Mt Wangore, 5°10’S, 150°02’E, Oct 1974, Barker & Vinas LAE66753

(BRI); Melenglo Island, 5°20’S, 149°55’E, Oct 1965, Gillison NGF22414 (BRD; Schirlitz Peninsula, south facing

beach, Fullerborn Harbour, 6°10’S, 150°45’E, May 1973, Croft & Katik NGF15535 (BRI); Fullerborn Harbour,

6°06’S, 150°40’E, Feb 1965, Sayers NGF21708 (BRI). BOUGAINVILLE PROVINCE: Karngu, Buin, Oct 1930, Kajewski

2230 (BRI ex A). MOROBE PROVINCE: Morobe, Jan 1948, Womersiey NGF2986 (BRI). MADANG PROVINCE:

coastal road, c. 25 miles [41 km] N of Madang, Mar 1968, Coode & Katik NGF32747 (BRI). MILNE BAY

‘sss ws sms Wo a oo

760 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

PROVINCE: Miadeba, Normanby Island, 9°50’S, 150°50’E, Oct 1971, Stretmann & Lelean LAES2600 (BRI,CANB);

Waikaiuna Bay, Normanby Island, i0°00’S, 150°55’E, Apr 1956, Womersley NGF8620 (BRI). Solomon Islands.

ISABEL PROVINCE: Meringe, Ysabel, Nov 1932, Brass 3161 (BRI ex A). GUADALCANAL PROVINCE: near Matepona

River, Jul 1945, White BSIP52 (BRI); 69 km from Honiara on Aola road, near Vurai, 9°28’S, 160°57’E, Jun 1991,

Forster 8600 & Liddle (BRI,K). MAKIRE PROVINCE: Kira Kira, San Cristobal, Aug 1932, Brass 2771 (BRI ex A).

CENTRAL PROVINCE: West of Kangua village, Rennell, May 1969, Gafi et al. BSIP14675 (BSIP). Australia.

Northern Territory. 4 km N of Caledon Bay, NE Arnhem Land, 12°44’S, 136°28’E, Mar 1988, Russedl-Smiith &

Lucas 5030 (BRI,CANB,DNA,QRS; MEL,NSW 72.¥.).

Notes: A more extensive synonymy for this species is given by Merrill (1933) under P.

ee As I have not seen the types of some of the names he cites, they are not

isted here.

The type of P. helicandra was located at GL by Merrill (1933); however, the

Beechey collections are now on permanent loan to E (P.S. Short, pers. comm. 1991).

Acknowledgements

Dr Jeremy Russell-Smith drew my attention to the N.T. collection of this species

in 1989. Mr David Liddle assisted with fieldwork in the Solomon Islands. Dr Philip S.

Short located and photographed a number of specimens in overseas herbaria, while

Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew (U.K.). The Directors/Curators of BSIP,

CANB, DNA and QRS allowed access to collections. The author was funded by the

Australian Biological Resources Study for research on Apocynaceae in 1991-92. This

assistance is gratefully acknowledged.

References

HUBER, H. (1983). Apocynaceae. In M.D. Dassanayake (ed.), A Revised Handbook to the Flora of Ceylon.

Volume 4: 25-72. New Dehli: Amerind Publishing Company.

MARKGRAF, F. (1927). Die Apocynaceen von Neu-Guinea. Botanische Jahrbiicher fiir Systematik, Pflanzenges-

chichte und Pflanzengeographie 61: 164-222.

MERRILL, E.D. (1933). The generic name Parsonsia and the status of Parsonsia helicandra Hooker & Arnott.

Brittonia 1: 233-237.

MERRILL, E.D. & PERRY, L.M. (1943). Plantae Papuanae Archboldianae, XII. Journal of the Arnold Arboretum

24: 207-217.

RANI, N. & MATTHEW, K.M. (1983). Apocynaceae. In K.M. Matthew (ed.), The Flora of the Tamilnadu

Carnatic. Part 2: 897-922, Madras: Diocesan Press.

Paul I. Forster

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Accepted for publication 14 January 1992

Austrobaileya 3(4): 761-763 (1992) 761

NOTES

Notes on the Naturalised Flora of Queensland, 2

Data are presented on the distributions in Queensland of seven naturalised taxa

of succulents from the Asphodelaceae, Crassulaceae, Euphorbiaceae and Dracaenaceae.

Two of these families have now been treated in the ‘Flora of Australia’ and it is the

aim of this series of occasional notes to update and revise published information on

these naturalised plants. As with the previous note (Forster 1988), the present ones deal

with a number of succulent plants, all of which present difficulties in specimen preparation

which is undoubtedly the reason why most are either poorly or not represented in

collections. Several of these species have not previously been listed as naturalised in

such regional floras or checklists as Stanley and Ross (1983, 1989) or Batianoff and

Dillewaard (1988) and some represent new distributional records in Queensland. Applying

the terminology of Kloot (1987), Aloe cameronii Hemsley and Bryophyllum beauverdii

(Raym.-Hamet) Berger are ‘established’ and the remaining species are ‘adventure’ plants.

Monocotyledon family classification follows Dahlgren et al. (1984), as opposed to

the broadly defined system of Cronquist (1981) that is used 1n ‘Flora of Australia’.

Asphodelaceae

1, Aloe cameronii Hemsley, Bot. Mag. 124 t. 7914 (1903).

Specimen examined: Queensland. MORETON DISTRICT: Barclay Street, Bundamba, Ipswich, May 1991, Bird

[AQ506891] (BRI,CBG,K,MEL,PRE).

Notes: This species was not previously recorded as naturalised (Forster & Clifford 1986;

Forster 1989), and has become established in an area between Brisbane and Ipswich

where garden rubbish is dumped. Unlike most naturalised species of Aloe, the plants in

this population produce copious seed. A description of the species and relevant biblio-

graphic information may be found in Reynolds (1966). A revised key to naturalised

species of Aloe in Australia is given here to update that given in ‘Flora of Australia’

(Forster & Clifford 1986) and Forster (1989),

l', “Plants-ATDOLOSCENT nice cae ply wa leek eg Lah ae bie cracnr ve Un us! tal wl Gecbaelde veo ls 2

Plants acaulescent ...... 0... cc ce ee ce ee be ee ee ee eb ba bh ae ee ee ns 3

2. Leaves spotted; inflorescence branched yr AL Lee ee ee 2 A. cameronii

Leaves unspotted; inflorescence unbranched .............. A. arborescens

3. Perianth less than 30 mm long; pedicels less than 7 mm long; leaves erect

0: SHBRUY SOTEACING: ode ae Se ne VL he Viet Wi Ra ee A. vera

Perianth more than 30 mm long; pedicels more than 7 mm long; leaves

spreading to recurved .. 1. 1... ee ee 4

4. Racemes condensed, usually slightly wider than long; flowers crowded

pa Re anne MAAN cr Widen Bete Rate Ng atte ay eget gers RYE Ns A. saponaria

Racemes long-cylindrical; flowers not crowded .......... ° A. parvibracteata

Crassulaceae

2. Bryophylium beauverdii (Raym.-Hamet) Berger in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam.,

ed. 2, 18a: 412 (1930); Kalanchoe beauverdii Raym.-Hamet, Buil. Herb. Boiss.,

Ser. 2, 7: 87 (1907).

Specimen examined: Queensland. MORETON DISTRICT: Pine Mt, 10 km NW of Ipswich, Aug 1991, Bird [AQ506889]

(AD, BRI).

Notes: A new record of naturalisation for Queensland (cf. Stanley & Ross 1983) this

species occurs in a disturbed area away from habitation. About 11 species of Bryophyllum

are commonly cultivated in Australia (Forster 1985) and other hardy species can be

expected to become naturalised in the future.

762 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

3. Bryophyllum fedtschenkoi gar -Hamet & H. Perrier) Lauz.-March., Compt. R.

Hedb. Seances Acad. Ser. D (Paris) 278 (20): 2508 (1974): Kalanchoe

aa Raym. Tiakiet & H. Perrier, Ann. Mus. Col. Marseille, Ser. 3, 7: 75

Specimens examined: Queensland. MORETON DistTRIcT: Westlake, a western Brisbane suburb, Jul 1980, Stanley

[AQ343754] (BRI); Western boundary of Laidley golf course, Laidley Shire, Aug 1985, McKenzie [AQ398800]

(BRI); New Chum, | km S of Dinmore, Ipswich, Aug 1991, Bird (AQS06888) (AD, BRI).

Notes: A new record of naturalisation for Queensland (cf. Stanley & Ross 1983) this

species is established in areas where garden rubbish is dumped.

Key to naturalised species of Bryophyllum in Queensland

1. Plants twining; foliage grey-black .... Pay ckieun see ten iat B. beauverdii

Plants erect, not twining; foliage pink or ereen Cee cit Poumon Ay Lael 5S wah 2

be LOAVOS PINTAG: ag uh eee Sees oo ee Ae ed De eta A elie ee et 3

Leaves simple ge hobs) oak quiet, SPU Be Se GR. sl hee ee ee Bd Ml ee ee 4

3. Leaflets 3-5, early leaves ane l-foliate .................... 3B. pinnatum

Leaflets 7 or more .... . ee ee eae B, proliferum

4. Leaf lamina subcylindrical .......................... B, delagoense*

Leaf lamina flattened Fees cote Me ce aan tee tne Wee ans Seep teenie, LAs 5

5. Leaf lamina > 10 cm long and 2.5 cm wide .......... B. daigremontianum

Leaf lamina < 10 cm long and 2.5 cm wide ese ase ie meh Sollee Seat A 6

6. Stems. and leaves mottled grey and aren, lamina < 2 cm wide

B. daigremontianum X B. delagoense*

Stems and leaves without mottling, pink-green; lamina > 2 cm

WIdE Bs ue ee Be .. .. B. fedtschenkoi

Euphorbiaceae

4. Euphorbia tirucalli L., Sp. Pl. 452 (1753).

Specimen examined: Queensland. BURNETT DISTRICT: road between Hivesville and Proston, Wondai Shire, Feb

1981, Waldron [AQ345523] (BRI).

Notes: This is a commonly cultivated self-fertile plant and spreads both by seed and

vegetatively by stem portions. A descriptive account may be found in Carter (1988).

Although commonly cultivated in south-east Queensland, this record appears to the first

instance where the plant has persisted away from human habitation.

5. Pee (19 eo subsp. smallii (Millsp.) Dressler, Contr. Gray Herb. 182:

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: Booby Island, Great Barrier Reef, c. 34 km from Thursday

Island, Jul 1969, Heatwole [AQ207093] (BRI); Lamond Hill, Apr 1988, Forster 4207 & Liddle (BRI); Low Isle,

Aug 1973. Stoddart 4302 (BRI); Green Island, Aug 1973, Stoddart 4270 (BRI). SoUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Mi

Christian, Jan 1975, Morton T4105 (BRI). PorT CurRTIS DISTRICT: 2 km SE of Butlerville, northern end of Mt

Larcom Range, Jan 1988, Forster 3385 & Gibson (BRI).

Notes: This species is naturalised in a number of localities in coastal Queensland, usuall

in areas of previous habitation. It has not been previously considered as naturalised (cf.

Batianoff & Dillewaard 1988); however, the populations examined are persisting and

spreading without human assistance. A descriptive account of it may be found in Carter

(1988). P. tithymaloides is commonly cultivated and appears tolerant of high levels of

salt in the soil at seaside localities.

*The name B. delagoense (Ecklon & Zeyher) Schinz is used instead of B. tubi/florum Harvey following Toelken

& Leistner (1986).

Forster, Naturalised Flora 763

6. Synadenium grantii J.D. Hook., Bot. Mag. 93: 5633 (1867).

Specimen examined: Queensland. MORETON DISTRICT: Bergins Hill, Bundamba, Ipswich, May 199i, Bird [AQ506890]

(BRI,CBG,MEL).

Notes: This plant is commonly cultivated in gardens in Queensland. It has become

established and is persisting at several localities in south-east Queensland where garden

rubbish has been dumped. It has not previously been considered as naturalised in

Queensland and is not mentioned by Stanley and Ross (1983). A description of 1t and

associated bibliographic information may be found in Carter (1988).

Dracaenaceae

7. Sansevieria trifasciata Prain

Additional specimens examined; Queensland, Cook District: Lamond Hill, Apr 1988, Forster 4205 & Liddle

(BRI); Green Island, Sep 1981, Fosberg 61503 (BRI). MoRETON District: Next to Merri Merri Housing Estate,

1.7 km SW Mt Coot-tha Lookout, Brisbane, Jul 1986, Forster 2527 & Bird (BRI).

Notes: The history of this species’ introduction to Australia and use as a fibre plant are

outlined by Forster (1987), The above records are in addition to those given in Forster

(1986) and extend its known range of naturalisation in Queensland considerably.

Acknowledgement

_ Many of these new records result from the continuing and enthusiastic documen-

tation of the Ipswich area flora by Lloyd Bird of Bundamba.

References

BATIANOFF, G.N. & DILLEWAARD, H.A. (1988). Port Curtis District Flora and Early Botanists. Gladstone:

Society for Growing Australian Plants (Queensland Region) Inc., Gladstone Branch.

CARTER, S. (1988). Euphorbieae. In S. Carter & A.R.-Smith, Flora of Tropical East Africa, Euphorbiaceae (Part

2). London: Her Majesty’s Stationery Office.

CRONQUIST, A.J. (1981). An Integrated System of Classification of Flowering Plants. New York: Columbia

University Press.

DAHLGREN, R.M.T., CLIFFORD, H.T. & YEO, P.F. (1984). The Families of the Monocotyledons. Berlin/

Heidelberg: Springer-Verlag.

shia P.t. (1985). The genera Kalanchoe and Bryophyllum in cultivation. Anacampseros 1: 37-41, 52~56;

FORSTER, P.I. (1986). Agave, Furcraea, Sansevieria, Yucca (Agavaceae). In A.S. George (ed.), Flora of Australia,

46: 71-88. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service.

FORSTER, P.I. (1987). Naturalized succulent Agavaceae and Dracaenaceae in Australia. Anacanipseros 3: 65-70;

4: 8-13, 29-33.

FORSTER, P.I. (1988). Notes on the naturalised flora of Queensland. Austrobaileya 2: 573-576.

FORSTER, P.I. (1989). The naturalised species of Aloe L. (Asphodelaceae) in Australia. Anacampseros 5: 36-39.

FORSTER, P.I. & CLIFFORD, H.T. (1986). Aloeaceae. In A.S. George (ed.), Flora of Australia. 46: 66-70.

Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service.

KLOOT, P.M. tie The naturalised flora of South Australia. 1. The documentation of its development. Journal

of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens 10: 81-90.

beater Petes G.W. (1966). The Aloes of Tropical Africa and Madagascar. Cape Town: The Trustees The Aloes

Book Fund.

STANLEY, T.D. & ROSS, E.M. (1983). Flora of South-eastern Queensland, Volume 1. Brisbane: Queensland

Department of Primary Industries.

STANLEY, T.D. & ROSS, E.M. (1989). Flora of South-eastern Queensland. Volume 3. Brisbane: Queensland

Department of Primary Industries.

TOELKEN, H.R. & LEISTNER, O.A. (1986). Brvophyllum delagoense. The Flowering Plants of Africa 49: t. 1938.

Paul I, Forster

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Accepted for publication 14 January 1992

peactatatarktavatcnurtarh iver atertaemanemanetanawanes blur bal iitee satire whe ae Re bh hit her hiAnGl heinitie DL LaLtd hist ieei LL Ooh te LOLOL Oo Ce oe mC Coe ei

Pe a tei Neen

Austrobaileya 3(4): 765-766 (1992) 705

G.E. Gibbs-Russell, L. Watson, M. Koekemoer, N.P. Barker, H.M. Anderson, M.J.

Dallwitz. Grasses of Southern Africa. Memoirs of the Botanical Society of South

Africa, No 58. Pp. ix + 437, 235 text-figures, dot maps, 24 plates (216 photographs).

South Africa: National Botanic Gardens/Botanical Research Institute, Pretoria,

1990. Price (overseas) £15.15 ($24.70). ISBN 0 620 14846 2.

This book is unique in that it has been compiled using computer technology by

a team of people (seven authors with an editorial committee of six) in a relatively short

time - about 3 years as far as I know. Indeed it is, as stated in an introductory chapter,

“the only identification manual for a major plant family occurring in a large area to be

produced from computerized data.” The keys and descriptions of genera have been

produced from the database of world grass genera of Watson ef al. (1988) using the

KEY and CONFOR programs of DELTA (Dallwitz & Paine 1986), the species descriptions

have been produced from a basic character list representing “the minimum information

required to distinguish species from others in its genus” using DELTA, the distribution

maps, one for each entity (species or infra-specific taxon), have been plotted from

specimen records from the PRECIS data-base (Gibbs-Russell & Arnold 1989) and generic

and species descriptions and generic keys have been printed using the program TYPSET

(Dallwitz & Zurcher 1988). The only descriptive part of the text not prepared by DELTA

were the species keys as the amount of data presently available is insufficient for key

generation. At least one species of each genus is illustrated as weil as there being at least

one spikelet photograph for each genus.

The book 1s essentially a update and successor to Chippindall (1955), a work long

out of print and a well-known and classical reference work on southern African grasses

used world wide. As both accounts have a double-columned text and are comparable in

size (Gibbs-Russell et a/. 403 A4 pages and 235 figures; Chippindall 527 Quarto pages

and 421 figures) and cover the same geographical area of South Africa, Namibia and

Botswana a comparison can be made between the two. The multi-authorship of Gibbs-

Russell et al. is reflected in the very different look of the computer generated generic

keys and descriptions of Watson compared with the naturally generated species descrip-

tions of the South African based authors. In my view there should have been some

judicious pruning of the generic descriptions and keys with a word-processor to make

them more user-friendly and cut down the rather lengthy text resulting from computer-

generated methods. These points have also been mentioned in another recent review

(Clayton 1991). I also think most of the generic synonymy and the generic character list

extracted straight from the world generic list, 1s extraneous in the South African context.

Chippindall’s work on the other hand had the advantage of single authorship by an

agrostologist who had a very good overall grasp of the taxonomic problems of South

African grasses reflected by their morphology, so refreshingly discussed in the body of

her work. There is, on the other hand, little discussion of this nature in the recent book.

The most useful aspects of Gibbs-Russell et a/. are the updating of the nomenclature

of South African grasses, a distribution map of each entity, illustrations of species not

previously illustrated, a useful glossary and introduction, including an informative

overview of leaf-blade anatomy, photosynthetic pathways and climatic adaptation, fea-

tures relatively unknown at the time of Chippindall’s account. However the main

compilation by computer of this book illustrates well how this technique may well

become standard practice in books of this nature in the future.

References

CHIPPINDALL, L.K.A. (1955). A guide to the identification of grasses in South Africa. In D. Meredith, The

grasses and pastures of South Africa. Cape Town: Central News Agency.

CLAYTON, W.D (1991). Book Review of Grasses of Southern Africa. Kew Bulletin 46: 580-581.

DALLWITZ, M.J. and ZURCHER, E.J. (1988). User’s Guide to TYPSET, a computer typesetting program. 2nd

edition. CSIRO Division of Entomology Report [8.

GIBBS-RUSSELL, G.E. & ARNOLD, T.H. (1989). Fifteen years with the computer: assessment of the PRECIS

taxonomic system. Taxon 38: 178-195.

766 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992

WATSON, L. and DALLWITZ, M. (1988). Grass genera of the world. Canberra: Research School of Biological

Sciences, Australian National University.

Bryan K, Simon

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

7167

Referees consulted for Volume 3

Acceptance of papers has depended on the outcome of review by external referees.

Apart from a few who did not wish to be listed, those consulted during the past four

years are named below. Several were consulted on more than one occasion. Sincere

rae oe extended to all these people whose expertise has helped to maintain journal

standards,

*overseas specialists

Adams, L.G.

Aston, H.I.

Austin, D.F.*

Barker, R.M.

Brownsey, P.J.*

Bruyns, P.V.*

Burton, C.M.*

Chapman, A.D.

Chinnock, R.J.

Clayton, W.D.*

Clifford, H.T.

Conn, B.J.

Craven, L.A.

Crisp, M.D.

Dunlop, C.R.

Eichler, Hj.

George, A.S.

Goyder, D.J.*

Guymer, G.P.

Henderson, R.J.F.

Hewson, H.J.

Hill, K.D.

Hyland, B.P.M.

Jackes, B.R.

Jacobs, S.W.L.

Jeffrey, C.*

Jessup, L.W.

Johnson, L.A.S.

Jones, D.L.

Ladiges, P.A.

Lander, N.S.

Lavarack, P.S.

Lazarides, M.

Makinson, R.O,

Maslin, B.R.

Pedley, L.

Purdie, R.W.

Ramsay, H.

Reynolds, 8.T.

Ross, E.M.

Russell-Smith, J.

Simon, B.K.

Terrell, E.E.*

Toelken, H.R.

Wallace, B.J.

Walsh, N.G.

Webster, G.L.*

Wheeler, J.R.

Williams, J.B.

Wilson, P.G.

768

Notes for Authors

Austrobaileya publishes original papers in systematic botany and related fields.

Preference will be given to papers relating to the flora of Queensland or tropical Australia.

All papers are refereed and the editorial committee reserves the right to reject papers.

Manuscripts must be submitted in duplicate to The Editor, Austrobaileya, Queens-

land Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia. They must be double-

spaced typewritten, with 2.5 cm margins in the first instance. After refereeing, the

corrected manuscript should preferably be submitted on an MSDOS disk as an unfor-

matted ASCII file (DOS Text File Format, e.g. CTRL-F5, | in WordPerfect Version 4.2

or 5.1), saved twice, accompanied by a printed copy. All illustrations should be submitted

with the text. One set of proofs will be sent to authors.

For style and layout the most recent number of Austrobaileya should be followed,

particularly in the use of subheadings for distribution, etymology, etc. A detailed guide

may be obtained from the editor. Papers must be concise and illustrations should make

economical use of available space.

Where possible illustrations should be submitted in a size suitable for reproduction

without reduction in size. The maximum size of a printed illustration is 12.5 cm X 18.5

cm. Do not put lettering on the illustration but indicate separately on a photocopy or

overlay. Illustrations should be cited in the text. Typed captions should be supplied on

a separate page with the text and also adhered to the overlay or photocopy of the

illustration. All illustrations, both line drawings and photographs are to be numbered as

figures in a common sequence. Published illustrations remain the property of the

Queensland Herbarium.

Tables should be as simple as possible. Long and/or complicated tables should

4 avoided. The tables should be numbered consecutively and each should be cited in

the text.

Standard Abbreviations

Titles of journals cited in the nomenclatural sections of the text should be

abbreviated according to Botanico-Periodicum-Huntianum (Hunt Botanical Library, 1968)

while names of books should be abbreviated in accordance with F.A. Stafleu and R:S.

Cowan, Taxonomic Literature, edn 2 (W. Junk, 1976-1988). In the ‘References’ section

the titles of both journals and books should be given in full. All entries in the ‘References’

are to be referred to in the narrative text and all references to papers or books in

narrative text are to be included in the ‘References’ section.

Author abbreviations should follow the Draft Index of Author Abbreviations

compiled at the Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew (HMSO, 1980). Acronyms used

for herbaria cited in the text should be in accordance with P.K. Holmgren, N.H.

Holmgren and L.C. Barnett (eds), Index Herbariorum Part 1: The Herbaria of the World.

New York: New York Botanical Garden (1990).

Other abbreviations which may be used in citing specimens are S.F. (State Forest),

S.F.R. (State Forest Reserve), L.A. (Logging Area), T.R. (Timber Reserve) and an AQ

number. This number refers to the computerised collection number situated on the sheet

and/or on the label of specimens housed in the Queensland Herbarium (BRI). It is

distinct from the BRI number which is a framed sheet number associated with the name

“Queensland Herbarium Brisbane’’, stamped on the sheet.

769

New names are in bold, all others are in italics. Page numbers in bold refer to the

principal description, those in italics refer to an illustration.

Acacia Miller 215, 261, 262, 298, 745

section Botrycephalae 746

section Lycopodiifoliae Pedley 261, 262

subgenus Aculeiferum Vassel 555

acrionastes Pedley 297, 297, 298, 299 300

key to group 298

adunca Cunn. ex G. Don 297, 298

albizioides Pedley 555

key to related species 555

armillata (Pedley) Pedley 215

baueri Benth. 261

betchei Maiden & Blakely 297, 298

subsp. diphylla (Tindale) Pedley 215

buxifolia subsp. pubiflora Pedley 262

calyculata Cunn. ex Benth. 174

chippendalei Pedley 262

crassa Pedley 746

curvinervia Maiden 216

deanei (R. Baker) Welch, Coombs & McGlynn

subsp. deanei 746

diphylla Tindale 215

eremophiloides Pedley & P. Forster 262

floydii Tindale 297, 298

galioides Benth. 262

grandifolia Pedley 262

julifera subsp. curvinervia (Maiden) Pedley 216

leiacalyx (Domin) Pedley 262

longipedunculata Pedley 261, 262

megaladena Desv. 555

meiosperma (Pedley) Pedley 216

olsenii Tind. 745, 746, 748

ommatosperma (Pedley) Pedley 216

orthotricha Pedley 262

pedleyi Tind. et Kodela 745, 746, 747

key to related species 746

pennata (L.) Wild. 555

key to related species 555

subsp. Kerrii 1. Neilson 555

arg subsp. tanumbirinensis (Maiden) Pedley

polyadenia (Pedley) Pedley 216

porcata P. Forster 261, 261, 262, 263, 263

racospermoides Pedley 216

saxicola Pedley 297

shirleyi Maiden 432, 578

solandri Benth. 216

spirorbis subsp, solandri (Benth.) Pedley 216

stipuligera F. Muell.

aes glabrifolia (Maiden & Blakely} Pedley

var. glabrifolia Maiden & Blakely 216

storyi Tind. 745, 746, 748

tanumbirinensis Maiden 216

tenuinervis Pedley 262

spp. 262, 327, 699

Acanthaceae 549

Acanthostemma Blume 218

Acrolejeunea (Spr.) Steph. 106

atilacophora (Mont.) Steph. 105

Adiantaceae 661, 662

Adiantum L. 661, 662, 663, 664

aethiopicum L. 662

affine auct. non Wiild.: Hook. 663

diaphanum Biume 661, 662, 663, 663

var. affine (Hook.) van Ald. van Ros. 663

formosum R. Br. 662

hispidulum Sw. 662, 663

var. whitei (Bailey) P. Bostock 662

novae-caledoniae Keys 661

pubescens Schkuhr. 662

selulosum J. Smith 661, 663

fenue Domin

var. bicolor Domin 662

var. commutatum Domin 663

Aegiceras corniculatum (L.) Blanco 104, 672

Aenictophyton A. Lee 393

Aeschynomiene L. 177, 178, 179, 181, 183, 187, 190

key to sections & species 179

section Aeschynomene L. 179, 180

series Americanae Rudd 179, 180, 182

series Indicae Rudd 179, 180, 180

section Onchopodium J. Vogel 179, 183

series Viscidulae Rudd 179, 183. 184

americana L. 180, 182, 182, 183, 185, 200

americana auct. non L.: F. Muell. 183

aspera L. 179, 180, 180, 181, 785, 200

var. oligartha F. Muell. 180, 181

brasiliana (Poiret) DC. 184, 186

brevifolia Lf. ex Poiret 180, 183, 184, 184, 186,

187, 199, 200

brevifolia complex, key to species 186

coluteoides A. Rich. [91

faicata (Poiret) DC, 183, 184, 186

var. falcata (Poiret) ‘DC, 186, 187

var, paucijuga Benth. 184, 186, 187

falcata auct. non (Poiret} DC.: F. Muell. 184, 186

indica L. 180, 181, 182, 785, 200

micranthos (Poiret) DC. 180, [83, 184, 7/85, 186,

186, 187, 199, 200

villosa Poiret 180, 182, 183, 183, 785, 200

var. longifolia (Micheli) Rudd 183

var. villosa 183

viscidula Michx. 184

Aeschynomeneae (Benth.) Hutch 177

key to subtribes & genera 177

subtribe Aeschynomeninae Rudd 177, 178, 178

subtribe Discolobiinae 177

subtribe Ormocarpinae Rudd 177, 190

subtribe Poiretiinae (Burkart) Rudd 177, 199

wore Stylosanthinae (Benth.) Rudd 177, 178,

Ageratum houstonianum Miller 732

Agonis (DC.) Sweet 644

elliptica C. White & Francis 648

is jal C. White & Francis 645

luehmannii (Bailey) C. White & Francis 648

speciosa (Schauer) C. White 648

Alectryon Gaertner 489, 496, 498

kimberleyanus S. Reyn 489, 496, 496

reticulatus Radlk. 489, 496, 498

subdentatus (F. Muell. ex. Benth.) Radik. 489, 496

forma pseudostipularis Radlk. 489, 496, 499

unilobatus S. Reyn. 489, 496, 498

Alexfloydia B. Simon 670, 670

repens B, Simon 670, 670, 671, 673

Allocasuarina thalassoscopica L. Johnson 327

Aloe L, 761

key to naturalised species 761

arborescens Miller 761

cameronii Hemsley 761

parvibracteata Schonl. 761

saponaria (Aiton) Haw. 761

vera (L.) N. Burman 761

Alopecurus bengalensis Houtt. 610

Alyimia Calderon ex Soderstrom & Londono 669

Ampetocissus Planchon 149

Amperea Adr. Juss. 615

Amphilophis glabra (Roxb.) Stapf 79

Ancana F. Muell. 63, 67

hirsuta Jessup 63, 63, 65, 66

stenopetala F. Muell, 63, 64, 65

Andropogon L. 167

acutiusculus Hackel 83

affinis R. Br. 8

HRSE ORE Ere pa gones keaton ohne

710

altissimus Hochst. ex A. Braun 86

altissimus auct. non Colla 86

altissimus auct. non Raspail 86

amaurus Buse 98

annulatus auct. non Forssk.: F. Muell. 83

annulatus var. ?humilis Benth. 83

aureum Bory 97

psig, biden Gaudich. 97

chrysatherus F. Muell. 83

diversiflorus Steudal 98

Jfulyicomus var. approximatus Hochst. 86

laber Roxb. 79

uirtus L, 86

rottboellioides (R. Br.) Steudal 97

sericeus R. Br. 83

forma ciliatus Domin 83

forma glaberrimus Domin 83

forma micranthus Domin 84

forma puberulus Domin 83

var. geniculatus Bailey 83

var. mollis Bailey 83

var. polystachyus Benth. 84

superciliatus Hackel 84

tenuiculus Steudel 82, 84

Andropogonoids 246, 249

Angiopteris evyecta (G. Forster) Hoffm. 565

Angophora Cav. 414

costata (Gaertner) Britten 426

leiocarpa (L. Johnson ex Leach) Thiele & Ladiges

420, 423, 430

Annonaceae 63

Anolis DC. 684

scleranthoides (F. Muell.) Domin 711

trachymenoides (F. Muell.) Domin 703, 706

Anthenantia P. Beauv. 670, 678

Anthobolus filifolius R. Br. 174

Anthoxanthum indicum L. 610

Apiaceae 40]

Apocynaceae 557, 569, 757, 759

Arachis L. 177, 178, 191, 191

hypogea L. 191, 192, 192 195, 201

Araucaria cunninghamii D. Don 495

Argophyllum J.R. & G. Forster 173

key to species 176

cryptophlebum Zemann 173, 174, 176

lejourdanii F. Muell. 173, 174, 176

nullumense R. Baker 173, 174, 176

verae P, Forster 173, 173, 174, 775, 176

Arthragrostis Lazarides 585

aristiglumis B. Simon 170

deschampsioides (Domin) Lazarides 585, 587

clarksoniana B. Simon 585, 585, 586, 587, 604

Arthropogon Nees 670, 674

Arundinoids 251, 252

Arundoclaytonia Davidse & Ellis 669

Asclepiadaceae 7, 69, 109, 114, 217, 273, 335, 443, 458,

503, 541, 627

subfamily Asclepiadoideae 69, 286, 443

subfamily Cynanchoideae 69

subfamily Marsdenieae 335

subfamily Periplocoideae 69, 123, 274

subfamily Secamonoideae 69, 541

subfamily Stapelieae 335

Asclepias L. 443

carnosa L.f. 217, 218

geminata Roxb. 126

peregrina Blanco 348

sussuela Roxb. 639

tingens Roxb. 335

yincetoxicum L. 445

Asphodelaceae 761

Astelma R. Br. 337

Astelma Schitr. 335, 336, 337

secamonoides Schitr. 335, 337, 356

Asteromyrtus Schauer 644

symphocarpa (F. Muell.) Craven 271

Astrebla spp. 589,

Astroloma sp. 327

Astrotricha DC. 523, 527

key to species 528

biddulphiana 528

cordata A. Bean 523, 523, 524, 525, 526, 528

floccosa DC. 523, 527

glabra 528

intermedia A. Bean 523, 524, 524, 525, 526, 528

latifolia Benth. 523, 527, 528

longifolia $27, 528

pterocarpa Benth. 523, 524, 526, 527, 527, 528

sp, Q2 528

Atalaya Blume 489, 491, 501

key to species 491

angustifolia 491, 494

australiana Leenh. 491, 492, 495

calcicola 8. Reyn. 489, 491, 494, 499, 598

collina S. Reyn, 489, 492, 492, 493, 494, 499, 500

hemiglauca (F. Muell.) F. Muell. ex Benth. 491

multiflora Benth. 492, 494

oligoclada S. Reyn. 489, 491, 493, 494, 494, 499

rigida S. Reyn. 492

salicifolia (A. DC.) Blume 491, 492, 494, 495

sericopetala S. Reyn., 491, 492, 495

variifolia (F, Muell.) F, Muell. ex Benth. 491

virens C. White 495

Austrobaileya C. White

maculata C. White 163, 165

scandens C, White 163, 163, 164, 165

Avicennia L.

marina (Forsskal) Vierh. 672

var. australasica (Walp.) Mold. 104, 105

Bambucites 240

Bambusoids 248, 251

Banksia L.f. 648, 665

collina R. Br. 327

spinulosa Smith 327

Batesanthus N.E. Br. 273, 274, 275

purpureus N.E. Br. 275, 281

BATIANOFF, G.N., & PEARSON, S.G.: Further notes on

Bertya sharpeana Guymer (Euphorbiaceae): a

significant extension of its range in Queensland 327

BEAN, A.R.: A new species of Encalyptus L’Herit.

(Myrtaceae) from southern Queensland 291

BEAN, A.R.: Two new species of red gum (Eucalyptus

L’Herit., Myrtaceae) from Queensland 467

BEAN, A.R.: Notes on Astrotricha DC. (Araliaceae) in

Queensland 523

BEAN, A.R.: The Genus Leptospermum Forst. et Forst.

f, (Myrtaceae) in Northern Australia and Malesia 643

BEAN, A.R. & BROOKER, M.I.H.: Two new species of

Eucalyptus (Myrtaceae) from central Queensland 39

BEAN, A.R. & SHARPE, P.R.: Notes on Graptophyllum

Nees (Acanthaceae) in Australia 549

BEAN, A.R. with BROOKER, M.LH.: A revision of the

yellow bloodwoods (Myrtaceae: Eucalyptus ser.

Naviculares Maiden) 409

Beckeropsis Figari & De Not 167

Bertya Planchon 327

sharpeana Guymer 327

Beyeria Mig, 616

Bidaria Endl, 335, 336

Bidens tenuifolia Labill. 742

Biogeography, Australian grasses 239

Bleekeria minima (Markgraf) Merr. & Perry 557

Bloodwoods, key to series 412

Bossiaea Vent, 393

Bostock, P.D.: Cyathea exilis Holttum (Pteridophyta:

Cyatheaceae} 565

Bostock, P.D.: The circumscription of Adiantum

diaphanum Blume (Adiantaceae), the filmy maidenhair

fern 661

Bothriochloa Kuntze 79

bladhii (Retz.) S.T. Blake 79, 80

subsp. glabra (Roxb.) B. Simon 79

glabra (Roxb.) A. Camus 79, 80

intermedia (R. Br.) A. Camus 79

neurococca (F. Muell.) Baillon 550

Brachiaria (Trin.) Griseb. 167, 170, 587, 588, 589

atrisola (R. Webster) B. Simon 589, 590, 604

distachya (L.) Stapf 591, 592

eruciformis (Smith) Griseb. 170, 588

771

ane (Benth.) Chase 169

1olosericea (R. Br.) Hughes 591

subsp. iolosericea 591

subsp. velutina (R. Webster) B. Simon 591

miiliiformis (Presl) Chase 591

notochthona (Domin) Stapf 169

piligera (F. Muell.) Hughes 591

praetervisa (Domin) C.E. Hubb, 169

reptans (L.) C. Gardner & C.E. Hubb. 588

subquadripara (Trin.) Hitche. 591, $92

windersii C.E. Hubb. 169

sp. Everist 5112. 591

Brachystelma Sims 114, 130, 132

shale loan (F. Muell.) Schitr. 130

microstemma Schltr. 130

Brongniartia Kunth 393

BROOKER, M.ILH. & BEAN, A.R.: A revision of the

yellow bloodwoods (Myrtaceae: Eucalyptus ser.

Naviculares Maiden) 409

Brooker, M.I.H. with BEAN, A.R.: Two new species

. Eucalyptus (Myrtaceae) from central Queensland

Bruguiera gymnorhiza (L.) Savigny 104, 105

Brunoniella sp. 113

BRuUYNS, P.V. & ForRSTER, P.I.: Ceropegia cumingiana

Decne. (Asclepiadaceae) 7

Bryophyllum Salisb. 761

key to naturalised species 762

beauverdii (Raym.-Hamet) Berger 761, 762

daigremontianum (Raym.-Hamet & H. Perrier) A.

Berger 762

daigremontianum X delagoense 762

delagoense (Ecklon & Zeyher) Schinz 762

fedtschenkoi (Raym.-Hamet & H. Perrier) Lauz.-

March. 762

pinnatum (Lam.) Kurz 762

proliferum Bowie 762

tubiflorum Harvey 762

Bulbophyllum Thouars 141

section Micromonanthe 331

section Oxysepalum Schitr. 141, 145, 147

key to Australian species 145

bowkettiae Bailey 331

gadgarrense Rupp 141, 143, 145, 147

sri ar at B. Gray & D. Jones 141, 142, 142,

bir coos B. Gray & D. Jones 143, 143, 144, 145,

wadsworthti Dockr. 141, 142, 143, 145, 147

inteuepeenee B. Gray & D. Jones 143, 145, 146,

wolfei B. Gray 331, 331, 332

Caladium X hortulanum Birdsey 232

Calamus sp. 565

Callicoma serratifolia Andrews 47

Callistemon R. Br.

pearsonti Spencer & Lumley 327

salignus (Smith) Sweet 672

hone (Sol. ex Gaertner) G. Don ex Loudon

Callitris columellaris var. campestris Silba 395

Capillipedium Stapf 79

parvifolium (R. Br.) Stapf 79

spicigerum S.T. Blake 79

Caralluma R. Br. 114

Cascabela Rafinesque 569

thevetia (L.) Lippold 569

Cassia L, 215

Cassine australis (Vent.) Kuntze 453

Castanopsis sp. 277, 355, 384

Casuarina L. 598, 717 |

cunninghamiana Mig. 478

glauca Sieber ex Sprengel 104, 105, 106, 672

torulosa Aiton 432

sp. 612

Cathetostemma Blume 219

laurifolium (Decne.) Blume 219

Cayratia Juss. 149

Ceanothus laniger Andrews 313, 314, 317

Cenchrus L. 169

australis R. Br. 169, 170

biflorus Roxb. 169

brownii Roemer & Schultes 169

caliculatus Cav. 170

ciliaris L. 169, 170

echinatus L. 169

elymoides F. Muell. 169

granularis L. 98

incertus M. Curtis 169

longispinus (Hackel) Fernald 169

pennisetiformis Hochst. & Steudel ex Steudel 170

robustus R. Webster 169

setiger Vahl. 169, 170

setigerus 170

Centrostemma Decne. 218

multiflorum (Blume) Decne. 218

Ceratopetalum apetalum D, Don 47

Ceratophyllum L. 325

key to Australian species 325

demersum L. 325

muricatum Cham, subsp. uricatum 325

submersum L.

var. echinatum (A. Gray) Wilmot-Dear 325

Cerbera L. 569, 570

key to species 570

ahouai L. 569

dilatata Markgraf 569

dilatata S.T. Blake 569, 572

dumicola P. Forster 570, 574, 577, 578, 578, 579

ae een 569, 570, 570, 571, 572, 573,

inflata S.T. Blake 569, 570, 571, 572, 574, 577

manghas L. 569, 570, 573, 575, 576, 577, 578

forma manghas 576

var. mugfordii (Bailey) Domin 575

manghas auct. non L.; C.T. White 572

micrantha (Kanchiru) Pichon 569

odollam Gaertner 569, 576

var. mugfordi Bailey 575

var. mugfordii Bailey 575, 576

odollam auct. non Gaertner: 8S. Moore 570

odollam auct. non Gaertner: Benth. 575

thevetia L. 569

Cerberiopsis Vieillard ex Pancher & Sebert 569

Ceriops tagal var. australis C. White 104

Ceropegia L. 7, 10, 114, 343

section Hylopegia H. Huber 10

section Janthina H. Huber 10

borneensis Merr. 8

cumingiana Decne. 7, 7, 9, 10, 11, 284, 458

subsp. cumingiana 7, |

forma merrillii (Schitr.} H. Huber 8

subsp. horsfieldiana (Miq.) H. Huber 7, 10

curviflora Hassk. 7

elegans Wallich 10

horsfieldiana Miq. 7

longifolia Wallich 10

subsp. sinensis H. Huber 10

lucida Wallich |

madascariensis Decne, 10

merrillit Schltr. 8

obtusiloba Fawcett 7

papuana Schltr, 8, Il

perforata N.E. Br. 8, 10

thwaitesii Hook. 10

Chaetosus volubilis Benth. 759

Chamaecrista Moench 215

Cheilanthes Sw. 662

Cheilolejeunea (Spr.) Schiffn. 106

intertexta (Lindenb.) Steph. 105

CHINNOCK, R.J.: Notes on Lycopodiella Holub in north-

eastern Queensland 665

Chloridoids 248, 250

Chiorocodon J.D. Hook. 274

Choripetalum australianum F. Muell. 366

Cissus L. 149

opaca F, Muelil. £02

cm I RM I NH Ae eB et ae

CaN Ca Ca uted int ny cmnenmn ene

ASTROS URRY ton

yaa?

CLARKSON, J.R. & Symon, D.E.: Nicotiana wuttkei

(Solanaceae), a new species from north-eastern

es with an unusual chromosome number

Clausospicula Lazarides 669

Clematocissus Planchon 101, 149

aneustissima (F. Muell.) Planchon 101, /02

Cliffordiochloa B. Simon 674, 674, 678

parvispicula B. Simon 674, 675, 676, 677

CoaTEs, D.J, with YEN, D.E. & GAFFEY, P.M.:

Chromosome numbers of Australian species of

Ipomoea L. (Convolvulaceae) 749

Coelorachidrastrae Clayton 90

Coelorachis rottboellioides (R. Br.) A. Camus 97

Coix L. I, 3

aquatica Roxb. 1, 3

gasteenii B. Simon 1, 1, 2, 3, 3, 4

igantea Koenig ex Roxb. 3

acryma-jobi L. 1, 3, 3

ouwehandii Koord, 1, 3

poilanei Mimeur 3

puellarum Balansa 3

Coleus amboinicus Lour. 737

Cololejeunea (Spr.) Schiffn. 106

lanciloba Steph, 105

Comesperma breviflorum Pedley 297

Commelina L. 235, 23

acuminata Poiret 235, 238

acuminata Ewart & McLennan 235, 238

agrostophylla F. Muell. 235

ciliata Stanley 235, 237, 238

reticulata Stanley 235, 235, 236, 237

tricarinata Stanley 235, 236, 237

Compositae 741

Conchophyllum Blume 286

Convolvulaceae 749

Coreopsidinae 741

key to species 741

Coreopsis tannensis Forst. ex Sprengel 742

Crassulaceae 761

Crotalarioides fruticosa 396

Cryptandra sp. nov. 262

Cryptocarya laevigata Blume 550

Cryptolepis R. Br. 273, 274, 274, 275, 279, 280

key to species 275

buchananii Roemer & Schultes 274, 279, 280

is Forster 273, 274, 279, 279, 280, 281, 283,

javanica (Blume) Blume 274, 279, 280

monteiroae N.E, Br. 275

newii (Benth.) P. Forster 273, 281

nymanii (Schumann) P. Forster 273, 275, 277, 279,

280, 283, 289

papillata P. Forster 273, 274, 275, 277, 277, 278,

279, 280, 289

ie aa (Venter & D.A. Field) P. Forster 273,

purpureus (N.E, Br.) P. Forster 273, 281

Cryptostegia R. Br. 123

Cupaniopsis Radlk. 489, 495, 501

anacardioides Radlk. 495, 496

dallachyi S. Reyn. 489, 495, 496, 496

ae S. Reyn. 489, 495, 495, 496, 497, 499,

key to related species 496

Cyathea Smith 565

exilis Holttum 565, 565, 566, 567

jfelina (Roxb.) Morton 565

gracillima Copel. 567

macgillivrayi (Bak.) Domin 567

rebeccae (F. Muell.} Domin 565

Cyathella Decne. 445

Cyclocarpa Afzelius ex Urban 177, 178, 189, 189

stellaris Afzelius ex J.G. Baker 189

stellaris Afzelius ex Urban 189, 189, 190, 195, 200

Cyclostemon Blume 616

Cymbopogon Sprengel 80

ambiguus A. Camus 80, 82

bombycinus (R. Br.) Domin 82

dependens B. Simon 80, 80, 3/

exaltatus (R. Br.) Domin 80

obtectus S.T. Blake 82

procerus (R. Br.) Domin 80

queenslandicus S.T, Blake 82

refractus (R. Br.) A. Camus 82

Cynanchum L, 74, 109, 110, 128, 336, 443, 444, 445

key to species 446

section Cynoctum (E. Meyer) Schumann 444

section Vincefoxicum (Wolf) Tsiang & Li 444

subgenus Mellichampia (A. Gray ex S. Wats.)

Woods. 444

actttum L. 443, 445

sey wy Po Blake 444, 446, 452, 453, 454, 455,

brachystelmoides P. Forster 110, 112, 444, 446,

449, 451, 451, 463

carnosum (R. Br.) Schltr. 443, 444, 446, 447, 447,

448, 465

christineae P. Forster 110, 112, 112, 113, 444, 447,

452, 453

dichasiale O. Schwarz 72, 464

elegans (Benth.}) Domin 444, 446, 452, 453, 465

erubescens R. Br. 461, 463

sR enene R, Br. 443, 444, 446, 447, 449, 450,

glabellum 74

racilipes Tsiang & Zhang 110

ivdrophilum Tsiang & Zhang 110, 444

javanicum (Koord,.) Bakhuizen van den Brink 458

laeve (Blume) Schumann 458

leptolepis (Benth.) Domin 284, 343, 444, 446, 452,

456, 457, 458, 465

liebiana (F. Mueil.) P. Forster 110, 110, 7/7, 112,

114, 444, 446, 447, 451, 452

macrolobum Jum. & Perr. 444

mahafalense Jum. & Perr. 444

neopommeranicum Schlitr. 443, 464

ovalifolium Wight 444, 446, 452, 458, 459, 459,

460, 465

ovatum (Benth.) Domin 453

pachylepis (Bailey) Domin 464

pedunculatum R. Br. 443, 444, 446, 452, 461, 462,

463, 465

puberulum F. Muell. ex Benth. 444, 446, 452, 460,

460, 461, 465

riparium Tsiang & Zhang 110, 444

tetrapterum (Turcz.) R.A. Dyer ex Bullock 463

Cynoctonum E, Mey. 445

erubescens (R. Br.) Decne. 461

floribundum (R. Br.) Decne. 449

ovalifolium (Wight) Decne. 458

pedunculatum (R. Br.) Decne. 461

Cyperochioa Lazarides & L. Watson 669

Cyrtoceras Bennett 218

reflexum Bennett 218

Cyrtococcum Stapf 592, 674

capitis-york B. Simon 592, 593, 594, 604

deccanense Bor 592, 594

oxyphyllum (Steudel) Stapf 592

patens (L.) A. Camus 592, 594

Cystidianthus Hassk. 218

campanulatus (Blume) Hassk. 218

Dallwatsonia B. Simon 674, 678, 678

felliana B. Simon 677, 678, 678, 679

Danaus

chryssipus petilia (Stoll) 10

plexippus plexippus (L.) 10

Danthonia DC. 167, 245, 246

Dendrobium Sw.

arachnanthe Kraenzl. 320

discolor Lindley 319, 320

key to subspecies 319

subsp. discolor Lindley 319, 320, 320, 321

a “a D. Liddle & P. Forster 319,

var. albertisiana F. Muell. 320

var. fimbrilabium H.G. Reichb, 320

773

Diandrochloa de Winter 167

Dianella Lam. ex Juss. 473, 474, 477, 478

ihr iad ts H. Hallier 474, 476

brevipedunculata R. Henderson 473, 478, 479, 480

caerulea Sims

var. assera R. Henderson 474

var. protensa R. Henderson 474

ensifolia (L.) DC. 477

fruticans R. Henderson 473, 473, 474, 475, 476,

478, 479

key to group 476

incollata R. Henderson 473, 474

odorata 473, 476, 477, 478, 479

pavopennacea R. Henderson

var, major R. Henderson 474

var. pavopennacea 474

saffordiana Fosberg & Sachet 476

sp. 473

Dichanthium Willimet 79, 82

acutiusculum (Hackel) A. Camus 83

affine (R. Br.) A. Camus 82, 83

caricosum subvar. racemosum Roberty 83

humilius J. Black 83

sericeum (R. Br.) A. Camus 82, 83

subsp. humilius (J. Black) B. Simon 83

subsp. polystachyum (Benth.) B. Simon 84

subsp. sericeum 82, 8

var. molle (Bailey) de Wet & Harlan 83

superciliatum (Hackel) A. Camus 82, 84

tenuiculum (Steudal) S.T. Blake 82, 83, 84

Dicksonia youngiae C. Moore 567

Didiscus DC. |

austrocaledonicus Brongn. & Gris 137

benthamii var. bivestitus Domin 403

cussonii (Montr.) Guillaumin & Beauvisage 137

geraniifolius (Bailey) Domin 404

gilleniae Tate 402

glandulosus F. Muell. 402

glaucifolius F. Muell. 402

homei Seem.) Domin 137

procumbens F. Muell. 404

var. hookeri Domin 135, 137, 404

tenuifolius Domin 406

Diectomis Kunth 167

Digitaria Haller 168, 169, 170, i171, 674

decumbens Stent 169

eriantha Steudel subsp. pentzii (Stent) Kok 169

milanjiana (Rendle) Stapf 169

Dillenia alata (R. Br. ex DC.) Martelli 538

Dilleniaceae 529

Dimeria R. Br.

chloridiformis (Gaudich.) Schumann & Lauterb. 97

ciliata Merr. 97

Diodontium filifoliim F. Muell. 741, 742

Diplachne P. Beauv. 167 |

Dischidia R. Br. 286, 273

superba Rintz 286

torricellensis (Schltr.) P. Forster 273, 287, 288, 289

Dischidiopsis Schitr. 286

philippinensis Schitr. 286

Dissiliaria baloghioides F. Muell. ex Benth. 550

Dodonaea polyandra Merr. & Perry 174

Doryphora sassafras Endl. 47

Dorystephania Warb. 335

Dracaena L.

ensifolia Lour. 476, 477, 478

terminalis L. 478

sp, 477

Dracaenaceae 761, 763

Drypetes Vahl 616, 617

Earlia excelsa F. Muell. 552

Echidnopsis malum (Lavranos) Bruyns 284

Echinochloa picta (Koenig) Michael 170

Echites laevigata Moon 759

Ectadiopsis Benth. 274

oblongifolia (Meissner) Schltr. 274

Ectadium oblongtfolium Meissner 274

Embelia N. Burman 361, 361, 362, 366

key to Australian species 361

ai Sct (F. Muell.) Bailey 361, 362, 364, 365,

caulialata S. Reyn. 361, 362, 362, 363, 365

cottinoides (S. Moore) Merr. 362

curvinervia S. Reyn. 361, 362, 363, 364, 364, 365

frangulifolia (Span.) Mez 364, 366

grayi S. Reyn. 361, 362, 364, 365, 366

ribes N. Burman 361

Entolasia Stapf 587

Epacridaceae 265

Eragrostis Wolf 167, 245

Erianthus fulvus (R. Br.) Kunth 97

Eriocaulaceae 159

Eriocaulon L. 159

australe R. Br. 159, 160

longifolium Nees & Kunth 159, 160

Eriochloa Kunth 588, 589

ausiraliensis Stapf ex Thell. 170

Eriostemma Schitr, 640

Erythrophleum chlorostachys (F. Muell.) Baillon 118

Eucalyptus L’Herit. 293, 409, 414, 435, 467, 648

section Rufaria 41

series Capitellatae Pryor & Johnson 414

series Clavigerae Blake 409

series Corymbosae Blakely 409, 411

series Exsertae Blakely 292, 293, 467

series Exsertae, key to species 469

series Foveolatae Maiden 292, 293

series Jacobsianae Chippendale 412

series Maculatae (Blakely) Chippendale 411, 412

si Naviculares Maiden 409, 411, 412, 413, 426,

series Naviculares, key to species 416

series Normales Benth. 410

series Ovatae Pryor & Johnson 414

series Paniculatae Blakely 42

series Porantherae Benth. 410

series Rhodoxyla (Blakely) Chippendale 42

series Terminaliptera Maiden 41, 411, 442

series Torellianae Chippendale 412

series Trachyphloiae Chippendale 412

series Transversae Blakely 434

subgenus Blakella Pryor & Johnson 409

subgenus Corymbia Pryor & Johnson 41, 409

subgenus Synphyomyrtus Pryor & Johnson 291

subseries Amyedalininae Pryor & Johnson 414

subseries Corymbosae Benth. 409, 410, 413

subseries Maculatae Blakely 411

subseries Neocorynibosae Blakely 411

subseries Ochrophiloiae Blakely 411, 413

abergiana F. Muell. 410

acmenoides Schauer 42, 432

amplifolia Naudin 292, 293, 471

andrewsii Maiden 42

auredla Brooker & A. Bean 409, 417, 423, 430,

430, 431, 434, 436

baileyana F. Muell. 429, 650

bancroftii (Maiden) Maiden 469

blakelyi Maiden 471

bloxsomei Maiden 411, 417, 430, 430, 43/7, 432,

433, 434, 435, 436

bloxsomei * watsoniana subsp. watsoniana 435

brachycarpa D. Carr & §8. Carr 41, 422, 594

brassiana S.T. Blake 469

bunites Brooker & A. Bean 409, 414, 4/5, 417, 423,

423, 423, 424, 433, 434, 435, 436

caleyi Maiden 469

calophylla R. Br. ex Lindley 410

camaldulensis Dehnh. 467, 471, 700

camphora R, Baker 291, 292, 293

capricornia D. Carr & S. Carr 467

chioroclada (Blakely) L. Johnson & K. Hill 430,

468, 469, 471

citriodora Hook. 409, 411, 422, 435, 746

cloeziana F. Muell. 410

conjertiflora F. Muell. 118

corymbosa Smith 410

sree ee Mt a RRR

774

crebra F. Muell. 118, 291, 301, 418, 746

dealbata Cunn. ex Schauer 469

var. populnea Blakely 291

decolor Bean & Brooker 41, 42, 43, 43, 44

dolichocarpa D. Carr & S. Carr 420

erythrophioia Blakely 41, 403

ae to eg 410, 411, 413, 417, 426, 426, 427,

exserta F. Muell. 261, 467, 468, 469, 645

fibrosa F. Muell, subsp. fibrosa 41, 291

gillenii Ewart & L. Kerr 467, 468, 471

grandis W. Hill ex Maiden 434

umrmnifera (Gaertner) Hochr. 410, 426, 434, 435

ienryi 8.T. Blake 409, 411

infera A. Bean 291, 291, 292, 292, 293, 294, 295

intermedia R. Baker 39, 41

interstans L. Johnson & K. Hill 469

jacobsiana Blakely 409, 411

kabiana L. Johnson & K. Hill 471

as Brooker & A. Bean 645

leichhardtii Bailey 395, 410, 413, 417, 420, 42/,

422, 422, 423, 425, 428, 434

leptoloma Brooker & A. Bean 409, 413, 417, 430,

432, 432, 432, 433, 433, 434, 436

leucophloia Brooker 467

maculata Hook. 42, 291, 409, 410, 411, 428, 430,

434, 435, 746

major (Maiden) Blakely 42

melanoleuca §.T. Blake 43

melanophloia F. Muell. 395, 418, 420, 743

melliodora Cunn. ex Schauer 291, 469

microcorys F. Muell. 47

miniata Cunn. ex Schauer 113

moluccana Roxb. 291, 469, 746

nesophila Blakely 411

nudicaulis A. Bean 467, 467, 468, 468, 470, 471

paniculata Smith 41, 43

papuana F. Muell. 41, 432, 594

pauciflora Sieber ex Sprengel 413

peltata Benth 410, 411, 417, 420

ube. reat ea 409, 416, 418, 418, 479, 425,

subsp. leichhardtii 420

subsp. peltata 417, 417, 418, 4179, 420, 423,

425, 434, 435

persistens L. Johnson & K. Hill 418, 645

petalophylla Brooker & A. Bean 409, 4/6, 417,

428, 430, 431, 434, 435, 436, 650

petalophylla X watsoniana subsp. watsoniana 435

phoenicea F. Muell. 410

pilularis Smith 47

populnea F. Muell. 293, 746

prava L. Johnson & K. Hill 469

ptychocarpa F. Muell. 413

punctata DC, 426

quadricostata Brooker 118

resinifera Smith 432

‘Rhytiphloiae Mueller 410

saligna Smith .47

scabrida 409, 414, 417, 418, 420, 420, 42/, 425,

434, 435

seeana Maiden 469

setosa Schauer 418

Shirleyi Maiden 418

similis Maiden 410, 418, 645

sphaerocarpa L. Johnson & Blaxell 423

suffulgens L. Johnson & K. Hill 428

ish (Maiden & Blakely) Blakely & C. White

tereticornis Smith 291, 471

terrica A. Bean 467, 468, 468, 469, 470

torelliana F, Muell. 411

trachyphioia F. Muell. 42, 409, 410, 411, 429, 432

viminalis Labill. 293

bier tare FL Muell. 410, 411, 413, 426, 428, 429,

subsp. capillata Brooker & A. Bean 409, 416,

417, 425, 427, 428, 434, 435

ee racials 415, 417, 425, 426, 427,

whitei Maiden & Blakely 594

xanthoclada Brooker & A. Bean 418

xanthope Bean & Brooker 39, 39, 40, 41, 42

sp. aff. FE. paniculata 261

sp. aff. E. peltata subsp. leichhardtii 261

sp. aff. &. umbra R. Baker 423

spp. 137, 206, 208, 295, 327

Eulalia Kunth 84, 86, 167

annua B. Simon 84, &35

aurea (Bory) Kunth 84, 97

fitlva (R. Br.) Kuntze 97

par aaniete Stapf 97

eschenaultiana (Decne.) Ohwi 86

Euphorbia tirucalli L. 762

Euphorbiaceae 615, 618, 761, 762

ee Kohler & Webster 615,

tribe Caletieae Muell. Arg. 615, 617

subfamily Phyllanthoideae 617

tribe Drypeteae (Griseb.} Hurusawa 616

tribe Drypeteae (Pax) Hutchinson 616

tribe Phyliantheae Dumort. 616

subtribe Cyclostemoneae Muell. Arg. 616

subtribe Cyclostemonees Baillon 616

subtribe Cyclostemoninae Muell. Arg. 616

subtribe Drypetinae 616

subtribe Securineginae 616

subtribe ‘Securinegeae’ 616

Euploea core corinna (MacLeay) 74

Euthryptochloa Cope 669

Exaliage Bremek. 685, 712, 713

auricularia (L.) Bremek. 712

congesta (R. Br. ex G. Don) Bremek. 716

philippensis (Willd. ex Sprengel} Bremek. 716

radicans (Bartl. ex DC.) Bremek. 714

Excavatia minima Markgraf 557

Excoecaria L.

agallocha L. 104, 105, 106

spp. 598

Fabaceae 393, 745

subfamily Mimosoideae 745

tribe Brongniartieae Hutch. 393

Ficus macrophylla Desf. 453

Fimbristylis ferruginea (L.) Vahl 672

Finlaysonia Wallich 123, 123, 125, 275

maritima Backer ex K. Heyne 125

maritima auct. non Backer ex K. Heyne 123

obovata Wallich 123, 123, 124, 125, 131, 132

Fissidens humilis Dix & Watts 105, 106

Fissidentaceae 106

Fissistigma Griffith 63

stenopetala (F. Muell.) R.E. Fries 65

Fitzalania F. Muell. 67

Flueggea Willd. 615

‘Flueggea buxifolia F.M. 615

‘Flueggella’ 615

‘Flueggella buxifolia 615

FORSTER, P.L.: Notes on Asclepiadaceae, 1. 109

FORSTER, P.I.: Argophyllum verae (Saxifragaceae), a new

species from northern Queensland 173

ForsTER, P.1.: Acacia porcata (Mimosaceae), a new

species from south-east Queensland 261

ForSTER, P.I.: Notes on Asclepiadaceae, 2, 273

Forster, P.I.: Owenia X reliqua (Meliaceae), a new

hybrid from Queensland 301

FORSTER, P.I.: A taxonomic revision of Sarcolobus R.

Br. (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae) in Australia and

Papuasia 335

FORSTER, P.1.: A taxonomic revision of Cynanchum L.

(Asclepiadaceae: Asclepiadoideae) in Australia 443

FORSTER, P.I.: Additions to Secamone R. Br.

(Asclepiadaceae: Secamonoideae) in Australia 541

FORSTER, P.I.: Ochrosia minima (Markgraf) Fosberg &

oe (Apocynaceae), a new record for Australia

FORSTER, P.I.: Voacanga grandifolia (Miq.) Rolfe

(Apocynaceae), a new generic record from Torres

Strait, Queensland, Australia 561

7715

Forster, P.1.: Zizyphus oligantha Merr. & Perry is a

pon of Z. oenopolia (L.) Mill. (Rhamnaceae)

ForsTerR, P.I.: A taxonomic revision of Cerbera L.

(Apocynaceae) in Australia and Papuasia 569

ForSTER, P.1.; Five new species of Plectranthus L. Herit

(Lamiaceae) from Queensland 729

FORSTER, P.I.: Lectotypification of Lepinia solomonensis

fn ma (Apocynaceae) with notes on distribution

Forster, P.I.: Parsonsia alboflavescens (Dennst.) Mabb.,

(Apocynaceae), a new record from Northern Territory,

Australia 759

FORSTER, P.I.: Notes on the naturalised flora of

Queensland, 2. 761

FORSTER, P.I. & HAROLD, K.: Secamone R. Br.

(Asclepiadaceae: Secamonoideae) in Australia 69

FORSTER, P.I. & LippLe, D.J.: Hoya R. Br.

(Asclepladaceae) in Australia-an alternative

classification 217

Forster, P.I. & LippDLe, D.J.: Variation in Hoya australis

R. Br. ex Traill (Asclepiadaceae) 503

FORSTER, P.I. & LIDDLE, D.J.: Taxonomic studies on

the genus Hoya R. Br. (Asclepiadaceae) in Papuasia,

FORSTER, P.I. with BUYNs, P.V.: Ceropegia cumingiana

Decne. (Asclepiadaceae) 7

Forster, P.I. with Lippe, D.J.: The recognition of

subspecies in Dendrobium discolor Lindley

(Orchidaceae) 319

Freycinetia sp. 565

Frullania Raddi 106

ericoides (Nees) Mont. 104, 105

ferdinandi-muelleri Staph. 104, 105

eer Hook, & Tayl.) J.D. Hook. & Tay!.

subtropica Steph. 105

Frullaniaceae 104

GAFFEY, P.M. with YEN, D.E. & Coates, D.J.:

Chromosome numbers of Austraalian species of

Ipomoea L. (Convolvulaceae) 749

Gahnia Forster 665

clarkei Benl 672

Galactia P. Br. 394

megalophylla (F. Muell.) J.H. Willis 394

Gardenia Ellis 51

jardinei F, Muell. ex Benth. 51, 52, 53

kershawii Bailey 51, 54, 57, 58, 61

macgillivraei Benth. 51, 54, 57, 58, 61

ochreata F. Muell. 51, 52, 54, 56, 57, 61

var, ochreata 57

var. parviflora F. Muell. 54, 57, 58, 61

psidioides Puttock 173

suffruticosa R. Br. ex Benth. 51, 59

tentaculata J.D. Hook. 52

Genianthus J.D. Hook. 542

Geocalycaceae 104

Gladioius odoratus Rumph. 476

Gladiolus odoratus indicus Rumph. 477, 478

Glaphyria nitida Jack 652

Glossocardia Cass. 741

bidens (Retz.) Veldk. 741, 742

orthochaeta (F. Muell.) Veldk. 741, 742

refracta Veldk. 741, 743

Glossocarya calcicola Domin 598

Glossogyne Cass,

bidens Ret) Alston 742

bidentidea F. Muell. 742

filifolia OF, Muell.) F. Muell. ex Benth. 742

orthochaeta F. Muell, 742

pedunculosa DC. 742

pinnatifida DC. ex Wight 742

retroflexa F. Muell. 743

tannensis (Forst. ex Sprengel) Garnock-Jones 742

tenutfolia (Labill.} Cass. ex Less. 742

Glycine lamprocarpa 396

Gondwanan grasses 239

Gongronema Decne. 335, 336, 337

nepalense Decne. 335, 336

Gontostemma Wight 542

acuminatum Wight 542

Goodia Salisb. 393

Gramineae 609, 723

tribe Cynodonteae subtribe Zoysiitnae 609

tribe Lappagineae 609

tribe Paniceae 588

subtribe Brachiariinae 588

subtribe Paspalinae 588

tribe Perotideae 609

tribe Zoysieae 609

Graptophyllum Nees 549, 550, 552, 553

key to species 550

earlii F. Muell. 552

var. ilicifolium F. Muell, 552

excelsum (F. Muell.) Druce 549, 550, 552, 552, 553

ilicifolium (F. Muell.) F. Muell. ex Benth. 549, 550,

552, 552

ere A, Bean & Sharpe 549, 550, 550, 557,

spinigerum 349, 550, 352

thorogoodii C, White 549, 552, 553

GRAY, B.: A new species of Liparis Rich. (Orchidaceae)

from North Queensland 581

GRAY, B, & Jongs, D.L.: New species of Bulbophyllum

section Oxysepalum (Orchidaceae) in Australia 141

GRAY, B. & JONES, D.L.: A new species of Bulbophyllum

Thouars Section Micromonanthe (Orchidaceae) from

north-eastern Queensland 331

Grevillea R. Br. ex Knight 665

floribunda R. Br, 261

whiteana McGillivray 261

Guamia Merr. 67

Guioa Cav. 498

dasyantha Radlk. 489, 498, 500, 501

Gunnessia P. Forster 273, 282, 284, 335, 336, 337

pepo P. Forster 273, 282, 283, 284, 285, 289, 343,

458, 460 |

Gurua obovata Herb. Hamilton 125

GUYMER, G.P.: Revision of the Rhodomyrtus trineura

(F. Muell.) F. Muell. ex Benth. (Myrtaceae) species

complex 377

Gymnanthera R. Br. 123, 275

Gymnema R. Br. 109, 125, 335, 336, 337, 514

brevifolium Benth. 336

dunnii (Maiden & Betche) P. Forster 125, 128

geminatum R. Br. 125, 126, 128, /29, 130, 131,

kaniense Schitr. 335, 350, 352

micradenium Benth. 456

pleiadenium F, Muell. 125, 126, 128, 129, 131, 456

recurvifolium Blume 503, 507, 512, 514

sylvestre R. Br. 125, 126, 126, 128

sylyestre auct. non (Retz.) R. Br. ex Schultes: Benth.

125, 128

tricholepis Schltr. 460

trinerve R. Br, 336

Gymnolaema Benth. 273, 274, 275

newil Benth. 275, 281

Hackelochloa granularis (L.) Kuntze 98

Hakea trineura F. Muell. 41

HALFORD, D.A.: Six new species of Hedyotis L.

(Rubiaceae) from northern Australia 203

HALForRD, D.A.: The genus Ophiorrhiza L. (Rubiaceae)

in Australia 369

HALFORD, D.A.: The genus Kohautia Cham. et Schlecht.

(Rubiaceae) in Australia 439

HALForD, D.A.: Review of the genus Oldenlandia L.

(Rubiaceae) and related genera in Australia 683

Haplostichanthus F. Muell. 67

HAROLD, K. with FORSTER, P.L: Secamone R.Br.

(Asclepiadaceae: Secamonoideae) in Australia 69

Harpalyce DC, 393

Hedyotis L,. 203, 206, 208, 209, 211, 439, 683, 684, 685,

686, 709, 712, 712, 713

key to species 713

ry Diplophragma (Meissn.) Wight & Arnott

ha FRIST RICAN,

tom ee Mee Ne Ne Mae Se 4S A AA mm ymca casemate, mcm mcs le ss oe san whan Na Se 201 A UME SME BUEN DME DD OO EN SOE EC ct eye tet dat

776

sensu Benth. 712

sensu Wight & Arnott 684

pal i Halford 203, 203, 204, 205, 212, 214,

auricularia L. 683, 684, 712, 713

var. melanesica Fosberg 713, 713, 714, 7/5,

716, 720

auricularia sensu Benth. 713

biflora (L.) Lam. 689

coerulescens F. Muell. 203, 204, 212, 698, 699

congesta R. Br. ex G. Don 716

corymbosa (L.) Lam. 690

crouchiana F. Muell. 699

delicata Halford 203, 209, 270, 211, 211, 214, 708

elatinoides Benth. 683, 710

Jruticosa L, 683, 684, 712

galioides F. Muell. 211, 684, 692

raminifolia L£. 204, 699

1erbacea L. 683, 695, 696

laceyi Halford 203, 204, 206, 207, 208, 209, 211,

213, 214, 708

lapeyrousii Bartling ex DC. 713, 714, 716

largiflorens Halford 203, 204, 205, 206, 208, 209,

211, 214, 708

leptocaulis Halford 203, 204, 206, 206, 207, 208,

209, 211, 214, 708

maritima Wall. 699

mitrasacmoides F. Muell, 684, 703

pic Ne Merr. & Perry 685, 713, 717, 717,

Philippensis (Willd. ex Sprengel) Merr. ex C.

Robinson 713, 714, 716, 717, 720

polyclada F. Muell. 696

psychotrioides F. Muell. 708

pterospora F. Muell. 684, 707

racemosa Lam. 689

ac (Bartling ex DC.) Mia. 713, 714, 7/5, 716,

scleranthoides F. Muell. 684, 711

spermacociodes F. Muell. 702

spermacocoides F. Muell. 702

tenelliflora Blume var. papuana (Valeton) Merr. &

Perry 697

tenuifolia Smith 694, 695

thysanota Halford 203, 209, 209, 2/0, 211, 2/3,

214, 708

tillaeacea F. Muell. 684, 709, 710

trachymenoides F. Muell. 684, 703, 706

vestita R. Br. 713

Hedysarum L.

hamatum L. 193, 198

micranthos Poiret 186

Heligme spiralis (Wallich ex G. Don) Thwaites 759

Hemicyclia Wight & Arn. 616

Hemistemma (Juss. ex Thouars) Benth. 529

banksii R. Br. ex DC. 530

HENDERSON, R.J.F.: A Revision of Lamprolobium Benth.

(Fabaceae: Brongniartieae) 393

HENDERSON, R.J.F.: Studies in Dianella Lam. ex Juss,

(Phormiaceae), 2. 473

HENDERSON, R.J.F.: Studies in Euphorbiaceae A.L. Juss.,

sens. lat. 2*, A Revision of Neoroepera Muell. Arg.

& F. Muell. (Oldfieldioideae Kohler & Webster,

Caletieae Muell. Arg.) 615

Hepaticae 104, 105

Heteropholis annua Lazarides 98

Heteropogon contortus (L.) P. Beauv. ex Roemer &

Schultes 86

Heterostemma Wight & Arn.

acuminatum Decne. 464

vasudevani Swarupanandan & Mangaly 284

Hibbertia Andrews 529, 538, 539

section Hibbertia (Andrews) Benth. 535

series Subsessiles Benth. 535

series Tomentosae Benth. 535

acicularis (Labill.) F. Muell. 529

arnhemica S. Reyn. 529, 532, 533, 533, 539

oe (R. Br. ex DC.) Benth. 529, 530, 531, 532,

key to forms 530

forma banksii 530, 530, 531, 539

wane rigidula S. Reyn. 529, $30, 531, 531,

cistifolia R. Br, ex DC, 529

cistoidea (Heok.) C. White 529

yt S. Reyn. 529, 535, 536, 537, 538, 539

iffusa R. Br. ex DC. 529, 535, 536

hendersonii S. Reyn. 529, 533, 533, 534, 535, 539

laurana S. Reyn. 529, 531, 531, 532, 532, 533, 539

lepidota R. Br. ex DC, 529, 538

linearis R, Br. ex DC. 529, 535, 536

longifolia F. Muell. 529

methanioides F. Muell. 529, 537, 538

mulligana S. Reyn. 529, 534, 535, 537, 537, 539

oblongata R. Br. ex DC. 529

obtusifolia DC, 529

oligodonta S. Reyn. 529, 535, 535, 536, 536, 539

pholidota S. Reyn. 529, 534, 535, 538, 538, 539

stricta (R. Br. ex DC.) Benth. 529, $33

var. Airtiflora Benth. 533, 535

velutina R. Br. ex Benth. 529

Hibiscus L. 598

Hodgkinsonia ovatiflora F. Muell, 550

Holcolemma dispar W. Clayton 170

HOLLAND, A.E,: Notes on Trachymene Rudge (Apiaceae)

in Queensland, i. 135

HOLLAND, A.E.: Notes on Trachymene Rudge (Apiaceae)

in Queensland, 2. 401

HOLLAND, A.E. with REYNOLDS, 8.T.: The genus Zornia

J. Gmelin (Leguminosae) in Australia 13

Holostemma laeye Blume 458

Homalospermum Schauer 644

Hovea R. Br. 393

Hoya R. Br. 217, 218, 218, 219, 224, 233, 273, 506,

510, 541, 627, 640

key to species 219

key to ‘New Guinea Whites’ 628

section Eriostemma 222

acuminata (Wight) Benth. 218

alata K. Hill 217, 218, 228, 230, 638

albiflora (Zipp. ex Blume) Boerl. 628, 629, 631,

632, 633, 636

near auct. non (Zipp. ex Blume) Boerl.: Burton

anulata Schltr. 628, 638

archboldiana Norman 224

ariadna Decne. 639

australis R. Br. ex Traill 217, 219, 503, 504, 506,

507, 508, 510, 512, 516, 520, 628, 629, 633, 639

key to subspecies 508

subsp. australis 505, 506, 507, 508, 508, 509,

510, 512, 516, 518, 519, 520

subsp. oramicola P. Forster & D. Liddle 503,

505, 506, 507, 508, SIS, 518, 519, 520

subsp. rupicola (K. Hill) P. Forster & D. Liddle

ra 505, 506, 507, 508, 5/3, 514, 516, 519,

subsp. sanae (Bailey) K. Hill 222, 505, 506,

507, 508, 510, 516, $516, 577, 518, 519, 520

subsp. tenuipes (K. Hill) P. Forster & D, Liddle

$03, 505, 506, 507, 508, 510, 57/7, 512, 514,

519, 520, 629

barbata (R. Br.) Sprengel 232

barrackii Horne 512

bicarinata A, Gray 503, 507, 512, 514

calycina Schltr. 628, 629, 631, 633

key to subspecies 633

subsp. calycina 633, 634, 637

subsp. glabrifolia P. Forster & Liddle 633, 637

campanulata Blume 218

carnosa (L.f.) R. Br. 217, 218, 510

cominsti Hemsley 635

corona ariadnes Blume 639

coronaria Blume 222

var. papuana Bailey 217, 220, 222, 639

dalrympleana F. Muell. 217, 503, 507, 508, 510

dodecatheiflora Fosb. 639

eitapensis Schltr. 230

777

flexuosa (R. Br.) Sprengel 232, 286

gigas Schitr. 217, 220, 222, 640

gracilipes auct. non Schitr.: Jones & Gray 230, 638

gracilis Schitr. 228

randiflora (R. Br.) Sprengel 232

iellwigiana Warb. 635, 638

hollrungii Warb. 640

inconspicua Hemsley 638, 639

keysii Bailey 217, 503, 507, 508, 512

lactea 8S. Moore 503, 507, 512

lacunosa Blume 219

lauterbachii Schumann 217, 219, 220, 221, 222,

223, 224, 230, 233, 640

lauterbachii auct. non Schumann: P. Forster &

Liddle 640

litoralis Schitr. 217, 218, 219, 228, 228, 229, 230,

233, 639

maceillivrayi Bailey 217, 219, 224, 224, 225, 233

magnifica P. Forster & Liddle 628, 629, 630, 636

megalaster Warb. 224

microstemma Schltr. 230

multiflora Blume 218

naumanii Schltr. 628, 629

neocaledonica Schltr. 635

neoebudica Guill. 635

neoguineensis Engl. 222, 640

nicholsoniae F. Muell. 217, 219, 222, 226, 226, 227,

230, 233, 635

oligotricha K. Hill 217, 503, 508, 512

subsp. oligotricha 507, 512

subsp. tenuipes K, Hill 217, 222. 503, 507, 512

paniculata (R. Br.) Sprengel 232

papillantha Schumann 503, 507, 512, 514

piiosa Seem. 508

poolei C. White & Francis 638

poolei auct. non C. White: D. Liddle 230

pottsti Traill. 226, 628, 635, 639

pseudolittoralis Norman 217, 219, 222, 228, 230,

231, 232, 233, 638

pubescens Reinecke 503, 507, 508, 510

revoluta Wight ex J.D. Hook. 628, 638, 639

rubida Schltr. 222

rubida auct. non Schitr.: Jones & Gray 220, 640

rupicola K, Hill 217, 503, 507

samoensis Seem. 635

sana Bailey 217, 503, 516

sanae Bailey 217, 503, 507, 516

schlechteriana §. Moore 638

serpens J.D, Hook. 217, 218, 219, 230, 232

sogerensis 8S. Moore 635

speciosa Decne. 639

sussuela (Roxb.) Merr. 628, 639, 640

verticillata (Vahl) G. Don 218

sp. 220, 228, 638, 640

Hydrocotyle cussonii Montr. 137, 404

Hymenachne P. Beauv.

acres gnlen (Steudel) Gilliland 170

amplexicaulis (Rudge) Nees 170

Hyparrhenia Andersson ex Fourn, 86

altissima Stapf 86

filipendula (Hochst) Stapf 86, 97

hirta (L.) Stapf 86

guarrei Robyns 86

rufa (Nees) Stapf 86

: subsp. altissima (Stapf) B. Simon 86

Hypoletrum sp. 366

Hypoxis marginata R. Br. 113

Ichnanthus Beauv.

pallens var. majius (Nees) Stieber 170

vicinus (Bailey) Merr, 170

Ipomoea L. 749, 750, 754

section Batatas 754

section Calycantheum 754

section Leiocalyx 754

aculeata Blume 751, 752

alba L. 750, 752

arborescens (Kunth) G. Don 749, 754

argillicola R.W. Johnson 750, 751, 752

batatas (L.) Lam, 749, 752, 754

brassii C. White 751

coptica (L.) Roth ex Roemer & Schultes 751, 752

costata F. Muell. 750, 751, 752, 753

denticulata (Desr.) Choisy 749

diamantinensis J, Blake in Eardley 751

digitata L. 751, 752

diversifolia R. Br. 751, 752

eriocarpa R. Br. 751, 752

Jastigiata Sweet 749

racilis R. Br. 749, 751

ederacea (L.) Jacq. 750, 752

littoralis Blume 749

lonchophylla J. Black 751, 752, 753, 754

macrantha Roemer & Schultes 751, 752

mauritania Jacq. 751, 752

muelleri Benth. 751, 752

nil (L.) Roth 752

pes-caprae (L.) R. Br. 598, 752

subsp. brasiliensis (L.) Ooststr. 751, 752

plebeia R. Br. 751, 752, 754

ee R.W. Johnson 750, 751, 752, 753

polymorpha Roemer & Schultes 751, 752

guamociit L. 750, 752

racemigera F. Muell. & Tate 751, 752, 754

ramoni Choisy 749, 754

ramouri Choisy 749

tiliacea (Willd.) Choisy 749, 754

triloba L. 750, 752

violacea L. 751, 752

yardiensis AS. George & Tate 750, 751, 752, 753

Ischaemum L. 8

afrum (J. Gmelin) Dandy 88

albovillosum B. Simon 86, 87, 88

fragile R. Br. 86, 88

polystachyum Presl 88

roseotomeniosuim Phipps 86, 88

rottboellicides R, Br. 97

fimorense Kunth 88

tropicum B. Simon 88, 89

Ischnosteenma King & Gamble

carnosum (R. Br.) Merrill & Rolfe 443, 447

selangoria King & Gamble 447

JACKES, B.R.: Revision of the Australian Vitaceae, 4.

Clematocissus Planchon 101

JACKES, B.R.: Revision of the Australian Vitaceae, 5.

Tetrastigma (Mig.) Planchon 149

Jacksonia scoparia R. Br. 291

Jacoss, S.W.L. with SIMON, B.K.: Gondwanan grasses

in the Australian flora 239

Jagera Blume 489, 498, 500

ae (Radik.) S. Reyn. 489, 498, 499, 500,

discolor L.S. Smith ex 8. Reyn. 489, 498, 500

Jessup, L.W.: The genus Ancana F. Muell. (Annonaceae)

in Austraha 63

JONES, D.L.: Notes on Macrozamia Miq. (Zamiaceae)

in Queensland with the description of two new species

in section Parazamia (Miq.) Mia. 481

JONES, D.L. with Gray, B.: New species of Bulbophyllum

section Oxysepaluim (Orchidaceae) in Australia 141

JONEs, D.L. with Gray, B.: A new species of

Bulbophyllum Thouars Section Micromonanthe

_ (Orchidaceae) from north-eastern Queensland. 331

Kailarsenia Tirvengadum 351

Kailarsenia Tirvengadum emend Puttock 51, 52, 52

key to Australian species 53

godefreyana (O. Kuntze) Tirvengadum 51

ep tal Muell. ex Benth.) Puttock 53, 53, 55,

lineata (Craib) Tirvengadum 51

<r re Muell.) Puttock 53, 54, 54, 55, 57, 58,

> 3 3

stenosepala (Merr.) Tirvengadum 51

suffruticosa (R. Br. ex Benth.) Puttock 53, 59, 60,

60, 61

tentaculata (J.D. Hook.) Tirvengadum 51, 52, 60

ARR a senne ne mmmemmennon me atonement tot CBE EEE

7718

Kalanchoe Adans.

beauverdii Raym.-Hamet 761

fedtschenkoi Raym.-Hamet & H. Perrier 762

KopeELA, P.G. with TinpALE, M.D.: Acacia pedleyi

(Fabaceae, Mimosoideae), a new species from central-

eastern Queensland 745

Kohautia Cham. et Schlecht. 439, 439, 685

australiensis Halford 439, 440, 441

coccinea Royle 439, 44!

senegalensis Cham. et Schlecht. 439

Kopsia Blume 569

Kunzea Reichenb. 644

brachyvandra F. Muell. 647

eraniticota Byrnes 644

opposita F. Muell. 644

Lamiaceae 729

Lamprolobium Benth. 393, 394, 394

key to species 394

fruticosunt Benth. 174, 393, 394, 395, 395, 396,

397, 398

grandiflorum S.L. Everist ex R. Henderson 393,

394, 395, 397, 393

megalophyllum F. Muell. 394

Lantana camara L. 732

LEACH, G.J.: Ertecaulon longifolium Nees ex Kunth

(Eriocaulaceae}, a new record for Australia 159

Leguminosae [3

tribe Aeschynomeneae (Benth.) Hutch. 177, 190

subtribe Aeschynomeninae Rudd 178

subtribe Ormocarpinae Rudd i90

subtribe Poiretiinae (Burkart) Rudd {99

subtribe Stylosanthinae (Benth.) Rudd 191

tribe Bossiaeeae (Benth.) Hutch. 393

tribe Brongniartieae Hutch. 393

tribe Galegeae 393

subtribe Brongntartieae Benth. 393

subtribe Brongniartiinae Benth. 393

tribe Hedysareae

subtribe Aeschynomeninae Benth. 177

subtribe Poiretinae Burkart 199

subtribe Poiretiinae Burkart 199

subtribe Stylosantheae Benth. 191

subtribe Stylosanthinae Benth. 191

tribe Mirbelieae 393

Leichardtia R. Br. 335, 336

Lejeunea Libert

cucullaia (Reinw., Blume & Nees) Nees 105, 106

flava subsp. orientalis Schust. 105, 106

Lejcuneaceae 105

Lepinia Decne. 757

solomonensis Hemsley 757, 758

faitensis auct. non Decne.: Hemsley 757

Lepistoma Blume 274

Javanicun (Blume) Blume 280

Leposina Blume 274

javanicum Blume 274, 280

Leptaspis R. Br. 167

Leptochioa P. Beauv. 167

Leptoiejeunea (Spruce) Schiffn. 106

macuiata (Mitt.) Schiffm. 165, 166

‘Leptospernnun Forst. et Forst. £ 643, 644, 645

key to species 657

multi-access key to species 654

aipesire Blume 652

amboinense Blume 643, 644, 653, 653, 654, 657

annae Stein 653, 659

arachnoides Gaertner 650, 658

attenuatum Smith 648

brachyandrium (F. Muell.) Druce 643, 647, 657.

brevipes F. Muell. 649, 659

ellipticun: Endl. 648

Hlavescens Smith 651, 652

var. angustifolia Ridley 653

var. favanicum (Blume) King 652

Horibundum Junghuhn 652

eregariuim J, Thompson 654, 658

jJayanicum Blume 643, 644, 652, 652, 653, 654, 658

juniperinuat Smith 651, 658

lamellatin J. Thompson 644, 648, 657

liversidgei R. Baker & H.G. Smith 644, 650, 658

longifoliuim (C. White & Francis) S.T. BI lake 643,

645, 646

lon ifolium Cunn,. 645

eohl mannii Bailey 648, 657

madidum A. Bean 643, 644, 645, 645, 646

subsp. madidum 646, 646, 657

subsp. sativum A, Bean 643, 646, 646, 657

muicrocarpum Cheel 644, 648, 658

piuinutifoliun C. White 651, 658

neglectum J. Thompson 327, 649, 657, 659

nitidum J.D. Hook. 652

noyvae-angliae J. Thompson 651, 658

oreophilum J. Thompson 650, 658

pallidum A. Bean 644, 645, 645, 656, 657

parvifloruin Valeton 643, 644, 646, 647, 647, 657

parvifolium Smith 649, 659

petersonil Bailey 643, 644, 654, 656, 657

subsp. /anceolatum J. Thompson 644, 653, 654

subsp. petersonti 654

polygalifolium Salisb. 644, 651, 658

purpurascens J. Thompson 647, 658

recuryum J.D. Hook 643, 652, 653, 658

scoparium var. juniperinum (Smith) Domin 651

semibaccatuim Cheel 644, 649, 650, 658

sericatum Lindley 644, 649, 658, 659

speciosum Schauer 648, 657

stellatuim forma sericatunt (Lindley) Domin 649

trinerviunt (Smith) J. Thompson 644, 648, 657, 659

variabile J. Thompson 651, 657, 658

venusiunt A. Bean 644, 649, 650, 656, 658

whitei Cheel 648, 657

wooroonooran Bailey 644, 653, 658

sp. “Glasshouse Mountains’ 650

sp. ‘Mt Tozer’ 648

sp. |. 649

sp. 2. 651

spp. 327

Leucopogon R. Br, 265, 271

section Heferanthesis Benth. 268

section Pleuranthus Benth. 265, 266

series Confertae Benth. 265

series Ericoideae Benth. 266

series Micraniliae Benth. 266

series Planifoliae Benth. 265

alittii F. Muell. 266

attenuaius Cunn. 265

blakei Pediey 265, 265, 267, 270

confertus Benth. 265

prandiflorus Pedley 265, 266, 266, 267, 270

layarackii Pedley 265, 266, 267, 269, 270

leptospermoides R. Br. 266, 267, 268, 271

Leucopogon matayanus Jack

subsp. mralapanus 271

subsp. noyoguineensis (Sleumer) Pedley 265.

271

maregarodes R. Br. 266

neo-anelicus F. Muell. ex Benth. 327

pleiospermus (F. Muell.) Benth. 268

plurtloculatus F. Muell. 268

rupicola C. White 266

rusciHfolius R. Br. 267

spathaceus Pedley 265, 268, 268, 269, 270

yorkensis Pedley 265, 268, 269, 270, 271

sp. 2, 265

LIDDLE, D.J. & FORSTER, P.I.:

subspecies in Dendrobium

(Orchidaceae) 319

LIDDLE, D.J. with ForsTER, P.1.: Hova R.Br. in Australia

— an alternative classification 217

Lippe, D.J. with Forster, P.I.: Variation in Hora

australis R. Br. ex Traill (Asclepiadaceae) 503

Lippie, DJ. with Forster, P.J.: Taxonomic studies

on the genus Hoya R. Br. (Asclepiadaceae} in Papuasia,

[—5. 627

Liliaceae 473

Liparis Rich. 581

section Liparis 58!

The recognition of

discolor Lindley

collinsii B. Gray 581, 581, 582

finnisterrae Schitr. 581

habenarina (F. Muell.) Benth. 581

oligantha Schltr. 581

simmondsii Bailey 581

Logania albiflora (Andrews) Druce 327

Lomandra Labill. 484

Lophocolea semiteres (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Mitt. 104,

Lophostemon suaveolens (Soi. ex Gaertner) Peter G.

Wilson & J.T. Waterhouse 538, 650

Pit id 665

Lycopodiella Holub 665

key to species 665

section Campylostachys (K. ag ae B. Ollg. 665

section Caroliniana (Bruce) B 665

section Lateristachys (Holub) B Clie 665

cernua ie Pich.-Serm. 665, 668

diffusa (R. Br.) Ollg. 665, 667, 668

lateralis (R. Br.) Ollg. 665, 667, 668

limosa Chinnock 665, 665, 666, 667, 668

serpentina (Kunze) B. Ollg. 665, 666, 667, 668

Lyonsia viridiflora Bailey 759

Lysicarpus angustifolius F, Muell. 262

Macklottia Korth.

amboinensis (Blume) Korth. 653

javanica (Blume) Korth. 652

Macromitrium Brid. 106

aurescens Hampe 105, 106

Macropelma Schumann 274

Macrozamia Migq. 481, 484

key to species 486

section Parazamia (Miq.) Mig. 481, 483

fawcettit C. Moore 483, 484

fearnsidei D. Jones 481, 481, 482, 483, 486

flexuosa C. Moore 484

lomandroides D. Jones 481, 483, 484, 485, 486

lucida L, Johnson 486

miquelti (F. Muell.) A. DC. 481, 484, 486

moorei F. Muell. 483, 486

mountperriensis Bailey 481, 484, 486

ae ala W. Hill & F. Muell, 481, 483, 484,

ogee flexuosa 484

subsp. pleurinervia L. Johnson 481, 484

platyrachis Bailey 483, 486

plurinervia (L. Johnson) D. Jones 481, 483, 484,

484, 486

Mangifera indica L, 232

Manisuris granularis (L.) Lf.

Marsdenia R, Br. 45, 109, 114, 273, 285, 335, 336, 337,

514, 541

araujacea F. Muell. 464

brachystephana Schitr. 335, 348

brockmaniana W. Fitzg. 114, 115

cymulosa Benth, 284, 458

peers C. White 45, 47, 48

wullsii F. Muell. ex Benth. 335, 340

javanica Koord. 458

klossii S. Moore 273, 285

liisae J. Williams 45, 46, 47, 48, 49

lloydii P. Forster 456

microlepis Benth. 461

papuana Schltr. 273, 285

rostrata R. Br. 45, 47, 456

var. dunnii Maiden & Betche 128

suaveolens R. Br. 336

finctoria R. Br. 335

velutina R. Br. 273, 284, 285, 458, 460

verrucosa Decne. 285

verrucosa Warburg 285

‘unnamed species’ 45

sp. 352

Meiogyne Miq. 67

Melaleuca L. 651, 665, 695, 696, 717

decora (Salisb.) J. Britten 29!

nodosa (Gaertner) Smith 327

quinquinervia (Cav.) S.T. Blake 106

779

frinervia Smith 648

spp. 188, 208, 45}

Meliaceae 301

Melichrus urceolatus R. Br. 291

Melinis P. Beauv. 670, 674

Metabolos radicans Bartling ex DC, 714

Metzgeria decipiens (Massal) Schiffn. & Gott. 105, 106

Metzgeriaceae 106

Micrantheum Desf. 616, 617, 618

ericoides Desf. 617

hexandrum J.D. Hook. 617, 618

Microstemma tuberosum R. Br. 130

Mirbelia speciosa subsp. be Stl (Bailey) Pedley 395

Mnesithea Kunth 90, 97, 167

annua (Lazarides) Koning & Sosef 98

formosa (R. Br.) Koning & Sosef 90, 98

granularis (L.) Koning & Sosef 98

pilosa B. Simon 90, 9/7, 92

rottboellioides (R. Br.) Koning & Sosef 97

Mollugo L. 709

Muelleranthus Hutch. 393

Musci 105, 106

Myrtaceae 39, 291, 377, 467, 643

Myrtella microphylla (Benth.) A.J. Scott 645

Myrtus trineura F. Muell. 378

Myrsinaceae 361

Neisosperma Raf. 569

oweri (Bailey) Fosberg & Sachet 557

Neofabricia J. Thompson 644,

Neoroepera Mueil. Arg. & F. Muell. 615, 616, 617, 618,

618, 624

key to species 620

gird Benth, 615, 616, 677, 618, 679, 620, 6290,

buxifolia Muell. Arg. & F. Muell. 615, 616, 617,

618, 620, 627, 622, 622, 623, 624

‘Neoroepera micrantheoides’ 618

Neuractis bidens (Retz.}) Veldk. 742

Newcastelia velutina Munir 262

Nicotiana L. 389, 391

section Suaveolentes 391

cavicola N. Burb. 391

debneyi Domin 389

exigua H. Wheeler 389

goodspeedii H, Wheeler 391

megalosiphon Van Huerck & Muell. Arg. 389

suaveolens Lehm, 389, 391

umbratica N. Burb, 391

ee J. Clarkson & Symon 389, 389, 390, 391,

key to related species 391

Nothofagus Blume

moorei 47

sp. 384

Nymphalidae 10

Ochrosia Juss. 557

key to Australian species 557

elliptica Labill. 557

seit (Markgraf} Fosberg & Boiteau 557, 558,

moorei (F. Muell.} F. Muell, ex Benth. 557

sp. 557

Oianthus beddomei J.D. Hook. 284

Oistonema Schltr. 286

dischidioides Schltr. 286

Oldenlandia L. 203, 439, 683, 684, 685, 686, 686,709

key to species 688

aparine S. Moore 695

argillacea (Halford) Halford 686, 688, 698

auricularia (L.) F. Muell, 713

ne L. 683, 686, 687, 688, 689, 690, 690, 693,

brachypoda DC. 695

caespitosa (Benth.) Hiern 692

ce he (F. Mueli.) F. Muell. 686, 688, 698,

, 719

corymbosa L. 683, 686, 688, 690, 692, 708

mcr Sy HA La

780

var. caespitosa (Benth.) Verdc. 690, 692, 718

var. corymbosa 690, 691, 692, 718

crouchiana (F. Muell.) F. Muell. 685, 686, 688,

99, 700, 702, 719

delicata (Halford) Halford 686, 689, 708

elatinoides (Benth.) F. Muell. 710

galioides (F. Muell.) F. Muell. 686, 687, 689, 69/,

692, 694, 718

herbacea (L.) Roxb. 694, 695, 696

var. caespitosa Benth. 692

kochiae Halford 686, 688, 70], 702, 703, 719

laceyi (Halford) Halford 686, 689, 708

largiflorens (Halford) Halford 686, 689, 708

leptocaulis (Halford) Halford 686, 689, 708

mitrasacmoides (F. Muell.)} F. Muell. 686, 688, 702,

703, 703, 706, 708

key to subspecies 704

subsp. mitrasacmoides 687, 704, 704, 705, 706,

707, 719

ae nigricans Halford 704, 705, 706, 707,

subsp, trachymenoides (F, Muell.) Halford 687,

704, 705, 706, 706, 707, 719

mollugoides O. Schwarz 684, 708

paniculata L. 709

aap (F. Muell.) F. Muell. 685, 686, 689, 696,

96, 697, 718

pterospora (F. Muell.) F. Muell. 685, 686, 687, 688,

705, 707, 719

radicans (Bartling ex DC.) Kuntze 714

scleranthoides (F. Muell.) F. Muell. 711

ee Halford 686, 687, 688, 700, 700, 701/,

spermacocoides (F. Muell.) F. Muell. 686, 687, 688,

693, 702, 702, 719

subulata Korth 686, 689, 697, 695, 695, 696, 718

tenelliflora (Blume) Elmer 686

var. papuana Valeton 685, 689, 697, 698, 718

tenuifolia N. Burman 686, 694, 694, 695

tenuifolia JR. & G. Forster 689, 694, 718

fenuissima Hiern 208

fenuissima Schwarz 208, 684

thysanota (Halford) Halford 686, 688, 708

tillaeacea (F. Muell.) F. Muell. 709

trachymenoides (F. Muell.) F. Muell. 703, 706

umbellata L. 683

uniflora L. 683

Oncodostigma Diels 67

Ophiorrhiza L. 369, 369, 370, 372, 685

australiana Benth. 369, 369

key to subspecies 370

subsp. australiana 370, 371, 373, 374

a heterostyla Halford 369, 370, 372, 373,

canescens Blume 372

leptantha A. Gray 372

marginata Blume 372

mungos L. 369

Oplismenus P, Beauv.

aemulus (R. Br.) Roemer & Schultes 170

hirtellus (L.} Beauv. 170

imbecillis Roemer & Schultes 170

undulatifolius var. mollis Domin 170

Orchidaceae 319, 331, 581

Ormocarpum P, Beauv. 177, 178, 190

orientale (Sprengel) Merrill 190, 795, 200

sennoides var. laevis Benth. 191

sennoides auct. non DC.: Benth. 191

verrucosum P, Beauv. 190

Orthotrichaceae 106

Otostemma Blume 219

lacunosum (Blume) Blume 219

Ottochloa Dandy 587

gracillima CE. Hubb. 672

Owenia F. Muell, 301, 302, 303

acidula F. Muell. 301, 302, 303, 304, 304, 306, 307

capitis-york Domin 301

cerasifera F. Muell. 301

X reliqua P. Forster 301, 302, 303, 304, 304, 306

reticulata F. Muell, 301

venosa F. Muell 301, 302, 303, 304, 304, 305, 306

vernicosa F. Muell. 301

xerocarpa F. Muell. 301

Oxystelma R. Br. 114

carnosum R. Br, 447

esculentum (L.£) R. Br. ex Schultes 114

wallichii Wight 115

Paivaeusaceae 618

Pandanus spp. 188, 565

Panicoids 247, 249

Panicum L. 587, 588, 594, 596, 669, 670

section Brachiaria Trin. 588

section Fasciculata Hitch. & Chase 587, 588, 589

subgenus Brachiaria (Griseb.) Benth. & Hook. 588

subgenus Urechioides Pilger 587

aristellum Doell 669

bombycinum B. Simon 594, 595, 596, 604

cambogiense Balansa 170

chillagoanum B. Simon 596, 596, 597, 604

decompositum R. Br. 594, 596

deschampsioides Domin 587

distachyon L. $92

effusum R. Br. var. effusum 602

incomtum Trin. 171

laevinode Lindley 170

luzonense Presl 170

maximum Jacq. 167, 170, 589, 598

miliiforme Presl 591, 592

mindanaense Merr. 598

mitchellii Benth. 596

gqueenslandicum Domin 594, 596

robustum B. Simon 598, 598, 599, 604

seminudum Domin 596

subquadriparum Trin. 591, 592

trachyrhachis Benth. 598

whitei J. Black 170

sp. Floyd 3429. 670

sp. Morton 191, 585

Papuastelma Bullock 335, 337

secamonoides (Schltr.) Bullock 337, 356

Parkinsonia orientale Sprengel 190

Parsonsia R. Br. 759

alboflavescens (Dennst.) Mabb. 759

cumingiana A. DC. 759

helicandra Hook. & Arn. 759, 760

laevigata (Moon) Alston 759

spiralis Wallich 7

straminea (R, Br.) F. Muell. 672

Paspalidium Stapf 587

inaequale (F. Muell.) Hughes 170

Paspalum L. 598, 602, 723

key to species 726

batianoffii B. Simon 598, 600, 60/, 602, 604

cartilagineum Pres| 723, 726

ciliatifolium Michx. 724, 726

commersonii Lam. 723, 726

conjugatum Bergius 723

dilatatum Poiret 723

distichum L. 598, 723, 726

distoritum Chase 726

lindenianum A. Rich. 726

meizii Steudel 724, 726

moratii Toutain 724, 724, 725, 726, 727

multinodum B. Simon 598, 600, 600, 602, 603, 604

notatum Fluegge 598, 600, 602, 723, 726

orbiculare G, Forster 723, 724, 726, 727

paniculatum L. 723

plicatultoun Michx. 723

polystachyum R. Br. 723

saurae Parodi 723

scrobiculaitum L. 600, 602, 723, 726

thunbergii Kunth ex Steudel 723, 724, 726

urvillei Steudel 723

vaginatim Sw. 598, 600, 602, 723, 726

wetisteinii Hackel 170, 723

sp. ‘Statue Bay’ 600

sp. | (Statue Bay) 600

781

PEARSON, S.G. with BATIANOFF, G.N.: Further notes

on Bertya sharpeana Guymer (Euphorbiaceae): a

significant extension of its range in Queensland 327

Pedilanthus Necker ex Poit.

tithymaloides (L.)} Poit. 232, 762

subsp. smallii (Millsp.} Dressler 762 .

PEDLEY, L.: New combinations in Acacia Miller

(Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) 215 .

PEDLEY, L.: Notes on Leucopogon R. Br. (Epacridaceae)

in Queensland 265

PEDLEY, L.: Acacia acrionastes (Leguminosae:

Mimosoideae), a new species from south-eastern

Queensland 297

Pennisetum Rich. ex Pers. 167

alopecuroides (L.) Sprengel 171

arnhemicum F. Muell. 170

Pentasachme Wallich 335

Pentrotropis novoguineensis Val. 447

Pergularia velutina (R. Br.) Sprengel 285

Pericalymma (Endl.) Endl. 644

Periploca L. 274

alboflavescens Dennst. 759

emetica Retz. 69, 70 |

esculenta Lf. 114

sylvestris Retz. 126, 127, 128

funicata Retz. 128

Perithryx Pierre 274

Peronospora hyoscyami De Bary 389

Perotis Aiton 609

key to species 609

birmanica Gand. 610

chinensis Gand. 610

clarksonii Veldk. 609, 609, 610, 6//, 6/3

glabrata Steud. 610

hordeiformis Nees 610, 612, 613

indica (L.) Kuntze 609, 610, 612, 613

latifolia Aiton 609, 610

var. longiflora (Nees) Domin 612

var. typica Domin 610

longiflora Nees 612, 613

macrantha Honda 612, 613

patula Nees 612, 613

perrottetii Gand. 610

rara R. Br. 609, 610, 612, 6/3

var. euryphylla Domin 612

var. maritima (Trin.) Domin 612

var. fypica Domin 612

spicata (L.) Dur. & Dur, 610

Petalostigma banksii Britten & S. Moore 743

Phebalium woombye (Bailey) Domin 327

Phormiaceae 473

Phragmites Adans, 240

Phyllanthus L. 616, 617

Physostelma Wight 218

wallichit Wight 218

Plagiocarpus Benth. 393

-Planichioa B. Simon 669

Platylobium Smith 393

Platysace lanceolata (Labill.) Druce 262

Plectrachne sp. 735

Plectranthus L. Herit. 729, 736, 740

key to species 738

alloplectus §.T. Blake 729, 739

amboinensis (Lour.)} Sprengel 737

amboinicus (Lour.) Sprengel 737, 739

amicorum S.T. Blake 736, 739

apreptus $.T. Blake 735, 736, 737, 740

arenicola P. Forster 729, 735, 736, 739

arenicolus P, Forster 729, 736

sa ota S.T. Blake 729, 730, 731, 732, 733, 735,

blakei P. Forster 729, 739

congestus Benth. 735, 740

diversus 8.T. Blake 739

foetidus Benth. 739

i in P, Forster 729, 730, 731, 732, 732, 738,

gratus S.T. Blake 734, 735, 736, 739

graveolens R. Br. 729, 730, 739

minutus P. Forster 734, 735, 738, 739

mirus S.T. Blake 739

nitidus P. Forster 736, 737, 738, 740

omissus a6 Forster 729, 730, 731, 731, 732, 735,

738, 7

parviflorus Willd. 730, 739

spectabilis $.T. Blake 740

suaveolens §.T. Blake 739

a P, Forster 729, 729, 730, 731, 732, 738,

Pleiogynium timorense (DC.) Leenh, 301

Pleurocarpaea denticulata Benth. 113

Plocostemma Blume 218

Poaceae 1

tribe Andropogoneae 79

Poacites 240

Laronathe aureum (Bory) Roberty 97

Pollinia fulva (R. Br.) Benth. 97

aor Backer 67

Polytrias Hackel 98

amaura (Buse) Kuntze 98

diversiflora (Steudel) Nash 98

Pomaderris Labill. 309

key to species 310

betulina Hook. 312

cinerea Benth. 315, 317

clivicola E. Ross 309, 310, 315, 3/6, 317

ferruginea var. pubescens Benth. 313, 314

lanier (Andrews) Sims 309, 310, 3/7, 312, 313,

]

prunifolia Cunn, ex Fenzl. 309, 310, 310, 37/, 312

tropica Wakef. 309, 310, 31/1, 314, 315, 317

vellea Wakef. 309, 310, 327, 312, 312

Pooids 251, 254

Pseudanthus Sprengel 617

Pseudochaetochloa australiensis A. Hitch. 170

Pseudopogonatherum A, Camus 86, 167

collinum (Balansa) A. Camus 8&6

contortum (Brongn.) A. Camus 86

Pterostelma Wight 218

acuminata Wight 218

albiflora Zipp. ex Blume 631

Ptychosema Benth. 393

Pultenaea Smith

retusa Smith 327

whiteana S.T. Blake 297

PuTTocK, C.F.: Kailarsenia Tirvengadum emend,

Puttock (Rubiaceae: Gardenieae) in Australia 51

Pyrgillocarpon cubanum (Nyl.) Nadv. 323

Racosperma Martius 215, 298

armillatum Pedley 215

blakei subsp. diphylium (Tindale) Pedley 215

fimbriatum (Cunn. ex G. Don) Pedley 291

juliferum subsp. curvinervium (Maiden) Pedley 216

leptostachyum (Benth.) Pedley 41

lineatum (Cunn. ex G, Don) Pedley 291

meiospermum Pedley 216

ommatospermum Pedley 216

paniculatum Pediey 216 .

plectocarpum subsp. tanumbirinensis (Maiden)

Pedley 216

polyadenium Pedley 216

spirorbe subsp. solandri (Benth,) Pedley 216

spirorbis subsp. solandri (Benth.) Pedley 216

stipuligertin subsp. glabrifolium (Maiden & Blakely)

Pedley

Randia Houst. ex L. 51

Reynaudia Kunth 674

REYNOLDS, 8.T.: Aeschynomeneae (Benth.) Hutch.

(Leguminosae) in Australia 177

REYNOLDS, S.T.: The genus Embelia N. Burman

(Myrsinaceae) in Australia 361

REYNOLDS, S.T.: New species and changes in Sapindaceae

from Queensland 489

REYNOLDS, S.T.: New species of Hibbertia Andrews

(Dilleniaceae) from Australia $29

REYNOLDS, S.T. & HOLLAND, A.E.: The genus Zornia

J. Gmelin (Leguminosae) in Australia 13

782

Rhamnaceae 309

Rhamunus oenopolia L. 363

Rhizophora stylosa Griffith 104

Rhodomyrtus (DC.) Reichenb.

canescens 377, 380, 380, 386

effusa Guymer 377, 381, 382, 383

lanata Guymer 377, 384, 384, 385, 386

montana Guymer 377, 385, 386, 386

novoguineensis 377, 382, 383, 383, 384, 385, 386

pervagata Guymer 377, 380, 38/, 382, 383, 386

sericea Burret 377, 379, 379, 386

frineura (F. Muell.) F. Muell. ex Benth. 377, 378,

379, 380, 382, 386

key to related species 377

subsp. capensis Guymer 378

subsp. frineura 378, 378

var. canescens (C, White & Francis) A.J. Scott

377, 380

var. macrophylla Domin 377, 380, 383

var. novoguineensis (Diels) A.J, Scott 377, 383

var. trineura 377

Rhuacophila Blume 474

javanica Blume 474

Rhynchelytrum Nees 670, 674

Rhynchostigma Benth. 542

racemosum Benth. 542

Rhysotoechia Radlk. 489

bifoliolata Radlk. 489, 490

key to related species 489

Key to subspecies 490

subsp. bifoliolata 490, 499

subsp. nitida S. Reyn. 489, 490, 490, 499, 500

flavescens Radlk. 490

florulenta S. Reyn. 489, 490, 491, 499

key to related species 489

mortoniana (F. Muell.) Radlk. 489

robertsonii (F. Muell.) Radlk. 490

Rhytidosperma Steudel 167

Ricinocarpos Desf. 616, 618

Roeperia Sprengel 615, 616, 618

‘Roepera buxifolia J. & F. Mueller’ 615, 616

Ross, E.M.: Austrobaileya scandens C. White 163

Ross, E.M.: Pomaderris Labill. (Rhammnaceae) in

Queensland, |. 309

Ross, J.H.: Acacia pennata (L.) Willd. subsp. kerri? 1.

ener (Mimosaceae), a new record for Australia

Rothmannia Thunb. 51

Rottboellia L. 97

formosa R. Br. 98

forma glabra Domin 98

var. pilosissima Domin 98

granularis (L.) Roberty 98

ophiuroides var. commutata Hackel 98

rotiboellioides (R. Br.) Druce 97

Rottboelliastrae Stapf 90

Rubiaceae 51, 369, 439, 683

tribe Gardenieae 51

tribe Hedyotideae Cham. & Schlecht. 439, 683

key to genera 685

Saccharum L.

fulvum R. Br. 97

spicatum L. 609, 610

Sacciolepis Nash 674, 678

Sacleuxia Baillon 274

Samara australiana (F. Muell.) F. Muell. 366

Sansevieria trifasciata Prain 232, 763

Sapindaceae 598

Sarcolobus R. Br. 121, 284, 335, 336, 337, 337

key-to species in Australia 338

key to species in Papuasia 345

banksii J.A. Schultes 337

beccarii Warb. 350

brachystephanus (Schltr.) P. Forster 335, 336, 343,

345, 348, 348, 349, 352, 359

carinatus Wall, 112

ciliolatus Warb. 121, 352

globosus Wallich 112, 336, 345, 348

subsp. peregrinus (Blanco) Rintz 348, 348, 359

hullsii (F. Muell.) P. Forster 335, 336, 338, 340,

340, 341, 342, 343, 345, 359

kaniensis (Schltr.) P. Forster 335, 336, 345, 348,

350, 357, 355, 359

lifuensis Guill. 352

minor Schitr. 350

muiltifiorus Schumann & Lauterb, 350

oblongus Rintz 112, 123, 345, 346, 359

peregrinus (Blanco) Schltr. 348

en P, Forster 335, 345, 353, 354, 355, 355,

quinguangularis Schltr. 352

retusus K. Schum. 121, 345, 352, 359

ritae P. Forster 335, 338, 338, 339, 340, 340, 359

secamonoides (Schitr.) P. Forster 335, 336, 345,

346, 353, 355, 356, 356, 357, 358, 359

ee P, Forster 335, 345, 345, 346, 347, 358,

sulphureus (Volkens) Schlir, 352

vittatus P. Forster 335, 338, 343, 344, 345, 359

Sarcomelicope simplicifolia (Endl.) T. Hartley 453

Sarcostemma R. Br. 114,

esculentum (L.f.) Holm. 114, 114, 115, 131

insigne (N.E. Br.) Descoings 114

Sauropus Blume 616

section Neoroepera Baillon 616

Saxifragaceae 173

Schiffneriolejeunea tumida var. haskarliana (Gott.) Grad.

& Terken 105, £0

Schistocodon Schauer 542

meyenti Schauer 542

Schizachyrium Nees 90

mitchelliana B. Simon 98, 93

pachyarthron C. Gardner 90

Schollia J.F. Jacq. 218

crassifolia J.F, Jacq. 218

Scrotochloa Judz. 167

Secamone R. Br. 69, 70, 541, 542, 544

key to sections 542

section Secamone 542

section Toxocarpus (Wight & Arn.) K. Schum. 542

key to species 542

attenuata Decne. 72, 74

auriculata Blume 541, 542, 543, 5d4, 544

elliptica R. Br. 69, 70, 71, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 284,

456, 458, 460, 464, 541, 542

emetica (Retz.) R. Br. ex Schultes 69, 70

emetica auct. non (Retz.) R. Br. ex Schultes: F,

Muell. 72

flavida Schltr. 72, 74

lanceolata Blume 70, 74

lineata Blume 458, 460, 541, 542, 545, 546

maritima Blume 125

micrantha (Decne.) Decne. 72, 74

multiflora Decne. 72, 74

ovata R. Br. 69, 70, 74

papuana Warb. 72, 74

fimoriensis Decne. 541, 542, 544

Securinega Juss. 616

anon Neoroepera (Muell. Arg. & F, Muell.) Baillon

muelleriana Baillon 616, 622, 623, 624

‘Securinega muellerii Baill.’ 623

Sematophyllaceae 106

Sematophyllum sp. 105, 106

Senegalia Raf. 215

Senna Miller 215

SHARPE, P.R. with BEAN, A.R.: Notes on Graptophyllum

Nees (Acanthaceae) in Australia 549

SIMON, B.K.: A new species of Coix L. (Poaceae) from

Australia |

SIMON, B.K.: Studies in Australian grasses: 4*, Taxonomic

and nomenclatural studies in Australian

Andropogoneae 79

SIMON, B.K.: Studies in Australian grasses: 5* New

species of and new combinations for Queensland

Panicoid grasses 585

SIMON, B.K.: Studies in Australian grasses 6*. Alexfloydia,

Cliffordiochioa and Dallwatsonia, three new Panicoid

grass genera from eastern Australia 669

783

SIMON, B.K. reviewer Genera Graminum-Grasses of

the world by W.D. Clayton & S.A. Renvoise [67

SIMON, B.K. reviewer The Australian Paniceae (Poaceae)

by R.D. Webster 168

SIMON, B.K. reviewer. Grasses of Southern Africa by

G.E. Gibbs-Russell ef al. 765

SIMON, B.K, & JAcosns, §.W.L.: Gondwanan grasses in

the Australian flora 239

Sizygium francisii (Bailey) L. Johnson 550

Smithia Aiton 177, 178, 187, 187, 190

key to species 188

capitata Desvaux 188

conferta Smith 188, 188, 200

sensitiva Aiton 187, 188, 188, 189, 795, 200

Solanaceae 389

Sorghum Moench

affine (R. Br.) Kuntze 83

superciliatum (Hackel) Kuntze 84

Spathidolepis Schitr. 286

torricellensis Schltr. 273, 286, 288

Sperlingia Vahl 218

yverticillata Vahl 218

aSpermacoce L. 702

alg: uaa Willd. ex Sprengel 716

le ae x alterniflorus Nees 170

Stachystemon Planchon 617.

STANLEY, 1.D.: Two new species and a new name in

Commelina L, (Commelinaceae) in Australia 235

STANLEY, T.D.: Ceratophyllum muricatum Cham. subsp.

muricatum (Ceratophyllaceae), a new record for

Australia 325

Stapelia L. 114

Stapeliopsis neronis Pillans 284

Stephanotis Thouars 335, 336, 514

Stiburus Stapf 167

Stipoids 251, 252

Stomatostemma N.E. Br. 273, 274, 275

monteiroae (Oliver) N.E. Br. 275

pendulina Venter & D.V. Field 280

Streblus brunonianus (Endl.) F. Muell, 453

Streptomanes Schumann 273, 274, 275

nymanii Schumann 275, 276

Stylidium sp. 174

Stvlosanthes Swartz 177, 178, 191, 193

key to species 194

section Eustylosanthes Vogel 193

section Stylosanthes Swartz 193

section Styposanthes J. Vogel 193

gracilis Kunth 196

5 ia (Aublet) Swartz 194, 195, 196, 196, 199,

pane (L.) Taubert 193, 194, 795, 197, 198, 198,

humilis Kunth 193, 194, 195, 197, 197, 198, 201

mucronata auct non Willd.: Bailey 197

procumbens Swartz 193, 198

scabra J, Vogel 194, 195, 196, 198, 199, 201

sundaica Taubert 197, 198

viscosa Swartz 193, 194, 194, 195, 196, 199, 201

Stypandra R,. Br. 474

lauca R. Br, 474

Stypnelia Smith 271

malayanus var. novoguineensis Sleumer 265, 271

Synadenium grantii J.D, Hook. 763

Synaptantha J.D. Hook. 684, 685, 709, 709, 712

key to species 709

scleranthoides (F. Muell.) Pedley ex Halford 709,

711, 712, 719

beeaeee (F. Muell.) J.D. Hook. 709, 709, 710,

key to varieties 710

var. hispidula Halford 710, 711, 719

var. tillaeacea 710, 710, 719

Synearpia glomulifera (Smith) Niedenzu 432

Tabernaemontana cirrhosa Blanco 123

Taenitis blechnoides (Willd.) Sw. 565

Tanghinia manghas (L.) G. Don 575

Tapeinosperma flueckigeri (F. Muell.) Mez 361

Templetonia R, Br, 393

Terminalia sp. 113

Tetrastigma (Miq.) Planchon 149, 150

key to species 150

crenatum B.R. Jackes 150 150, 757, 152, 158

ilgianum Lauterb. 151

anceolarium (Roxb,) Planchon 149, 153

lauterbachianum Gilg. 150, 151

nitens (F. Muell.) Planchon 150, 152, 153, 154, 158

papillosum (Blume) Planchon 150, 151

petraeum B.R. Jackes 150, 153, 153, 154, 1357, 158

Price peat (Mig.) Planchon 150, 155, 756, 157,

oe B.R. Jackes 150, 155, 156, 1357,

Thaumastochloa C.E. Hubb. 90, 92

heteromorpha B. Simon 90, 92, 94, 95

major S.T. Blake 92

pubescens (Benth.) C.E. Hubb. 90, 92

Thecagonum biflorum (L.) Babu 689

Thellungia Stapf 167

Themeda Forssk.

australis (R. Br.) Stapf 245

friandra Forsskal 86, 97, 245, 246

Thevetia L. 569

ahouai (L.} DC. 569

peruviana (Pers.} Schumann 569

THOR, G. with TIBELL, L.: Two calictalian lichens new

to Australia 323

Thyrsacanthus earlii F. Muell. 552

TIBELL, L. & THorR, G.: Two calicialian lichens new to

Australia 323

TINDALE, M.D. & KObDELA, P.G.: Acacia pedleyi

(Fabaceae, Mimosoideae), a new species from central-

eastern Queensland 745

TOUTAIN, B.: A New Paspalum L. (Gramineae) from

New Caledonia and Vanuatu 723

Toxocarpus Wight & Arn, 125, 541, 542

section Rhynchostigma (Benth.) Tsiang 542

section Schistocodon (Schauer) Tsiang 542

auriculatus (Blume) Decne. 544

cyclocephalus Markgraf 541

klerniti Wight & Arn, 542

lineatus 546

sp. 284

Trachymene Rudge 135, 401

ey to ere species 401

austrocaledonica (Brongn. & Gris) F. Muell. 137

biyestita (Domin) L, Johnson 401, 403, 403

key to varieties 403

var. bivestita 401, 403, 405

var. pterocarpa Holland 401, 403, 405

eg Boyland & Holland 135, 135, 138, 401,

cussonit (Montr.) B.L. Burtt 137, 738, 401, 404

cyanantha Boyland 401, 402

gerantifolia Bailey 401, 404

gilleniae (Tate) B.L. Burtt 401, 402

glandulosa (F. Muell.) Benth. 401, 402

pancyooe (F. Muell.) Benth. 135, 401, 402

iomei Seem, 137

hookeri (Domin) Holland 135, 136, 137, 401, 402,

404, 406 3

incisa Rudge 402, 404

longipedunculata Maconochie 402, 404, 406

montana Holland 401, 402, 404, 405, 406

ochracea L. Johnson 402, 404

procumbens (F. Muell.) Benth. 137, 402, 404

var. hookeri (Domin) Bailey 135

psammophila Maconochie 402, 404, 406

tenuifolia (Domin) B.L. Burtt 401, 402, 405, 406

Trifolium guianensis Aublet 196

Triodia spp. 41, 261, 262, 441, 449, 467, 645

Trioncinia retroflexa (F. Muell.) Veldk. 741, 743

Tweedia Hook. & Arn. 343

Tylophora R. Br. 109, £10, 114, 115, 273, 284, 286,

335, 336, 337, 443

barbata R. Br. 232, 464

a Me ts ea Siac Sete

784

benthamii Tsiang 118, 118, 722, 131, 284, 456, 464

biglandulosa (Endl.) F. Muell. 464

crebriflora 8.T. Blake 118

erecta F. Muell. 115, 116, 116, 117, 118, 779, 720,

131, 464

flexuosa R. Br. 232, 273, 286, 464

floribunda Benth. 118

floribunda Migq. 118

granavion R. Br, 232, 456, 464

febiana F. Muell. 110, 447

macrophylla Benth. 115, 116

micrantha Decne. 72

paniculata R. Br. 232, 464

tice Schltr. 273, 286

ol neta Volkens 118

sel era Schltr. 116

sulphureus Volkens 352

velutina (R. Br.) G. Don 285

williamsii P. Forster ined. 456

woollsii Benth. 464

sp. 340

Tylophoron protrudens Nyl. 323

Unona ancana F. Muell. 65

Unona ancana F, Muell. ex Batley 65

Urochioa P. Beauv. 167, 169, 170, 587, 588, 589

atrisola R. Webster 589

aries (Benth.) Hughes 169, 589

olosericea Webster subsp. velutina R. Webster 591

kurzii (J.D. Hook.) Nguyen 589

mutica (Forssk.) Nguyen 589

piligera F. Muell. 591

praetervisa (Domin) Hughes 169, 589

ramosa (L.) Nguyen 589

reptans (L.) Stapf 589

VAN STEENBERGEN, H. with VELDKAMP, J.F.: Perotis

men (Graminae) in Australia and Southeast Asia

VELDKAMP, J.F.: Notes on Australian Coreopsidinae

(Compositae) 741

VELDKAMP, J.F. & VAN STEENBERGEN, H.: Perotis Aiton

(Gramineae) in Australia and Southeast Asia 609

Verbenaceae 598

Fetiveria Bory 95

filipes (Benth.) C.E. Hubb. 95

intermedia S.T. Blake 95

rigida B. Simon 95, 96

Vineetasdeum Walter 445

Vincetoxicum Wolf 443, 444, 445

barbatum (R. Br.) O. Kuntze 464

benthamianum O, Kuntze 116, 464

calcaratum (Benth.) O. Kuntze 464

carnosum (R. Br.) Benth. 447

discolor Warb. 443, 458, 460

elegans Benth. 453

enerve (F. heat O. Kuntze 464

erectum (F. Muell. ex Benth.) O. Kuntze 116, 464

erubescens (R. Br.) O. Kuntze 461

flexuosum (R. Br.) O. Kuntze 286, 464

floribundum (R. Br.) O. Kuntze 449

posse orum (R. Br.) O. Kuntze 464

irundinaria Medikus 445

leptolepis Benth. 456

macrophylla Sieber & Zucc. 116

ovatum Benth. 453

pachyle epis Bailey 464

paniculatum (R. Br.) O. Kuntze 464

pedunculatum (R. Br.) O. Kuntze 461

polyanthum K. Schum. 118

puberulum (F. Muell. ex Benth.) O. Kuntze 460

woollsii (Benth.} O. Kuntze 464

Vitaceae 101

Vitis L.

section Tetrastigma Miq. 149

angustissima F. Muell. 101

lanceolaria Roxb. 149

nitens F. Muell. 152

pisicarpa Miq. 157

Voacanga Thouars 561

grandifolia (Miq.) Rolfe 56!

Welchiodendron longivalve (F. Muell.) Peter G. Wilson

.T. Waterhouse 174

Wendlandia psychotrioides (F. Muell.) F. Muell. 708

Whiteochloa C.E, Hubb. 674, 678

sp. D, Mitchell 11. 674

WILLIAMS, J.B.: A new species of Afarsdenia R. Br.

(Asclepiadaceae) from eastern Australia 45

WINDOLF, J.: Bryophytes in a sub-tropical mangrove

community 103

Xanthorrhoea johnsonii Lee 262

Xanthostemon paradoxus F. Muell. 113

Xystidium Trin. 609

barbatum Presl 612

maritimum Trin. 609, 612

Yakirra Lazarides & R. Webster 594, 596, 602

7 ll (Domin) Lazarides et R. Webster 602,

majuscula (F. Muell. ex Benth.) Lazarides et R.

Webster 602, 604

soy i (Hughes) Lazarides et R. Webster 602,

nulla Lazarides & R. Webster 602

ri i (R. Br.) Lazarides et R. Webster 602,

websteri B. Simon 602, 604, 605

sp. Blake 8570. 596

YEN, D.E,, GAFFEY, P.M. & COATES, D.J.: Chromosome

numbers of Australian species of Ipomoea L.

(Convolvulaceae) 749

Zamiaceae 481

Zinnia bidens Retz. 742

Zizyphus Miller

oenoplia (L.) Mill. 563

oenopolia (L.) Mill. 563, 564

oligantha Merr. & Perry 563

Zornia J. Gmelin 13, 177, 199

acuta S. Reyn. & Holland [5, 18, 19, 38

adenophora (Domin) Mohl. 13, 14, 18, 27, 28, 37

albiflora Mohl. 13, 15, 21, 22, 31, 31, 32, 33, 36

areolata Mohl. 15, 18, 19, 19. 20, 37.

bracteata J. Gmelin 13

cantonensis Mohl. 27, 34

chaetophora F. Muell. 14, 16, 37

diphylla (L.) Pers.

var. conjugata subvar. perglandulosa Domin

var. filifolia Bailey 18

var. Airsuta Domin 13, 23, 24, 25

var. white Bailey 17, 18

var. xerophila Domin 13, 23, 25, 26

diphylla auct. non (L.) Pers.: Benth. 29

diphylla var, gracilis auct. non (DC.) Martius:

Bentham 16

disticha S. Reyn. & Holland 15, 21, 22, 22, 37

key to related species 22

dyctiocarpa DC. 16, 26, 29, 29, 30, 31, 35

key to varieties 30

var, dyctiocarpa 30, 30, 36

val. filifolia (Domin) 8S. Reyn. & Holland 18,

24, 27, 28, 30, 30, 36

jilifolia Domin 13, 27, 29, 30

var. adenophora Domin 13, 18, 27

Var. a a 13, 27

var. subeglandulosa Domin 13, 27, 29, 30

filifolia auct. non Domin: Mohl. 13, 27

floribunda S. Reyn. & Holland 15, 26, 26, 36

gibbosa Span. 13, 22

gibbosa auct. non Span.: Mohl. 22

perpen he Span. 22

atifolia Smith 35

maritima S. Reyn. & Holland 15, 23, 23, 37

muelleriana Mohl. 15, 20, 20, 22, 23, 32

key to subspecies 20

785

een S. Reyn. & Holland 20, 21,

subsp. muelleriana 20, 20, 21, 36

muriculata Mohl. 13, 15, 16, 20, 23, 24, 26, 30

key to subspecies 24

subsp. angustata S. Reyn. & Holland 24, 25,

25, 26, 36

subsp. muriculata 24, 24, 25, 36

neryata Mohl..13, 31, 32

nervata auct. non Mohl.: Mohl, 32

oligantha S. Reyn. & Holland 16, 34, 34, 37

pallida Mohl. 15, 16, 28, 29, 37

papuensis Mohl, 35

pedunculata S. Reyn. & Holland 14, 27, 28, 28, 38

prostrata S. Reyn. & Holland 16, 20, 21, 22, 23,

29, 31, 32, 32, 33, 34

key to varieties 32

wf macrantha S, Reyn. & Holland 32, 33, 33,

var. prostrata 32, 32, 33, 37

prostrata-muelleriana intermediates 37

ae Reyn. & Holland 13, 14, 18, 27, 27, 28,

key to related species 28

ramosissima 27

stirlingii Domin 14, 17, 37

Sp. ; 14, 34

sp, (2) 15, 35

Zoysia macrantha Desv. 598

Zygochioa paradoxa (R. Br.) S.T. Blake 449

ARRAS REE

sama aanny bang ganna erent yaa mmnentniaate ty le hi Na a MA Mad Mt a ec ane ca ete A

Austrobaileya 3(1-4): 1-766 (1989-1992)

CONTENTS

A new species of Coix L. (Poaceae) from Australia

B.K. Simon ee ae ee ree

Ceropegia cumingiana Decne. ecg ea

P.V. Bruyns & P.I. Forster .

The genus Zornia J. Gmelin a or eae in maa

S.T, Reynolds & A.E. Holland . = ;

Two new species of Eucalyptus (Myrtaceae) from ental t ueenslans

A.R. Bean & M.I.H. Brooker .

A new species of Marsares R. Br, . (Asclepiadaceae) sui eastern Sinnkiae

J.B. Williams . ks, . ra . eer eae Seer ee

Kailarsenia Tirvengadum iitiatl Puttock dcaniuuneteld San Ganege? in are

C.F, Puttock ree peak

The genus Ancana F. Muell. SINONOEIY in scneivay:

L.W, Jessup i a

Secamone R. Br. (Asclepiadaceae: PERT TN in Australia

P.J. Forster & K. Harold . ap Pee ee en eee

Studies in Australian grasses: 4" Taxonomic and nomenclatural studies in

Australian ‘peuiiaiepanilias

B.K. Simon sd .

Revision of the Australian Libiciamed 4. Clematocissus Planchon

B.R. Jackes se Me veocts altars Settee = My

Bryophytes in a sub-tropical mangrove community

| J. Windolf boyy qhiaacch let nteaon aad ena eteah 2

Notes on Asclepiadaceae |

P.I. Forster

Notes on Trachymene scien assis in ih sebdageann j

A.E. Holland . *

New species of are i Vomiting section wacangeeind shaban: in Australia

. Gray & D.L. Jones...... ait

Revision of the Australian Vitaceae, 5. A csiaaits am (Miq.) siokshanins

B.R. Jackes Bon tid

NOTES

Eriocaulon as enaeen Nees ex Kunth apiceninunbinis a new record for paceman

ac Peas pA PH UE ee coeee eet Hare reg hota de gel toa Stsles Flah ek,

PLANT PROFILE

aioe og scandens C. White

. Ross . a

Book Reviews

101

103

109

135

141

149

159

163

167

RRR A EA RL aaa

Austrobaileya 3(1-4): 1-766 (1989-1992)

Corrigendum

Argophyllum verae SEN AEAREED) a new ai — northern a ebaannes

Paul I. Forster

Aeschynomeneae iat Hutch. SERRE Y in Cuberiens

S.T. Reynolds... . ee

Six new species of Hedyotis L. doiakanuiies from northern irae

David A. Halford .... ae ya

New ee in Acacia Miller ESE: BALES

Pedley ..

Hoya R. Br. (Asclepiadaceae) in gest reg — an alternative classification

Paul J. Forster & David J. Liddle..... Ne Feet al Se thnk OUR aide

Two new fg nan ne a new name in dpasieiiccletae L. SPURS RAC, B in besainians

tanley ... |

Gondwanan grasses in the Australian flora

B.K. Simon & S.W.L. Jacobs

Acacia porcata Selec healaata a new Ri ceca from south-east ib eekieeng

Paul I. Forster... . a

Notes on Fie a ea R. Br. checomaeciness de in ie coaameutile

. Pedley ... x

Notes on Asclepiadaceae, 2

Paul [. Forster

A new io of Buralypens } L’Herit. onbdaeia aa from southern suis seecaoucaocsias

. Bean .... say tek, aes

Acacia acrionastes (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae), a new species from south-

eastern Queensland

L. Pedley ..

Owenia X reliqua evictigreae);.¢ a new FAYRG: nom peonalang

Paul I. Forster ce oes, iatennt

Pomaderris Labill. aammanaibiis in arent 1

E.M. Ross ...... y, ia, es

The recognition of subspecies in sear bciial discolor Raney [CRON MSAET

David J. Liddle & Paul I. Forster . Lenin ee

NOTES

Two calicialian lichens new to Australia

Leif Tibell & Goran Thor

Ceratophyllum muricatum Cham. subsp. muricatum (Ceratophyllaceae), a new

record for Australia

T.D. Stanley ..

Further notes on Bertya sharpeana yee (Euphorbiaceae): a significant

extension of its ra 9 in Queensland

George N. Batianoff & Steven G. Pearson ......

172

173

177

203

215

217

235

239

261

265

273

291

297

30]

309

319

323

325

327

Austrobaileya 3(1-4): 1-766 (1989-1992)

A new species of Bulbophyllum Thouars Section Micromonanthe (Orchidaceae)

from north-eastern Queensland

B. Gray & David L. Jones

A taxonomic revision of Sarcolobus R. Br. (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae) in

Australia and Papuasia

Paul I. Forster

The genus Embelia N. Burman skiciimmimce in isaaiiaian

S.T. Reynolds 7

The genus Ophiorrhiza L. PREDINERE):t in Australia

David A. Halford .... | cb wi 2

Revision of the Rhodomyrtus trineura (F. Muell.) F. Muell. ex Benth. (Myrtaceae)

species complex

G.P. Guymer..

Nicotiana wuttkei (Solanaceae), a new species from north-eastern Queensland

with an unusual chromosome number

J.R. Clarkson & D.E. Symon

R.J.F. Henderson

Notes on Trachymene vig Sagem in deceeianaeng 2

A.E. Holland ..

A Revision 0 a yellow bloodwoods (Myrtaceae: Eucalyptus ser. Naviculares

Maiden

M.1.H. Brooker & A.R. Bean

The genus Kohautia Cham. et Schlecht. Ge eachipamun a in Australia

David A. Halford ... _

A taxonomic revision of Cynanchum L. (Asclepiadaceae: Asclepiadoideae) in

Australia

Paul I. Forster

Two new eg of red eam Seucalypias ¢ L’Herit., suai tc from piacrcatran

A.R. Bean... .. oo ey mee

Studies in Dianella Lam. ex Juss. FE REEDES OO:

R.J.F. Henderson 3 dd age 4

Notes on Macrozamia Miq. (Zamiaceae) in Queensland with the description of

two new species in section Parazamia a) sins

David L. Jones .. gare Bee a

New species and changes in its omens from ie aucmmatne

S.T. Reynolds

Variation in Hoya australis R. Br. ex Traill sh inanccaruprrna.

Paul I. Forster & David J. Liddle... ..

Notes on Kg cig DC, ies tainLS in daucopeeauiend

A.R. Bean . baie oie ea

New species of ibbertia Andrews ii aa peantane: from Australia

S.T. Reynolds ; ed Aer Awe ra ED

331

335

361

369

377

389

393

401

409

439

443

467

473

481

489

503

523

529

Austrobaileya 3(1-4): 1-766 (1989-1992)

Additions to Secamone R. Br. conisbieana ae i caculic aegis in Australia

Paul I. Forster apa a? ee) _

Notes on Graptophyllum Nees ene in Australia

A.R. Bean & P.R. Sharpe... . WA He BOA

NOTES

Acacia pennata (L.) Willd. subsp. Kerrii I. Nielsen (Mimosaceae), a new record

or Australia

J.H. Ross ....

Ochrosia minima (Markgraf) Fosberg & Boiteau (Apocynaceae), a new record

for Australia

Paul I. Forster

Voacanga grandifolia (Miq.) Rolfe (Apocynaceae), a new generic ‘reutied from

Torres Strait, Asahi Australia

Paul I. Forster xf, 2 ar

Zizyphus oligantha Merr. & Perry is a synonym of Z. oenopolia (L.) Mill.

Rhamnaceae)

Paul I. Forster

PLANT PROFILE

Cyathea exilis Holttum Freon bye be ameameaaiae

Peter D. Bostock ..

A Taxonomic Revision of aniiasiie E, sia audi Saint in Simahisinane and Wickman:

Paul I. Forster | . ; aL he

A New ree ot of ss sic Rich. + Rereienarene + from North Deir cepa

ray

Studies in Australian Grasses: 5* New Species of and New Combinations for

Queensland Panicoid Grasses

Bryan K. Simon .. 4

Perotis Aiton (Gramineae) in Australia and Southeast Asia

J.F. Veldkamp & H. van Steenbergen smh

Studies in Euphorbiaceae A.L. Juss., Sens. Lat. 2*. A Revision of Neoroepera

Muell. Arg. & F. Muell. (Oldfieldioideae Kohler & Webster, Caletieae

Muell. Arg.)

Rodney J.F. Henderson

Taxonomic Studies on the Genus Hoya R. Br. (Asclepiadaceae) in Papuasia,

Paul I. Forster & David J. Liddle.........

The Genus Leptospermum Forst. et Forst. F. (Myrtaceae) in Northern Australia

and Malesia

A.R. Bean...

The Circumscription of Adiantum diaphanum Blume (Adiantaceae), The Filmy

Maidenhair Fern

Peter D. Bostock

541

549

ie a

337

561

563

565

569

581

585

609

615

627

643

661

Austrobaileya 3(1-4): 1-766 (1989-1992)

Notes on Lycopodiella Holub in North-eastern hee

R.J. Chinnock

Studies in Australian Grasses 6*. Alexfloydia, Cliffordiochloa and Dallwatsonia,

three New Panicoid Grass Genera from Eastern Australia

Bryan K. Simon .

Review of the Genus Tig eaitased L. <URubinee and Related Genera in Anstratis

David. A. Halford ey ard ee ey a

A New Paspalum L. og pedal from New > pe and Vanuatu

Bernard Toutain . : FS pent. See ore Cn ee

Five New Species of Plectranthus L. Herit poner! from yes

Paul I. Forster or te Cry ee Dstt aoe

Notes on Australian cig in ag ety gar ay

J.F. Veldkamp

Acacia pedleyi (Fabaceae, Mimosoideae), A New Species from Central-Eastern

Queensland

Mary D. Tindale & Phillip G. Kodela

Chromosome numbers of Australian species of Ipomoea L. aulapiabhen atid,

D.E. Yen, P.M. Gaffey & D.J. Coates Pcie, Cabs tie shack

NOTES

Lectotypification of Lepinia solomonensis Hemsley (Apocynaceae) with notes

on distribution

Paul I. Forster

Parsonsia alboflavescens (Dennst.) Mabb., (Apocynaceae), a new record from

Northern Territory, Australia

Paul I. Forster |

Notes on the Naturalised Flora of Queensland, 2

Paul I. Forster Bee ile apatite an

Book Review

665

669

683

7123

7129

741

745

749

157

739

761

765

Licata Laika ane arhtetemmth eatin esate etanarttanta herr Lilt baekbtbbbLhiuLtobhi th LGhee LCM C ecole

‘ ee Gd ee eee a Nae ae ha a et ey ew ‘ we

spiveducendnbecaeGteswatiaisiii

Peeha Heheeatrodernt cd ga batt ston